diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:47:29 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:47:29 -0700 |
| commit | 78820a212e31ff4e2efe66d275ee2f8c85f7c7e4 (patch) | |
| tree | 3ea9a8c706f7b3e3984645fc6f9179384b70653a /15772-h | |
Diffstat (limited to '15772-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/15772-h.htm | 13219 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-a.png | bin | 0 -> 27795 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-b.png | bin | 0 -> 31798 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-d.png | bin | 0 -> 24853 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-h.png | bin | 0 -> 24627 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-i.png | bin | 0 -> 31751 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-l.png | bin | 0 -> 8404 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-p.png | bin | 0 -> 30435 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-q.png | bin | 0 -> 31368 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-s.png | bin | 0 -> 25298 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-t.png | bin | 0 -> 25791 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-w.png | bin | 0 -> 30459 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 15772-h/images/image-y.png | bin | 0 -> 27474 bytes |
13 files changed, 13219 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/15772-h/15772-h.htm b/15772-h/15772-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7437d17 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/15772-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,13219 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Machiavelli, Volume I, by Niccolò Machiavelli</title> +<style type="text/css"> + + /*<![CDATA[*/ + <!-- + body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + p {text-align: justify;} + blockquote {text-align: justify;} + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {text-align: center;} + pre {font-size: 0.7em;} + + hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;} + html>body hr {margin-right: 25%; margin-left: 25%; width: 50%;} + hr.full {width: 100%;} + html>body hr.full {margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 0%; width: 100%;} + hr.adverts {width: 100%; height: 5px; color: black;} + html>body hr.adverts {margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 0%; width: 100%;} + hr.short {text-align: center; width: 20%;} + html>body hr.short {margin-right: 40%; margin-left: 40%; width: 20%;} + + + .note, .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; + font-size: 0.9em;} + .side {font-size: 0.8em; font-style: italic;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; + text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 2em;} + .poem p.i4 {margin-left: 4em;} + .poem p.i6 {margin-left: 6em;} + .poem p.i8 {margin-left: 8em;} + .poem p.i10 {margin-left: 10em;} + .poem .caesura {vertical-align: -200%;} + + span.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; + font-size: 8pt;} + + p.author {text-align: right;} + --> + /*]]>*/ +</style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Machiavelli, Volume I, by Niccolò +Machiavelli, Translated by Peter Whitehorne and Edward Dacres</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: Machiavelli, Volume I</p> +<p> The Art of War; and The Prince</p> +<p>Author: Niccolò Machiavelli</p> +<p>Release Date: May 6, 2005 [eBook #15772]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MACHIAVELLI, VOLUME I***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by Ted Garvin, David King,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h1>MACHIAVELLI</h1> +<h3>WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY</h3> +<h2>HENRY CUST. M.P.</h2> +<h3>VOLUME I</h3> +<hr /> +<h2>THE ART OF WAR</h2> +<h4>TRANSLATED BY</h4> +<h3>PETER WHITEHORNE</h3> +<h3>1560</h3> +<hr /> +<h2>THE PRINCE</h2> +<h4>TRANSLATED BY</h4> +<h3>EDWARD DACRES</h3> +<h3>1640</h3> +<hr /> +<h3>LONDON</h3> +<h3>Published by DAVID NUTT</h3> +<h3>at the Sign of the Phoenix LONG ACRE</h3> +<h3>1905</h3> +<h3>Edinburgh: T. and A. CONSTABLE, Printers to His Majesty</h3> +<h3>TO MY FRIEND CHARLES WHIBLEY</h3> +<h4>H.C.</h4> +<h2>INTRODUCTION</h2> +<p class="side">The Life of a Day.</p> +<p>'<img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> am at my +farm; and, since my last misfortunes, have not been in Florence +twenty days. I spent September in snaring thrushes; but at the end +of the month, even this rather tiresome sport failed me. I rise +with the sun, and go into a wood of mine that is being cut, where I +remain two hours inspecting the work of the previous day and +conversing with the woodcutters, who have always some trouble on +hand amongst themselves or with their neighbours. When I leave the +wood, I go to a spring, and thence to the place which I use for +snaring birds, with a book under my arm—Dante or Petrarch, or +one of the minor poets, like Tibullus or Ovid. I read the story of +their passions, and let their loves remind me of my own, which is a +pleasant pastime for a while. Next I take the road, enter the inn +door, talk with the passers-by, inquire the news of the +neighbourhood, listen to a variety of matters, and make note of the +different tastes and humours of men.</p> +<p>'This brings me to dinner-time, when I join my family and eat +the poor produce of my farm. After dinner I go back to the inn, +where I generally find the host and a butcher, a miller, and a pair +of bakers. With these companions I play the fool all day at cards +or backgammon: a thousand squabbles, a thousand insults and abusive +dialogues take place, while we haggle over a farthing, and shout +loud enough to be heard from San Casciano.</p> +<p>'But when evening falls I go home and enter my writing-room. On +the threshold I put off my country habits, filthy with mud and +mire, and array myself in royal courtly garments. Thus worthily +attired, I make my entrance into the ancient courts of the men of +old, where they receive me with love, and where I feed upon that +food which only is my own and for which I was born. I feel no shame +in conversing with them and asking them the reason of their +actions.</p> +<p>'They, moved by their humanity, make answer. For four hours' +space I feel no annoyance, forget all care; poverty cannot +frighten, nor death appal me. I am carried away to their society. +And since Dante says "that there is no science unless we retain +what we have learned" I have set down what I have gained from their +discourse, and composed a treatise, <i>De Principalibus</i>, in +which I enter as deeply as I can into the science of the subject, +with reasonings on the nature of principality, its several species, +and how they are acquired, how maintained, how lost. If you ever +liked any of my scribblings, this ought to suit your taste. To a +prince, and especially to a new prince, it ought to prove +acceptable. Therefore I am dedicating it to the Magnificence of +Giuliano.'</p> +<p class="side">Niccolò Machiavelli.</p> +<p>Such is the account that Niccolò Machiavelli renders of +himself when after imprisonment, torture, and disgrace, at the age +of forty-four, he first turned to serious writing. For the first +twenty-six or indeed twenty-nine of those years we have not one +line from his pen or one word of vaguest information about him. +Throughout all his works written for publication, there is little +news about himself. Montaigne could properly write, 'Ainsi, +lecteur, je suis moy-mesme la matière de mon livre.' But the +matter of Machiavelli was far other: 'Io ho espresso quanto io so, +e quanto io ho imparato per una lunga pratica e continua lezione +delle cose del mondo.'</p> +<p class="side">The Man.</p> +<p>Machiavelli was born on the 3rd of May 1469. The period of his +life almost exactly coincides with that of Cardinal Wolsey. He came +of the old and noble Tuscan stock of Montespertoli, who were men of +their hands in the eleventh century. He carried their coat, but the +property had been wasted and divided. His forefathers had held +office of high distinction, but had fallen away as the new wealth +of the bankers and traders increased in Florence. He himself +inherited a small property in San Casciano and its neighbourhood, +which assured him a sufficient, if somewhat lean, independence. Of +his education we know little enough. He was well acquainted with +Latin, and knew, perhaps, Greek enough to serve his turn. 'Rather +not without letters than lettered,' Varchi describes him. That he +was not loaded down with learned reading proved probably a great +advantage. The coming of the French, and the expulsion of the +Medici, the proclamation of the Republic (1494), and later the +burning of Savonarola convulsed Florence and threw open many public +offices. It has been suggested, but without much foundation, that +some clerical work was found for Machiavelli in 1494 or even +earlier. It is certain that on July 14, 1498, he was appointed +Chancellor and Secretary to the Dieci di Libertà e Pace, an +office which he held till the close of his political life at fall +of the Republic in 1512.</p> +<p class="side">Official Life.</p> +<p>The functions of his Council were extremely varied, and in the +hands of their Secretary became yet more diversified. They +represented in some sense the Ministry for Home, Military, and +especially for Foreign Affairs. It is impossible to give any full +account of Machiavelli's official duties. He wrote many thousands +of despatches and official letters, which are still preserved. He +was on constant errands of State through the Florentine dominions. +But his diplomatic missions and what he learned by them make the +main interest of his office. His first adventure of importance was +to the Court of Caterina Sforza, the Lady of Forlì, in which +matter that astute Countess entirely bested the teacher of all +diplomatists to be. In 1500 he smelt powder at the siege at Pisa, +and was sent to France to allay the irritations of Louis XII. Many +similar and lesser missions follow. The results are in no case of +great importance, but the opportunities to the Secretary of +learning men and things, intrigue and policy, the Court and the +gutter were invaluable. At the camp of Cæsar Borgia, in 1502, +he found in his host that fantastic hero whom he incarnated in +<i>The Prince</i>, and he was practically an eye-witness of the +amazing masterpiece, the Massacre of Sinigaglia. The next year he +is sent to Rome with a watching brief at the election of Julius +II., and in 1506 is again sent to negotiate with the Pope. An +embassy to the Emperor Maximilian, a second mission to the French +King at Blois, in which he persuades Louis XII. to postpone the +threatened General Council of the Church (1511), and constant +expeditions to report upon and set in order unrestful towns and +provinces did not fulfil his activity. His pen was never idle. +Reports, despatches, elaborate monographs on France, Germany, or +wherever he might be, and personal letters innumerable, and even +yet unpublished, ceased not night nor day. Detail, wit, +character-drawing, satire, sorrow, bitterness, all take their turn. +But this was only a fraction of his work. By duty and by expediency +he was bound to follow closely the internal politics of Florence +where his enemies and rivals abounded. And in all these years he +was pushing forward and carrying through with unceasing and +unspeakable vigour the great military dream of his life, the +foundation of a National Militia and the extinction of Mercenary +Companies. But the fabric he had fancied and thought to have built +proved unsubstantial. The spoilt half-mutinous levies whom he had +spent years in odious and unwilling training failed him at the +crowning moment in strength and spirit: and the fall of the +Republic implied the fall of Machiavelli and the close of his +official life. He struggled hard to save himself, but the wealthy +classes were against him, perhaps afraid of him, and on them the +Medici relied. For a year he was forbidden to leave Florentine +territory, and for a while was excluded from the Palazzo. Later his +name was found in a list of Anti-Medicean conspirators. He was +arrested and decorously tortured with six turns of the rack, and +then liberated for want of evidence.</p> +<p class="side">After his Fall.</p> +<p>For perhaps a year after his release the Secretary engaged in a +series of tortuous intrigues to gain the favour of the Medici. Many +of the stories may be exaggerated, but none make pleasant reading, +and nothing proved successful. His position was miserable. +Temporarily crippled by torture, out of favour with the Government, +shunned by his friends, in deep poverty, burdened with debt and +with a wife and four children, his material circumstances were ill +enough. But, worse still, he was idle. He had deserved well of the +Republic, and had never despaired of it, and this was his reward. +He seemed to himself a broken man. He had no great natural dignity, +no great moral strength. He profoundly loved and admired Dante, but +he could not for one moment imitate him. He sought satisfaction in +sensuality of life and writing, but found no comfort. Great things +were stirring in the world and he had neither part nor lot in them. +By great good fortune he began a correspondence with his friend +Francesco Vettori, the Medicean Ambassador at Rome, to whom he +appeals for his good offices: 'And if nothing can be done, I must +live as I came into the world, for I was born poor and learnt to +want before learning to enjoy.' Before long these two diplomats had +co-opted themselves into a kind of Secret Cabinet of Europe. It is +a strange but profoundly interesting correspondence, both +politically and personally. Nothing is too great or too small, too +glorious or too mean for their pens. Amid foolish anecdotes and +rather sordid love affairs the politics of Europe, and especially +of Italy, are dissected and discussed. Leo X. had now plunged into +political intrigue. Ferdinand of Spain was in difficulty. France +had allied herself with Venice. The Swiss are the Ancient Romans, +and may conquer Italy. Then back again, or rather constant +throughout, the love intrigues and the 'likely wench hard-by who +may help to pass our time.' But through it all there is an ache at +Machiavelli's heart, and on a sudden he will break down, +crying,</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p>Però se aleuna volta io rido e canto</p> +<p>Facciol, perchè non ho se non quest' una</p> +<p>Via da sfogare il mio angoscioso pianto.</p> +</div> +</div> +<p>Vettori promised much, but nothing came of it. By 1515 the +correspondence died away, and the Ex-Secretary found for himself at +last the true pathway through his vale of years.</p> +<p class="side">The true Life.</p> +<p>The remainder of Machiavelli's life is bounded by his books. He +settled at his villa at San Casciano, where he spent his day as he +describes in the letter quoted at the beginning of this essay. In +1518 he began to attend the meetings of the Literary Club in the +Orti Oricellarii, and made new and remarkable friends. 'Era amato +grandamente da loro ... e della sua conversazione si dilettavano +maravigliosamente, tenendo in prezzo grandissimo tutte l'opere +sue,' which shows the personal authority he exercised. Occasionally +he was employed by Florentine merchants to negotiate for them at +Venice, Genoa, Lucca, and other places. In 1519 Cardinal Medici +deigned to consult him as to the Government, and commissioned him +to write the History of Florence. But in the main he wrote his +books and lived the daily life we know. In 1525 he went to Rome to +present his History to Clement VII., and was sent on to +Guicciardini. In 1526 he was busy once more with military matters +and the fortification of Florence. On the 22nd of June 1527 he died +at Florence immediately after the establishment of the second +Republic. He had lived as a practising Christian, and so died, +surrounded by his wife and family. Wild legends grew about his +death, but have no foundation. A peasant clod in San Casciano could +not have made a simpler end. He was buried in the family Chapel in +Santa Croce, and a monument was there at last erected with the +epitaph by Doctor Ferroni—'Tanto nomini nullum par elogium.' +The first edition of his complete works was published in 1782, and +was dedicated to Lord Cowper.</p> +<p class="side">His Character.</p> +<p>What manner of man was Machiavelli at home and in the +market-place? It is hard to say. There are doubtful busts, the +best, perhaps, that engraved in the 'Testina' edition of 1550, +so-called on account of the portrait. 'Of middle height, slender +figure, with sparkling eyes, dark hair, rather a small head, a +slightly aquiline nose, a tightly closed mouth: all about him bore +the impress of a very acute observer and thinker, but not that of +one able to wield much influence over others.' Such is a +reconstruction of him by one best able to make one. 'In his +conversation,' says Varchi, 'Machiavelli was pleasant, serviceable +to his friends, a friend of virtuous men, and, in a word, worthy to +have received from Nature either less genius or a better mind.' If +not much above the moral standard of the day he was certainly not +below it. His habits were loose and his language lucid and +licentious. But there is no bad or even unkind act charged against +him. To his honesty and good faith he very fairly claims that his +poverty bears witness. He was a kind, if uncertain, husband and a +devoted father. His letters to his children are charming. Here is +one written soon before his death to his little son +Guido.—'Guido, my darling son, I received a letter of thine +and was delighted with it, particularly because you tell me of your +full recovery, the best news I could have. If God grants life to us +both I expect to make a good man of you, only you must do your fair +share yourself.' Guido is to stick to his books and music, and if +the family mule is too fractious, 'Unbridle him, take off the +halter and turn him loose at Montepulciano. The farm is large, the +mule is small, so no harm can come of it. Tell your mother, with my +love, not to be nervous. I shall surely be home before any trouble +comes. Give a kiss to Baccina, Piero, and Totto: I wish I knew his +eyes were getting well. Be happy and spend as little as you may. +Christ have you in his keeping.'—There is nothing exquisite +or divinely delicate in this letter, but there are many such, and +they were not written by a bad man, any more than the answers they +evoke were addressed to one. There is little more save of a like +character that is known of Machiavelli the man. But to judge him +and his work we must have some knowledge of the world in which he +was to move and have his being.</p> +<hr /> +<p class="side">State of Italy.</p> +<p>At the beginning of the sixteenth century Italy was rotten to +the core. In the close competition of great wickedness the Vicar of +Christ easily carried off the palm, and the Court of Alexander VI. +was probably the wickedest meeting-place of men that has ever +existed upon earth. No virtue, Christian or Pagan, was there to be +found; little art that was not sensuous or sensual. It seemed as if +Bacchus and Venus and Priapus had come to their own again, and yet +Rome had not ceased to call herself Christian.</p> +<p class="side">Superstition.</p> +<p>'Owing to the evil ensample of the Papal Court,' writes +Machiavelli, 'Italy has lost all piety and all religion: whence +follow infinite troubles and disorders; for as religion implies all +good, so its absence implies the contrary. To the Church and +priests of Rome we owe another even greater disaster which is the +cause of her ruin. I mean that the Church has maintained, and still +maintains Italy divided.' The Papacy is too weak to unite and rule, +but strong enough to prevent others doing so, and is always ready +to call in the foreigner to crush all Italians to the foreigner's +profit, and Guicciardini, a high Papal officer, commenting on this, +adds, 'It would be impossible to speak so ill of the Roman Court, +but that more abuse should not be merited, seeing it is an infamy, +and example of all the shames and scandals of the world.' The +lesser clergy, the monks, the nuns followed, with anxious fidelity, +the footsteps of their shepherds. There was hardly a tonsure in +Italy which covered more than thoughts and hopes of lust and +avarice. Religion and morals which God had joined together, were +set by man a thousand leagues asunder. Yet religion still sat upon +the alabaster throne of Peter, and in the filthy straw of the +meanest Calabrian confessional. And still deeper remained a blind +devoted superstition. Vitellozzo Vitelli, as Machiavelli tells us, +while being strangled by Cæesar Borgia's assassin, implored +his murderer to procure for him the absolution of that murderer's +father. Gianpaolo Baglioni, who reigned by parricide and lived in +incest, was severely blamed by the Florentines for not killing Pope +Julius II. when the latter was his guest at Perugia. And when +Gabrino Fondato, the tyrant of Cremona, was on the scaffold, his +only regret was that when he had taken his guests, the Pope and +Emperor, to the top of the Cremona tower, four hundred feet high, +his nerve failed him and he did not push them both over. Upon this +anarchy of religion, morals, and conduct breathed suddenly the +inspiring breath of Pagan antiquity which seemed to the Italian +mind to find its finest climax in tyrannicide. There is no better +instance than in the plot of the Pazzi at Florence. Francesco Pazzi +and Bernardo Bandini decided to kill Lorenzo and Giuliano de' +Medici in the cathedral at the moment of the elevation of the Host. +They naturally took the priest into their confidence. They escorted +Giuliano to the Duomo, laughing and talking, and playfully embraced +him—to discover if he wore armour under his clothes. Then +they killed him at the moment appointed.</p> +<p class="side">Pagan influence.</p> +<p>Nor were there any hills from which salvation might be looked +for. Philosophy, poetry, science, expressed themselves in terms of +materialism. Faith and hope are ever the last survivors in the life +of a man or of a nation. But in Italy these brave comforters were +at their latest breath. It is perhaps unfair to accept in full the +judgment of Northern travellers. The conditions, training, needs of +England and Germany were different. In these countries courage was +a necessity, and good faith a paying policy. Subtlety could do +little against a two-handed sword in the hands of an angry or +partially intoxicated giant. Climate played its part as well as +culture, and the crude pleasures and vices of the North seemed +fully as loathsome to the refined Italian as did the tortuous +policy and the elaborate infamies of the South to their rough +invaders. Alone, perhaps, among the nations of Europe the Italians +had never understood or practised chivalry, save in such select and +exotic schools as the Casa Gioiosa under Vittorino da Feltre at +Mantua. The oath of Arthur's knights would have seemed to them mere +superfluity of silliness. <i>Onore</i> connoted credit, reputation, +and prowess. <i>Virtù</i>, which may be roughly translated +as mental ability combined with personal daring, set the standard +and ruled opinion. 'Honour in the North was subjective: +<i>Onore</i> in Italy objective.' Individual liberty, indeed, was +granted in full to all, at the individual's risk. The love of +beauty curbed grossness and added distinction. Fraud became an art +and force a science. There is liberty for all, but for the great +ones there is licence. And when the day of trial comes, it is the +Churchmen and the Princes who can save neither themselves nor man, +nor thing that is theirs. To such a world was Machiavelli born. To +whom should he turn? To the People? To the Church? To the Princes +and Despots? But hear him:—</p> +<blockquote> +<p>'There shall never be found any good mason, which will beleeve +to be able to make a faire image of a peece of marble ill hewed, +but verye well of a rude peece. Our Italian Princes beleeved, +before they tasted the blowes of the outlandish warre, that it +should suffice a Prince to know by writinges, how to make a subtell +aunswere, to write a goodly letter, to shewe in sayinges, and in +woordes, witte and promptenesse, to know how to canvas a fraude, to +decke themselves with precious stones and gold, to sleepe and to +eate with greater glory then other: To kepe many lascivious persons +about them, to governe themselves with their subjects, covetously +and proudely: To roote in idlenes, to give the degrees of the +exercise of warre for good will, to dispise if any should have +shewed them any laudable waie, minding that their wordes should bee +aunswers of oracles: nor the sely wretches were not aware that they +prepared themselves to be a pray to whome so ever should assaulte +them. Hereby grew then in the thousand fowre hundred and nintie and +fowre yere, the great feares, the sodaine flightes and the +marveilous losses: and so three most mighty states which were in +Italie, have bene dievers times sacked and destroyed. But that +which is worse, is where those that remaine, continue in the very +same errour, and liev in the verie same disorder and consider not, +that those who in olde time would keepe their states, caused to be +done these thinges, which of me hath beene reasoned, and that their +studies were, to prepare the body to diseases, and the minde not to +feare perills. Whereby grewe that Cæsar, Alexander, and all +those men and excellent Princes in olde time, were the formost +amongst the fighters, going armed on foote: and if they lost their +state, they would loose their life, so that they lievd and died +vertuously.'</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Such was the clay that waited the moulding of the potter's hand. +'Posterity, that high court of appeal, which is never tired of +eulogising its own justice and discernment,' has recorded harsh +sentence on the Florentine. It is better to-day to let him speak +for himself.</p> +<p class="side"><i>The Prince</i>.</p> +<p>The slender volume of <i>The Prince</i> has probably produced +wider discussion, more bitter controversy, more varied +interpretations and a deeper influence than any book save Holy +Writ. Kings and statesmen, philosophers and theologians, +monarchists and republicans have all and always used or abused it +for their purposes. Written in 1513, the first year of +Machiavelli's disgrace, concurrently with part of the +<i>Discorsi</i>, which contain the germs of it, the book represents +the fulness of its author's thought and experience. It was not till +after Machiavelli's death, that it was published in 1532, by order +of Clement VII. Meanwhile, however, in manuscript it had been +widely read and favourably received.</p> +<p class="side">Its purpose.</p> +<p>The mere motive of its creation and dedication has been the +theme of many volumes. Machiavelli was poor, was idle, was out of +favour, and therefore, though a Republican, wrote a devilish +hand-book of tyranny to strengthen the Medici and recover his +position. Machiavelli, a loyal Republican, wrote a primer of such +fiendish principles as might lure the Medici to their ruin. +Machiavelli's one idea was to ruin the rich: Machiavelli's one idea +was to oppress the poor: he was a Protestant, a Jesuit, an Atheist: +a Royalist and a Republican. And the book published by one Pope's +express authority was utterly condemned and forbidden, with all its +author's works, by the express command of another (1559). But +before facing the whirlwind of savage controversy which raged and +rages still about <i>The Prince</i>, it may be well to consider +shortly the book itself—consider it as a new book and without +prejudice. The purpose of its composition is almost certainly to be +found in the plain fact that Machiavelli, a politician and a man of +letters, wished to write a book upon the subject which had been his +special study and lay nearest to his business and bosom. To ensure +prominence for such a book, to engage attention and incidentally +perhaps to obtain political employment for himself, he dedicated it +to Lorenzo de' Medici, the existing and accepted Chief of the +State. But far and above such lighter motives stood the fact that +he saw in Lorenzo the only man who might conceivably bring to being +the vast dream of patriotism which the writer had imagined. The +subject he proposed to himself was largely, though not wholly, +conditioned by the time and place in which he lived. He wrote for +his countrymen and he wrote for his own generation. He had heard +with his ears and seen with his eyes the alternate rending anarchy +and moaning paralysis of Italy. He had seen what Agricola had long +before been spared the sight of. And what he saw, he saw not +through a glass darkly or distorted, but in the whitest, driest +light, without flinching and face to face. 'We are much beholden,' +writes Bacon, 'to Machiavelli and others that wrote what men do, +and not what they ought to do.' He did not despair of Italy, he did +not despair even of Italian unity. But he despaired of what he saw +around him, and he was willing at almost any price to end it. He +recognised, despite the nominal example of Venice, that a +Republican system was impossible, and that the small Principalities +and Free Cities were corrupt beyond hope of healing. A strong +central unifying government was imperative, and at that day such +government could only be vested in a single man. For it must ever +be closely remembered, as will be pointed out again, that +throughout the book the Prince is what would now be called the +Government. And then he saw with faithful prophecy, in the splendid +peroration of his hope, a hope deferred for near four hundred +years, he saw beyond the painful paths of blood and tyranny, a +vision of deliverance and union. For at least it is plain that in +all things Machiavelli was a passionate patriot, and <i>Amo la +patria mia più dell' anima</i> is found in one of the last +of many thousand letters that his untiring pen had written.</p> +<p>The purpose, then, of <i>The Prince</i> is to lay down rules, +within the possibilities of the time, for the making of a man who +shall create, increase, and maintain a strong and stable +government. This is done in the main by a plain presentation of +facts, a presentation condensed and critical but based on men and +things as they actually were. The ethical side is wholly omitted: +the social and economical almost entirely. The aspect is purely +political, with the underlying thought, it may be supposed, that +under the postulated government, all else will prosper.</p> +<p class="side">The Book; New States.</p> +<p>Machiavelli opens by discussing the various forms of +governments, which he divides into Republics and Principalities. Of +the latter some may be hereditary and some acquired. Of hereditary +states he says little and quotes but one, the Duchy of Ferrara. He +then turns to his true subject, the acquisition and preservation of +States wholly new or new in part, States such as he saw himself on +every side around him. Having gained possession of a new State, he +says, you must first extirpate the family of your predecessor. You +should then either reside or plant colonies, but not trust to +garrisons. 'Colonies are not costly to the Prince, are more +faithful and cause less offence to the subject States: those whom +they may injure being poor and scattered, are prevented from doing +mischief. For it should be observed that men ought either to be +caressed or trampled out, seeing that small injuries may be +avenged, whereas great ones destroy the possibility of retaliation: +and so the damage that has to be inflicted ought to be such that it +need involve no fear of reprisals.' There is perhaps in all +Machiavelli no better example of his lucid scientific method than +this passage. There is neither excuse nor hypocrisy. It is merely a +matter of business calculation. Mankind is the raw material, the +State is the finished work. Further you are to conciliate your +neighbours who are weak and abase the strong, and you must not let +the stranger within your gates. Above all look before as well as +after and think not to leave it to time, <i>godere li benefici del +tempo</i>, but, as did the Romans, strike and strike at once. For +illustration he criticises, in a final and damning analysis, the +career of Louis XII. in Italy. There was no canon of statecraft so +absolute that the King did not ignore it, and in inevitable +Nemesis, there was no ultimate disaster so crowning as not to be +achieved.</p> +<p class="side">Conquests.</p> +<p>After observing that a feudal monarchy is much less easy of +conquest than a despotism, since in the one case you must vanquish +many lesser lordships while in the other you merely replace slaves +by slaves, Machiavelli considers the best method of subjugating +Free Cities. Here again is eminent the terrible composure and the +exact truth of his politics. A conquered Free City you may of +course rule in person, or you may construct an oligarchy to govern +for you, but the only safe way is to destroy it utterly, since +'that name of Liberty, those ancient usages of Freedom,' are things +'which no length of years and no benefits can extinguish in the +nation's mind, things which no pains or forethought can uproot +unless the citizens be utterly destroyed.'</p> +<p>Hitherto the discussion has ranged round the material politics +of the matter, the acquisition of material power. Machiavelli now +turns to the heart of his matter, the proper character and conduct +of a new Prince in a new Principality and the ways by which he +shall deal most fortunately with friend and foe. For fortune it is, +as well as ability, which go to the making of the man and the +maintenance of his power.</p> +<p class="side">Cæsar Borgia.</p> +<p>In the manner of the day Moses, Cyrus, Romulus, and Theseus are +led across the stage in illustration. The common attribute of all +such fortunate masters of men was force of arms, while the mission +of an unarmed prophet such as Savonarola was foredoomed to failure. +In such politics Machiavelli is positive and ruthless: force is and +must be the remedy and the last appeal, a principle which indeed no +later generation has in practice set at naught. But in the hard dry +eyes of the Florentine Secretary stood, above all others, one +shining figure, a figure to all other eyes, from then till now, +wrapped in mysterious and miasmatic cloud. In the pages of common +history he was a tyrant, he was vicious beyond compare, he was +cruel beyond the Inquisition, he was false beyond the Father of +Lies, he was the Antichrist of Rome and he was a failure: but he +was the hero of Niccolò Machiavelli, who, indeed, found in +Cæsar Borgia the fine flower of Italian politics in the Age +of the Despots. Son of the Pope, a Prince of the Church, a Duke of +France, a master of events, a born soldier, diplomatist, and more +than half a statesman, Cæsar seemed indeed the darling of +gods and men whom original fortune had crowned with inborn ability. +Machiavelli knew him as well as it was possible to know a soul so +tortuous and secret, and he had been present at the most critical +and terrible moments of Cæsar's life. That in despite of a +life which the world calls infamous, in despite of the howling +execrations of all Christendom, in despite of ultimate and entire +failures, Machiavelli could still write years after, 'I know not +what lessons I could teach a new Prince more useful than the +example of his actions,' exhibits the ineffaceable impressions that +Cæsar Borgia had made upon the most subtle and observant mind +of modern history.</p> +<p class="side">Cæsar's Career.</p> +<p>Cæsar was the acknowledged son of Pope Alexander by his +acknowledged mistress Vannozza dei Cattani. Born in 1472, he was an +Archbishop and a Cardinal at sixteen, and the murderer of his elder +brother at an age when modern youths are at college. He played his +part to the full in the unspeakable scandals of the Vatican, but +already 'he spoke little and people feared him.' Ere long the +splendours of the Papacy seemed too remote and uncertain for his +fierce ambition, and, indeed, through his father, he already +wielded both the temporal and the spiritual arms of Peter. To the +subtlety of the Italian his Spanish blood had lent a certain stern +resolution, and as with Julius and Sulla the lust for sloth and +sensuality were quickened by the lust for sway. He unfrocked +himself with pleasure. He commenced politician, soldier, and +despot. And for the five years preceding Alexander's death he may +almost be looked upon as a power in Europe. Invested Duke of +Romagna, that hot-bed of petty tyranny and tumult, he repressed +disorder through his governor Messer Ramiro with a relentless hand. +When order reigned, Machiavelli tells us he walked out one morning +into the market-place at Cesena and saw the body of Ramiro, who had +borne the odium of reform, lying in two pieces with his head on a +lance, and a bloody axe by his side. Cæsar reaped the harvest +of Ramiro's severity, and the people recognising his benevolence +and justice were 'astounded and satisfied.'</p> +<p>But the gaze of the Borgia was not bounded by the strait limits +of a mere Italian Duchy. Whether indeed there mingled with personal +ambition an ideal of a united Italy, swept clean of the barbarians, +it is hard to say, though Machiavelli would have us believe it. +What is certain is that he desired the supreme dominion in Italy +for himself, and to win it spared neither force nor fraud nor the +help of the very barbarians themselves. With a decree of divorce +and a Cardinal's hat he gained the support of France, the French +Duchy of Valentinois, and the sister of the King of Navarre to +wife. By largesse of bribery and hollow promises he brought to his +side the great families of Rome, his natural enemies, and the great +Condottieri with their men-at-arms. When by their aid he had +established and extended his government he mistrusted their good +faith. With an infinity of fascination and cunning, without haste +and without rest, he lured these leaders, almost more cunning than +himself, to visit him as friends in his fortress of Sinigaglia. 'I +doubt if they will be alive to-morrow morning,' wrote Machiavelli, +who was on the spot. He was right. Cæsar caused them to be +strangled the same night, while his father dealt equal measure to +their colleagues and adherents in Rome. Thenceforth, distrusting +mercenaries, he found and disciplined out of a mere rabble, a +devoted army of his own, and having unobtrusively but completely +extirpated the whole families of those whose thrones he had +usurped, not only the present but the future seemed assured to +him.</p> +<p>He had fulfilled the first of Machiavelli's four conditions. He +rapidly achieved the remaining three. He bought the Roman nobles so +as to be able to put a bridle in the new 'Pope's mouth.' He bought +or poisoned or packed or terrorised the existing College of +Cardinals and selected new Princes of the Church who should accept +a Pontiff of his choosing. He was effectively strong enough to +resist the first onset upon him at his father's death. Five years +had been enough for so great an undertaking. One thing alone he had +not and indeed could not have foreseen. 'He told me himself on the +day on which (Pope) Julius was created, that he had foreseen and +provided for everything else that could happen on his father's +death, but had never anticipated that, when his father died, he too +should have been at death's door.' Even so the fame and splendour +of his name for a while maintained his authority against his +unnumbered enemies. But soon the great betrayer was betrayed. 'It +is well to cheat those who have been masters of treachery,' he had +said himself in his hours of brief authority. His wheel had turned +full cycle. Within three years his fate, like that of Charles XII., +was destined to a foreign strand, a petty fortress, and a dubious +hand. Given over to Spain he passed three years obscurely. 'He was +struck down in a fight at Viana in Navarre (1507) after a furious +resistance: he was stripped of his fine armour by men who did not +know his name or quality and his body was left naked on the bare +ground, bloody and riddled with wounds. He was only thirty-one.' +And so the star of Machiavelli's hopes and dreams was quenched for +a season in the clouds from which it came.</p> +<p class="side">The Lesson.</p> +<p>It seems worth while to sketch the strange tempestuous career of +Cæsar Borgia because in the remaining chapters of <i>The +Prince</i> and elsewhere in his writings, it is the thought and +memory of Valentinois, transmuted doubtless and idealised by the +lapse of years, that largely inform and inspire the perfect Prince +of Machiavelli. But it must not be supposed that in life or in mind +they were intimate or even sympathetic. Machiavelli criticises his +hero liberally and even harshly. But for the work he wanted done he +had found no better craftsman and no better example to follow for +those that might come after. Morals and religion did not touch the +purpose of his arguments except as affecting policy. In policy +virtues may be admitted as useful agents and in the chapter +following that on Cæsar, entitled, curiously enough, 'Of +those who by their crimes come to be Princes,' he lays down that +'to slaughter fellow citizens, to betray friends, to be devoid of +honour, pity and religion cannot be counted as merits, for these +are means which may lead to power but which confer no glory.' +Cruelty he would employ without hesitation but with the greatest +care both in degree and in kind. It should be immediate and +complete and leave no possibility of counter-revenge. For it is +never forgotten by the living, and 'he deceives himself who +believes that, with the great, recent benefits cause old wrongs to +be forgotten.' On the other hand 'Benefits should be conferred +little by little so that they may be more fully relished.' The +cruelty proper to a Prince (Government, for as ever they are +identical) aims only at authority. Now authority must spring from +love or fear. It were best to combine both motives to obedience but +you cannot. The Prince must remember that men are fickle, and love +at their own pleasure, and that men are fearful and fear at the +pleasure of the Prince. Let him therefore depend on what is of +himself, not on that which is of others. 'Yet if he win not love he +may escape hate, and so it will be if he does not meddle with the +property or women-folk of his subjects.' When he must punish let +him kill. 'For men will sooner forget the death of their father +than the loss of their estate.' And moreover you cannot always go +on killing, but a Prince who has once set himself to plundering +will never stop. This is the more needful because the only secure +foundation of his rule lies in his trust of the people and in their +support. And indeed again and again you shall find no more thorough +democrat than this teacher of tyrants. 'The people own better +broader qualities, fidelities and passions than any Prince and have +better cause to show for them.' 'As for prudence and stability, I +say that a people is more stable, more prudent, and of better +judgment than a Prince.' If the people go wrong it is almost +certainly the crime or negligence of the Prince which drives or +leads them astray. 'Better far than any number of fortresses is not +to be hated by your people.' The support of the people and a +national militia make the essential strength of the Prince and of +the State.</p> +<p class="side">National Defence.</p> +<p>The chapters on military organisation may be more conveniently +considered in conjunction with <i>The Art of War</i>. It is enough +at present to point out two or three observations of Machiavelli +which touch politics from the military side. To his generation they +were entirely novel, though mere commonplace to-day. National +strength means national stability and national greatness; and this +can be achieved, and can only be achieved, by a national army. The +Condottiere system, born of sloth and luxury, has proved its +rottenness. Your hired general is either a tyrant or a traitor, a +bully or a coward. 'In a word the armour of others is too wide or +too strait for us: it falls off us, or it weighs us down.' And in a +fine illustration he compares auxiliary troops to the armour of +Saul which David refused, preferring to fight Goliath with his +sling and stone.</p> +<p class="side">Conduct of the Prince.</p> +<p>Having assured the external security of the State, Machiavelli +turns once more to the qualities and conduct of the Prince. So +closely packed are these concluding chapters that it is almost +impossible to compress them further. The author at the outset +states his purpose: 'Since it is my object to write what shall be +useful to whosoever understands it, it seems to me better to follow +the practical truth of things rather than an imaginary view of +them. For many Republics and Princedoms have been imagined that +were never seen or known to exist in reality. And the manner in +which we live and in which we ought to live, are things so wide +asunder that he who suits the one to betake himself to the other is +more likely to destroy than to save himself.' Nothing that +Machiavelli wrote is more sincere, analytic, positive and ruthless. +He operates unflinchingly on an assured diagnosis. The hand never +an instant falters, the knife is never blunt. He deals with what +is, and not with what ought to be. Should the Prince be +all-virtuous, all-liberal, all-humane? Should his word be his bond +for ever? Should true religion be the master-passion of his life? +Machiavelli considers. The first duty of the Prince (or Government) +is to maintain the existence, stability, and prosperity of the +State. Now if all the world were perfect so should the Prince be +perfect too. But such are not the conditions of human life. An +idealising Prince must fall before a practising world. A Prince +must learn in self-defence how to be bad, but like Cæsar +Borgia, he must be a great judge of occasion. And what evil he does +must be deliberate, appropriate, and calculated, and done, not +selfishly, but for the good of the State of which he is trustee. +There is the power of Law and the power of Force. The first is +proper to men, the second to beasts. And that is why Achilles was +brought up by Cheiron the Centaur that he might learn to use both +natures. A ruler must be half lion and half fox, a fox to discern +the toils, a lion to drive off the wolves. Merciful, faithful, +humane, religious, just, these he may be and above all should seem +to be, nor should any word escape his lips to give the lie to his +professions: and in fact he should not leave these qualities but +when he must. He should, if possible, practise goodness, but under +necessity should know how to pursue evil. He should keep faith +until occasion alter, or reason of state compel him to break his +pledge. Above all he should profess and observe religion, 'because +men in general judge rather by the eye than by the hand, and every +one can see but few can touch.' But none the less, must he learn +(as did William the Silent, Elizabeth of England, and Henry of +Navarre) how to subordinate creed to policy when urgent need is +upon him. In a word, he must realise and face his own position, and +the facts of mankind and of the world. If not veracious to his +conscience, he must be veracious to facts. He must not be bad for +badness' sake, but seeing things as they are, must deal as he can +to protect and preserve the trust committed to his care. Fortune is +still a fickle jade, but at least the half our will is free, and if +we are bold we may master her yet. For Fortune is a woman who, to +be kept under, must be beaten and roughly handled, and we see that +she is more ready to be mastered by those who treat her so, than by +those who are shy in their wooing. And always, like a woman, she +gives her favours to the young, because they are less scrupulous +and fiercer and more audaciously command her to their will.</p> +<p class="side">The Appeal.</p> +<p>And so at the last the sometime Secretary of the Florentine +Republic turns to the new Master of the Florentines in splendid +exhortation. He points to no easy path. He proposes no mean +ambition. He has said already that 'double will that Prince's glory +be, who has founded a new realm and fortified it and adorned it +with good laws, good arms, good friends, and good examples.' But +there is more and better to be done. The great misery of men has +ever made the great leaders of men. But was Israel in Egypt, were +the Persians, the Athenians ever more enslaved, down-trodden, +disunited, beaten, despoiled, mangled, overrun and desolate than is +our Italy to-day? The barbarians must be hounded out, and Italy be +free and one. Now is the accepted time. All Italy is waiting and +only seeks the man. To you the darling of Fortune and the Church +this splendid task is given, to and to the army of Italy and of +Italians only. Arm Italy and lead her. To you, the deliverer, what +gates would be closed, what obedience refused! What jealousies +opposed, what homage denied. Love, courage, and fixed fidelity +await you, and under your standards shall the voice of Petrarch be +fulfilled:</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p class="i10">Virtu contro al furore</p> +<p>Prenderà l'arme e fia il combatter corto:</p> +<p class="i10">Chè l'antico valore</p> +<p>Negl' Italici cor non è ancor morto.</p> +</div> +</div> +<p>Such is <i>The Prince</i> of Machiavelli. The vision of its +breathless exhortation seemed then as but a landscape to a blind +man's eye. But the passing of three hundred and fifty years of the +misery he wept for brought at the last, almost in perfect +exactness, the fulfilment of that impossible prophecy.</p> +<p class="side">The Attack.</p> +<p>There is no great book in the world of smaller compass than +<i>The Prince</i> of Machiavelli. There is no book more lucidly, +directly, and plainly written. There is no book that has aroused +more vehement, venomous, and even truculent controversy from the +moment of its publication until to-day. And it is asserted with +great probability that <i>The Prince</i> has had a more direct +action upon real life than any other book in the world, and a +larger share in breaking the chains and lighting the dark places of +the Middle Ages. It is a truism to say that Machiavellism existed +before Machiavelli. The politics of Gian Galeazzo Visconti, of +Louis XI. of France, of Ferdinand of Spain, of the Papacy, of +Venice, might have been dictated by the author of <i>The +Prince</i>. But Machiavelli was the first to observe, to compare, +to diagnose, to analyse, and to formulate their principles of +government. The first to establish, not a divorce, but rather a +judicial separation between the morals of a man and the morals of a +government. It is around the purpose and possible results of such a +separation in politics, ethics, and religion that the storm has +raged most fiercely. To follow the path of that storm through near +four centuries many volumes would be needed, and it will be more +convenient to deal with the more general questions in summing up +the influence of Machiavelli as a whole. But the main lines and +varying fortunes of the long campaign may be indicated. During the +period of its manuscript circulation and for a few years after its +publication <i>The Prince</i> was treated with favour or at worst +with indifference, and the first mutterings were merely personal to +the author. He was a scurvy knave and turncoat with neither bowels +nor conscience, almost negligible. But still men read him, and a +change in conditions brought a change in front. He had in <i>The +Prince</i>, above all in the <i>Discorsi</i>, accused the Church of +having ruined Italy and debauched the world. In view of the +writer's growing popularity, of the Reformation and the Pagan +Renaissance, such charges could no longer be lightly set aside. The +Churchmen opened the main attack. Amongst the leaders was Cardinal +Pole, to whom the practical precepts of <i>The Prince</i> had been +recommended in lieu of the dreams of Plato, by Thomas Cromwell, the +<i>malleus monachorum</i> of Henry VIII. The Catholic attack was +purely theological, but before long the Jesuits joined in the cry. +Machiavelli was burnt in effigy at Ingoldstadt. He was <i>subdolus +diabolicarum cogitationum faber</i>, and <i>irrisor et atheos</i> +to boot. The Pope himself gave commissions to unite against him, +and his books were placed on the Index, together, it must be +admitted, with those of Boccaccio, Erasmus, and Savonarola so the +company was goodly. But meanwhile, and perhaps in consequence, +editions and translations of <i>The Prince</i> multiplied apace. +The great figures of the world were absorbed by it. Charles V., his +son, and his courtiers studied the book. Catherine de Medici +brought it to France. A copy of <i>The Prince</i> was found on the +murdered bodies of Henry III. and Henry IV. Richelieu praised it. +Sextus V. analysed it in his own handwriting. It was read at the +English Court; Bacon was steeped in it, and quotes or alludes to it +constantly. Hobbes and Harrington studied it.</p> +<p>But now another change. So then, cried Innocent Gentillet, the +Huguenot, the book is a primer of despotism and Rome, and a grammar +for bigots and tyrants. It doubtless is answerable for the Massacre +of St. Bartholomew. The man is a <i>chien impur</i>. And in answer +to this new huntsman the whole Protestant pack crashed in pursuit. +Within fifty years of his death <i>The Prince</i> and Machiavelli +himself had become a legend and a myth, a haunting, discomforting +ghost that would not be laid. Machiavellism had grown to be a case +of conscience both to Catholic and Protestant, to Theologian, +Moralist, and Philosopher. In Spain the author, damned in France +for his despotism and popery, was as freshly and freely damned for +his civil and religious toleration. In England to the Cavaliers he +was an Atheist, to the Roundheads a Jesuit. Christina of Sweden +annotated him with enthusiasm. Frederick the Great published his +<i>Anti-Machiavel</i> brimming with indignation, though it is +impossible not to wonder what would have become of Prussia had not +the Prussian king so closely followed in practice the precepts of +the Florentine, above all perhaps, as Voltaire observed, in the +publication of the <i>Anti-Machiavel</i> itself. No doubt in the +eighteenth century, when monarchy was so firmly established as not +to need Machiavelli, kings and statesmen sought to clear kingship +of the supposed stain he had besmirched them with. But their +reading was as little as their misunderstanding was great, and the +Florentine Secretary remained the mysterious necromancer. It was +left for Rousseau to describe the book of this 'honnête homme +et bon citoyen' as 'le livre des Républicains,' and for +Napoleon, the greatest of the author's followers if not disciples, +to draw inspiration and suggestion from his Florentine forerunner +and to justify the murder of the Due d'Enghien by a quotation from +<i>The Prince</i>. 'Mais après tout,' he said, 'un homme +d'Etat est-il fait pour être sensible? N'est-ce pas un +personnage—complètement excentrique, toujours seul +d'un côté, avec le monde de l'autre?' and again 'Jugez +done s'il doit s'amuser à ménager certaines +convenances de sentiments si importantes pour le commun des hommes? +Peut-il considérer les liens du sang, les affections, les +puérils ménagements de la société? Et +dans la situation où il se trouve, que d'actions +séparées de l'ensemble et qu'on blâme, +quoiqu'elles doivent contribuer au grand oeuvre que tout le monde +n'aperçoit pas? ... Malheureux que vous êtes! vous +retiendrez vos éloges parce que vous craindrez que le +mouvement de cette grande machine ne fasse sur vous l'effet de +Gulliver, qui, lorsqu'il déplaçait sa jambe, +écrasait les Lilliputiens. Exhortez-vous, devancez le temps, +agrandissez votre imagination, regardez de loin, et vous verrez que +ces grands personnages que vous croyez violents, cruels, que +sais-je? ne sont que des politiques. Ils se connaissent, se jugent +mieux que vous, et, quand ils sont réellement habiles, ils +savent se rendre maîtres de leurs passions car ils vont +jusqu'à en calculer les effets.' Even in his carriage at +Waterloo was found a French translation of <i>The Prince</i> +profusely annotated.</p> +<p class="side">The Defence.</p> +<p>But from the first the defence was neither idle nor weak. The +assault was on the morals of the man: the fortress held for the +ideas of the thinker. He does not treat of morals, therefore he is +immoral, cried the plaintiff. Has he spoken truth or falsehood? Is +his word the truth and will his truth prevail? was the rejoinder. +In Germany and Italy especially and in France and England in less +degree, philosophers and critics have argued and written without +stint and without cease. As history has grown wider and more +scientific so has the preponderance of opinion leaned to the +Florentine's favour.</p> +<p>It would be impossible to recapitulate the arguments or even to +indicate the varying points of view. And indeed the main hindrance +in forming a just idea of <i>The Prince</i> is the constant +treatment of a single side of the book and the preconceived intent +of the critic. Bacon has already been mentioned. Among later names +are Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibnitz. Herder gives qualified approval, +while Fichte frankly throws down the glove as <i>The Prince's</i> +champion. 'Da man weiss dass politische Machtfragen nie, am +wenigsten in einem verderbten Volke, mit den Mitteln der Moral zu +lösen sind, so ist es unverständig das Buch von +Fürsten zu verschreien. Macchiavelli hatte einen Herrscher zu +schildern, keinen Klosterbruder.' The last sentence may at least be +accepted as a last word by practical politicians. Ranke and +Macaulay, and a host of competent Germans and Italians have lent +their thought and pens to solve the riddle in the Florentine's +favour. And lastly, the course of political events in Europe have +seemed to many the final justification of the teaching of <i>The +Prince</i>. The leaders of the Risorgimento thought that they found +in letters, 'writ with a stiletto,' not only the inspirations of +patriotism and the aspirations to unity, but a sure and trusted +guide to the achievement. Germany recognised in the author a +schoolmaster to lead them to unification, and a military instructor +to teach them of an Armed People. Half Europe snatched at the +principle of Nationality. For in <i>The Prince</i>, Machiavelli not +only begat ideas but fertilised the ideas of others, and whatever +the future estimation of the book may be, it stands, read or +unread, as a most potent, if not as the dominant, factor in +European politics for four hundred years.</p> +<p class="side">The <i>Discorsi</i>.</p> +<p>The <i>Discorsi</i>, printed in Rome by Blado, 1537, are not +included in the present edition, as the first English translation +did not appear until 1680, when almost the entire works of +Machiavelli were published by an anonymous translator in London. +But some account and consideration of their contents is imperative +to any review of the Florentine's political thoughts. Such Discorsi +and Relazioni were not uncommon at the time. The stronger and +younger minds of the Renaissance wearied of discussing in the +lovely gardens of the Rucellai the ideas of Plato or the allegories +of Plotinus. The politics of Aristotle had just been intelligibly +translated by Leonardo Bruni (1492). And to-day the young ears and +eyes of Florence were alert for an impulse to action. They saw +glimpses, in reopened fields of history, of quarries long grown +over where the ore of positive politics lay hid. The men who came +to-day to the Orti Oricellarii were men versed in public affairs, +men of letters, historians, poets, living greatly in a great age, +with Raphael, Michael Angelo, Ariosto, Leonardo going up and down +amongst them. Machiavelli was now in fair favour with the Medici, +and is described by Strozzi as <i>una persona per sorgere</i> (a +rising man). He was welcomed into the group with enthusiasm, and +there read and discussed the <i>Discorsi</i>. Nominally mere +considerations upon the First Decade of Livy, they rapidly +encircled all that was known and thought of policy and state-craft, +old and living.</p> +<p class="side">Their Plan.</p> +<p>Written concurrently with <i>The Prince</i>, though completed +later, the <i>Discorsi</i> contain almost the whole of the thoughts +and intents of the more famous book, but with a slightly different +application. '<i>The Prince</i> traces the progress of an ambitious +man, the <i>Discorsi</i> the progress of an ambitious people,' is +an apt if inadequate criticism. Machiavelli was not the first +Italian who thought and wrote upon the problems of his time. But he +was the first who discussed grave questions in modern language. He +was the first modern political writer who wrote of men and not of +man, for the Prince himself is a collective individuality.</p> +<p>'This must be regarded as a general rule,' is ever in +Machiavelli's mouth, while Guicciardini finds no value in a general +rule, but only in 'long experience and worthy discretion.' The one +treated of policy, the other of politics. Guicciardini considered +specifically by what methods to control and arrange an existing +Government. Machiavelli sought to create a science, which should +show how to establish, maintain, and hinder the decline of states +generally conceived. Even Cavour counted the former as a more +practical guide in affairs. But Machiavelli was the theorist of +humanity in politics, not the observer only. He distinguished the +two orders of research. And, during the Italian Renaissance such +distinction was supremely necessary. With a crumbled theology, a +pagan Pope, amid the wreck of laws and the confusion of social +order, <i>il sue particolare</i> and <i>virtù</i>, +individuality and ability (energy, political genius, prowess, vital +force: <i>virtù</i> is impossible to translate, and only +does not mean virtue), were the dominating and unrelenting factors +of life. Niccolò Machiavelli, unlike Montesquieu, agreed +with Martin Luther that man was bad. It was for both the +Wittenberger and the Florentine, in their very separate ways, to +found the school and wield the scourge. In the naked and unashamed +candour of the time Guicciardini could say that he loathed the +Papacy and all its works. 'For all that, he adds, 'the preferments +I have enjoyed, have forced me for my private ends to set my heart +upon papal greatness. Were it not for this consideration, I should +love Martin Luther as my second self.' In the <i>Discorsi</i>, +Machiavelli bitterly arraigns the Church as having 'deprived +Italians of religion and liberty.' He utterly condemns +Savonarolà, yet he could love and learn from Dante, and +might almost have said with Pym, 'The greatest liberty of the +Kingdom is Religion. Thereby we are freed from spiritual evils, and +no impositions are so grievous as those that are laid upon the +soul.'</p> +<p class="side">Religion.</p> +<p>The Florentine postulates religion as an essential element in a +strong and stable State. Perhaps, with Gibbon, he deemed it useful +to the Magistrate. But his science is impersonal. He will not +tolerate a Church that poaches on his political preserves. Good +dogma makes bad politics. It must not tamper with liberty or +security. And most certainly, with Dante, in the <i>Paradiso</i>, +he would either have transformed or omitted the third Beatitude, +that the Meek shall inherit the earth. With such a temperament, +Machiavelli must ever keep touch with sanity. It was not for him as +for Aristotle to imagine what an ideal State should be, but rather +to inquire what States actually were and what they might actually +become. He seeks first and foremost 'the use that may be derived +from history in politics'; not from its incidents but from its +general principles. His darling model of a State is to be found +where Dante found it, in the Roman Republic. The memory and even +the substance of Dante occur again and again. But Dante's +inspiration was spiritual: Machiavelli's frankly pagan, and with +the latter Fortune takes the place of God. Dante did not love the +Papacy, but Machiavelli, pointing out how even in ancient Rome +religion was politic or utilitarian, leads up to his famous attack +upon the Roman Church, to which he attributes all the shame and +losses, political, social, moral, national, that Italy has suffered +at her hands. And now for the first time the necessity for Italian +Unity is laid plainly down, and the Church and its temporal power +denounced as the central obstacles. In religion itself the +Secretary saw much merit. 'But when it is an absolute question of +the welfare of our country, then justice or injustice, mercy or +cruelty, praise or ignominy, must be set aside, and we must seek +alone whatever course may preserve the existence and liberty of the +state.' Throughout the <i>Discorsi</i>, Machiavelli in a looser and +more expansive form, suggests, discusses, or re-affirms the ideas +of <i>The Prince</i>. There is the same absence of judgment on the +moral value of individual conduct; the same keen decision of its +practical effect as a political act. But here more than in <i>The +Prince</i>, he deals with the action and conduct of the people. +With his passion for personal and contemporary incarnation he finds +in the Swiss of his day the Romans of Republican Rome, and +reiterates the comparison in detail. Feudalism, mercenaries, +political associations embodied in Arts and Guilds, the Temporal +power of the Church, all these are put away, and in their stead he +announces the new and daring gospel that for organic unity subjects +must be treated as equals and not as inferiors. 'Trust the people' +is a maxim he repeats and enforces again and again. And he does not +shrink from, but rather urges the corollary, 'Arm the people.' +Indeed it were no audacious paradox to state the ideal of +Machiavelli, though he nominally preferred a Republic, as a Limited +Monarchy, ruling over a Nation in Arms. No doubt he sought, as was +natural enough in his day, to construct the State from without +rather than to guide and encourage its evolution from within. It +seemed to him that, in such an ocean of corruption, Force +<i>was</i> a remedy and Fraud no sluttish handmaid. 'Vice n'est-ce +pas,' writes Montaigne, of such violent acts of Government, 'car il +a quitté sa raison à une plus universelle et +puissante raison.' Even so the Prince and the people could only be +justified by results. But the public life is of larger value than +the private, and sometimes one man must be crucified for a +thousand. Despite all prejudice and make-belief, such a rule and +practice has obtained from the Assemblies of Athens to the +Parliaments of the twentieth century. But Machiavelli first +candidly imparted it to the unwilling consciences and brains of +men, and it is he who has been the chosen scape-goat to carry the +sins of the people. His earnestness makes him belie his own precept +to keep the name and take away the thing. In this, as in a thousand +instances, he was not too darkly hidden; he was too plain. +'Machiavelli,' says one who studied the Florentine as hardly +another had done, 'Machiavelli hat gesündigt, aber noch mehr +ist gegen ihn gesündigt worden.' Liberty is good, but Unity is +its only sure foundation. It is the way to the Unity of Government +and People that the thoughts both of <i>The Prince</i> and the +<i>Discorsi</i> lead, though the incidents be so nakedly presented +as to shock the timorous and vex the prurient, the puritan, and the +evil thinker. The people must obey the State and fight and die for +its salvation, and for the Prince the hatred of the subjects is +never good, but their love, and the best way to gain it is by 'not +interrupting the subject in the quiet enjoyment of his estate.' +Even so bland and gentle a spirit as the poet Gray cannot but +comment, 'I rejoice when I see Machiavelli defended or illustrated, +who to me appears one of the wisest men that any nation in any age +hath produced.'</p> +<p class="side">The Art of War.</p> +<p>Throughout both <i>The Prince</i> and the <i>Discorsi</i> are +constant allusions to, and often long discussions on, military +affairs. The Army profoundly interested Machiavelli both as a +primary condition of national existence and stability, and also, as +he pondered upon the contrast between ancient Rome and the Florence +that he lived in, as a subject fascinating in itself. His <i>Art of +War</i> was probably published in 1520. Before that date the +Florentine Secretary had had some personal touch both with the +theory and practice of war. As a responsible official in the camp +before Pisa he had seen both siege work and fighting. Having lost +faith in mercenary forces he made immense attempts to form a +National Militia, and was appointed Chancellor of the Nove della +Milizia. In Switzerland and the Tyrol he had studied army +questions. He planned with Pietro Navarro the defence of Florence +and Prato against Charles V. At Verona and Mantua in 1509, he +closely studied the famous siege of Padua. From birth to death war +and battles raged all about him, and he had personal knowledge of +the great captains of the Age. Moreover, he saw in Italy troops of +every country, of every quality, in every stage of discipline, in +every manner of formation. His love of ancient Rome led him +naturally to the study of Livy and Vegetius, and from them with +regard to formations, to the relative values of infantry and +cavalry and other points of tactics, he drew or deduced many +conclusions which hold good to-day. Indeed a German staff officer +has written that in reading the Florentine you think you are +listening to a modern theorist of war. But for the theorist of +those days a lion stood in the path. The art of war was not +excepted from the quick and thorough transformation that all +earthly and spiritual things were undergoing. Gunpowder, long +invented, was being applied. Armour, that, since the beginning, had +saved both man and horse, had now lost the half of its virtue. The +walls of fortresses, impregnable for a thousand years, became as +matchwood ramparts. The mounted man-at-arms was found with wonder +to be no match for the lightly-armoured but nimble foot-man. The +Swiss were seen to hold their own with ease against the knighthood +of Austria and Burgundy. The Free Companies lost in value and +prestige what they added to their corruption and treachery. All +these things grew clear to Machiavelli. But his almost fatal +misfortune was that he observed and wrote in the mid-moment of the +transition. He had no faith in fire-arms, and as regards the +portable fire-arms of those days he was right. After the artillery +work at Ravenna, Novara, and Marignano it is argued that he should +have known better. But he was present at no great battles, and +pike, spear, and sword had been the stable weapons of four thousand +years. These were indeed too simple to be largely modified, and the +future of mechanisms and explosives no prophet uninspired could +foresee. And indeed the armament and formation of men were not the +main intent of Machiavelli's thought. His care in detail, +especially in fortifications, of which he made a special study, in +encampments, in plans, in calculations, is immense. Nothing is so +trivial as to be left inexact.</p> +<p class="side">The New Model.</p> +<p>But he centred his observation and imagination on the origin, +character, and discipline of an army in being. He pictures the +horror, waste, and failure of a mercenary system, and lays down the +fatal error in Italy of separating civil from military life, +converting the latter into a trade. In such a way the soldier grows +to a beast, and the citizen to a coward. All this must be changed. +The basic idea of this astounding Secretary is to form a National +Army, furnished by conscription and informed by the spirit of the +New Model of Cromwell. All able-bodied men between the ages of +seventeen and forty should be drilled on stated days and be kept in +constant readiness. Once or twice a year each battalion must be +mobilised and manoeuvred as in time of war. The discipline must be +constant and severe. The men must be not only robust and +well-trained, but, above all, virtuous, modest, and disposed to any +sacrifice for the public good. So imbued should they be with duty +and lofty devotion to their country that though they may rightly +deceive the enemy, reward the enemy's deserters and employ spies, +yet 'an apple tree laden with fruit might stand untouched in the +midst of their encampment.' The infantry should far exceed the +cavalry, 'since it is by infantry that battles are won.' Secrecy, +mobility, and familiarity with the country are to be objects of +special care, and positions should be chosen from which advance is +safer than retreat. In war this army must be led by one single +leader, and, when peace shines again, they must go back contented +to their grateful fellow-countrymen and their wonted ways of +living. The conception and foundation of such a scheme, at such a +time, by such a man is indeed astounding. He broke with the past +and with all contemporary organisations. He forecast the future of +military Europe, though his own Italy was the last to win her +redemption through his plans. 'Taken all in all,' says a German +military writer, 'we may recognise Machiavelli in his inspired +knowledge of the principles of universal military discipline as a +true prophet and as one of the weightiest thinkers in the field of +military construction and constitution. He penetrated the essence +of military technique with a precision wholly alien to his period, +and it is, so to say, a new psychological proof of the relationship +between the art of war and the art of statecraft, that the founder +of Modern Politics is also the first of modern Military +Classics.'</p> +<p>But woe to the Florentine Secretary with his thoughts born +centuries before their time. As in <i>The Prince</i>, so in the +<i>Art of War</i>, he closes with a passionate appeal of great +sorrow and the smallest ray of hope. Where shall I hope to find the +things that I have told of? What is Italy to-day? What are the +Italians? Enervated, impotent, vile. Wherefore, 'I lament mee of +nature, the which either ought not to have made mee a knower of +this, or it ought to have given mee power, to have bene able to +have executed it: For now beeing olde, I cannot hope to have any +occasion, to be able so to doo: In consideration whereof, I have +bene liberall with you who beeing grave young men, may (when the +thinges said of me shall please you) at due times, in favoure of +your Princes, helpe them and counsider them. Wherin I would have +you not to be afraied, or mistrustfull, because this Province +seemes to bee altogether given to raise up againe the things deade, +as is seene by the perfection that Poesie, painting, and writing, +is now brought unto: Albeit, as much as is looked for of mee, +beeing strooken in yeeres, I do mistrust. Where surely, if Fortune +had heretofore graunted mee so much state, as suffiseth for a like +enterprise, I would not have doubted, but in most short time, to +have shewed to the world, how much the auncient orders availe: and +without peradventure, either I would have increased it with glory, +or lost it without shame.'</p> +<p class="side"><i>The History of Florence</i>.</p> +<p>In 1520 Machiavelli was an ageing and disappointed man. He was +not popular with any party, but the Medici were willing to use him +in minor matters if only to secure his adherence. He was +commissioned by Giulio de Medici to write a history of Florence +with an annual allowance of 100 florins. In 1525 he completed his +task and dedicated the book to its begetter, Pope Clement VII.</p> +<p>In the History, as in much of his other work, Machiavelli +enriches the science of humanity with a new department. 'He was the +first to contemplate the life of a nation in its continuity, to +trace the operation of political forces through successive +generations, to contrast the action of individuals with the +evolution of causes over which they had but little control, and to +bring the salient features of the national biography into relief by +the suppression of comparatively unimportant details.' He found no +examples to follow, for Villani with all his merits was of a +different order. Diarists and chroniclers there were in plenty, and +works of the learned men led by Aretino, written in Latin and +mainly rhetorical. The great work of Guicciardini was not published +till years after the Secretary's death. Machiavelli broke away from +the Chronicle or any other existing form. He deliberately applied +philosophy to the sequence of facts. He organised civil and +political history. He originally intended to begin his work at the +year 1234, the year of the return of Cosimo il Vecchio from exile +and of the consolidation of Medicean power on the ground that the +earlier periods had been covered by Aretino and Bracciolini. But he +speedily recognised that they told of nothing but external wars and +business while the heart of the history of Florence was left +unbared. The work was to do again in very different manner, and in +that manner he did it. Throughout he maintains and insistently +insinuates his unfailing explanation of the miseries of Italy; the +necessity of unity and the evils of the Papacy which prevents it. +In this book dedicated to a Pope he scants nothing of his hatred of +the Holy See. For ever he is still seeking the one strong man in a +blatant land with almost absolute power to punish, pull down, and +reconstruct on an abiding foundation, for to his clear eyes it is +ever the events that are born of the man, and not the man of the +events. He was the first to observe that the Ghibellines were not +only the Imperial party but the party of the aristocrats and +influential men, whereas the Guelphs were the party not only of the +Church but of the people, and he traces the slow but increasing +struggle to the triumph of democracy in the Ordinamenti di +Giustizia (1293). But the triumph was not final. The Florentines +were 'unable to preserve liberty and could not tolerate slavery.' +So the fighting, banishments, bloodshed, cruelty, injustice, began +once more. The nobles were in origin Germanic, he points out, the +people Latin; so that a racial bitterness gave accent to their +hate. But yet, he adds impartially, when the crushed nobility were +forced to change their names and no longer dared be heard 'Florence +was not only stripped of arms but likewise of all generosity.' It +would be impossible to follow the History in detail. The second, +seventh and eighth books are perhaps the most powerful and +dramatic. Outside affairs and lesser events are lightly touched. +But no stories in the world have been told with more intensity than +those of the conspiracies in the seventh and eighth books, and none +have given a more intimate and accurate perception of the modes of +thought and feeling at the time. The History ends with the death of +Lorenzo de Medici in 1492. Enough has been said of its breadth of +scope and originality of method. The spirit of clear flaming +patriotism, of undying hope that will not in the darkest day +despair, the plangent appeal to Italy for its own great sake to +rouse and live, all these are found pre-eminently in the History as +they are found wherever Machiavelli speaks from the heart of his +heart. Of the style a foreigner may not speak. But those who are +proper judges maintain that in simplicity and lucidity, vigour, and +power, softness, elevation, and eloquence, the style of Machiavelli +is 'divine,' and remains, as that of Dante among the poets, +unchallenged and insuperable among all writers of Italian +prose.</p> +<p class="side">Other Works.</p> +<p>Though Machiavelli must always stand as a political thinker, an +historian, and a military theorist it would leave an insufficient +idea of his mental activities were there no short notice of his +other literary works. With his passion for incarnating his theories +in a single personality, he wrote the <i>Life of Castruccio +Castracani</i>, a politico-military romance. His hero was a soldier +of fortune born Lucca in 1281, and, playing with a free hand, +Machiavelli weaves a life of adventure and romance in which his +constant ideas of war and politics run through and across an almost +imaginary tapestry. He seems to have intended to illustrate and to +popularise his ideals and to attain by a story the many whom his +discourses could not reach. In verse Machiavelli was fluent, +pungent, and prosaic. The unfinished <i>Golden Ass</i> is merely +made of paragraphs of the <i>Discorsi</i> twined into rhymes. And +the others are little better. Countless pamphlets, essays, and +descriptions may be searched without total waste by the very +curious and the very leisurely. The many despatches and +multitudinous private letters tell the story both of his life and +his mind. But the short but famous <i>Novella di Belfagor +Arcidiavolo</i> is excellent in wit, satire, and invention. As a +playwright he wrote, among many lesser efforts, one supreme comedy, +<i>Mandragola</i>, which Macaulay declares to be better than the +best of Goldoni's plays, and only less excellent than the very best +of Molière's. Italian critics call it the finest play in +Italian. The plot is not for nursery reading, but there are tears +and laughter and pity and anger to furnish forth a copious author, +and it has been not ill observed that <i>Mandragola</i> is the +comedy of a society of which <i>The Prince</i> is the tragedy.</p> +<p class="side">The End.</p> +<p>It has been said of the Italians of the Renaissance that with so +much of unfairness in their policy, there was an extraordinary +degree of fairness in their intellects. They were as direct in +thought as they were tortuous in action and could see no wickedness +in deceiving a man whom they intended to destroy. To such a +charge—if charge it be—Machiavelli would have willingly +owned himself answerable. He observed, in order to know, and he +wished to use his knowledge for the advancement of good. To him the +means were indifferent, provided only that they were always apt and +moderate in accordance with necessity, A surgeon has no room for +sentiment: in such an operator pity were a crime. It is his to +examine, to probe, to diagnose, flinching at no ulcer, sparing +neither to himself or to his patient. And if he may not act, he is +to lay down very clearly the reasons which led to his conclusions +and to state the mode by which life itself may be saved, cost what +amputation and agony it may. This was Machiavelli's business, and +he applied his eye, his brains, and his knife with a relentless +persistence, which, only because it was so faithful, was not called +heroic. And we know that he suffered in the doing of it and that +his heart was sore for his patient. But there was no other way. His +record is clear and shining. He has been accused of no treachery, +of no evil action. His patriotism for Italy as a fatherland, a +dream undreamt by any other, never glowed more brightly than when +Italy lay low in shame, and ruin, and despair. His faith never +faltered, his spirit never shrank. And the Italy that he saw, +through dark bursts of storm, broken and sinking, we see to-day +riding in the sunny haven where he would have her to be.</p> +<p>HENRY CUST.</p> +<hr /> +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> +<center><a href="#book-warre">THE ARTE OF WARRE</a></center> +<center><a href="#book-prince">THE PRINCE</a></center> +<hr /> +<h1><a name="book-warre" id="book-warre">THE ARTE OF WARRE</a></h1> +<h3>WRITTEN FIRST IN ITALIAN BY</h3> +<h2>NICHOLAS MACHIAVELL</h2> +<h4>AND SET FORTHE IN ENGLISHE BY</h4> +<h2>PETER WHITEHORNE</h2> +<h3>STUDIENT AT GRAIES INNE</h3> +<h3>WITH AN ADDICION OF OTHER LIKE MARCIALLE FEATES AND +EXPERIMENTES</h3> +<h3>AS IN A TABLE</h3> +<h3>IN THE ENDE OF THE BOOKE</h3> +<h3>MAIE APPERE</h3> +<h3>1560</h3> +<h3><i>Menfss. Iulij</i>.</h3> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page3" id="page3"></a>{3}</span> +<p>TO THE MOSTE</p> +<p>HIGHE, AND EXCELLENT PRINCES,</p> +<p>ELIZABETH, by the Grace of God, Quene</p> +<p>of Englande, Fraunce, and Irelande,</p> +<p>defender of the faithe, and of the Churche</p> +<p>of Englande, and Irelande, on yearth</p> +<p>next under God, the supreme</p> +<p>Governour.</p> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-a.png" alt="A" /> lthough +commonlie every man, moste worthie and renoumed Soveraine, seketh +specially to commend and extolle the thing, whereunto he feleth +hymself naturally bent and inclined, yet al soche parciallitie and +private affection laid aside, it is to bee thought (that for the +defence, maintenaunce, and advauncemente of a Kyngdome, or Common +weale, or for the good and due observacion of peace, and +administracion of Justice in the same) no one thinge to be more +profitable, necessarie, or more honourable, then the knowledge of +service in warre, and dedes of armes; bicause consideryng the +ambicion of the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page4" id= +"page4"></a>{4}</span> worlde, it is impossible for any realme or +dominion, long to continue free in quietnesse and savegarde, where +the defence of the sweard is not alwaies in a readinesse. For like +as the Grekes, beyng occupied aboute triflyng matters, takyng +pleasure in resityng of Comedies, and soche other vain thinges, +altogether neclecting Marciall feates, gave occasion to Philip kyng +of Macedonia, father to Alexander the Great, to oppresse and to +bring theim in servitude, under his subjeccion, even so +undoubtedly, libertie will not be kepte, but men shall be troden +under foote, and brought to moste horrible miserie and calamitie, +if thei givyng theim selves to pastymes and pleasure, forssake the +juste regarde of their owne defence, and savegarde of their +countrie, whiche in temporall regimente, chiefly consisteth in +warlike skilfulnesse. And therefore the aunciente Capitaines and +mightie Conquerours, so longe as thei florished, did devise with +moste greate diligence, all maner of waies, to bryng their men to +the perfect knowledge of what so ever thing appertained to the +warre: as manifestly appereth by the warlike games, whiche in old +time the Princes of Grecia ordained, upon the mount Olimpus, and +also by thorders and exercises, that the aunciente <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page5" id="page5"></a>{5}</span> Romaines used +in sundrie places, and specially in Campo Martio, and in their +wonderful sumptuous Theaters, whiche chiefly thei builded to that +purpose. Whereby thei not onely made their Souldiours so experte, +that thei obtained with a fewe, in faightyng againste a greate +houge multitude of enemies, soche marveilous victories, as in many +credible Histories are mencioned, but also by the same meanes, +their unarmed and rascalle people that followed their Campes, gotte +soche understandyng in the feates of warre, that thei in the daie +of battaile, beeyng lefte destitute of succour, were able without +any other help, to set themselves in good order, for their defence +againste the enemie, that would seke to hurte theim, and in soche +daungerous times, have doen their countrie so good service, that +verie often by their helpe, the adversaries have been put to +flight, and fieldes moste happely wone. So that thantiquitie +estemed nothing more happie in a common weale, then to have in the +same many men skilfull in warlike affaires: by meanes whereof, +their Empire continually inlarged, and moste wonderfully and +triumphantly prospered. For so longe as men for their +valiauntnesse, were then rewarded and had in estimacion, glad was +he that <span class="pagenum"><a name="page6" id= +"page6"></a>{6}</span> could finde occasion to venter, yea, and +spende his life, to benefite his countrie: as by the manly actes +that Marcus Curcius, Oracius Cocles, and Gaius Mucius did for the +savegarde of Rome and also by other innumerable like examples +dooeth plainly appeare. But when through long and continuall peace, +thei began to bee altogether given to pleasure and delicatenesse, +little regardyng Marciall feates, nor soche as were expert in the +practise thereof: Their dominions and estates, did not so moche +before increase and prospere, as then by soche meanes and +oversight, thei sodainly fell into decaie and utter ruine. For +soche truly is the nature and condicion, bothe of peace and warre, +that where in governemente, there is not had equalle consideration +of them bothe, the one in fine, doeth woorke and induce, the others +oblivion and utter abholicion. Wherfore, sith the necessitie of the +science of warres is so greate, and also the necessarie use thereof +so manifeste, that even Ladie Peace her self, doeth in maner from +thens crave her chief defence and preservacion, and the worthinesse +moreover, and honour of the same so greate, that as by prose we +see, the perfecte glorie therof, cannot easely finde roote, but in +the hartes of moste noble couragious <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page7" id="page7"></a>{7}</span> and manlike personages, I thought +most excellente Princes, I could not either to the specialle +gratefiyng of your highnesse, the universall delight of all +studious gentlemen, or the common utilitie of the publike wealth, +imploie my labours more profitablie in accomplishyng of my duetie +and good will, then in settyng foorthe some thing, that might +induce to the augmentyng and increase of the knowledge thereof: +inespecially thexample of your highnes most politike governemente +over us, givyng plaine testimonie of the wonderfull prudente desire +that is in you, to have your people instructed in this kinde of +service, as well for the better defence of your highnesse, theim +selves, and their countrie, as also to discourage thereby, and to +be able to resist the malingnitie of the enemie, who otherwise +would seeke peradventure, to invade this noble realme or +kyngdome.</p> +<p>When therfore about x. yeres paste, in the Emperours warres +against the Mores and certain Turkes beyng in Barberie, at the +siege and winnyng of Calibbia, Monesterio and Africa, I had as well +for my further instruction in those affaires, as also the better to +acquainte me with the Italian tongue, reduced into Englishe, the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page8" id="page8"></a>{8}</span> +booke called The arte of Warre, of the famous and excellente +Nicholas Machiavell, whiche in times paste he beyng a counsailour, +and Secretarie of the noble Citee of Florence, not without his +greate laude and praise did write: and havyng lately againe, +somwhat perused the same, the whiche in soche continuall broiles +and unquietnesse, was by me translated, I determined with my self, +by publishyng thereof, to bestowe as greate a gift (sins greater I +was not able) emongeste my countrie men, not experte in the Italian +tongue, as in like woorkes I had seen before me, the Frenchemen, +Duchemen, Spaniardes, and other forreine nacions, moste lovyngly to +have bestowed emongeste theirs: The rather undoubtedly, that as by +private readyng of the same booke, I then felt my self in that +knowledge marveilously holpen and increased, so by communicatyng +the same to many, our Englishemen findyng out the orderyng and +disposyng of exploictes of warre therein contained, the aide and +direction of these plaine and briefe preceptes, might no lesse in +knowledge of warres become incomperable, then in prowes also and +exercise of the same, altogether invincible: which my translacion +moste gracious Soveraine, together <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page9" id="page9"></a>{9}</span> with soche other thynges, as by +me hath been gathered, and thought good to adde thereunto, I have +presumed to dedicate unto youre highnes: not onely bicause the +whole charge and furniture of warlike counsailes and preparacions, +being determined by the arbitremente of Governours and Princes, the +treatise also of like effecte should in like maner as of right, +depende upon the protection of a moste worthie and noble +Patronesse, but also that the discourse it self, and the woorke of +a forrein aucthour, under the passeport and safeconduite of your +highnes moste noble name, might by speciall aucthoritie of the +same, winne emongest your Majesties subjectes, moche better credite +and estimacion. And if mooste mightie Queen, in this kind of +Philosophie (if I maie so terme it) grave and sage counsailes, +learned and wittie preceptes, or politike and prudente admonicions, +ought not to be accompted the least and basest tewels of weale +publike. Then dare I boldely affirme, that of many straungers, +whiche from forrein countries, have here tofore in this your +Majesties realme arrived, there is none in comparison to bee +preferred, before this worthie Florentine and Italian, who havyng +frely without any gaine of exchaunge (as after some <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page10" id="page10"></a>{10}</span> +acquaintaunce and familiaritie will better appeare) brought with +hym moste riche, rare and plentiful Treasure, shall deserve I trust +of all good Englishe lishe hartes, most lovingly and frendly to be +intertained, embraced and cherished. Whose newe Englishe apparell, +how so ever it shall seme by me, after a grosse fasion, more fitlie +appoincted to the Campe, then in nice termes attired to the Carpet, +and in course clothyng rather putte foorthe to battaile, then in +any brave shewe prepared to the bankette, neverthelesse my good +will I truste, shall of your grace be taken in good parte, havyng +fashioned the phraise of my rude stile, even accordyng to the +purpose of my travaile, whiche was rather to profite the desirous +manne of warre, then to delight the eares of the fine Rethorician, +or daintie curious scholemanne: Moste humblie besechyng your +highnes, so to accept my labour herein, as the first fruictes of a +poore souldiours studie, who to the uttermoste of his smalle power, +in the service of your moste gracious majestie, and of his +countrie, will at al tymes, accordyng to his bounden duetie and +allegeaunce, promptlie yeld hym self to any labour, travaile, or +daunger, what so ever shal happen. Praiyng <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page11" id="page11"></a>{11}</span> in the mean +season the almightie God, to give your highnes in longe prosperous +raigne, perfect health, desired tranquilitie, and against all your +enemies, luckie and joifull victorie.</p> +<p>Your humble subject and dailie oratour,</p> +<p>PETER WHITEHORNE. <span class="pagenum"><a name="page13" id= +"page13"></a>{13}</span></p> +<p>THE PROHEME</p> +<p>OF NICHOLAS MACHIAVELL,</p> +<p>Citezein and Secretarie of Florence,</p> +<p>upon his booke of the Arte of Warre, unto</p> +<p>Laurence Philippe Strozze, one of the</p> +<p>nobilitie of Florence.</p> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" />here have +Laurence, many helde, and do holde this opinion, that there is no +maner of thing, whiche lesse agreeth the one with the other, nor +that is so much unlike, as the civil life to the Souldiours. Wherby +it is often seen, that if any determin in thexercise of that kinde +of service to prevaile, that incontinent he doeth not only chaunge +in apparel, but also in custome and maner, in voice, and from the +facion of all civil use, he doeth alter: For that he thinketh not +meete to clothe with civell apparell him, who wil be redie, and +promt to all kinde of violence, nor the civell customes, and usages +maie that man have, the whiche judgeth bothe those customes to be +effeminate, and those usages not to be agreable to his profession: +Nor it semes not convenient for him to use the civill gesture and +ordinarie wordes, who with fasing and blasphemies, will make +afraied other menne: the whiche causeth in this time, suche opinion +to be moste true. But if thei should consider thauncient orders, +there should nothing be founde more united, more confirmable, and +that of necessitie ought to love so much the one the other, as +these: for as muche as <span class="pagenum"><a name="page14" id= +"page14"></a>{14}</span> all the artes that are ordeined in a +common weale, in regarde or respecte of common profite of menne, +all the orders made in the same, to live with feare of the Lawe, +and of God should be vaine, if by force of armes their defence wer +not prepared, which, well ordeined, doe maintain those also whiche +be not well ordeined. And likewise to the contrarie the good +orders, without the souldiours help, no lesse or otherwise doe +disorder, then the habitacion of a sumptuous and roiall palais, +although it wer decte with gold and precious stones, when without +being covered, should not have wherewith to defende it from the +raine. And if in what so ever other orders of Cities and Kyngdomes, +there hath been used al diligence for to maintain men faithfull, +peaceable, and full of the feare of God, in the service of warre, +it was doubled: if for in what man ought the countrie to seke +greater faith, then in him, who must promise to die for the same? +In whom ought there to bee more love of peace, then in him, whiche +onely by the warre maie be hurte? In whome ought there to bee more +feare of GOD, then in him, which every daie committyng himself to +infinite perilles, hath moste neede of his helpe? This necessitie +considered wel, bothe of them that gave the lawes to Empires, and +of those that to the exercise of service wer apoincted, made that +the life of Souldiours, of other menne was praised, and with all +studie folowed and imitated. But the orders of service of war, +beyng altogether corrupted, and a greate waie from the auncient +maners altered, there hath growen these sinisterous opinions, which +maketh men to hate the warlike service, and to flie the +conversacion of those that dooe exercise it. Albeit I judgeing by +the same, that I have seen and redde, that it is not a thyng +impossible, to bryng it again to the auncient maners, and to give +it some facion of the vertue passed, I have determined to the +entente not to passe this my idell time, without doyng some thyng, +to write that whiche I doe understande, to the satisfaction of +those, who of aunciente actes, are lovers of the science of warre. +And although it be a bold thing to intreate of the same matter, +wher of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page15" id= +"page15"></a>{15}</span> otherwise I have made no profession, +notwithstanding I beleve it is no errour, to occupie with wordes a +degree, the whiche many with greater presumpcion with their deedes +have occupied: for as muche as the errours that I maie happen to +make by writing, may be without harme to any man corrected: but +those the whiche of them be made in doyng cannot be knowen without +the ruine of Empires. Therefore Laurence you ought to consider the +qualitie of this my laboure, and with your judgement to give it +that blame, or that praise, as shall seeme unto you it hath +deserved. The whiche I sende unto you, as well to shewe my selfe +gratefull, although my habilitie reche not to the benefites, which +I have received of you, as also for that beyng the custome to +honour with like workes them who for nobilitie, riches, wisedome, +and liberalitie doe shine: I knowe you for riches, and nobilitie, +not to have many peeres, for wisedome fewe, and for liberalitie +none. <span class="pagenum"><a name="page17" id= +"page17"></a>{17}</span></p> +<h2>THE ARTE OF WARRE</h2> +<h3>THE TABLE OF CERTAIN PRINCIPALL THINGES, CONTAINED IN THIS +WOORKE OF MACHIAVEL</h3> +<p><a href="#warre-1">IN THE FIRSTE BOOKE</a></p> +<p>Why a good man ought not to exersise warfare as his arte</p> +<p>Deedes of armes ought to be used privatly in time of peace for +exersise, and in time of warre for necessetie and renoume</p> +<p>The strength of an armie is the footemen</p> +<p>The Romaines renued their Legions and had men in the flower of +their age</p> +<p>Whether men of armes ought to be kept</p> +<p>What is requisete for the preparyng of an armie</p> +<p>Out of what contrie souldiers ought to be chosen</p> +<p>Souldiers ought to bee chosen, by thaucthoritie of the Prince, +of suche men as be his oune subjectes</p> +<p>The difference of ages, that is to be taken in the chosinge of +souldiours for the restoring of an olde power and for the making of +a newe</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page18" id="page18"></a>{18}</span> +<p>The weapons or power that is prepared, of the naturall +subjectes, of a common weale bringeth profit and not hurte</p> +<p>What cause letted the Venetians, that they made not a Monarchi +of the worlde</p> +<p>How an armie maye bee prepared in the countrie, where were no +exersise of warre</p> +<p>The custome that the Romaines used, in the chosyng of their +souldiours</p> +<p>The greater number of men is best</p> +<p>Whether the multitude of armed men ar occation of confusion and +of dissorder</p> +<p>How to prohibite, that the Capitaines make no discension</p> +<p><a href="#warre-2">IN THE SECONDE BOOKE</a></p> +<p>What armour the antiquetie used</p> +<p>The occation of the boldenes of the duchemen</p> +<p>Whiche maner of armyng menne is better either the Duche or +Romaine fasion</p> +<p>Diverse examples of late dayes</p> +<p>An example of Tigran</p> +<p>Whether the footemen or the horsemen ought to bee estemed +moste</p> +<p>The cause whie the Romaines were overcome of the parthians</p> +<p>What order, or what vertue maketh, that footemen overcum +horsemen</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page19" id="page19"></a>{19}</span> +<p>Howe the antiquitie exersised their men to learne them to handle +their weapons</p> +<p>What the antiquitie estemed moste happie in a common weale</p> +<p>The maner, of maintainyng the order</p> +<p>What a legion is, of Grekes called a Falange, and of Frenchemen +Catterva</p> +<p>The devision of a legion, and the divers names of orders</p> +<p>The order of batellraye, and the manner of appoincting the +battels</p> +<p>How to order, CCCC.L. men to doo some severall feate</p> +<p>The fation of a battaile that the Suisers make like a crosse</p> +<p>What carriages the Capitaines ought to have, and the number of +carriages requisite to every band of men</p> +<p>Diverse effectes caused of diverse soundes</p> +<p>Whereof cometh the utilitie, and the dissorder of the armies +that are now a daies</p> +<p>The manner of arminge men</p> +<p>The number of carriages that men of armes and lighte horsemen +ought to have</p> +<p><a href="#warre-3">IN THE THIRDE BOOKE</a></p> +<p>The greatest dissorder that is used now a dayes in the orderinge +of an armie</p> +<p>How the Romaines devided their armie in Hastati, Principi and +Triarii</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page20" id="page20"></a>{20}</span> +<p>The manner that the Romaines used to order them selves agayne in +the overthrow</p> +<p>The custom of the Greekes</p> +<p>A maine battaile of Suissers</p> +<p>How manie legions of Romaine Citesens was in an ordinarie +armie</p> +<p>The manner how to pitche a fielde to faighte a battaile</p> +<p>Of what number of faighting men an armie oughte to be</p> +<p>The description of a battaile that is a faighting</p> +<p>An exsample of Ventidio faighting against the Parthians</p> +<p>An example of Epaminondas</p> +<p>How the Artillerie is unprofitable</p> +<p>How that a maine battaile of Suissers cannot ocupie more then +fower pikes</p> +<p>How the battailes when thei cum to be eight or ten, maye be +receyved in the verie same space, that received the fyve</p> +<p>The armes that the Standarde of all tharmie ought to have</p> +<p>Divers examples of the antiquetie</p> +<p><a href="#warre-4">IN THE FOWERTH BOOKE</a></p> +<p>Whether the fronte of the armie ought to bee made large</p> +<p>To how many thinges respecte ought to be had, in the ordringe of +an armie</p> +<p>An example of Scipio</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page21" id="page21"></a>{21}</span> +<p>In what place a Capitain maie order his armie with savegarde not +to be clene overthrowen</p> +<p>Aniball and Scipio praised for the orderynge of their armies</p> +<p>Cartes used of the Asiaticans</p> +<p>Diverse examples of the antiquitie</p> +<p>The prudence which the Capitaine ought to use, in the accidence +that chaunse in faightinge</p> +<p>What a Capitaine ought to doo, that is the conqueror, or that is +conquered</p> +<p>A Capitaine ought not to faighte the battaile, but with +advauntage, excepte he be constrained</p> +<p>How to avoide the faightinge of the fielde</p> +<p>Advertismentes that the Capitaine ought to have</p> +<p>Speakyng to souldiers helpeth muche to make them to be curagious +and bolde</p> +<p>Whether all the armie ought to bee spoken unto, or onely to the +heddes thereof</p> +<p><a href="#warre-5">IN THE FYVETH BOOKE</a></p> +<p>The manner how to leade an armie gowinge thorough suspected +places, or to incounter the enemie</p> +<p>An example of Aniball</p> +<p>Wether any thing oughte to bee commaunded with the voise or with +the trompet</p> +<p>The occations why the warres made now a dayes, doo impoverish +the conquerors as well as the conquered</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page22" id="page22"></a>{22}</span> +<p>Credite ought not to be given to thinges which stand nothinge +with reason</p> +<p>The armie ought not to knowe what the Capitaine purposeth to +doo</p> +<p>Diverse examples</p> +<p><a href="#warre-6">IN THE SIXTE BOOKE</a></p> +<p>The maner how to incampe an armie</p> +<p>How brode the spaces and the wayes ought to be within the +campe</p> +<p>What waye ought to be used when it is requiset to incampe nere +the enemie</p> +<p>How the watche and warde ought to be apoincted in the campe, and +what punishmente they ought to have that doo not their dutie</p> +<p>How the Romanies prohibited women to be in their armies and +idell games to be used</p> +<p>How to incampe accordinge to the nomber of men, and what nomber +of menne maie suffise againste, what so ever enemie that wer</p> +<p>How to doo to be assured, of the fideletie of those that are had +in suspition</p> +<p>What a Capitaine ought to doo beinge beseged of his enemies</p> +<p>Example of Coriliano and others</p> +<p>It is requiset chiefly for a Capitain to kepe his souldiers +punished and payed</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page23" id="page23"></a>{23}</span> +<p>Of aguries</p> +<p>Moste excellent advertismentes and pollicies</p> +<p>The occation of the overthrowe of the Frenchmen at +Garigliano</p> +<p><a href="#warre-7">IN THE SEVENTH BOOKE</a></p> +<p>Cities are strong, either by nature or by industrie</p> +<p>The maner of fortificacion</p> +<p>Bulwarkes ought not to be made oute of a towne distante from the +same</p> +<p>Example of Genoa</p> +<p>Of the Countes Catherin</p> +<p>The fation of percullesies used in Almaine</p> +<p>Howe the battelmentes of walles were made at the first, and how +thei are made now adaies</p> +<p>The provisions that is mete to bee made, for the defence of a +towne</p> +<p>Divers pollicies, for the beseginge and defendinge of a toune or +fortres</p> +<p>Secrete conveing of letters</p> +<p>The defence againste a breache</p> +<p>Generall rules of warre</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page25" id="page25"></a>{25}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-1" id="warre-1">THE FIRST BOOKE</a></h2> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page27" id="page27"></a>{27}</span> +<p>Forasmuch as I beleve that after death, al men maie be praised +without charge, al occasion and suspecte of flatterie beyng taken +awaie, I shal not doubte to praise our Cosimo Ruchellay, whose name +was never remembred of me without teares, havyng knowen in him +those condicions, the whiche in a good frende or in a citezien, +might of his freendes, or of his countrie, be desired: for that I +doe not knowe what thyng was so muche his, not excepting any thing +(saving his soule) which for his frendes willingly of him should +not have been spent: I knowe not what enterprise should have made +him afraide, where the same should have ben knowen to have been for +the benefite of his countrie. And I doe painly confesse, not to +have mette emongest so many men, as I have knowen, and practised +withal, a man, whose minde was more inflamed then his, unto great +and magnificent thynges. Nor he lamented not with his frendes of +any thyng at his death, but because he was borne to die a yong +manne within his owne house, before he had gotten honour, and +accordynge to his desire, holpen any manne: for that he knewe, that +of him coulde not be spoken other, savyng that there should be dead +a good freende. Yet it resteth not for this, that we, and what so +ever other that as we did know him, are not able to testifie +(seeyng his woorkes doe not appere) of his lawdable qualities. True +it is, that fortune was not for al this, so muche his enemie, that +it left not some brief <span class="pagenum"><a name="page28" id= +"page28"></a>{28}</span> record of the readinesse of his witte, as +doeth declare certaine of his writinges, and settyng foorthe of +amorous verses, wherin (although he were not in love) yet for that +he would not consume time in vain, til unto profounder studies +fortune should have brought him, in his youthfull age he exercised +himselfe. Whereby moste plainly maie be comprehended, with how +moche felicitie he did describe his conceiptes, and how moche for +Poetrie he should have ben estemed, if the same for the ende +therof, had of him ben exercised. Fortune having therfore deprived +us from the use of so great a frende, me thinketh there can bee +founde no other remedie, then as muche as is possible, to seke to +enjoye the memorie of the same, and to repeate suche thynges as +hath been of him either wittely saied, or wisely disputed. And for +as much as there is nothyng of him more freshe, then the reasonyng, +the whiche in his last daies Signior Fabricio Collonna, in his +orchard had with him, where largely of the same gentilman were +disputed matters of warre, bothe wittely and prudently, for the +moste parte of Cosimo demaunded, I thought good, for that I was +present there with certain other of our frendes, to bring it to +memorie, so that reading the same, the frendes of Cosimo, whiche +thether came, might renewe in their mindes, the remembraunce of his +vertue: and the other part beyng sorie for their absence, might +partly learne hereby many thynges profitable, not onely to the life +of Souldiours, but also to civil mennes lives, which gravely of a +moste wise man was disputed. Therfore I saie, that Fabricio +Collonna retournyng out of Lombardie, where longe time greatly to +his glorie, he had served in the warres the catholike kyng, he +determined, passyng by Florence, to rest himself certain daies in +the same citee, to visite the Dukes excellencie, and to see +certaine gentilmen, whiche in times paste he had been acquainted +withal. For whiche cause, unto Cosimo it was thought beste to bid +him into his orchard, not so muche to use his liberalitee, as to +have occasion to talke with him at leasure, and of him to +understande and to learne divers thinges, accordyng as of suche a +man maie bee hoped for, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page29" id= +"page29"></a>{29}</span> semyng to have accasion to spende a daie +in reasonyng of suche matters, which to his minde should best +satisfie him. Then Fabricio came, accordyng to his desire, and was +received of Cosimo together, with certain of his trustie frendes, +emongest whome wer Zanoby Buondelmonti, Baptiste Palla, and Luigi +Allamanni, all young men loved of him and of the very same studies +moste ardente, whose good qualities, for as muche as every daie, +and at every houre thei dooe praise themselves, we will omit. +Fabricio was then accordyng to the time and place honoured, of all +those honours, that thei could possible devise: But the bankettyng +pleasures beyng passed, and the tabel taken up, and al preparacion +of feastinges consumed, the which are sone at an ende in sight of +greate men, who to honorable studies have their mindes set, the +daie beyng longe, and the heate muche, Cosimo judged for to content +better his desire, that it wer well doen, takyng occasion to avoide +the heate, to bring him into the moste secret, and shadowest place +of his garden. Where thei beyng come, and caused to sit, some upon +herbes, some in the coldest places, other upon litle seates which +there was ordeined, under the shadow of moste high trees, Fabricio +praiseth the place, to be delectable, and particularly consideryng +the trees, and not knowyng some of them, he did stande musinge in +his minde, whereof Cosimo beeyng a ware saied, you have not +peradventure ben acquainted with some of these sortes of trees: But +doe not marvell at it, for as muche as there bee some, that were +more estemed of the antiquitie, then thei are commonly now a daies: +and he tolde him the names of them, and how Barnardo his +graundfather did travaile in suche kinde of plantyng: Fabricio +replied, I thought it shuld be the same you saie, and this place, +and this studie, made me to remember certaine Princes of the +Kyngdome of Naples, whiche of these anncient tillage and shadow doe +delight. And staiyng upon this talke, and somewhat standyng in a +studdie, saied moreover, if I thought I should not offende, I woud +tell my opinion, but I beleeve I shall not, commonyng with +friendes, and to dispute of thynges, and not to <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page30" id="page30"></a>{30}</span> condemne +them. How much better thei should have doen (be it spoken without +displeasure to any man) to have sought to been like the antiquitie +in thinges strong, and sharpe, not in the delicate and softe: and +in those that thei did in the Sunne, not in the shadowe: and to +take the true and perfecte maners of the antiquitie: not those that +are false and corrupted: for that when these studies pleased my +Romaines, my countrie fell into ruin. Unto which Cosimo answered. +But to avoide the tediousnesse to repeate so many times he saied, +and the other answered, there shall be onely noted the names of +those that speakes, without rehersing other.</p> +<p>Then COSIMO saied, you have opened the waie of a reasoning, +which I have desired, and I praie you that you will speake withoute +respecte, for that that I without respecte will aske you, and if I +demaundyng, or repliyng shall excuse, or accuse any, it shal not be +to excuse, or accuse, but to understande of you the truth.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. And I shall be very well contented to tell you that, +whiche I understand of al the same that you shall aske me, the +whiche if it shall be true, or no, I wil report me to your +judgemente: and I will be glad that you aske me, for that I am to +learne, as well of you in askyng me, as you of me in aunswerynge +you: for as muche as many times a wise demaunder, maketh one to +consider many thynges, and to knowe many other, whiche without +havyng been demaunded, he should never have knowen.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I will retourne to thesame, that you said first, that my +graundfather and those your Princes, should have doen more wisely, +to have resembled the antiquitie in hard thinges, then in the +delicate, and I will excuse my parte, for that, the other I shall +leave to excuse for you. I doe not beleve that in his tyme was any +manne, that so moche detested the livyng in ease, as he did, and +that so moche was a lover of the same hardenesse of life, whiche +you praise: notwithstandyng he knewe not how to bee able in +persone, nor in those of his sonnes to use it, beeyng borne in so +corrupte a worlde, where one that would digresse from the common +use, should <span class="pagenum"><a name="page31" id= +"page31"></a>{31}</span> bee infamed and disdained of every man: +consideryng that if one in the hottest day of Summer being naked, +should wallowe hymself upon the Sande, or in Winter in the moste +coldest monethes upon the snowe, as Diogenes did, he should be +taken as a foole. If one, (as the Spartans were wonte to doe) +should nourishe his children in a village, makyng them to slepe in +the open aire, to go with hedde and feete naked, to washe them +selves in the colde water for to harden them, to be able to abide +moche paine, and for to make theim to love lesse life, and to feare +lesse death, he should be scorned, and soner taken as a wilde +beast, then as a manne. If there wer seen also one, to nourishe +himself with peason and beanes, and to despise gold, as Fabricio +doeth, he should bee praised of fewe, and followed of none: so that +he being afraied of this present maner of livyng, he left +thauncient facions, and thesame, that he could with lest admiracion +imitate in the antiquitie, he did.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You have excused it in this parte mooste strongly: and +surely you saie the truthe: but I did not speake so moche of this +harde maner of livyng, as of other maners more humaine, and whiche +have with the life now a daies greater conformitie. The whiche I +doe not beleve, that it hath been difficulte to bryng to passe unto +one, who is nombred emongest Princes of a citee: for the provyng +whereof, I will never seke other, then thexample of the Romaines. +Whose lives, if thei wer well considred, and thorders of thesame +common weale, there should therin be seen many thinges, not +impossible to induce into a cominaltie, so that it had in her any +good thing.</p> +<p>COSIMO. What thynges are those, that you would induce like unto +the antiquitie.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. To honour, and to reward vertue, not to despise +povertie, to esteme the maners and orders of warfare, to constrain +the citezeins to love one an other, to live without sectes, to +esteme lesse the private, than the publike, and other like thinges, +that easily might bee with this time accompanied: the which maners +ar not difficult to bring to passe, when a man should wel consider +them, and entre <span class="pagenum"><a name="page32" id= +"page32"></a>{32}</span> therin by due meanes: for asmoche as in +thesame, the truth so moche appereth, that every common wit, maie +easely perceive it: which thing, who that ordeineth, doth plant +trees, under the shadowe wherof, thei abide more happie, and more +pleasantly, then under these shadowes of this goodly gardeine.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I will not speake any thyng againste thesame that you +have saied, but I will leave it to bee judged of these, whom easely +can judge, and I will tourne my communicacion to you, that is an +accusar of theim, the whiche in grave, and greate doynges, are not +followers of the antiquitie, thinkyng by this waie more easely to +be in my entent satisfied. Therfore, I would knowe of you whereof +it groweth, that of the one side you condempne those, that in their +doynges resemble not the antiquitie? Of the other, in the warre, +whiche is your art, wherin you are judged excellent, it is not +seen, that you have indevoured your self, to bryng the same to any +soche ende, or any thyng at all resembled therein the auncient +maners.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You are happened upon the poincte, where I loked: for +that my talke deserved no other question: nor I desired other: and +albeit that I could save my self with an easie excuse, not +withstandyng for my more contentacion, and yours, seyng that the +season beareth it, I will enter in moche longer reasoning. Those +men, whiche will enterprise any thyng, ought firste with all +diligence to prepare theim selves, to be ready and apte when +occasion serveth, to accomplish that, which thei have determined to +worke: and for that when the preparacions are made craftely, thei +are not knowen, there cannot be accused any man of any negligence, +if firste it be not disclosed by thoccasion: in the which working +not, is after seen, either that there is not prepared so moche as +suffiseth, or that there hath not been of any part therof thought +upon. And for as moche as to me there is not come any occasion to +be able, to shewe the preparacions made of me, to reduce the +servise of warre into his auncient orders, if I have not reduced +it, I cannot be of you, nor of other blamed: I <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page33" id="page33"></a>{33}</span> beleve this +excuse shuld suffise for answere to your accusement.</p> +<p>COSIMO. It should suffice, when I wer certain, that thoccasion +were not come.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. But for that I know, that you maie doubt whether this +occasion hath been cum, or no, I will largely (when you with +pacience will heare me) discourse what preparacions are necessary +first to make, what occasion muste growe, what difficultie doeth +let, that the preparacions help not, and why thoccasion cannot +come, and how these things at ones, which some contrary endes, is +most difficill, and most easie to do.</p> +<p>COSIMO. You cannot do bothe to me, and unto these other, a thing +more thankfull then this. And if to you it shall not be tedious to +speake, unto us it shal never be grevous to heare: but for asmoch +as this reasonyng ought to be long, I will with your license take +helpe of these my frendes: and thei, and I praie you of one thyng, +that is, that you will not bee greved, if some tyme with some +question of importaunce, we interrupte you.</p> +<p class="side">Why a good man ought never to use the exercise of +armes, as his art.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I am moste well contented, that you Cosimo with these +other younge men here, doe aske me: for that I beleve, that +youthfulnes, will make you lovers of warlike thinges, and more +easie to beleve thesame, that of me shalbe saied. These other, by +reason of havyng nowe their hedde white, and for havyng upon their +backes their bloude congeled, parte of theim are wonte to bee +enemies of warre, parte uncorrectable, as those, whom beleve, that +tymes, and not the naughtie maners, constraine men to live thus: so +that safely aske you all of me, and without respecte: the whiche I +desire, as well, for that it maie be unto me a little ease, as also +for that I shall have pleasure, not to leave in your mynde any +doubt. I will begin at your woordes, where you saied unto me, that +in the warre, that is my arte, I had not indevoured to bryng it to +any aunciente ende: whereupon I saie, as this beyng an arte, +whereby men of no maner of age can live honestly, it cannot bee +used for an arte, but of a common weale: or of a kyngdome: and the +one and the other of these, when thei bee well ordeined, will never +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page34" id="page34"></a>{34}</span> +consente to any their Citezeins, or Subjectes, to use it for any +arte, nor never any good manne doeth exercise it for his +particulare arte: for as moche as good he shall never bee judged, +whom maketh an excersise thereof, where purposing alwaies to gaine +thereby, it is requisite for hym to be ravenyng, deceiptfull, +violente, and to have many qualities, the whiche of necessitie +maketh hym not good: nor those menne cannot, whiche use it for an +arte, as well the greate as the leaste, bee made otherwise: for +that this arte doeth not nourishe them in peace. Wherfore thei ar +constrained either to thinke that there is no peace, or so moche to +prevaile in the tyme of warre, that in peace thei maie bee able to +kepe them selves: and neither of these two thoughtes happeneth in a +good man: for that in mindyng to bee able to finde himself at all +tymes, dooe growe robberies, violence, slaughters, whiche soche +souldiours make as well to the frendes, as to the enemies: and in +mindyng not to have peace, there groweth deceiptes, whiche the +capitaines use to those, whiche hire them, to the entent the warre +maie continue, and yet though the peace come often, it happeneth +that the capitaines beyng deprived of their stipendes, and of their +licencious livyng, thei erecte an ansigne of adventures, and +without any pitie thei put to sacke a province. Have not you in +memorie of your affaires, how that beyng many Souldiours in Italie +without wages, bicause the warre was ended, thei assembled together +many companies, and went taxyng the tounes, and sackyng the +countrie, without beyng able to make any remedie? Have you not red, +that the Carthagenes souldiours, the first warre beyng ended which +thei had with the Romaines, under Matho, and Spendio, twoo +capitaines, rebelliously constituted of theim, made more perillous +warre to the Carthaginens, then thesame whiche thei had ended with +the Romaines? In the time of our fathers, Frances Sforza, to the +entente to bee able to live honourably in the time of peace, not +only beguiled the Millenars, whose souldiour he was, but he toke +from them their libertie and became their Prince. Like unto him +hath been all the other souldiours <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page35" id="page35"></a>{35}</span> of Italie whiche have used +warfare, for their particulare arte, and albeeit thei have not +through their malignitie becomen Dukes of Milein, so moche the more +thei deserve to bee blamed: for that although thei have not gotten +so moch as he, thei have all (if their lives wer seen) sought to +bring the like thynges to passe. Sforza father of Fraunces, +constrained Quene Jone, to caste her self into the armes of the +king of Aragon, havyng in a sodain forsaken her, and in the middest +of her enemies, lefte her disarmed, onely to satisfie his ambicion, +either in taxyng her, or in takyng from her the Kyngdome. Braccio +with the verie same industrie, sought to possesse the kyngdome of +Naples, and if he had not been overthrowen and slaine at Aquila, he +had brought it to passe. Like disorders growe not of other, then of +soche men as hath been, that use the exercise of warfare, for their +proper arte. Have not you a Proverbe, whiche fortefieth my reasons, +whiche saieth, that warre maketh Theves, and peace hangeth theim +up? For as moche as those, whiche knowe not how to live of other +exercise, and in the same finding not enie man to sustayne theym, +and havyng not so moche power, to knowe how to reduce theim selves +together, to make an open rebellion, they are constrayned of +necessetie to Robbe in the highe waies, and Justice is enforced to +extinguishe theim.</p> +<p>COSIMO. You have made me to esteme this arte of warfare almoste +as nothyng, and I have supposed it the moste excellentes, and moste +honourableste that hath been used: so that if you declare me it not +better, I cannot remaine satisfied: For that when it is thesame, +that you saie, I knowe not, whereof groweth the glorie of Cesar, of +Pompei, of Scipio, of Marcello, and of so many Romaine Capitaines, +whiche by fame are celebrated as Goddes.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I have not yet made an ende of disputyng al thesame, +that I purposed to propounde: whiche were twoo thynges, the one, +that a good manne could not use this exercise for his arte: the +other, that a common weale or a kingdome well governed, did never +permitte, that their Subjectes or Citezeins should use it for an +arte. Aboute the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page36" id= +"page36"></a>{36}</span> firste, I have spoken as moche as hath +comen into my mynde: there remaineth in me to speake of the seconde +where I woll come to aunswere to this your laste question, and I +saie that Pompey and Cesar, and almoste all those Capitaines, +whiche were at Rome, after the laste Carthagenens warre, gotte fame +as valiaunt men, not as good, and those whiche lived before them, +gotte glorie as valiaunte and good menne: the whiche grewe, for +that these tooke not the exercise of warre for their arte: and +those whiche I named firste, as their arte did use it. And so longe +as the common weale lived unspotted, never any noble Citezein would +presume, by the meane of soche exercise, to availe thereby in +peace, breakyng the lawes, spoilyng the Provinces, usurpyng, and +plaiyng the Tyraunte in the countrie, and in every maner +prevailyng: nor any of how lowe degree so ever thei were, would goe +aboute to violate the Religion, confederatyng theim selves with +private men, not to feare the Senate, or to followe any tirannicall +insolence, for to bee able to live with the arte of warre in all +tymes. But those whiche were Capitaines, contented with triumphe, +with desire did tourne to their private life, and those whiche were +membres, would be more willyng to laie awaie their weapons, then to +take them, and every manne tourned to his science, whereby thei +gotte their livyng: Nor there was never any, that would hope with +praie, and with this arte, to be able to finde theim selves. Of +this there maie be made concernyng Citezeins, moste evidente +conjecture, by the ensample of Regolo Attillio, who beyng Capitain +of the Romaine armies in Affrica, and havyng as it wer overcome the +Carthegenens, he required of the Senate, licence to retourne home, +to kepe his possessions, and told them, that thei were marde of his +housbandmen. Whereby it is more clere then the Sunne, that if +thesame manne had used the warre as his arte, and by meanes +thereof, had purposed to have made it profitable unto him, havyng +in praie so many Provinces, he would not have asked license, to +returne to kepe his feldes: for as moche as every daie he might +otherwise, have gotten moche more, then the value of al those +possessions: but bicause <span class="pagenum"><a name="page37" id= +"page37"></a>{37}</span> these good men and soche as use not the +warre for their arte, will not take of thesame any thing then +labour, perilles, and gloris, when thei are sufficiently glorious, +thei desire to returne home, and to live of their owne science. +Concernyng menne of lowe degree, and common souldiours, to prove +that thei kepte the verie same order, it doeth appeare that every +one willingly absented theim selves from soche exercise, and when +thei served not in the warre, thei would have desired to serve, and +when thei did serve, thei would have desired leave not to have +served: whiche is wel knowen through many insamples, and +inespecially seeyng how emonge the firste privileges, whiche the +Romaine people gave to their Citezeins was, that thei should not be +constrained against their willes, to serve in the warres. Therefore +Rome so long as it was well governed, whiche was untill the commyng +of Graccus, it had not any Souldiour that would take this exercise +for an arte, and therefore it had fewe naughtie, and those few wer +severely punished. Then a citee well governed, ought to desire, +that this studie of warre, be used in tyme of peace for exercise, +and in the time of warre, for necessitie and for glorie: and to +suffer onely the common weale to use it for an arte, as Rome did, +and what so ever Citezein, that hath in soche exercise other ende, +is not good, and what so ever citee is governed otherwise, is not +well ordeined.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I remain contented enough and satisfied of thesame, +whiche hetherto you have told, and this conclusion pleaseth me +verie wel whiche you have made, and as muche as is loked for +touching a common welth, I beleve that it is true, but concerning +Kinges, I can not tell nowe, for that I woulde beleve that a Kinge +would have about him, whome particularly should take suche exercise +for his arte.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. A kingdome well ordred ought moste of all to avoide +the like kinde of men, for only thei, are the destruction of their +king, and all together ministers of tiranny, and alledge me not to +the contrarie anie presente kingdome, for that I woll denie you all +those to be kingdomes well ordered, bicause the kingdomes whiche +have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page38" id= +"page38"></a>{38}</span> good orders, give not their absolute +Empire unto their king, saving in the armies, for as much as in +this place only, a quicke deliberation is necessarie, and for this +cause a principall power ought to be made. In the other affaires, +he ought not to doe any thing without councell, and those are to be +feared, which councell him, leaste he have some aboute him which in +time of peace desireth to have warre bicause they are not able +without the same to live, but in this, I wilbe a little more large: +neither to seke a kingdome altogether good, but like unto those +whiche be nowe a daies where also of a king those ought to be +feared, whiche take the warre for theire art, for that the strength +of armies without any doubte are the foote menne: so that if a king +take not order in suche wise, that his men in time of peace may be +content to returne home, and to live of their owne trades, it will +follow of necessitie, that he ruinate: for that there is not found +more perilous men, then those, whiche make the warre as their arte: +bicause in such case, a king is inforsed either alwaies to make +warre, or to paie them alwaies, or else to bee in perill, that they +take not from him his kingdome. To make warre alwaies, it is not +possible: to paie them alwaies it can not be: see that of +necessitie, he runneth in peril to lese the state. The Romaines (as +I have saide) so long as they were wise and good, would never +permitte, that their Citizeins should take this exercise for their +arte, although they were able to nurrishe them therin alwaies, for +that that alwaies they made warre: but to avoide thesame hurte, +whiche this continuall exercise might doe them, seyng the time did +not varie, they changed the men, and from time to time toke such +order with their legions, that in xv. yeres alwaies, they renewed +them: and so thei had their men in the floure of their age, that is +from xviij. to xxxiij. yeres, in which time the legges, the handes, +and the yes answere the one the other, nor thei tarried not till +there strengthe should decaie, and there naghtines increase, as it +did after in the corrupted times. For as muche as Octavian first, +and after Tiberius, minding more their own proper power, then the +publicke profite, began to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page39" +id="page39"></a>{39}</span> unarme the Romaine people, to be able +easely to commaunde them, and to kepe continually those same armies +on the frontries of the Empire: and bicause also they judged those, +not sufficient to kepe brideled the people and Romaine Senate, they +ordeined an armie called Pretoriano, which laie harde by the walles +of Rome, and was as a rocke on the backe of the same Citie. And for +as much as then thei began frely to permitte, that suche men as +were apoincted in suche exercises, should use the service of warre +for their arte, streight waie the insolence of theim grewe, that +they became fearful unto the Senate, and hurtefull to the Emperour, +whereby ensued suche harme, that manie were slaine thorough there +insolensie: for that they gave, and toke awaie the Empire, to whome +they thought good. And some while it hapned, that in one self time +there were manie Emperours, created of divers armies, of whiche +thinges proceded first the devision of the Empire, and at laste the +ruine of the same. Therefore kinges ought, if thei wil live safely, +to have there souldiours made of men, who when it is time to make +warre, willingly for his love will go to the same, and when the +peace cometh after, more willingly will returne home. Whiche +alwaies wilbe, when thei shalbe men that know how to live of other +arte then this: and so they ought to desire, peace beyng come, that +there Prince doo tourne to governe their people, the gentilmen to +the tending of there possessions, and the common souldiours to +their particular arte, and everie one of these, to make warre to +have peace, and not to seke to trouble the peace, to have +warre.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Truely this reasonyng of yours, I thinke to bee well +considered, notwithstanding beyng almost contrarie to that, whiche +till nowe I have thought, my minde as yet doeth not reste purged of +all doubte, for as muche as I see manie Lordes and gentelmen, to +finde them selves in time of peace, thorough the studies of warre, +as your matches bee, who have provision of there princes, and of +the cominaltie. I see also, almost al the gentelmen of armes, +remaine with neir provision, I see manie souldiours lie in garison +of Cities <span class="pagenum"><a name="page40" id= +"page40"></a>{40}</span> and fortresses, so that my thinkes, that +there is place in time of peace, for everie one.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I doe not beleve that you beleve this, that in time of +peace everie man may have place, bicause, put case that there +coulde not be brought other reason, the small number, that all they +make, whiche remaine in the places alledged of you, would answer +you. What proporcion have the souldiours, whiche are requiset to +bee in the warre with those, whiche in the peace are occupied? For +as much as the fortreses, and the cities that be warded in time of +peace, in the warre are warded muche more, unto whome are joyned +the souldiours, whiche kepe in the fielde, whiche are a great +number, all whiche in the peace be putte awaie. And concerning the +garde of states, whiche are a small number, Pope July, and you have +shewed to everie man, how muche are to be feared those, who will +not learne to exercise any other art, then the warre, and you have +for there insolence, deprived them from your garde, and have placed +therin Swisers, as men borne and brought up under lawes, and chosen +of the cominaltie, according to the true election: so that saie no +more, that in peace is place for everie man. Concerning men at +armes, thei al remaining in peace with their wages, maketh this +resolution to seme more difficulte: notwithstandyng who considereth +well all, shall finde the answere easie, bicause this manner of +keping men of armes, is a corrupted manner and not good, the +occasion is, for that they be men, who make thereof an arte, and of +them their should grow every daie a thousande inconveniencies in +the states, where thei should be, if thei were accompanied of +sufficient company: but beyng fewe, and not able by them selves to +make an armie, they cannot often doe suche grevous hurtes, +neverthelesse they have done oftentimes: as I have said of Frances, +and of Sforza his father, and of Braccio of Perugia: so that this +use of keping men of armes, I doe not alowe, for it is a corrupte +maner, and it may make great inconveniencies.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Woulde you live without them? or keping them, how would +you kepe them?</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page41" id="page41"></a>{41}</span> +<p class="side">A kinge that hath about him any that are to much +lovers of warre, or to much lovers of peace shal cause him to +erre.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. By waie of ordinaunce, not like to those of the king +of Fraunce: for as muche as they be perilous, and insolent like +unto ours, but I would kepe them like unto those of the auncient +Romaines, whom created their chivalry of their own subjectes, and +in peace time, thei sente them home unto their houses, to live of +their owne trades, as more largely before this reasoning ende, I +shal dispute. So that if now this part of an armie, can live in +such exercise, as wel when it is peace, it groweth of the corrupt +order. Concerning the provisions, which are reserved to me, and to +other capitaines, I saie unto you, that this likewise is an order +moste corrupted: for as much as a wise common weale, ought not to +give such stipendes to any, but rather thei ought to use for +Capitaines in the warre, their Citezeins, and in time of peace to +will, that thei returne to their occupations. Likewise also, a wise +king either ought not to give to suche, or giving any, the occasion +ought to be either for rewarde of some worthy dede, or else for the +desire to kepe suche a kinde of man, as well in peace as in warre. +And bicause you alledged me, I will make ensample upon my self, and +saie that I never used the warre as an arte, for as muche as my +arte, is to governe my subjectes, and to defende them, and to be +able to defende them, to love peace, and to know how to make warre, +and my kinge not so muche to rewarde and esteeme me, for my +knowledge in the warre, as for the knowledge that I have to councel +him in peace. Then a king ought not to desire to have about him, +any that is not of this condicion if he be wise, and prudently +minde to governe: for that, that if he shal have about him either +to muche lovers of peace, or to much lovers of warre, they shall +make him to erre. I cannot in this my firste reasoning, and +according to my purpose saie more, and when this suffiseth you not, +it is mete, you seke of them that may satisfie you better. You maie +now verie well understand, how difficulte it is to bringe in use +the auncient maners in the presente warres, and what preparations +are mete for a wise man to make, and what occasions ought to be +loked for, to be able to execute it. But by and by, you shall +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page42" id="page42"></a>{42}</span> +know these things better, if this reasoning make you not werie, +conferring what so ever partes of the auncient orders hath ben, to +the maners nowe presente.</p> +<p>COSIMO. If we desired at the first to here your reason of these +thinges, truly thesame whiche hetherto you have spoken, hath +doubled our desire: wherefore we thanke you for that we have hard, +and the rest, we crave of you to here.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Seyng that it is so your pleasure, I will begin to +intreate of this matter from the beginning, to the intent it maye +be better understode, being able by thesame meane, more largely to +declare it. The ende of him that wil make warre, is to be able to +fight with every enemy in the fielde and to be able to overcum an +armie. To purpose to doe this, it is convenient to ordeine an +hoost. To ordein an hoost, their must be found menne, armed, +ordered, and as well in the small, as in the great orders +exercised, to knowe howe to kepe araie, and to incampe, so that +after bringing them unto the enemie, either standing or marching, +they maie know how to behave themselves valiantly. In this thing +consisteth all the industrie of the warre on the lande, whiche is +the most necessarie, and the most honorablest, for he that can wel +order a fielde against the enemie, the other faultes that he should +make in the affaires of warre, wilbe borne with: but he that +lacketh this knowledge, although that in other particulars he be +verie good, he shal never bring a warre to honor: for as muche as a +fielde that thou winnest, lesing? img 94 doeth cancell all other +thy evill actes: so like wise lesing it, all thinges well done of +thee before, remaine vaine. Therfore, beyng necessarie first to +finde the menne, it is requiset to come to the choise of them. They +whiche unto the warre have given rule, will that the menne be +chosen out of temperate countries, to the intente they may have +hardines, and prudence, for as muche as the hote countrey, bredes +prudente men and not hardy, the colde, hardy, and not prudente. +This rule is good to be geven, to one that were prince of all the +world, bicause it is lawfull for him to choose men out of those +places, whiche he shall thinke beste. But minding to give a rule, +that every one may use, it is mete to <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page43" id="page43"></a>{43}</span> declare, +that everie common weale, and every kingdome, ought to choose their +souldiours out of their owne countrie, whether it be hote, colde, +or temperate: for that it is scene by olde ensamples, how that in +every countrie with exercise, their is made good souldiours: +bicause where nature lacketh, the industry supplieth, the which in +this case is worthe more, then nature, and taking them in other +places, you shal not have of the choise, for choise is as much to +saie, as the best of a province, and to have power to chuse those +that will not, as well as those that wil serve. Wherfore, you muste +take your choise in those places, that are subjecte unto you, for +that you cannot take whome you liste, in the countries that are not +yours, but you muste take suche as will goe with you.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Yet there maie bee of those, that will come, taken and +lefte, and therefore, thei maie be called chosen.</p> +<p class="side">Oute of what Countrie is best to chuse Souldiours +to make a good election.</p> +<p>FABUICIO. You saie the truthe in a certaine maner, but consider +the faultes, whiche soche a chosen manne hath in himselfe, for that +also many times it hapneth, that he is not a chosen manne. For +those that are not thy subjectes, and whiche willyngly doe serve, +are not of the beste, but rather of the worste of a Province, for +as moche as if any be sclanderous, idell, unruly, without Religion, +fugetive from the rule of their fathers, blasphemours, Dise +plaiers, in every condicion evill brought up, bee those, whiche +will serve, whose customes cannot be more contrarie, to a true and +good servise: Albeit, when there bee offered unto you, so many of +soche men, as come to above the nomber, that you have appoincted, +you maie chuse them: but the matter beyng naught, the choise is not +possible to be good: also, many times it chaunceth, that thei be +not so many, as will make up the nomber, whereof you have nede, so +that beyng constrained to take them al, it commeth to passe, that +thei cannot then bee called chosen men, but hired Souldiours. With +this disorder the armies of Italie, are made now a daies, and in +other places, except in Almaine, bicause there thei doe not hire +any by commaundemente of the Prince, but accordyng to the will of +them, that are disposed to serve. <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page44" id="page44"></a>{44}</span> Then consider now, what maners +of those aunciente armies, maie bee brought into an armie of men, +put together by like waies.</p> +<p>COSIMO. What waie ought to bee used then?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The same waie that I saied, to chuse them of their +owne subjectes, and with the auethoritie of the Prince.</p> +<p>COSMO. In the chosen, shall there bee likewise brought in any +auncient facion?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You know well enough that ye: when he that should +commaunde theim, were their Prince, or ordinarie lorde, whether he +were made chief, or as a Citezein, and for the same tyme Capitaine, +beyng a common weale, otherwise it is harde to make any thyng +good.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Why?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I will tell you a nane: For this time I will that this +suffise you, that it cannot be wrought well by other waie.</p> +<p class="side">Whether it be better to take menne oute of townes +or out of the countrie to serve.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Having then to make this choyse of men in their owne +countries, whether judge you that it be better to take them oute of +the citie, or out of the countrie?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Those that have written of such matters, doe all +agree, that it is best to chuse them out of the countrie, being men +accustomed to no ease, nurished in labours, used to stonde in the +sunne, to flie the shadow, knowing how to occupy the spade, to make +a diche, to carrie a burden, and to bee without any deceite, and +without malisiousnes. But in this parte my opinion should be, that +beyng two sortes of souldiours, on foote, and on horsebacke, that +those on foote, should be chosen out of the countrie, and those on +horseback, oute of the Cities.</p> +<p class="side">Of what age Souldiours ought to bee chosen.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Of what age would you choose them?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I would take them, when I had to make a newe armie, +from xvii. to xl. yeres: when it were made alredy, and I had to +restore them, of xvii. alwaies.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I doe not understonde well this distinction.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I shall tell you: when I should ordaine an hooste to +make warre, where were no hooste alredy, it <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page45" id="page45"></a>{45}</span> should be +necessarie to chuse all those men, which were most fitte and apte +for the warre, so that they were of servisable age, that I might +bee able to instructe theim, as by me shalbe declared: but when I +would make my choise of menne in places, where a powre were alredy +prepared, for suppliyng of thesame, I would take them of xvii. +yeres: for as much as the other of more age be alredy chosen and +apoincted.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Then woulde you prepare a power like to those whiche is +in our countrie?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Ye truly, it is so that I would arme them, Captaine +them, exercise and order them in a maner, whiche I cannot tell, if +you have ordred them so.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Then do you praise the keping of order?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Wherefore would you that I should dispraise it?</p> +<p>COSIMO. Bicause many wise menne have alwaies blamed it.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You speake against all reason, to saie that a wise man +blameth order, he maie bee well thought wise, and be nothyng +so.</p> +<p>COSIMO. The naughtie profe, which it hath alwaies, maketh us to +have soche opinion thereof.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Take hede it be not your fault, and not the kepyng of +order, the whiche you shall knowe, before this reasonyng be +ended.</p> +<p>COSIMO. You shall doe a thyng moste thankfull, yet I will saie +concernyng thesame, that thei accuse it, to the entente you maie +the better justifie it. Thei saie thus, either it is unprofitable, +and we trustyng on the same, shall make us to lese our state, or it +shall be verteous, and by thesame meane, he that governeth may +easely deprive us thereof. Thei alledge the Romaines, who by meane +of their owne powers, loste their libertie. Thei alledge the +Venicians, and the Frenche king, whiche Venicians, bicause thei +will not be constrained, to obeie one of their owne Citezeins, use +the power of straungers: and the Frenche kyng hath disarmed his +people, to be able more easely to commaunde them, but thei whiche +like not the ordinaunces, feare moche more the unprofitablenesse, +that thei suppose maie insue <span class="pagenum"><a name="page46" +id="page46"></a>{46}</span> thereby, then any thyng els: the one +cause whiche thei allege is, bicause thei are unexperte: The other, +for that thei have to serve par force: for asmoche as thei saie, +that the aged bee not so dissiplinable, nor apte to learne the +feate of armes, and that by force, is doen never any thyng +good.</p> +<p class="side">By what meanes souldiours bee made bolde and +experte.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. All these reasons that you have rehearsed, be of men, +whiche knoweth the thyng full little, as I shall plainly declare. +And firste, concernyng the unprofitablenesse, I tell you, that +there is no service used in any countrie more profitable, then the +service by the Subjectes of thesame nor thesame service cannot bee +prepared, but in this maner: and for that this nedeth not to be +disputed of, I will not lese moche tyme: bicause al thensamples of +auncient histores, make for my purpose, and for that thei alledge +the lacke of experience, and to use constraint: I saie how it is +true, that the lacke of experience, causeth lacke of courage, and +constrainte, maketh evill contentacion: but courage, and experience +thei are made to gette, with the maner of armyng theim, exercisyng, +and orderyng theim, as in proceadyng of this reasonyng, you shall +heare. But concernyng constrainte, you ought to understande, that +the menne, whiche are conducted to warfare, by commaundement of +their Prince, thei ought to come, neither altogether forced, nor +altogether willyngly, for as moche as to moche willyngnesse, would +make thinconveniencies, where I told afore, that he should not be a +chosen manne, and those would be fewe that would go: and so to +moche constraint, will bring forth naughtie effectes. Therefore, a +meane ought to be taken, where is not all constrainte, nor all +willingnesse: but beyng drawen of a respecte, that thei have +towardes their Prince, where thei feare more the displeasure of +thesame, then the presente paine: and alwaies it shall happen to be +a constrainte, in maner mingled with willingnesse, that there +cannot growe soche evil contentacion, that it make evill effectes. +Yet I saie not for all this, that it cannot bee overcome, for that +full many tymes, were overcome the Romaine armies, and the armie of +Aniball was overcome, so that it is seen, that an armie cannot be +ordained so sure, that it cannot be overthrowen. <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page47" id="page47"></a>{47}</span> Therefore, +these your wise men, ought not to measure this unprofitablenesse, +for havyng loste ones, but to beleve, that like as thei lese, so +thei maie winne, and remeadie the occasion of the losse: and when +thei shall seke this thei shall finde, that it hath not been +through faulte of the waie, but of the order, whiche had not his +perfeccion and as I have saied, thei ought to provide, not with +blamyng the order, but with redressing it, the whiche how it ought +to be doen, you shall understande, from poinct to poinct. +Concernyng the doubte, leste soche ordinaunces, take not from thee +thy state, by meane of one, whiche is made hedde therof, I answere, +that the armure on the backes of citezeins, or subjectes, given by +the disposicion of order and lawe, did never harme, but rather +alwaies it doeth good, and mainteineth the citee, moche lenger in +suretie, through helpe of this armure, then without. Rome continued +free CCCC. yeres, and was armed. Sparta viii.C. Many other citees +have been disarmed, and have remained free, lesse then xl. For as +moche as citees have nede of defence, and when thei have no defence +of their owne, thei hire straungers, and the straunges defence, +shall hurte moche soner the common weale, then their owne: bicause +thei be moche easier to be corrupted, and a citezein that becommeth +mightie, maie moche soner usurpe, and more easely bryng his purpose +to passe, where the people bee disarmed, that he seketh to +oppresse: besides this, a citee ought to feare a greate deale more, +twoo enemies then one. Thesame citee that useth straungers power, +feareth at one instant the straunger, whiche it hireth, and the +Citezein: and whether this feare ought to be, remember thesame, +whiche I rehearsed a little a fore of Frances Sforza. That citee, +whiche useth her own proper power, feareth no man, other then onely +her owne Citezein. But for all the reasons that maie bee saied, +this shall serve me, that never any ordeined any common weale, or +Kyngdome, that would not thinke, that thei theim selves, that +inhabite thesame, should with their sweardes defende it.</p> +<p>And if the Venicians had been so wise in this, as in all +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page48" id="page48"></a>{48}</span> +their other orders, thei should have made a new Monarchie in the +world, whom so moche the more deserve blame, havyng been armed of +their first giver of lawes: for havyng no dominion on the lande, +thei wer armed on the sea, where thei made their warre vertuously, +and with weapons in their handes, increased their countrie. But +when thei were driven to make warre on the lande, to defende +Vicenza, where thei ought to have sent one of their citezens, to +have fought on the lande, thei hired for their capitain, the +Marques of Mantua: this was thesame foolishe acte, whiche cut of +their legges, from climyng into heaven, and from enlargyng their +dominion: and if thei did it, bicause thei beleved that as thei +knewe, how to make warre on the Sea, so thei mistrusted theim +selves, to make it on the lande, it was a mistruste not wise: for +as moche as more easely, a capitain of the sea, whiche is used to +fight with the windes, with the water, and with men, shall become a +Capitaine of the lande, where he shall fight with men onely, then a +capitaine of the lande, to become a capitain of the sea. The +Romanies knowyng how to fight on the lande, and on the sea, commyng +to warre, with the Carthaginens, whiche were mightie on the sea, +hired not Grekes, or Spaniardes, accustomed to the sea, but thei +committed thesame care, to their Citezeins, whiche thei sent on the +land, and thei overcame. If thei did it, for that one of their +citezeins should not become a tiraunt, it was a feare smally +considered: for that besides thesame reasons, whiche to this +purpose, a little afore I have rehearsed, if a Citezein with the +powers on the sea, was never made a tiraunt in a citee standyng in +the sea, so moche the lesse he should have been able to accomplishe +this with the powers of the lande: whereby thei ought to se that +the weapons in the handes of their Citezeins, could not make +tirantes: but the naughtie orders of the governement, whiche maketh +tirannie in a citee, and thei havyng good governement, thei nede +not to feare their owne weapons: thei toke therefore an unwise +waie, the whiche hath been occasion, to take from them moche +glorie, and moche felicitie. Concernyng the erroure, whiche the +kyng of Fraunce committeth <span class="pagenum"><a name="page49" +id="page49"></a>{49}</span> not kepyng instructed his people in the +warre, the whiche those your wise men alledge for ensample, there +is no man, (his particulare passions laied a side) that doeth not +judge this fault, to be in thesame kyngdome, and this negligence +onely to make hym weake. But I have made to greate a digression, +and peradventure am come out of my purpose, albeit I have doen it +to aunswere you, and to shewe you, that in no countrie, there can +bee made sure foundacion, for defence in other powers but of their +owne subjectes: and their own power, cannot be prepared otherwise, +then by waie of an ordinaunce, nor by other waie, to induce the +facion of an armie in any place, nor by other meane to ordein an +instruction of warfare. If you have red the orders, whiche those +first kynges made in Rome, and inespecially Servio Tullo, you shall +finde that the orders of the Classi is no other, then an +ordinaunce, to bee able at a sodaine, to bryng together an armie, +for defence of thesame citee. But let us retourne to our choise, I +saie againe, that havyng to renewe an olde order, I would take them +of xvii. havyng to make a newe armie, I would take them of all +ages, betwene xvii. and xl. to be able to warre straight waie.</p> +<p class="side">Of what science soldiours ought to bee chosen.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Would you make any difference, of what science you would +chuse them?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The aucthours, which have written of the arte of +warre, make difference, for that thei will not, that there bee +taken Foulers, Fishers, Cookes, baudes, nor none that use any +science of voluptuousnesse. But thei will, that there bee taken +Plowmen, Ferrars, Smithes, Carpenters, Buchars, Hunters, and soche +like: but I would make little difference, through conjecture of the +science, concernyng the goodnesse of the man, notwithstandyng, in +as moche as to be able with more profite to use theim, I would make +difference, and for this cause, the countrie men, which are used to +till the grounde, are more profitable then any other. Next to whom +be Smithes, Carpentars, Ferrars, Masons, wherof it is profitable to +have enough: for that their occupacions, serve well in many +thynges: beyng a thyng verie good to have a souldiour, of whom maie +be had double servise.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page50" id="page50"></a>{50}</span> +<p class="side">Howe to chose a souldiour.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Wherby doe thei knowe those, that be, or are not +sufficient to serve.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I will speake of the maner of chusing a new +ordinaunce, to make an armie after, for that parte of this matter, +doeth come also to be reasoned of, in the election, which should be +made for the replenishing, or restoring of an old ordinaunce. I +saie therfore, that the goodnesse of one, whiche thou muste chuse +for a Souldiour, is knowen either by experience, thorough meane of +some of his worthy doynges, or by conjecture. The proofe of vertue, +cannot be founde in men whiche are chosen of newe, and whiche never +afore have ben chosen, and of these are founde either fewe or none, +in the ordinaunce that of newe is ordeined. It is necessarie +therefore, lackyng this experience, to runne to the conjecture, +whiche is taken by the yeres, by the occupacion, and by the +personage: of those two first, hath been reasoned, there remaineth +to speake of the thirde. And therefore, I saie how some have +willed, that the souldiour bee greate, emongest whom was Pirrus. +Some other have chosen theim onely, by the lustinesse of the body, +as Cesar did: whiche lustinesse of bodie and mynde, is conjectured +by the composicion of the members, and of the grace of the +countenaunce: and therefore, these that write saie, that thei would +have the iyes lively and cherefull, the necke full of sinowes, the +breaste large, the armes full of musculles, the fingers long, +little beallie, the flankes rounde, the legges and feete drie: +whiche partes are wont alwayes to make a manne nimble and strong, +whiche are twoo thynges, that in a souldiour are sought above al +other. Regarde ought to bee had above all thynges, to his customes, +and that in hym bee honestie, and shame: otherwise, there shall bee +chosen an instrumente of mischief, and a beginnyng of corrupcion: +for that lette no manne beleve that in the dishoneste educacion, +and filthy minde, there maie take any vertue, whiche is in any +parte laudable. And I thinke it not superfluous, but rather I +beleve it to bee necessarie, to the entente you maie the better +understande, the importaunce of this chosen, to tell <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page51" id="page51"></a>{51}</span> you the +maner that the Romaine Consuls, in the beginnyng of their rule, +observed in the chosing of their Romain legions: in the whiche +choise of men, bicause thesame legions were mingled with old +souldiours and newe, consideryng the continuall warre thei kepte, +thei might in their choise procede, with the experince of the old, +and with the conjecture of the newe: and this ought to be noted, +that these men be chosen, either to serve incontinently, or to +exercise theim incontinently, and after to serve when nede should +require. But my intencion is to shew you, how an armie maie be +prepared in the countrie, where there is no warlike discipline: in +which countrie, chosen men cannot be had, to use them straight +waie, but there, where the custome is to levie armies, and by meane +of the Prince, thei maie then well bee had, as the Romaines +observed, and as is observed at this daie emong the Suisers: +bicause in these chosen, though there be many newe menne, there be +also so many of the other olde Souldiours, accustomed to serve in +the warlike orders, where the newe mingled together with the olde, +make a bodie united and good, notwithstanding, that themperours +after, beginning the staciones of ordinarie Souldiours, had +appoincted over the newe souldiours, whiche were called tironi, a +maister to exercise theim, as appeareth in the life of Massimo the +Emperour. The whiche thyng, while Rome was free, not onely in the +armies, but in the citee was ordeined: and the exercises of warre, +beyng accustomed in thesame, where the yong men did exercise, there +grewe, that beyng chosen after to goe into warre, thei were so used +in the fained exercise of warfare, that thei could easely worke in +the true: but those Emperours havyng after put doune these +exercises, thei wer constrained to use the waies, that I have +shewed you. Therefore, comyng to the maner of the chosen Romain, I +saie that after the Romain Consulles (to whom was appoincted the +charge of the warre) had taken the rule, myndyng to ordeine their +armies, for that it was the custome, that either of them should +have twoo Legions of Romaine menne, whiche was the strength of +their armies, thei created xxiiii. <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page52" id="page52"></a>{52}</span> Tribunes of warre, and thei +appoincted sixe for every Legion, whom did thesame office, whiche +those doe now a daies, that we call Conestables: thei made after to +come together, all the Romain men apte to beare weapons and thei +put the Tribunes of every Legion, seperate the one from the other. +Afterwarde, by lot thei drewe the Tribes, of whiche thei had firste +to make the chosen, and of thesame Tribe thei chose fower of the +best, of whiche was chosen one of the Tribunes, of the first +Legion, and of the other three was chosen, one of the Tribunes of +the second Legion, of the other two there was chosen one of the +Tribunes of the third, and the same last fell to the fowerth +Legion. After these iiij, thei chose other fower, of which, first +one was chosen of the Tribunes of the seconde Legion, the seconde +of those of the thirde, the thirde of those of the fowerth, the +fowerth remained to the first. After, thei chose other fower, the +first chose the thirde, the second the fowerth, the thirde the +fiveth, the fowerth remained to the seconde: and thus thei varied +successively, this maner of chosyng, so that the election came to +be equall, and the Legions wer gathered together: and as afore we +saied, this choise might bee made to use straighte waie, for that +thei made them of men, of whom a good parte were experiensed in the +verie warfare in deede, and all in the fained exercised, and thei +might make this choise by conjecture, and by experience. But where +a power must be ordeined of newe, and for this to chuse them out of +hande, this chosen cannot be made, saving by conjecture, whiche is +taken by consideryng their ages and their likelinesse.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I beleve all to be true, as moche as of you hath been +spoken: but before that you procede to other reasonyng, I woll aske +of you one thing, which you have made me to remember: saiyng that +the chosen, that is to be made where men were not used to warre, +ought to be made by conjecture: for asmoche as I have heard some +men, in many places dispraise our ordinaunce, and in especially +concernyng the nomber, for that many saie, that there ought to bee +taken lesse nomber, whereof is gotten this profite, that thei shall +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page53" id="page53"></a>{53}</span> +be better and better chosen, and men shal not be so moche diseased, +so that there maie bee given them some rewarde, whereby thei maie +bee more contented, and better bee commaunded, whereof I would +understande in this parte your opinion, and whether you love better +the greate nomber, than the little, and what waie you would take to +chuse theim in the one, and in the other nomber.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Without doubte it is better, and more necessary, the +great nomber, then the little: but to speake more plainly, where +there cannot be ordeined a great nomber of men, there cannot be +ordeined a perfect ordinaunce: and I will easely confute all the +reasons of them propounded. I saie therefore firste, that the lesse +nomber where is many people, as is for ensample Tuscane, maketh not +that you have better, nor that the chosen be more excellent, for +that myndyng in chosing the menne, to judge them by experience, +there shall be founde in thesame countrie moste fewe, whom +experience should make provable, bothe for that fewe hath been in +warre, as also for that of those, mooste fewe have made triall, +whereby thei might deserve to bee chosen before the other: so that +he whiche ought in like places to chuse, it is mete he leave a +parte the experience, and take them by conjecture. Then being +brought likewise into soche necessitie, I would understande, if +there come before me twentie young men of good stature, with what +rule I ought to take, or to leave any: where without doubte, I +beleve that every man will confesse, how it is lesse errour to take +them al, to arme theim and exercise theim, beyng not able to knowe, +whiche of theim is beste, and to reserve to make after more +certaine chosen, when in practisyng theim with exercise, there +shall be knowen those of moste spirite, and of moste life: which +considered, the chusing in this case a fewe, to have them better, +is altogether naught.</p> +<p>Concernyng diseasing lesse the countrie, and men, I saie that +the ordinaunce, either evill or little that it bee, causeth not any +disease, for that this order doeth not take menne from any of their +businesse, it bindeth them not, that thei cannot go to doe any of +their affaires: for that it bindeth <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page54" id="page54"></a>{54}</span> them onely in the idell daies, +to assemble together, to exercise them, the whiche thyng doeth not +hurt, neither to the countrie, nor to the men, but rather to yong +men it shall bryng delite: For that where vilie on the holy daies +thei stande idell in tipplyng houses, thei will go for pleasure to +those exercises, for that the handlyng of weapons, as it is a +goodly spectacle, so unto yong men it is pleasaunt. Concernyng to +bee able to paie the lesse nomber, and for this to kepe theim more +obediente, and more contented, I answere, how there cannot be made +an ordinaunce of so fewe, whiche maie be in maner continually +paied, where thesame paiment of theirs maie satisfie them. As for +ensample, if there were ordeined a power of v. thousande men, for +to paie them after soche sorte, that it might be thought +sufficient, to content them, it shal bee convenient to give theim +at least, ten thousaunde crounes the moneth: first, this nomber of +men are not able to make an armie, this paie is intolerable to a +state, and of the other side, it is not sufficiente to kepe men +contented, and bounde to be able to serve at al times: so that in +doyng this, there shall be spent moche, and a small power kept, +whiche shall not be sufficient to defend thee, or to doe any +enterprise of thine. If thou shouldest give theim more, or +shouldest take more, so moche more impossibilitie it should be, for +thee to paie theim: if thou shouldest give them lesse, or should +take lesse, so moche the lesse contentacion should be in them, or +so moche the lesse profite thei shal bring thee. Therfore, those +that reason of makyng an ordinaunce, and whilest thei tary at home +to paie them, thei reason of a thing either impossible, or +unprofitable, but it is necessarie to paie them, when thei are +taken up to be led to the warre: albeit, though soche order should +somewhat disease those, in time of peace, that are appoincted in +thesame, which I se not how, there is for recompence all those +benefites, whiche a power brynges, that is ordeined in a countrie: +for that without thesame, there is nothyng sure. I conclude, that +he that will have the little nomber, to be able to paie them, or +for any of the other causes alledged of you, doeth not <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page55" id="page55"></a>{55}</span> understande, +for that also it maketh for my opinion, that every nomber shall +deminishe in thy handes, through infinite impedimentes, whiche men +have: so that the little nomber shall tourne to nothing: again +havyng thordinaunce greate, thou maiest at thy pleasure use fewe of +many, besides this, it must serve thee in deede, and in reputacion +and alwaies the great nomber shall give thee moste reputacion. More +over, makyng the ordinaunce to kepe menne exercised, if thou +appoincte a fewe nomber of men in many countries, the handes of men +bee so farre a sonder, the one from the other, that thou canst not +without their moste grevous losse, gather them together to exercise +them, and without this exercise, the ordinaunce is unprofitable, as +hereafter shall be declared.</p> +<p>COSIMO. It suffiseth upon this my demaunde, that whiche you have +saied: but I desire now, that you declare me an other doubt. Thei +saie, that soche a multitude of armed men, will make confusion, +discension and disorder in the countrie where thei are.</p> +<p class="side">How to provid againste soche inconveniences as +souldiours maie cause.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. This is an other vaine opinion, the cause wherof, I +shall tell you: soche as are ordeined to serve in the warres, maie +cause disorder in twoo maners, either betwene them selves, or +against other, whiche thinges moste easely maie be withstode, where +the order of it self, should not withstande it: for that concernyng +the discorde emong theim selves, this order taketh it waie, and +doeth not nourishe it, for that in orderyng them, you give them +armour and capitaines. If the countrie where you ordein them, bee +so unapte for the warre, that there are not armours emong the men +of thesame, and that thei bee so united, that thei have no heddes, +this order maketh theim moche fearser against the straunger, but it +maketh them not any thyng the more disunited, for that men well +ordered, feare the lawe beyng armed, as well as unarmed, nor thei +can never alter, if the capitaines, which you give them, cause not +the alteracion, and the waie to make this, shall be tolde now: but +if the countrie where you ordein them, be warlike and disunited, +this order onely shal be occasion to unite them: bicause this order +giveth them <span class="pagenum"><a name="page56" id= +"page56"></a>{56}</span> armours profitable for the warre, and +heddes, extinguishers of discencion: where their owne armours bee +unprofitable for the warres, and their heddes nourishers of +discorde. For that so sone as any in thesame countrie is offended, +he resorteth by and by to his capitain to make complaint, who for +to maintain his reputacion, comforteth hym to revengement not to +peace. To the contrary doeth the publike hed, so that by this +meanes, thoccasion of discorde is taken awaie, and the occasion of +union is prepared, and the provinces united and effeminated, gette +utilitie, and maintain union: the disunited and discencious, doe +agree, and thesame their fearsnesse, which is wont disordinately to +worke, is tourned into publike utilitie. To minde to have them, to +doe no hurt against other, it ought to bee considered, that thei +cannot dooe this, except by meane of the heddes, whiche governe +them. To will that the heddes make no disorder, it is necessarie to +have care, that thei get not over them to much auctoritie. And you +must consider that this auctoritie, is gotten either by nature, or +by accidente: and as to nature, it behoveth to provide, that he +which is boren in one place, be not apoincted to the men billed in +the same, but be made hedde of those places, where he hath not any +naturall aquaintance: and as to the accident, the thing ought to be +ordeined in suche maner, that every yere the heddes maie be changed +from governement to goverment: for as muche as the continuall +auctoritie over one sorte of menne, breedeth among them so muche +union, that it maie turne easely to the prejudice of the Prince: +whiche permutations howe profitable they be to those who have used +theim, and hurtefull to them that have not observed theim, it is +well knowen by the kingdome of the Assirians, and by the Empire of +the Romaines: where is seene, that the same kingdome indured a M. +yeres without tumulte, and without any Civill warre: whiche +preceded not of other, then of the permutations, whiche from place +to place everie yere thesame Capitaines made, unto whome were +apoincted the charge of the Armies. Nor for any other occasion in +the Romaine Empire, after the bloud of Cesar was extinguished, +there grewe so many civill warres, <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page57" id="page57"></a>{57}</span> betwene the Capitaines of the +hostes, and so many conspiracies of the forsaied capitaines against +the Emperours, not onely kepyng continually still those capitaines +alwayes in one governement. And if in some of those firste +Emperoures, of those after, whom helde the Empire with reputacion, +as Adriane, Marcus, Severus, and soche like, there had been so +moche foresight, that thei had brought this custome of chaungyng +the capitaines in thesame Empire, without doubte it should have +made theim more quiete, and more durable: For that the Capitaines +should have had lesse occasion to make tumultes, the Emperours +lesse cause to feare, and the senate in the lackes of the +successions, should have had in the election of the Emperour, more +aucthoritie, and by consequence should have been better: but the +naughtie custome, either for ignoraunce, or through the little +diligence of menne, neither for the wicked, nor good ensamples, can +be taken awaie.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I cannot tell, if with my questionyng, I have as it were +led you out of your order, bicause from the chusyng of men, we be +entred into an other matter, and if I had not been a little before +excused, I should thinke to deserve some reprehension.</p> +<p class="side">The nomber of horsemen, that the Romanies chose for +a Legion, and for a Consailes armie.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Let not this disquiete you, for that all this +reasonyng was necessary, myndyng to reason of the ordinaunce, the +which beyng blamed of many, it was requsite to excuse it, willyng +to have this first parte of chusyng men to be alowed. But now +before I discend to the other partes, I will reason of the choise +of men on horsebacke. Of the antiquitie, these were made of the +moste richeste, havyng regard bothe to the yeres, and to the +qualitie of the man, and thei chose CCC. for a Legion, so that the +Romain horse, in every Consulles armie, passed not the nomber of +vi. C.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Would you make an ordinaunce of hors, to exercise them +at home, and to use their service when nede requires?</p> +<p class="side">The choosing and ordering of horsemen, that is to +be observed at this present.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. It is most necessary, and it cannot be doen otherwise, +minding to have the power, that it be the owne <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page58" id="page58"></a>{58}</span> proper, and +not to purpose to take of those, which make thereof an art.</p> +<p>COSIMO. How would you choose them?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I would imitate the Romans, I would take of the +richest, I would give them heads or chief Captains, in the same +manner, as nowadays to other is given, and I would arm them and +exercise them.</p> +<p>COSIMO. To these should it be well to give some provision?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Yea marie, but so much only as is necessary to keep +the horse, for as much as bringing to thy subjects expenses, they +might justly complain of thee, therefore it should be necessary, to +pay them their charges of their horse.</p> +<p>COSIMO. What number would you make? and how would you arme +them?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You pass into another matter. I will tell you in +convenient place, which shall be when I have told you, how footmen +ought to be armed, and how a power of men is prepared, for a day of +battle.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page59" id="page59"></a>{59}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-2" id="warre-2">THE SECOND BOOKE</a></h2> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page61" id="page61"></a>{61}</span> +<p class="side">Howe the Romaines armed their souldiers and what +weapons thei used.</p> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> beleeve +that it is necessarye, men being founde, to arme them, and minding +to doo this, I suppose that it is a needefull thing to examine, +what armoure the antiquitie used, and of the same to chose the +best. The Romanes devided their foote men in heavie and lighte +armed: Those that were light armed, they called by the name of +Veliti: Under this name were understoode all those that threwe with +Slinges, shot with Crossebowes, cast Dartes, and they used the most +parte of them for their defence, to weare on their heade a Murion, +with a Targaet on their arme: they fought out of the orders, and +farre of from the heavie armed, which did weare a head peece, that +came downe to their shoulders, a Corselet, which with the tases +came downe to the knees, and they had the legges and armes, covered +with greaves, and vambraces, with a targaet on the left arme, a +yarde and a halfe long, and three quarters of a yarde brode, whiche +had a hoope of Iron upon it, to bee able to sustaine a blowe, and +an other under, to the intente, that it being driven to the earth, +it should not breake: for to offende, they had girte on their left +flanke a swoorde, the length of a yearde and a naile, on their +righte side, a Dagger: they had a darte in every one of their +handes, the which they called Pilo, and in the beginning of the +fight, they threwe those at the enemie. This was the ordering, and +importaunce of the armours of the Romanes, by the which +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page62" id="page62"></a>{62}</span> +they possessed all the world. And although some of these ancient +writers gave them, besides the foresayde weapons, a staffe in their +hande like unto a Partasen, I cannot tell howe a heavy staff, may +of him that holdeth a Targaet be occupied: for that to handle it +with both hands, the Targaet should bee an impediment, and to +occupye the same with one hande, there can be done no good +therewith, by reason of the weightynesse thereof: besides this, to +faight in the strong, and in the orders with such long kinde of +weapon, it is unprofitable, except in the first front, where they +have space enough, to thrust out all the staffe, which in the +orders within, cannot be done, for that the nature of the battaile +(as in the order of the same, I shall tell you) is continually to +throng together, which although it be an inconvenience, yet in so +doing they fear lesse, then to stande wide, where the perill is +most evident, so that all the weapons, which passe in length a +yarde and a halfe, in the throng, be unprofitable: for that, if a +man have the Partasen, and will occupye it with both handes, put +case that the Targaet let him not, he can not hurte with the same +an enemy, whom is upon him, if he take it with one hande, to the +intent to occupy also the Targaet, being not able to take it, but +in the middest, there remayneth so much of the staff behind, that +those which are behinde him, shall let him to welde it. And whether +it were true, either that the Romans had not this Partasen, or that +having it, did little good withal, read all the battailes, in the +historye thereof, celebrated of Titus Livius, and you shall see in +the same, most seldom times made mencion of Partasens, but rather +alwaies he saieth, that the Dartes being thrown, they laid their +hands on their sweardes. Therefore I will leave this staffe, and +observe, concerning the Romanes, the swoorde for to hurte, and for +defense the Targaet, with the other armours aforesaide.</p> +<p class="side">A brave and a terrible thing to the enemies.</p> +<p>The Greekes did not arme them selves so heavyly, for their +defense, as the Romans dyd: but for to offend the enemies, they +grounded more on their staves, then on their swoordes, and in +especiallye the Fallangye of Macedonia, <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page63" id="page63"></a>{63}</span> which used +staves, that they called Sarisse, seven yardes and a halfe long, +with the which they opened the rankes of their enemies, and they +keept the orders in their Fallangy. And although some writers saie, +that they had also the Targaet, I can not tell (by the reasons +aforesayde) howe the Sarisse and they coulde stande together. +Besides this, in the battaile that Paulus Emilius made, with Persa +king of Macedonia, I do not remember, that there is made any +mention of Targaettes, but only of the Sarisse, and of the +difficultie that the Romane armie had, to overcome them: so that I +conjecture, that a Macedonicall Fallange, was no other wise, then +is now a dayes a battaile of Suizzers, the whiche in their Pikes +have all their force, and all their power. The Romanes did garnish +(besides the armours) the footemen with feathers; the whiche +thinges makes the fight of an armie to the friendes goodly, to the +enemies terrible. The armour of the horsemen, in the same first +Romane antiquitie, was a rounde Targaet, and they had their head +armed, and the rest unarmed: They had a swoorde and a staffe, with +an Iron head onely before, long and small: whereby it happened, +that they were not able to staye the Targaet, and the staffe in the +incountring broke, and they through being unarmed, were subjecte to +hurtes: after, in processe of time, they armed them as the +footemen, albeit they used the Targaette muche shorter, square, and +the staffe more stiffe, and with twoo heades, to the entente, that +breaking one of the heades, they mighte prevaile with the other. +With these armours as well on foote, as on horsebacke, the Romanes +conquered all the worlde, and it is to be beleeved, by the fruiet +thereof, whiche is seene, that they were the beste appointed +armies, that ever were: and Titus Livius in his history, doeth +testifie verye often, where comming to comparison with the enemies +armies, he saieth: But the Romanes, by vertue, by the kinde of +their armours, and piactise in the service of warre, were +superiours: and therfore I have more particularly reasoned of the +armours of conquerours, then of the conquered. But nowe mee thikes +good, to reason onelye of the manner of arming <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page64" id="page64"></a>{64}</span> men at this +presente. Footemen have for their defence, a breast plate, and for +to offende, a launce, sixe yardes and three quarters long, which is +called a pike, with a swoorde on their side, rather rounde at the +poinct, then sharpe. This is the ordinarie arming of footemen nowe +a dayes, for that fewe there be, which have their legges armed, and +their armes, the heade none, and those fewe, beare insteede of a +Pike, a Halberde, the staffe whereof as you know, is twoo yardes +and a quarter long, and it hath the Iron made like an axe. Betweene +them, they have Harkebutters, the which with the violence of the +fire, do the same office, which in olde time the slingers did, and +the Crosseboweshoters. This maner of arming, was found out by the +Dutchemen, inespeciallye of Suizzers, whom being poore, and +desirous to live free, they were, and be constrayned to fight, with +the ambition of the Princes of Almaine, who being riche, were able +to keepe horse, the which the same people could not do for +povertye. Wherby it grewe, that being on foote, minding to defende +them selves from the enemies, that were on horsebacke, it behooveth +them to seeke of the aunciente orders, and to finde weapons, whiche +from the furie of horses, should defende them: This necessitie hath +made either to be maintayned, or to bee founde of them the +aunciente orders, without whiche, as everye prudente man affirmeth, +the footemen is altogether unprofitable. Therefore, they tooke for +their weapon the Pike, a moste profitable weapon, not only to +withstande horses, but to overcome them: and the Dutchemen have by +vertue of these weapons, and of these orders, taken such boldnesse, +that XV. or XX. thousande of them, will assault the greatest nomber +of horse that maye be: and of this, there hath beene experience +enough within this XXV. yeres. And the insamples of their vertue +hath bene so mightie, grounded upon these weapons, and these +orders, that sence King Charles passed into Italie, everye nation +hath imitated them: so that the Spanish armies, are become into +most great reputation.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Which maner of arming, do you praise moste, either these +Dutchemens, or the auncient Romanes?</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page65" id="page65"></a>{65}</span> +<p class="side">Whether the Romanes maner in arming of men, be +better then the arming of men, that is used nowe a daies.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The Romane without doubte, and I will tell the +commoditie, and the discommoditie of the one, and the other. The +Dutche footemen, are able to withstande, and overcome the horses: +they bee moste speedie to marche, and to be set in araye, being not +laden with armours: of the other part, they be subjecte to all +blowes, both farre of, and at hande: because they be unarmed, they +bee unprofitable unto the battaile on the lande, and to everye +fighte, where is strong resistaunce. But the Romanes withstoode, +and overcame the horses, as well as the Dutchemen, they were safe +from blowes at hande, and farre of, being covered with armours: +they were also better able to charge, and better able to sustaine +charges, having Targaettes: they might more aptly in the preace +fight with the swoorde, then these with the Pike, and though the +Dutchemen have likewise swoordes, yet being without Targaets, they +become in suche case unprofitable: The Romanes might safelye +assault townes, having their bodies cleane covered with armour, and +being better able to cover themselves with their Targaettes. So +that they had no other incommoditie, then the waightynesse of their +armours, and the pain to cary them: the whiche thinges thei +overcame, with accustomyng the body to diseases, and with hardenyng +it, to bee able to indure labour. And you knowe, how that in +thinges accustomed, men suffer no grief. And you have to understand +this, that the footemen maie be constrained, to faight with +footemen, and with horse, and alwaies those be unprofitable, whiche +cannot either sustain the horses, or beyng able to sustain them, +have notwithstandyng neede to feare the footemen, whiche be better +armed, and better ordeined then thei. Now if you consider the +Duchemen, and the Romaines, you shall finde in the Duchemen +activitie (as we have said) to overcome the horses, but greate +dissavauntage, when thei faighte with menne, ordeined as thei them +selves are, and armed as the Romaines were: so that there shall be +this advauntage more of the one, then of thother, that the Romaines +could overcome the men, and the horses, the Duchemen onely the +horses.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page66" id="page66"></a>{66}</span> +<p>COSIMO. I would desire, that you would come to some more +particulare insample, whereby wee maie better understande.</p> +<p class="side">An ensample whiche proveth that horsemen with +staves, cannot prevaile against footemen with Pikes, and what great +advauntage the armed have, againste the unarmed. The victory of +Carminvola against the Duchemen.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I saie thus, that you shall finde in many places of +our histories, the Romain footemen to have overcome innumerable +horses, and you shall never finde, that thei have been overcome of +men on foote, for default that thei have had in their armour, or +thorowe the vantage that the enemie hath had in the armours: For +that if the maner of their armyng, should have had defaulte, it had +been necessarie, that there should folowe, the one of these twoo +thynges, either that findyng soche, as should arme theim better +then thei, thei should not have gone still forwardes, with their +conquestes, or that thei should have taken the straungers maners, +and should have left their owne, and for that it folowed not in the +one thing, nor in the other, there groweth that ther maie be easely +conjectured, that the maner of their armyng, was better then +thesame of any other. It is not yet thus happened to the Duchemen, +for that naughtie profe, hath ben seen made them, when soever thei +have chaunsed to faight with men on foote prepared, and as +obstinate as thei, the whiche is growen of the vauntage, whiche +thesame have incountred in thenemies armours. Philip Vicecounte of +Milaine, being assaulted of xviii. thousande Suizzers, sent against +theim the Counte Carminvola, whiche then was his capitaine. He with +sixe thousande horse, and a fewe footemen, went to mete with them, +and incounteryng theim, he was repulsed with his moste greate +losse: wherby Carminvola as a prudente man, knewe straight waie the +puisaunce of the enemies weapons, and how moche against the horses +thei prevailed, and the debilitie of the horses, againste those on +foote so appoincted: and gatheryng his men together again, he went +to finde the Suizzers, and so sone as he was nere them, he made his +men of armes, to a light from their horse, and in thesame mane, +faightyng with them he slue theim all, excepte three thousande: the +whiche seyng them selves to consume, without havyng reamedy, +castyng their weapons to the grounde, yelded.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page67" id="page67"></a>{67}</span> +<p>COSIMO. Whereof cometh so moche disavauntage?</p> +<p class="side">The battailes when thei are a faightyng, doe throng +together.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I have a little afore tolde you, but seyng that you +have not understoode it, I will rehearse it againe. The Duchemen +(as a little before I saied unto you) as it were unarmed, to +defende themselves, have to offende, the Pike and the swearde: thei +come with these weapons, and with their orders to finde the +enemies, whom if thei bee well armed, to defende theim selves, as +were the menne of armes of Carminvola, whiche made theim a lighte +on foote, thei come with the sweard, and in their orders to find +them, and have no other difficultie, then to come nere to the +Suizzers, so that thei maie reche them with the sweard, for that so +sone as thei have gotten unto them, thei faight safely: for asmoche +as the Duch man cannot strike thenemie with the Pike, whom is upon +him, for the length of the staffe, wherefore it is conveniente for +hym, to put the hande to the sweard, the whiche to hym is +unprofitable, he beyng unarmed, and havyng against hym an enemie, +that is all armed. Whereby he that considereth the vantage, and the +disavantage of the one, and of the other, shall see, how the +unarmed, shall have no maner of remeady, and the overcommyng of the +firste faight, and to passe the firste poinctes of the Pikes, is +not moche difficulte, he that faighteth beyng well armed: for that +the battailes go (as you shall better understande, when I have +shewed you, how thei are set together) and incounteryng the one the +other, of necessitie thei thrust together, after soche sorte, that +thei take the one thother by the bosome, and though by the Pikes +some bee slaine, or overthrowen, those that remain on their feete, +be so many, that thei suffice to obtaine the victorie. Hereof it +grewe, that Carminvola overcame them, with so greate slaughter of +the Suizzers, and with little losse of his.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Consider that those of Carminvola, were men of armes, +whom although thei wer on foote, thei were covered all with stele, +and therefore thei wer able to make the profe thei did: so that me +thinkes, that a power ought to be armed as thei, mindyng to make +the verie same profe.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page68" id="page68"></a>{68}</span> +<p>FABRICIO. If you should remember, how I tolde you the Romaines +were armed, you would not thynke so: for as moche as a manne, that +hath the hedde covered with Iron, the breaste defended of a +Corselet, and of a Targaet, the armes and the legges armed, is +moche more apt to defende hymself from the Pike, and to enter emong +them, then a man of armes on foote. I wil give you a little of a +late ensample. There wer come out of Cicelie, into the kyngdome of +Naples, a power of Spaniardes, for to go to finde Consalvo, who was +besieged in Barlet, of the Frenchemen: there made against theim +Mounsier de Vhigni, with his menne of armes, and with aboute fower +thousande Duchemen on foote: The Duchemen incountered with their +Pikes lowe, and thei opened the power of the Spaniardes: but those +beyng holp, by meane of their bucklers and of the agiletie of their +bodies, mingled togethers with the Duchemen, so that thei might +reche them with the swearde, whereby happened the death, almoste of +all theim, and the victorie to the Spaniardes. Every man knoweth, +how many Duchemen were slaine in the battaile of Ravenna, the +whiche happened by the verie same occasion: for that the Spanishe +souldiours, got them within a swerdes length of the Duche +souldiours, and thei had destroied them all, if of the Frenche +horsemen, the Duchemen on foote, had not been succored: +notwithstandyng, the Spaniardes close together, brought themselves +into a safe place. I conclude therefore, that a good power ought +not onely to be able, to withstande the horses, but also not to +have fear of menne on foote, the which (as I have many tymes saied) +procedeth of the armours, and of the order.</p> +<p class="side">How to arme men, and what weapons to appoincte +theim, after the Romaine maner, and Duche facion.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Tell therefore, how you would arme them?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I would take of the Romaine armours, and of the +Duchemennes weapons, and I would that the one haulfe, should bee +appoincted like the Romaines, and the other haulfe like the +Duchemen: for that if in sixe thousande footemen (as I shall tell +you a little hereafter) I should have thre thousande men with +Targaettes, after the Romain maner, and two thousande Pikes, and a +thousand <span class="pagenum"><a name="page69" id= +"page69"></a>{69}</span> Harkebutters, after the Duche facion, thei +should sufice me: for that I would place the Pikes, either in the +fronte of the battaile, or where I should feare moste the horses, +and those with the Targaetes and sweardes, shall serve me to make a +backe to the Pikes, and to winne the battaile, as I shall shewe +you: so that I beleeve, that a power thus ordayned, should overcome +at this daye, any other power.</p> +<p>COSIMO. This which hath beene saide, sufficeth concerning +footemen, but concerning horsemen, wee desire to understand which +you thinke more stronger armed, either ours, or the antiquitie.</p> +<p class="side">The victorie of Lucullo, against Tiarane king of +Armenia; For what pupose horsemen be most requisite.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I beleeve that in these daies, having respect to the +Saddelles bolstered, and to the stiroppes not used of the +antiquitie, they stande more stronglye on horsebacke, then in the +olde time: I thinke also they arme them more sure: so that at this +daye, a bande of men of armes, paysing very muche, commeth to be +with more difficultie withstoode, then were the horsemen of old +time: notwithstanding for all this, I judge, that there ought not +to be made more accompt of horses, then in olde time was made, for +that (as afore is sayde) manye times in our dayes, they have with +the footemen receyved shame and shall receyve alwayes, where they +incounter, with a power of footemen armed, and ordered, as above +hath bene declared. Tigrane king of Armenia, had againste the armie +of the Romanes, wherof was Capitayne Lucullo, CL. thousande +horsemen, amongest the whiche, were many armed, like unto our men +of armes, which they called Catafratti, and of the other parte, the +Romanes were about sixe thousande, with xxv. thousand footemen: so +that Tigrane seeing the armie of the enemies, saide: these be +horses enough for an imbassage: notwithstanding, incountering +together, he was overthrowen: and he that writeth of the same +fighte, disprayseth those Catafratti, declaring them to be +unprofitable; for that hee sayeth, because they had their faces +covered, they had muche a doe to see, and to offende the enemie, +and they falling, being laden with armour coulde not rise up again, +nor welde themselves in <span class="pagenum"><a name="page70" id= +"page70"></a>{70}</span> any maner to prevaile. I say therefore, +that those people or kingdomes, whiche shall esteeme more the power +of horses, then the power of footemen be alwaies weake, and +subjecte to all ruine, as by Italie hath been seene in our time, +the whiche hath beene taken, ruinated, and over run with +straungers, through not other fault, then for having taken litle +care, of the service on foote, and being brought the souldiours +therof, all on horsebacke. Yet there ought to bee had horses, but +for seconde, and not for firste foundaion of an armie: for that to +make a discovery, to over run and to destroy the enemies countrie, +and to keepe troubled and disquieted, the armie of the same, and in +their armours alwayes, to let them of their victuals, they are +necessary, and most profitable: but concerning for the daye of +battaile, and for the fighte in the fielde, whiche is the +importaunce of the warre, and the ende, for which the armies are +ordeined, they are more meeter to follow the enemie being +discomfited then to do any other thing which in the same is to be +done, and they bee in comparison, to the footemen much +inferiour.</p> +<p>COSIMO. There is happened unto mee twoo doubtes, the one, where +I knowe, that the Parthians dyd not use in the warre, other then +horses, and yet they devided the worlde with the Romanes: the other +is, that I woulde that you should shewe, howe the horsemen can be +withstoode of footemen, and wherof groweth the strength of these, +and the debilitie of those?</p> +<p class="side">The reason why footmen are able to overcome +horsemen; How footmen maie save them selves from horsemen; The +exercise of Souldiours, ought to be devided into thre partes; What +exercises the auncient common weales used to exercise their youth +in, and what commoditie insued thereby; How the antiquitie, learned +their yong soldiours, to handell their weapons; What thantiquitie +estemed moste happie in a common weale; Mouster Maisters; for +thexercisyng of yong men unexperte.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Either I have tolde you, or I minded to tell you, howe +that my reasoning of the affaires of warre, ought not to passe the +boundes of Europe: when thus it is, I am not bounde unto you, to +make accompte of the same, which is used in Asia, yet I muste saye +unto you thus, that the warring of the Parthians, was altogether +contrarye, to the same of the Romanes: for as muche as the +Parthians, warred all on horsebacke, and in the fight, they +proceeded confusedlye, and scattered, and it was a maner of fighte +unstable, and full of uncertaintie. The Romanes were (it maye be +sayde) almoste al on foote, and thei fought close <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page71" id="page71"></a>{71}</span> together and +sure, and thei overcame diversly, the one the other, according to +the largenesse, or straightnesse of the situation: for that in this +the Romaines were superiours, in thesame the Parthians, whom might +make greate proofe, with thesame maner of warryng, consideryng the +region, which thei had to defende, the which was moste large: for +as moche as it hath the sea coaste, distant a thousande miles, the +rivers thone from thother, twoo or three daies journey, the tounes +in like maner and the inhabitauntes few: so that a Romaine armie +heavie and slowe, by meanes of their armoures, and their orders, +could not over run it, without their grevous hurt (those that +defended it, being on horsebacke mooste expedite) so that thei were +to daie in one place, and to morowe distaunt fiftie miles. Hereof +it grewe, that the Parthians might prevaile with their chivalrie +onely, bothe to the ruine of the armie of Crassus, and to the +perill of thesame, of Marcus Antonius: but I (as I have told you) +doe not intende in this my reasonyng, to speake of the warfare out +of Europe, therfore I will stand upon thesame, whiche in times +past, the Romaines ordained, and the Grekes, and as the Duchemen +doe now adaies. But let us se to the other question of yours, where +you desire to understande, what order, or what naturall vertue +makes, that the footemen overcome the horsmen. And I saie unto you +first that the horses cannot go, as the footmen in every place: +Thei are slower then the footemen to obeie, when it is requisite to +alter the order: for as moche, as if it be nedefull, either goyng +forward, to turne backwarde, or tournyng backwarde, to go forwarde, +or to move themselves standing stil, or goyng to stand still, +without doubt, the horsemen cannot dooe it so redilie as the +footemen: the horsemen cannot, being of some violence, disordained, +returne in their orders, but with difficultie, although thesame +violence cease, the whiche the footemen dooe moste easely and +quickly. Besides this, it happeneth many tymes, that a hardie manne +shall be upon a vile horse, and a coward upon a good, whereby it +foloweth, that this evill matchyng of stomackes, makes disorder. +Nor no man doeth marvell, that <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page72" id="page72"></a>{72}</span> a bande of footemenne, +susteineth all violence of horse for that a horse is a beaste, that +hath sence, and knoweth the perilles, and with an ill will, will +enter in them: and if you consider, what force maketh theim go +forwarde, and what holdeth them backwarde, you shall se without +doubt thesame to be greater, whiche kepeth them backe, then that +whiche maketh them go forwardes: For that the spurre maketh theim +go forwarde, and of the other side, either the swearde, or the +Pike, kepeth theim backe: so that it hath been seen by the olde, +and by the late experience, a bande of footemen to bee moste safe, +ye, invinsible for horses. And if you should argue to this, that +the heate, with whiche thei come, maketh theim more furious to +incounter who that would withstande them, and lesse to regard the +Pike, then the spurre: I saie, that if the horse so disposed, begin +to see, that he must run upon the poincte of the Pike, either of +himself, he wil refrain the course so that so sone as he shall +feele himself pricked, he will stande still atones, or beeyng come +to theim, he will tourne on the right, or on the lefte hande. +Whereof if you wil make experience, prove to run a horse against a +walle: you shall finde fewe, with what so ever furie he come +withall, will strike against it. Cesar havyng in Fraunce, to +faighte with the Suizzers, a lighted, and made every manne a light +on foote, and to avoide from the araies, the horses, as a thyng +more meete to flie, then to faight. But notwithstandyng these +naturall impedimentes, whiche horses have, thesame Capitaine, +whiche leadeth the footemen, ought to chuse waies, whiche have for +horse, the moste impedimentes that maie bee, and seldome tymes it +happeneth, but that a manne maie save hymself, by the qualitie of +the countrie: for that if thou marche on the hilles, the situacion +doeth save thee from thesame furie, whereof you doubt, that thei go +withail in the plain, fewe plaines be, whiche through the tillage +or by meanes of the woddes, doe not assure thee: for that every +hillocke, every bancke, although it be but small, taketh awaie +thesame heate, and every culture where bee Vines, and other trees, +lettes the horses: and if thou come <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page73" id="page73"></a>{73}</span> to battaile, the very same +lettes happeneth, that chaunceth in marchyng: for as moche as every +little impedemente, that the horse hath, abateth his furie. One +thyng notwithstandyng, I will not forgette to tell you, how the +Romaines estemed so moche their orders, and trusted so moche to +their weapons, that if thei shuld have had, to chuse either so +rough a place to save theim selves from horses, where thei should +not have been able, to raunge their orders, or a place where thei +should have nede, to feare more of horses, but ben able to deffende +their battaile, alwaies thei toke this, and left that: but bicause +it is tyme, to passe to the armie, having armed these souldiours, +accordyng to the aunciente and newe use, let us see what exercises +the Romaines caused theim make, before the menne were brought to +the battaile. Although thei be well chosen, and better armed, thei +ought with moste greate studie be exercised, for that without this +exercise, there was never any souldiour good: these exercises ought +to be devided into three partes, the one, for to harden the bodie, +and to make it apte to take paines, and to bee more swifter and +more readier, the other, to teach them, how to handell their +weapons, the third, for to learne them to kepe the orders in the +armie, as well in marchyng, as in faightyng, and in the incampyng: +The whiche be three principall actes, that an armie doeth: for +asmoche, as if an armie marche, incampe, and faight with order, and +expertly, the Capitaine leseth not his honoure, although the +battaile should have no good ende. Therfore, all thauncient common +weales, provided these exercises in maner, by custome, and by lawe, +that there should not be left behinde any part thereof. Thei +exercised then their youth, for to make them swift, in runnyng, to +make theim readie, in leapyng, for to make them strong, in throwyng +the barre, or in wrestlyng: and these three qualities, be as it +were necessarie in souldiours. For that swiftnesse, maketh theim +apte to possesse places, before the enemie, and to come to them +unloked for, and at unwares to pursue them, when thei are +discomfaicted: the readinesse, maketh theim apte to avoide a blowe, +to leape over a diche, to winne a <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page74" id="page74"></a>{74}</span> banke: strength, maketh them +the better able to beare their armours, to incounter the enemie, to +withstande a violence. And above all, to make the bodie the more +apte to take paines, thei used to beare greate burthens, the whiche +custome is necessarie: for that in difficulte expedicions it is +requisite many tymes, that the souldiour beside his armours, beare +vitualles for many daies, and if he were not accustomed to this +labour, he could not dooe it: and without this, there can neither +bee avoided a perill, nor a victorie gotten with fame. Concernyng +to learne how to handell the weapons, thei exercised theim, in this +maner: thei would have the yong menne, to put on armour, whiche +should waie twise as moche, as their field armour, and in stede of +a swearde, thei gave them a cudgell leaded, whiche in comparison of +a verie swearde in deede, was moste heavie; thei made for every one +of them, a poste to be set up in the ground, which should be in +height twoo yardes and a quarter, and in soche maner, and so +strong, that the blowes should not slur nor hurle it doune, against +the whiche poste, the yong man with a targaet, and with the +cudgell, as against an enemie did exercise, and some whiles he +stroke, as though he would hurte the hedde, or the face, somewhile +he retired backe, an other while he made forewarde: and thei had in +this exercise, this advertisment, to make theim apt to cover theim +selves, and to hurte the enemie: and havyng the counterfaight +armours moste heavy, their ordinarie armours semed after unto them +more lighter. The Romanies, would that their souldiours should +hurte with the pricke, and not with the cutte, as well bicause the +pricke is more mortalle, and hath lesse defence, as also to +thentent that he that should hurt, might lye the lesse open, and be +more apt to redouble it, then with cuttes. Dooe not marvaile that +these auncient men, should thinke on these small thynges, for that +where the incounteryng of men is reasoned of, you shall perceive, +that every little vauntage, is of greate importaunce: and I +remember you the same, whiche the writers of this declare, rather +then I to teache you. The antiquitie estemed nothing move +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page75" id="page75"></a>{75}</span> +happie, in a common weale, then to be in thesame, many men +exercised in armes: bicause not the shining of precious stones and +of golde, maketh that the enemies submit themselves unto thee, but +onely the fear of the weapons: afterwarde the errours whiche are +made in other thynges, maie sometymes be corrected, but those +whiche are dooen in the warre, the paine straight waie commyng on, +cannot be amended. Besides that, the knowlege to faight, maketh men +more bold, bicause no man feareth to doe that thing, which he +thinketh to have learned to dooe. The antiquitie would therefore, +that their Citezeins should exercise themselves, in all marcial +feates, and thei made them to throwe against thesame poste, dartes +moche hevier then the ordinarie: the whiche exercise, besides the +makyng men expert in throwyng, maketh also the arme more nimble, +and moche stronger. Thei taught them also to shote in the long +bowe, to whorle with the sling: and to all these thynges, thei +appoincted maisters, in soche maner, that after when thei were +chosen for to go to the warre, thei were now with mynde and +disposicion, souldiours. Nor there remained them to learn other, +then to go in the orders, and to maintain them selves in those, +either marchyng, or faightyng: The whiche moste easely thei +learned, mingeling themselves with those, whiche had long tyme +served, whereby thei knewe how to stande in the orders.</p> +<p>COSIMO. What exercises would you cause theim to make at this +present?</p> +<p class="side">The exercises that souldiers ought to make in these +daies; The exercise of swimmyng; Tiber, is a river runnyng through +Rome the water wher of will never corrupte; Thexercise of vautyng, +and the commoditie thereof; An order that is taken in certain +countries, concerning exercises of warre; What knowledge a +Souldiour ought to have; A Cohorte is a bande of men; Of what nomer +and of what kind of armours and weapons, a maine battaile ought to +bee, and the distributing and appoinetyng of thesame; veliti are +light armed men; Thecapitaines that ar appointed to every band of +men; Twoo orders observed in an armie; How a captain muste +instructe muste instructe his souldiours how thei ought to governe +themselves in the battaile.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. A good many of those, whiche have been declared, as +runnyng, and wrestlyng, makyng theim to leape, makyng theim to +labour in armours, moche heavier then the ordinarie, making them +shoote with Crosse bowes, and longe bowes, whereunto I would joyne +the harkabus, a newe instrument (as you know) verie necessarie, and +to these exercises I would use, al the youth of my state, but with +greater industrie, and more sollicitatenesse thesame parte, whiche +I should have alreadie appoincted to serve, and alwaies in the +idell daies, thei should bee exercised. I would also that thei +should learne to swimme, the whiche <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page76" id="page76"></a>{76}</span> is a thyng verie profitable: +for that there be not alwaies bridges over rivers, boates be not +alwaies readie: so that thy army not knowyng howe to swime, +remaineth deprived of many commodities: and many occasions to +woorke well, is taken awaie. The Romaines for none other cause had +ordained, that the yong men should exercise them selves in Campus +Martius, then onely, for that havyng Tiber at hande, thei might, +beyng weried with the exercise on lande, refreshe theim selves in +the water, and partly in swimmyng, to exercise them selves. I would +make also, as the antiquitie, those whiche should serve on +horsebacke to exercise, the whiche is moste necessarie, for that +besides to know how to ride, thei muste knowe how on horsebacke +thei maie prevaile of them selves. And for this thei had ordeined +horses of wood, upon the which thei practised, to leape by armed, +and unarmed, without any helpe, and on every hande: the whiche +made, that atones, and at a beck of a capitain, the horsmen were on +foote, and likewise at a token, thei mounted on horsebacke. And +soche exercises, bothe on foote and on horsebacke, as thei were +then easie to bee doen, so now thei should not be difficult to +thesame common weale, or to thesame prince, whiche would cause them +to be put in practise of their yong men. As by experience is seen, +in certaine citees of the Weste countrie, where is kepte a live +like maners with this order. Thei devide all their inhabiters into +divers partes: and every parte thei name of the kinde of those +weapons, that thei use in the warre. And for that thei use Pikes, +Halbardes, Bowes, and Harkebuses, thei call them Pike menne, +Halberders, Harkebutters, and Archars: Therefore, it is mete for +all the inhabiters to declare, in what orders thei will be +appoincted in. And for that all men, either for age, or for other +impedimentes, be not fitte for the warre, every order maketh a +choise of men, and thei call them the sworen, whom in idell daies, +be bounde to exercise themselves in those weapons, wherof thei be +named: and every manne hath his place appoincted hym of the +cominaltie, where soche exercise ought to be made: and those whiche +be of thesame <span class="pagenum"><a name="page77" id= +"page77"></a>{77}</span> order, but not of the sworen, are +contributaries with their money, to thesame expenses, whiche in +soche exercises be necessarie: therfore thesame that thei doe, we +maie doe. But our smal prudence dooeth not suffre us, to take any +good waie. Of these exercises there grewe, that the antiquitie had +good souldiours, and that now those of the Weste, bee better men +then ours: for as moche as the antiquitie exercised them, either at +home (as those common weales doe) or in the armies, as those +Emperours did, for thoccasions aforesaied: but we, at home will not +exercise theim, in Campe we cannot, bicause thei are not our +subjectes, and for that we are not able to binde them to other +exercises then thei them selves liste to doe: the whiche occacion +hath made, that firste the armies bee neclected, and after, the +orders, and that the kyngdomes, and the common weales, in +especially Italians, live in soche debilitie. But let us tourne to +our order, and folowyng this matter of exercises, I saie, how it +suffiseth not to make good armies, for havyng hardened the men, +made them strong, swift, and handsome, it is nedefull also, that +thei learne to stande in the orders, to obeie to signes, to +soundes, and to the voice of the capitain: to knowe, standyng, to +retire them selves, goyng forwardes, bothe faightyng, and marchyng +to maintain those: bicause without this knowlege, withal serious +diligence observed, and practised, there was never armie good: and +without doubt, the fierce and disordered menne, bee moche more +weaker, then the fearfull that are ordered, for that thorder +driveth awaie from men feare, the disorder abateth fiercenesse. And +to the entente you maie the better perceive that, whiche here +folowyng shalbe declared, you have to understande, how every +nation, in the orderyng of their men to the warre, have made in +their hoste, or in their armie, a principall member, the whiche +though thei have varied with the name, thei have little varied with +the nomber of the menne: for that thei all have made it, betwene +sixe and viii. M. men. This nomber of men was called of the +Romaines, a Legion, of Grekes a Fallange, of Frenchemen Caterva: +this verie same in our tyme of the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page78" id="page78"></a>{78}</span> Suizzers, whom onely of the +auncient warfare, kepe some shadowe, is called in their tongue +that, whiche in ours signifieththe maine battaile. True it is, that +every one of them, hath after devided it, accordyng to their +purposes. Therefore me thinkes beste, that wee grounde our talke, +upon this name moste knowen, and after, according to the aunciente, +and to the orders now adaies, the beste that is possible to ordaine +it; and bicause the Romaines devided their Legion, whiche was made +betwene five and sixe thousande men, in ten Cohortes, I will that +wee devide our main battaile, into ten battailes, and that we make +it of sixe thousande menne on foote, and we will give to every +battaile, CCCCL. men, of whiche shall be, CCCC. armed with heavie +armour, and L. with light armour: the heavie armed, shall be CCC. +Targettes with sweardes, and shalbe called Target men: and C. with +Pikes, whiche shalbe called ordinarie Pikes: the light armed +shalbe, L. men armed with Harkabuses, Crosse bowes, and Partisans, +and smal Targaettes, and these by an aunciente name, were called +ordinarie Veliti: all of the ten battailes therefore, comes to have +three thousande Targaet men, a thousande ordinarie Pikes, CCCC. +ordinarie Veliti, all whiche make the nomber of fower thousande and +five hundred men. And we saied, that we would make the maine +battaile of six thousande; therefore there must be added an other +thousande, five hundred men, of whiche I will appoinet a thousande +with Pikes, whom I will call extraordinarie Veliti, and thus my +menne should come (as a little before I have saied) to bee made +halfe of Targaetes, and halfe of Pikes and other weapons. I would +appoinete to everie battaile, or bande of men, a Conestable, fower +Centurions and fouretic peticapitaines, and moreover a hedde to the +ordinarie Veliti. with five peticapitaines; I would give to the +thousande extraordinarie Pikes, three Conestabelles, ten +Centurions, and a hundred peticapitaines; to the extraodrinarie +Veliti, two Conestabelles, v. Centurions, and l. peticapitaines: I +would then apoinet a generall hed, over all the main <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page79" id="page79"></a>{79}</span> battaile: I +would that every Conestable should have an Ansigne, and a Drum. +Thus there should be made a manne battaile of ten battailes, of +three thousande Targaet men, of a thousande ordinarie Pikes, of a +thousande extraordinarie of five hundred ordinarie Veliti, of five +hundred extraordinarie, so there should come to bee sixe thousande +men, emongeste the whiche there should bee M.D. peticapitaines, and +moreover, xv. Conestables, with xv. Drummes, and xv. Ansignes, lv. +Centurions, x. heddes of the ordinarie Veliti, and a Capitaine over +all the maine battaile with his Asigne and Drume, and I have of +purpose repeated this order the oftener, to the intent, that after +when I shall shewe you, the maners of orderyng the battailes, and +tharmies, you should not be confounded: I saie therefore, how that, +that king, or that common weale, whiche intendeth to ordeine their +subjectes to armes, ought to appoincte theim with these armoures +and weapons, and with these partes, and to make in their countrie +so many maine battailes, as it were able: and when thei should have +ordained them, according to the forsaid distribucion, minding to +exercise them in the orders, it should suffice to exercise every +battaile by it self: and although the nomber of the men, of every +one of them, cannot by it self, make the facion of a juste armie, +notwithstandyng, every man maie learne to dooe thesame, whiche +particularly appertaineth unto hym: for that in the armies, twoo +orders is observed, the one, thesame that the men ought to doe in +every battaile, and the other that, whiche the battaile ought to +doe after, when it is with the other in an armie. And those men, +whiche doe wel the first, mooste easely maie observe the seconde: +But without knowyng thesame, thei can never come to the knowlege of +the seconde. Then (as I have saied) every one of these battailes, +maie by them selves, learne to kepe the orders of the araies, in +every qualitie of movyng, and of place, and after learne to put +them selves togethers, to understande the soundes, by meanes wherof +in the faight thei are commaunded, to learne to know by that, as +the Gallics by the whissell, what ought to be doen, either to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page80" id="page80"></a>{80}</span> +stande still, or to tourne forward, or to tourne backwarde or +whiche waie to tourne the weapons, and the face: so that knowyng +how to kepe well the araie, after soche sorte, that neither place +nor movyng maie disorder them, understandyng well the +commaundementes of their heddes, by meanes of the sounde, and +knowyng quickly, how to retourne into their place, these battailes +maie after easly (as I have said) beyng brought many together, +learne to do that, whiche all the body together, with the other +battailes in a juste armie, is bounde to dooe. And bicause soche +universall practise, is also not to bee estemed a little, ones or +twise a yere, when there is peace, all the main battaile maie be +brought together, to give it the facion of an whole armie, some +daies exercisyng theim, as though thei should faight a fielde, +settyng the fronte, and the sides with their succours in their +places. And bicause a capitaine ordeineth his hoste to the fielde, +either for coumpte of the enemie he seeth, or for that, of whiche +without seyng he doubteth, he ought to exercise his armie in the +one maner, and in the other, and to instructe theim in soche sorte, +that thei maie knowe how to marche, and to faight, when nede should +require, the wyng to his souldiours, how thei should governe theim +selves, when thei should happen to be assaulted of this, or of that +side: and where he ought to instructe theim how to faight againste +the enemie, whom thei should see: he must shewe them also, how the +faight is begun, and where thei ought to retire: being overthrowen, +who hath to succeade in their places, to what signes, to what +soundes, to what voices, thei ought to obeie, and to practise them +in soche wise in the battaile, and with fained assaultes, that thei +may desire the verie thyng in deede. For that an armie is not made +coragious, bicause in thesame be hardie menne, but by reason the +orders thereof bee well appoineted: For as moche as if I be one of +the first faighters, and do knowe, beyng overcome, where I maie +retire, and who hath to succeade in my place, I shall alwaies +faight with boldnes, seing my succour at hand. If I shall be one of +the seconde faighters, the first being driven backe, <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page81" id="page81"></a>{81}</span> and +overthrowen, I shall not bee afraied, for that I shall have +presuposed that I maie bee, and I shall have desire to be thesame, +whiche maie give the victory to my maister, and not to bee any of +the other. These exercises bee moste necessarie, where an armie is +made of newe, and where the old armie is, thei bee also necessarie: +for that it is also seen, how the Romaines knew from their +infancie, thorder of their armies, notwithstandyng, those +capitaines before thei should come to thenemie, continually did +exercise them in those. And Josephus in his historie saieth, that +the continuall exercises of the Romaine armies, made that all +thesame multitude, whiche folowe the campe for gain, was in the +daie of battaile profitable: bicause thei all knewe, how to stande +in the orders, and to faight kepyng the same: but in the armies of +newe men, whether thou have putte theim together, to faight +straight waie, or that thou make a power to faight, when neede +requires, without these exercises, as well of the battailes +severally by themselves, as of all the armie, is made nothing: +wherefore the orders beying necessarie, it is conveniente with +double industrie and laboure, to shewe them unto soche as knoweth +them not, and for to teache it, many excellent capitaines have +travailed, without any respecte.</p> +<p>COSIMO. My thinkes that this reasoning, hath sumwhat transported +you: for asmoche, as havyng not yet declared the waies, with the +whiche the battailes bee exercised, you have reasoned of the whole +armie, and of the daie of battaile.</p> +<p class="side">The chief importance in the exercisyng of bandes of +men; Three principall for thorderyng of menne into battaile raie; +The manner how to bryng a bande of men into battaile raie after a +square facion; The better waie for the ordring of a band of men in +battaile raie, after the first facion; How to exercise men, and to +take soche order, whereby a band of men that were by whatsoever +chance disordred maye straighte wai be brought into order againe; +What advertisement ought to bee used in tourning about a whole +bande of menne, after soche sorte, as though it were but one bodie; +How to order a band of menne after soche sort that thei maie make +their front againste thenemie of whiche flanke thei list; How a +band of man oughte to be ordered, when in marchyng thei should bee +constrained to faighton their backes.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You saie truth, but surely thoccasion hath been the +affection, whiche I beare to these orders, and the grief that I +feele, seyng thei be not put in use: notwithstanding, doubt not but +that I will tourne to the purpose: as I have saied, the chief +importaunce that is in thexercise of the battailes, is to knowe how +to kepe well the armies: and bicause I tolde you that one of these +battailes, ought to bee made of fower hundred men heavie armed, I +wil staie my self upon this nomber. Thei ought then to be brought +into lxxx. rankes, and five to a ranke: afterward goyng +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page82" id="page82"></a>{82}</span> +fast, or softly, to knit them together, and to lose them: the +whiche how it is dooen, maie bee shewed better with deedes, then +with wordes. Which nedeth not gretly to be taught, for that every +manne, whom is practised in servise of warre, knoweth how this +order procedeth, whiche is good for no other, then to use the +souldiours to keepe the raie: but let us come to putte together one +of these battailes, I saie, that there is given them three facions +principally, the firste, and the moste profitablest is, to make al +massive, and to give it the facion of two squares, the second is, +to make it square with the front horned, the thirde is, to make it +with a voide space in the middest: the maner to put men together in +the first facion, maie be of twoo sortes, tho together in the first +facion, maie be of twoo sortes, thone is to double the rankes, that +is, to make the seconde ranke enter into the first, the iiii. into +the third, the sixt into the fift, and so foorth, so that where +there was lxxx. rankes, five to a ranke, thei maie become xl. +rankes, x. to a ranke. Afterward cause theim to double ones more in +thesame maner, settyng the one ranke into an other, and so there +shall remain twentie rankes, twentie men to a ranke: this maketh +twoo squares aboute, for as moche as albeit that there bee as many +men the one waie, as in the other, notwithstandyng to wardes the +hedde, thei joine together, that the one side toucheth the other: +but by the other waie, thei be distant the one from the other, at +least a yarde and a haulfe, after soche sorte, that the square is +moche longer, from the backe to the fronte, then from the one side +to thother: and bicause we have at this presente, to speake often +of the partes afore, of behinde, and of the sides of these +battailes, and of all the armie together, knowe you, that when I +saie either hedde or fronte, I meane the parte afore, when I shall +saie backe, the part behind, when I shall saie flankes, the partes +on the sides. The fiftie ordinarie veliti of the battaile, muste +not mingle with the other rankes, but so sone as the battaile is +facioned, thei shalbe set a long by the flankes therof. The other +waie to set together the battaile is this, and bicause it is better +then the firste, I will set it before your ives juste, how it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page83" id="page83"></a>{83}</span> +ought to bee ordeined. I beleve that you remember of what nomber of +menne, of what heddes it is made, and of what armours thei are +armed, then the facion, that this battaile ought to have, is (as I +have saied) of twentie rankes, twentie men to a ranke, five rankes +of Pikes in the front, and fiftene rankes of Targaettes on the +backe, twoo Centurions standying in the fronte, twoo behinde on the +backe, who shall execute the office of those, whiche the antiquitie +called Tergiductori. The Conestable with the Ansigne, and with the +Drumme, shall stande in thesame space, that is betwene the five +rankes of the Pikes, and the fiftene of the Targeaettes. Of the +Peticapitaines, there shall stande one upon every side of the +ranckes, so that every one, maie have on his side his men, those +peticapitaines, whiche shalbe on the left hande, to have their men +on the right hand, those Peticapitaines, whiche shall be on the +right hand, to have their menne on the left hande: The fiftie +Veliti, muste stande a long the flankes, and on the backe of the +battaile. To mynde now, that this battaile maie be set together in +this facion, the men goyng ordinarily, it is convenient to order +them thus. Make the men to be brought into lxxx. rankes, five to a +ranke, as a little afore we have said, leavyng the Veliti either at +the hedde, or at the taile, so that thei stande out of this order: +and it ought to be ordeined, that every Centurion have behinde his +back twentie rankes, and to bee nexte behinde every Centurion, five +rankes of Pikes, and the reste Targaettes. The Conestable shall +stande with the Drum, and the Ansigne, in thesame space, whiche is +betwene the Pikes, and the Targaettes of the seconde Centurion, and +to occupie the places of three Targaette men. Of the +Peticapitaines, twentie shall stand on the sides of the rankes, of +the first Centurion, on the lefte hande, and twentie shall stande +on the sides of the rankes, of the last Centurion on the right +hande. And you muste understande, that the Peticapitaine, whiche +hath to leade the Pikes, ought to have a Pike, and those that leade +the Targaettes, ought to have like weapons. Then the rankes beyng +brought into this order, and mindyng in marchyng, <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page84" id="page84"></a>{84}</span> to bryng +them into battaile, for to make the hedde, the first Centurion must +be caused to stande still, with the firste twentie rankes, and the +seconde to proceade marchyng, and tournyng on the right hand, he +must go a long the sides of the twentie rankes that stande still, +till he come to bee even with the other Centurion, where he must +also stande still, and the thirde Centurion to procede marchyng, +likewise tournyng on the right hand, and a long the sides of the +rankes that stande still, must go so farre, that he be even with +the other twoo Centurions, and he also standyng still, the other +Centurion must folowe with his rankes, likewise tournyng on the +right hande, a longe the sides of the rankes that stande still, so +farre that he come to the hed of the other, and then to stand +still, and straight waie twoo Centurions onely, shall depart from +the front, and go to the backe of the battaile, the whiche cometh +to bee made in thesame maner, and with thesame order juste, as a +little afore I have shewed you. The Veliti muste stande a long, by +the flankes of thesame, accordyng as is disposed in the first waie, +whiche waie is called redoublyng by right line, this is called +redoublyng by flanke: the first waie is more easie, this is with +better order, and commeth better to passe, and you maie better +correcte it, after your owne maner, for that in redoublyng by +righte line, you muste bee ruled by the nomber, bicause five maketh +ten, ten twentie, twentie fourtie, so that with redoublyng by right +line, you cannot make a hedde of fiftene, nor of five and twentie, +nor of thirtie, nor of five and thirtie, but you must go where +thesame nomber will leade you. And yet it happeneth every daie in +particulare affaires, that it is convenient to make the forwarde +with sixe hundred, or eight hundred men, so that to redouble by +right line, should disorder you: therefore this liketh me better: +that difficultie that is, ought moste with practise, and with +exercise to bee made easie. Therefore I saie unto you, how it +importeth more then any thyng, to have the souldiours to know how +to set themselves in araie quickly, and it is necessarie to keepe +theim in this battaile, to exercise theim therin, and <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page85" id="page85"></a>{85}</span> to make them +to go apace, either forward or backward, to passe through +difficulte places, without troublyng thorder: for asmoche as the +souldiours, whiche can doe this well, be expert souldiours, and +although thei have never seen enemies in the face, thei maie be +called old souldiours, and contrariwise, those whiche cannot keepe +these orders, though thei have been in a thousande warres, thei +ought alwaies to be reputed new souldiours. This is, concernyng +setting them together, when thei are marching in small rankes: but +beyng set, and after beyng broken by some accident or chaunce, +whiche groweth either of the situacion, or of the enemie, to make +that in a sodaine, thei maie come into order againe, this is the +importaunce and the difficultie, and where is nedefull moche +exercise, and moche practise, and wherin the antiquitie bestowed +moche studie. Therefore it is necessarie to doe twoo thynges, +firste to have this battaile full of countersignes, the other, to +keepe alwaies this order, that those same men maie stand alwaies in +the ranke, which thei were firste placed in: as for insample, if +one have begon to stande in the seconde, that he stande after +alwaie in that, and not onely in that self same rancke, but in that +self same place: for the observyng whereof (as I have saied) bee +necessarie many countersignes. In especially it is requisite, that +the Ansigne bee after soche sorte countersigned, that companyng +with the other battailes, it maie be knowen from theim, accordyng +as the Conestable, and the Centurions have plumes of fethers in +their heddes differente, and easie to be knowen, and that whiche +importeth moste, is to ordaine that the peticapitaines bee knowen. +Whereunto the antiquitie had so moche care, that thei would have +nothing els written in their hedde peces, but the nomber that thei +were named by, callyng them firste, seconde, thirde, and fourthe +xc. And yet thei were not contented with this, but made every +souldiour to have written in his Targaet, the nomber of the ranke, +and the nomber of the place, in whiche ranke he was appoineted. +Then the menne being countersigned thus, and used to stande betwene +these limites, it is an easie thyng, thei <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page86" id="page86"></a>{86}</span> beyng +disordered, to sett theim all againe quickly into order: +considering, that the Ansigne standyng still, the Centurions, and +the Peticapitaines maie gesse their places by the iye, and beyng +brought the left of the left, the right of the right, with their +accustomed distance, the souldiours led by their rule, and by the +differences of the cognisances, maie be quickly in their proper +places, no otherwise, then as if the boordes of a tunne should bee +taken a sunder, whiche beyng first marked, moste easely maie bee +set together again, where thesame beyng not countersigned, were +impossible to bryng into order any more. These thynges, with +diligence and with exercise, are quickely taught, and quickly +learned, and beyng learned, with difficultie are forgotten: for +that the newe menne, be led of the olde, and with tyme, a Province +with these exercises, may become throughly practised in the war. It +is also necessarie to teache theim, to tourne theim selves all at +ones, and when neede requires, to make of the flankes, and of the +backe, the fronte, and of the front, flankes, or backe, whiche is +moste easie: bicause it suffiseth that every manne doe tourne his +bodie, towardes thesame parte that he is commaunded, and where thei +tourne their faces, there the fronte commeth to bee. True it is, +that when thei tourne to any of the flanckes, the orders tourne out +of their proporcion: for that from the breast to the backe, there +is little difference, and from the one flancke to the other, there +is verie moche distance, the whiche is al contrarie to the +ordinarie order of the battaile: therefore it is convenient, that +practise, and discrecion, doe place them as thei ought to be: but +this is small disorder, for that moste easely by themselves, thei +maie remedie it. But that whiche importeth more, and where is +requisite more practise, is when a battaile would tourne all at +ones, as though it were a whole bodie, here is meete to have greate +practise, and greate discrecion: bicause mindyng to tourne, as for +insample on the left hande, the left corner must stande still, and +those that be next to hym that standeth still, muste marche so +softly, that thei that bee in the right corner, nede not to runne: +otherwise <span class="pagenum"><a name="page87" id= +"page87"></a>{87}</span> all thing should be confounded. But +bicause it happeneth alwaies, when an armie marcheth from place to +place, that the battailes, whiche are not placed in the front, +shall be driven to faight not by hedde, but either by flancke, or +by backe, so that a battaile muste in a sodaine make of flancke, or +of backe, hedde: and mindyng that like battailes in soche cace, +maie have their proporcion, as above is declared, it is necessarie, +that thei have the Pikes on thesame flancke, that ought to be +hedde, and the Peticapitaines, Centurions, and Conestables, to +resorte accordyngly to their places. Therefore to mynde to dooe +this, in plasyng them together, you must ordeine the fower skore +rankes, of five in a ranke, thus: Set all the Pikes in the first +twentie rankes, and place the Peticapitaines thereof, five in the +first places, and five in the last: the other three score rankes, +whiche come after, bee all of Targaettes, whiche come to bee three +Centuries. Therefore, the first and the laste ranke of every +Centurion, would be Peticapitaines, the Conestable with the +Ansigne, and with the Drumme, muste stande in the middest of the +first Centurie of Targaettes, and the Centurions in the hed of +every Centurie. The bande thus ordained, when you would have the +Pikes to come on the left flancke, you must redouble Centurie by +Centurie, on the right flancke: if you would have them to come on +the right flancke, you must redouble theim on the lefte. And so +this battaile tourneth with the Pikes upon a flancke, and the +Conestable in the middeste: the whiche facion it hath marchyng: but +the enemie commyng, and the tyme that it would make of flancke +hedde, it nedeth not but to make every man to tourne his face, +towardes thesame flancke, where the Pikes be, and then the battaile +tourneth with the rankes, and with the heddes in thesame maner, as +is aforesaied: for that every man is in his place, excepte the +Centurions, and the Centurions straight waie, and without +difficultie, place themselves: But when thei in marchyng, should +bee driven to faight on the backe, it is convenient to ordein the +rankes after soch sorte, that settyng theim in battaile, the Pikes +maie come behinde, and to doe this, there is to bee kepte +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page88" id="page88"></a>{88}</span> +no other order, then where in orderyng the battaile, by the +ordinarie, every Centurie hath five rankes of Pikes before, to +cause that thei maie have them behind, and in all the other partes +to observe thorder, whiche I declared firste.</p> +<p>COSIMO. You have tolde (if I dooe well remember me) that this +maner of exercise, is to bee able to bryng these battailes together +into an armie, and that this practise, serveth to be able to order +theim selves in the same: But if it should happen, that these +CCCCL. men, should have to doe an acte seperate, how would you +order them?</p> +<p class="side">How a battaile is made with twoo hornes; The +orderyng of a battaile with a voide space in the middeste.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. He that leadeth them, ought then to judge, where he +will place the Pikes, and there to put them, the whiche doeth not +repugne in any part to the order above written: for that also, +though thesame bee the maner, that is observed to faighte a fielde, +together with thother battailes, notwithstandyng it is a rule, +whiche serveth to all those waies, wherein a band of menne should +happen to have to doe: but in shewyng you the other twoo waies of +me propounded, of ordering the battailes, I shal also satisfie you +more to your question: for that either thei are never used, or thei +are used when a battaile is a lone, and not in companie of other, +and to come to the waie of ordering them, with twoo hornes, I saie, +that thou oughteste to order the lxxx. rankes, five to a ranke, in +this maner. Place in the middest, one Centurion, and after hym xxv. +rankes, whiche muste bee with twoo Pikes on the lefte hande, and +with three Targaettes on the right, and after the first five, there +must be put in the twentie folowyng, twentie Peticapitaines, all +betwene the pikes, and the Targaettes, excepte those whiche beare +the Pike, whom maie stand with the Pikes: after these xxv. rankes +thus ordered, there is to be placed an other Centurion, and behinde +hym fiftene rankes of Targaettes: after these, the Conestable +betwene the Drum and the Ansigne, who also must have after him, +other fiftene rankes of Targaettes: after this, the thirde +Centurion must be placed, and behinde hym, xxv. rankes, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page89" id="page89"></a>{89}</span> +in every one of whiche, ought to bee three Targaettes on the lefte +flancke, and twoo Pikes on the right, and after the five first +rankes, there must be xx. Peticapitaines placed betwene the Pikes, +and the Targaettes: after these rankes, the fowerth Centurion must +folowe. Intendying therefore, of these rankes thus ordered, to make +a battaile with twoo hornes, the first Centurion must stand still, +with the xxv. rankes, whiche be behinde him, after the second +Centurion muste move, with the fiftene rankes of Targaettes, that +bee behinde hym, and to tourne on the right hande, and up by the +right flancke of the xxv. rankes, to go so farre, that he arrive to +the xv. ranke, and there to stande still: after, the Conestable +muste move, with the fiftene rankes of Targaettes, whiche be +behinde hym, and tournyng likewise on the right hande, up by the +right flancke of the fiftene rankes, that wer firste moved, muste +marche so farre, that he come to their heddes, and there to stand +stil: after, the thirde Centurion muste move with the xxv. rankes, +and with the fowerth Centurion, whiche was behinde, and turnyng up +straight, must go a long by the right flanck of the fiftene last +rankes of the Targaettes, and not to stande still when he is at the +heddes of them, but to followe marchyng so farre, that the laste +ranke of the xxv. maie come to be even with the rankes behinde. And +this dooen, the Centurion, whiche was hedde of the firste fiftene +rankes of Targaettes, must go awaie from thens where he stoode, and +go to the backe in the lefte corner: and thus a battaile shall be +made of xxv. rankes, after twentie men to a rank, with two hornes, +upon every side of the front, one horn, and every one, shall have +ten rankes, five to a ranke, and there shall remain a space betwene +the twoo hornes, as moche as containeth ten men, whiche tourne +their sides, the one to thother. Betwene the two hornes, the +capitain shall stande, and on every poinct of a horne, a Centurion: +There shall bee also behinde, on every corner, a Centurion: there +shal be twoo rankes of Pikes, and xx. Peticapitaines on every +flancke. These twoo hornes, serve to kepe betwene theim the +artillerie, when this battaile should have any <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page90" id="page90"></a>{90}</span> withit, and +the cariages: The Veliti muste stande a long the flankes, under the +Pikes. But mindyng to bring this horned battaile, with a voide +space in the middeste, there ought no other to bee doen, then of +fiftene rankes, of twentie to a ranke, to take eight rankes, and to +place them on the poinctes of the twoo hornes, whiche then of +hornes, become backe of the voide space, in this place, the +cariages are kept, the capitain standeth, and the Ansigne, but +never the Artillerie, the whiche is placed either in the front, or +a long the flankes. These be the waies, that a battaile maie use +when it is constrained to passe alone through suspected places: +notwithstandyng, the massive battaile without hornes, and without +any soche voide place is better, yet purposyng to assure the +disarmed, the same horned battaile is necessarie. The Suizzers make +also many facions of battailes, emong which, thei make one like +unto a crosse: bicause in the spaces that is betwen the armes +therof, thei kepe safe their Harkebuters from the daunger of the +enemies: but bicause soche battailes be good to faight by theim +selves, and my intente is to shew, how many battailes united, do +faight with thenemie, I wil not labour further in describing +them.</p> +<p>COSIMO. My thinkes I have verie well comprehended the waie, that +ought to be kept to exercise the men in these battailes: But (if I +remember me well) you have saied, how that besides the tenne +battailes, you joyne to the maine battaile, a thousande +extraordinarie Pikes, and five hundred extraordinarie Veliti: will +you not appoincte these to be exercised?</p> +<p class="side">To what purpose the Pikes and Velite extraordinarie +must serve.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I would have theim to bee exercised, and that with +moste great diligence: and the Pikes I would exercise, at leaste +Ansigne after Ansigne, in the orders of the battailes, as the +other: For as moche as these should doe me more servise, then the +ordinarie battailes, in all particulare affaires: as to make +guides, to get booties, and to doe like thynges: but the Veliti, I +would exercise at home, without bringing them together, for that +their office being to faight a sonder, it is not mete, that thei +should companie with <span class="pagenum"><a name="page91" id= +"page91"></a>{91}</span> other, in the common exercises: for that +it shall suffice, to exercise them well in the particular +exercises. Thei ought then (as I firste tolde you, nor now me +thynkes no labour to rehearse it againe) to cause their men to +exercise them selves in these battailes, whereby thei maie knowe +how to kepe the raie, to knowe their places, to tourne quickly, +when either enemie, or situacion troubleth them: for that, when +thei knowe how to do this, the place is after easely learned, which +a battaile hath to kepe, and what is the office thereof in the +armie: and when a Prince, or a common weale, will take the paine, +and will use their diligence in these orders, and in these +exercisyng, it shall alwaies happen, that in their countrie, there +shall bee good souldiours, and thei to be superiours to their +neighbours, and shalbe those, whiche shall give, and not receive +the lawes of other men: but (as I have saied) the disorder wherein +thei live, maketh that thei neclecte, and doe not esteme these +thynges, and therefore our armies be not good: and yet though there +were either hed, or member naturally vertuous, thei cannot shewe +it.</p> +<p>COSIMO. What carriages would you, that every one of these +battailes should have?</p> +<p class="side">Neither Centurion nor Peticapitaine, ought not to +ride; What carriages the Capitaines ought to have, and the nomber +of carrages requisite to every bande of menne.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Firste, I would that neither Centurion, nor +Peticapitain, should be suffered to ride: and if the Conestable +would nedes ride, I would that he should have a Mule, and not a +horse: I would allowe hym twoo carriages, and one to every +Centurion, and twoo to every three Peticapitaines, for that so many +wee lodge in a lodgyng, as in the place therof we shall tell you: +So that every battaile will come to have xxxvi. carriages, the +whiche I would should carrie of necessitie the tentes, the +vesselles to seeth meate, axes, barres of Iron, sufficient to make +the lodgynges, and then if thei can carry any other thyng, thei +maie dooe it at their pleasure.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I beleve that the heddes of you, ordeined in every one +of these battailes, be necessarie: albeit, I would doubt, lest that +so many commaunders, should confounde all.</p> +<p class="side">Without many capitaines, an armie cannot be +governed; To what purpose Ansignes ought to serve; For what purpose +Drummes oughte to bee used; The propertie that soundes of +instrumentes have in mens myndes.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. That should bee, when it were not referred to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page92" id="page92"></a>{92}</span> +one man, but referryng it, thei cause order, ye and without theim, +it is impossible to governe an armie: for that a wall, whiche on +every parte enclineth, requireth rather to have many proppes, and +thicke, although not so strong, then fewe, though thei were strong: +bicause the vertue of one a lone, doeth not remedie the ruine a +farre of. And therefore in tharmies, and emong every ten men, it is +convenient that there bee one, of more life, of more harte, or at +leaste wise of more aucthoritie, who with stomacke, with wordes, +and with example, maie kepe them constante, and disposed to faight, +and these thynges of me declared, bee necessarie in an armie, as +the Heddes, the Ansignes, and the Drummes, is seen that wee have +theim all in our armies, but none doeth his office. First to mynde +that the Peticapitaines doe thesame, for whiche thei are ordeined, +it is necessarie (as I have said) that there bee a difference, +betwene every one of them and their men, and that thei lodge +together, doyng their duties, standyng in thorder with them: for +that thei placed in their places, bee a rule and a temperaunce, to +maintaine the raies straight and steddie, and it is impossible that +thei disorder, or disorderyng, dooe not reduce themselves quickly +into their places. But we now adaies, doe not use them to other +purpose, then to give theim more wages, then to other menne, and to +cause that thei dooe some particulare feate: The very same +happeneth of the Ansigne bearers, for that thei are kept rather to +make a faire muster, then for any other warlike use: but the +antiquitie used theim for guides, and to bryng theim selves againe +into order: for that every man, so sone as the Ansigne stoode +still, knewe the place, that he kept nere to his Ansigne, wherunto +he retourned alwaies: thei knewe also, how that the same movyng, or +standyng, thei should staie, or move: therfore it is necessarie in +an armie, that there be many bodies, and every bande of menne to +have his Ansigne, and his guide: wherfore havyng this, it is mete +that thei have stomackes inough, and by consequence life enough. +Then the menne ought to marche, accordyng to the Ansigne: and the +Ansigne to move, accordyng to the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page93" id="page93"></a>{93}</span> Drumme, the whiche Drumme well +ordered, commaundeth to the armie, the whiche goyng with paces, +that answereth the tyme of thesame, will come to kepe easilie +thorders: for whiche cause the antiquitie had Shalmes, Flutes, and +soundes perfectly tymed: For as moche as like as he that daunseth, +proceadeth with the tyme of the Musick, and goyng with thesame +doeth not erre, even so an armie obeiyng, in movyng it self to +thesame sounde, doeth not disorder: and therefore, thei varied the +sounde, accordyng as thei would varie the mocion, and accordyng as +thei would inflame, or quiete, or staie the mindes of men: and like +as the soundes were divers, so diversly thei named them: the sounde +Dorico, ingendered constancie, the sounde Frigio, furie: whereby +thei saie, that Alexander beyng at the Table, and one soundyng the +sounde Frigio, it kendled so moche his minde, that he laied hande +on his weapons. All these maners should be necessarie to finde +again: and when this should bee difficulte, at least there would +not be left behind those that teache the Souldiour to obeie, the +whiche every man maie varie, and ordeine after his owne facion, so +that with practise, he accustome the eares of his souldiours to +knowe it: But now adaies of this sounde, there is no other fruicte +taken for the moste part, then to make a rumour.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I would desire to understande of you, if ever with your +self you have discourced, whereof groweth so moche vilenesse, and +so moche disorder, and so moche necligence in these daies of this +exercise?</p> +<p class="side">A notable discourse of the aucthour, declaryng +whereof groweth so moche vilenes disorder and necligence in these +daies, concernyng the exercises of warre.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. With a good will I will tell you thesame, that I +thinke. You knowe how that of the excellente men of warre, there +hath been named many in Europe, fewe in Affric, and lesse in Asia: +this grewe, for that these twoo laste partes of the worlde, have +had not paste one kyngdome, or twoo, and fewe common weales, but +Europe onely, hath had many kyngdomes, and infinite common weales, +where menne became excellent, and did shewe their vertue, accordyng +as thei were sette a woorke, and brought before their Prince, or +common weale, or king that he be: it <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page94" id="page94"></a>{94}</span> followeth therefore, that +where be many dominions, there rise many valiaunt menne, and where +be fewe, fewe. In Asia is founde Ninus, Cirus, Artasercses, +Mithridates: and verie fewe other, that to these maie be compared. +In Africk, is named (lettyng stande thesame auncient Egipt) +Massinissa, Jugurta, and those Capitaines, whiche of the +Carthaginens common weale were nourished, whom also in respecte to +those of Europe, are moste fewe: bicause in Europe, be excellente +men without nomber, and so many more should be, if together with +those should bee named the other, that be through the malignitie of +time extincte: for that the worlde hath been moste vertuous, where +hath been moste states, whiche have favoured vertue of necessitie, +or for other humaine passion. There rose therfore in Asia, fewe +excellente menne: bicause thesame Province, was all under one +kyngdome, in the whiche for the greatnesse thereof, thesame +standing for the moste parte of tyme idell, there could not growe +men in doynges excellent. To Africke there happened the verie same, +yet there were nourished more then in Asia, by reason of the +Carthaginens common weale: for that in common weales, there growe +more excellent men, then in kingdomes, bicause in common weales for +the most part, vertue is honoured, in Kyngdomes it is helde backe: +wherby groweth, that in thone, vertuous men are nourished, in the +other thei are extincte. Therefore he that shall consider the +partes of Europe, shall finde it to have been full of common +weales, and of princedomes, the whiche for feare, that the one had +of the other, thei wer constrained to kepe lively the warlike +orders, and to honor them, whiche in those moste prevailed: for +that in Grece, besides the kyngdome of the Macedonians, there were +many common weales, and in every one of theim, were bred moste +excellente men. In Italie, were the Romaines, the Sannites, the +Toscanes, the Gallie Cisalpini. Fraunce, and Almainie, wer ful of +common weales and princedomes. Spaine likewise: and although in +comparison of the Romaines, there are named fewe other, it groweth +through the malignitie of the writers, whom folowe fortune, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page95" id="page95"></a>{95}</span> +and to theim for the moste parte it suffised, to honour the +conquerours: but it standeth not with reason, that betwene the +Sannites, and the Toscanes, whom fought CL. yeres with the Romaine +people, before thei wer overcome, there should not growe exceadyng +many excellente menne. And so likewise in Fraunce, and in Spaine: +but that vertue, whiche the writers did not celebrate in particuler +menne, thei celebrated generally in the people, where thei exalte +to the starres, the obstinatenesse that was in them, to defende +their libertie. Beyng then true, that where bee moste dominions, +there riseth moste valiaunt menne, it foloweth of necessitie, that +extinguishyng those, vertue is extincte straighte waie, the +occasion decaiyng, whiche maketh menne vertuous. Therefore, the +Romaine Empire beyng after increased, and havyng extinguished all +the common weales, and Princedomes of Europe, and of Afrike, and +for the moste part those of Asia, it lefte not any waie to vertue, +excepte Rome: whereby grewe, that vertuous menne began to be as +fewe in Europe, as in Asia: the whiche vertue, came after to the +laste caste: For as moche, as all the vertue beyng reduced to +Roome, so sone as thesame was corrupted, almoste all the worlde +came to bee corrupted: and the Scithian people, were able to come +to spoile thesame Empire, the whiche had extinguished the vertue of +other, and knewe not howe to maintaine their owne: and after, +although through the inundacion of those barberous nacions, thesame +Empire was devided into many partes, this vertue is not renued:</p> +<p class="side">The causes why the aunciente orders are +neclected.</p> +<p>The one cause is, for that it greveth theim moche, to take +againe the orders when thei are marde, the other, bicause the maner +of livyng now adaies, having respect to the Christian religion, +commaundeth not thesame necessitie to menne, to defende themselves, +whiche in olde tyme was: for that then, the menne overcome in +warre, either were killed, or remained perpetuall slaves, where +thei led their lives moste miserably: The tounes overcome, either +were rased, or the inhabiters thereof driven out, their goodes +taken awaie, sent dispersed through the worlde: so that the +vanquished in warre, suffered all extreme miserie: <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page96" id="page96"></a>{96}</span> of this +feare, men beyng made afraied, thei wer driven to kepe lively the +warlike exercises, and thei honoured soche as were excellente in +theim: But nowe adaies, this feare for the moste part is not +regarded: of those that are overcom, fewe bee killed, none is kepte +longe in prison: for that with facelitie, thei are sette at +libertie: the citees also, whiche a thousande tymes have rebelled, +are not destroied, the men wherof, are let a lone with their +goodes, so that the greateste hurte that is feared, is but a taske: +in so moche, that men will not submit them selves to the orders of +warre, and to abide alwaies under those, to avoide the perilles +whereof thei are little afraied: again these Provinces of Europe, +be under a verie fewe heddes, in respecte as it hath been in times +past: for that al Fraunce, obeieth one kyng, al Spain, an other: +Italie is in fewe partes, so that the weake citees, are defended +with leanyng to hym that overcometh, and the strong states, for the +causes aforesaied, feare no soche extreme ruine.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Yet ther hath ben seen many tounes that have ben sacked +within this xxv. yeres, and lost their dominions, whose insample, +ought to teache other how to live, and to take again some of those +old orders.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You saie true: but if you note what tounes have gone +to sacke, you shall not finde that thei have been the heddes of +states, but of the members; as was seen sacked Tortona, and not +Milaine: Capua, and not Napelles, Brescia, and not Venice, Ravenna, +and not Roome: the whiche insamples maketh those that governe, not +to chaunge their purposes, but rather maketh them to stande more in +their opinion, to be able to redeme again all thynges with taskes, +and for this, thei will not submit theim selves to the troubles of +thexercises of warre, semyng unto them partly not necessarie, +partly, an intrinsicate matter, whiche thei understande not: Those +other, whiche bee subjectes to them, whom soche insamples ought to +make afraied, have no power to remedie it: and those Princes, that +have ones loste their estates, are no more able, and those which as +yet kept them, know not, nor wil not. Bicause thei will +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page97" id="page97"></a>{97}</span> +without any disease rain by fortune, and not by their vertue: for +that in the worlde beyng but little vertue, thei see fortune +governeth all thynges. And thei will have it to rule theim, not +thei to rule it. And to prove this that I have discoursed to bee +true, consider Almaine, in the whiche, bicause there is many +Princedomes, and common weales, there is moche vertue, and all +thesame, whiche in the present service of warre is good, dependeth +of the insamples of those people: who beyng all gellious of their +states, fearing servitude, the which in other places is not feared, +thei all maintaine theim selves Lordes, and honourable: this that I +have saied, shall suffice to shewe the occacions of the presente +utilitie, accordyng to my opinion: I cannot tell, whether it seeme +thesame unto you, or whether there be growen in you any +doubtyng.</p> +<p>COSIMO. None, but rather I understande all verie well: onely I +desire, tournyng to our principall matter, to understande of you, +how you would ordein the horses with these battailes, and how many, +and how thei should be governed, and how armed.</p> +<p class="side">The armyng of horsemen; The weapons that light +horsmenne should have; The nombre of horsmen requisite for a maine +bataille of six thousand men; The nombre of carrages that men of +armes and light horsmen ought to have.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You thinke peraventure, that I have left it behinde: +whereat doe not marvell, for that I purpose for twoo causes, to +speake therof little, the one is, for that the strengthe, and the +importaunce of an armie, is the footemen, the other is, bicause +this part of service of warre, is lesse corrupted, then thesame of +footemen. For that though it be not stronger then the old, yet it +maie compare with thesame, nevertheles ther hath been spoken a +little afore, of the maner of exercisyng them. And concernyng +tharmyng them, I would arme them as thei doe at this present, as +wel the light horsemen, as the menne of armes: but the light +horsemen, I would that thei should be all Crossebowe shuters, with +some Harkebutters emong them: the whiche though in the other +affaires of warre, thei bee little profitable, thei be for this +most profitable, to make afraied the countrie menne, and to drive +them from a passage, that were kept of them: bicause a Harkebutter, +shall feare them more, then twentie other armed. But commyng to the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page98" id="page98"></a>{98}</span> +nomber, I saie, that having taken in hand, to imitate the service +of warre of the Romaines, I would not ordein more then three +hundred horse, profitable for every maine battaile, of whiche I +would that there were CL. men of armes, and CL. light horsmen, and +I would give to every one of these partes, a hedde, making after +emong them fiftene peticapitaines for a bande, givyng to every one +of them a Trompet, and a standarde: I would that every ten menne of +armes, should have five carriages, and every ten light horsemen +twoo, the whiche as those of the footemen, should carrie the +tentes, the vesselles, and the axes, and the stakes, and the rest +of their other harneis. Nor beleve not but that it is disorder, +where the menne of armes have to their service fower horse, bicause +soche a thyng is a corrupt use: for that the men of armes in +Almaine, are seen to bee with their horse alone, every twentie of +theim, havyng onely a carte, that carrieth after them their +necessary thynges. The Romaine horsemen, were likewise a lone: true +it is, that the Triary lodged nere them, whiche wer bound to +minister helpe unto theim, in the kepyng of their horses the whiche +maie easely be imitated of us, as in the distributyng of the +lodgynges, I shall shewe you. Thesame then that the Romaines did, +and that whiche the Duchmen doe now a daies, we maie doe also, ye, +not doyng it, we erre. These horses ordained and appoincted +together with a main battaile, maie sometymes be put together, when +the battailes bee assembled, and to cause that betwene theim bee +made some sight of assault, the whiche should be more to make them +acquainted together, then for any other necessitie. But now of this +part, there hath been spoke sufficiently, wherefore let us facion +the armie, to be able to come into the field against the enemie, +and hope to winne it: whiche thyng is the ende, for whiche the +exercise of warre is ordeined, and so moche studie therein +bestowed.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page101" id= +"page101"></a>{101}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-3" id="warre-3">THE THIRDE BOOKE</a></h2> +<p>COSIMO. <img width="10%" src="images/image-s.png" alt="S" /> +eeing that we chaunge reasonyng, I will that the demaunder be +chaunged: bicause I would not be thought presumptuous, the which I +have alwaies blamed in other: therfore, I resigne the Dictatorship, +and give this aucthoritie to hym that will have it, of these my +other frendes.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. We would be moste glad, that you should procede, but +seyng that you will not, yet tell at leaste, whiche of us shall +succede in your place.</p> +<p>COSIMO. I will give this charge to signor Fabricio.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I am content to take it, and I will that we folowe the +Venecian custome, that is, that the youngeste speake firste: +bicause this beyng an exercise for yong men, I perswade my self, +that yong menne, bee moste apt to reason thereof, as thei be moste +readie to execute it.</p> +<p>COSIMO. Then it falleth to you Luigi: and as I have pleasure of +soche a successour, so you shal satisfie your self of soche a +demaunder: therefore I praie you, let us tourne to the matter, and +let us lese no more tyme.</p> +<p class="side">The greateste disorder that is used now a daies in +pitching of a fielde; The order how a Romain Legion was appoincted +to faight; The maner that the Grekes used in their Falangi, when +thei fought against their enemies; The order that the Suizzers use +in their main battailes when thei faight; Howe to appoincte a main +battaile with armour and weapons, and to order thesame after the +Greke and Romain maner.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I am certain, that to mynde to shewe wel, how an armie +is prepared, to faight a fielde, it should be necessarie to +declare, how the Grekes, and the Romaines ordeined the bandes of +their armies: Notwithstandyng, you your selves, beeyng able to +rede, and to consider these tnynges, by meanes of the auncient +writers. I will passe <span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" id= +"page102"></a>{102}</span> over many particulars: and I will onely +bryng in those thynges, whiche I thinke necessarie to imitate, +mindyng at this tyme, to give to our exercise of warre, some parte +of perfection: The whiche shall make, that in one instant, I shall +shewe you, how an armie is prepared to the field, and how it doeth +incounter in the verie faight, and how it maie be exercised in the +fained. The greatest disorder, that thei make, whiche ordeine an +armie to the fielde, is in giving them onely one fronte, and to +binde them to one brunt, and to one fortune: the whiche groweth, of +havyng loste the waie, that the antiquitie used to receive one +bande within an other: bicause without this waie, thei can neither +succour the formoste, nor defende them, nor succede in the faight +in their steede: the whiche of the Romaines, was moste excellently +well observed. Therefore, purposyng to shewe this waie, I saie, how +that the Romaines devided into iii. partes every Legion, in +Hastati, Prencipi, and Triarii, of which, the Hastati wer placed in +the first front, or forward of the armie, with thorders thicke and +sure, behinde whom wer the Prencipi, but placed with their orders +more thinne: after these, thei set the Triarii, and with so moche +thinnes of orders, that thei might, if nede wer, receive betwene +them the Prencipi, and the Hastati. Thei had besides these, the +Slingers, and Crosbowshoters, and the other lighte armed, the +whiche stoode not in these orders, but thei placed them in the bed +of tharmie, betwene the horses and the other bandes of footemen: +therefore these light armed, began the faight, if thei overcame +(whiche happened seldom times) thei folowed the victorie: if thei +were repulced, thei retired by the flanckes of the armie, or by the +spaces ordained for soche purposes, and thei brought them selves +emong the unarmed: after the departure of whom, the Hastati +incountered with the enemie, the whiche if thei saw themselves to +be overcome, thei retired by a little and little, by the rarenesse +of thorders betwene the Prencipi, and together with those, thei +renued the faight if these also wer repulced, thei retired al in +the rarenesse of the orders of the Triarii, and al together on a +heape, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page103" id= +"page103"></a>{103}</span> began againe the faight: and then, if +thei were overcome, there was no more remeady, bicause there +remained no more waies to renue them again. The horses stoode on +the corners of the armie, to the likenes of twoo winges to a bodie, +and somewhiles thei fought with the enemies horses, an other while, +thei rescued the fotmen, according as nede required. This waie of +renuyng theim selves three tymes, is almoste impossible to +overcome: for that, fortune muste three tymes forsake thee, and the +enemie to have so moche strengthe, that three tymes he maie +overcome thee. The Grekes, had not in their Falangi, this maner of +renuyng them selves, and although in those wer many heddes, and +many orders, notwithstandyng, thei made one bodie, or els one +hedde: the maner that thei kepte in rescuyng the one the other was, +not to retire the one order within the other, as the Romaines, but +to enter the one manne into the place of the other: the which thei +did in this maner. Their Falange brought into rankes, and admit, +that thei put in a ranke fiftie menne, commyng after with their +hedde againste the enemie, of all the rankes the foremoste sixe, +mighte faight: Bicause their Launces, the whiche thei called +Sarisse, were so long, that the sixt ranke, passed with the hedde +of their Launces, out of the first ranke: then in faightyng, if any +of the first, either through death, or through woundes fell, +straight waie there entered into his place, thesame man, that was +behinde in the second ranke, and in the place that remained voide +of the seconde, thesame man entred, whiche was behind hym in the +thirde, and thus successively, in a sodaine the rankes behinde, +restored the faultes of those afore, so that the rankes alwaies +remained whole, and no place of the faighters was voide, except the +laste rankes, the whiche came to consume, havyng not menne behinde +their backes, whom might restore theim: So that the hurte that the +first rankes suffered, consumed the laste, and the firste remained +alwaies whole: and thus these Falangi by their order, might soner +be consumed, then broken, for that the grosse bodie, made it more +immovable. The Romaines used at the beginnyng the Falangi, and did +set <span class="pagenum"><a name="page104" id= +"page104"></a>{104}</span> in order their Legions like unto them: +after, this order pleased them not, and thei devided the Legions +into many bodies, that is, in bandes and companies: Bicause thei +judged (as a little afore I saied) that thesame bodie, should have +neede of many capitaines, and that it should be made of sunderie +partes, so that every one by it self, might be governed. The maine +battailes of the Suizzers, use at this present, all the maners of +the Falangi, as well in ordryng it grosse, and whole, as in +rescuyng the one the other: and in pitchyng the field, thei set the +main battailes, thone to the sides of the other: and though thei +set them the one behinde the other, thei have no waie, that the +firste retiryng it self, maie bee received of the seconde, but thei +use this order, to the entent to bee able to succour the one +thother, where thei put a maine battaile before, and an other +behinde thesame on the right hande: so that if the first have nede +of helpe, that then the other maie make forewarde, and succour it: +the third main battaile, thei put behind these, but distant from +them, a Harkebus shot: this thei doe, for that thesaid two main +battailes being repulced, this maie make forwarde, and have space +for theim selves, and for the repulced, and thesame that marcheth +forward, to avoide the justling of the one the other: for asmoche +as a grosse multitude, cannot bee received as a little bodie: and +therefore, the little bodies beyng destincte, whiche were in a +Romaine Legion, might be placed in soche wise, that thei might +receive betwene theim, and rescue the one the other. And to prove +this order of the Suizzers not to be so good, as the auncient +Romaines, many insamples of the Romain Legions doe declare, when +thei fought with the Grekes Falangi, where alwaies thei were +consumed of theim: for that the kinde of their weapons (as I have +said afore) and this waie of renuyng themselves, could do more, +then the massivenesse of the Falangi. Havyng therefore, with these +insamples to ordaine an armie, I have thought good, partly to +retaine the maner of armyng and the orders of the Grekes Falangi, +and partely of the Romain Legions: and therfore I have saied, that +I would have in a main battaile, twoo <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page105" id="page105"></a>{105}</span> thousande +pikes, whiche be the weapons of the Macedonicall Falangi, and three +thousande Targaettes with sweardes, whiche be the Romain weapons: I +have devided the main battaile, into x. battailes, as the Romaines +their Legion into ten Cohortes: I have ordeined the Veliti, that is +the light armed, to begin the faight, as the Romaines used: and +like as the weapons beyng mingled, doe participate of thone and of +the other nacion, so the orders also doe participate: I have +ordained, that every battaile shall have v. rankes of Pikes in the +fronte, and the rest of Targaettes, to bee able with the front, to +withstande the horses, and to enter easely into the battaile of the +enemies on foot, having in the firste fronte, or vawarde, Pikes, as +well as the enemie, the whiche shall suffice me to withstande them, +the Targaettes after to overcome theim. And if you note the vertue +of this order, you shal se al these weapons, to doe fully their +office, for that the Pikes, bee profitable against the horses, and +when thei come against the footemenne, thei dooe their office well, +before the faight throng together, bicause so sone as thei presse +together, thei become unprofitable: wherefore, the Suizzers to +avoide this inconvenience, put after everye three rankes of Pikes, +a ranke of Halberdes, the whiche they do to make roome to the +Pikes, which is not yet so much as suffiseth. Then putting our +Pikes afore, and the Targaettes behinde, they come to withstande +the horses, and in the beginning of the fight, they open the rayes, +and molest the footemen: But when the fight is thrust together, and +that they become unprofitable, the Targaettes and swoords succeede, +which may in every narowe place be handled.</p> +<p>LUIGI. Wee looke nowe with desire to understande, howe you would +ordeyne the armie to fighte the fielde, with these weapons, and +with these order.</p> +<p class="side">The nomber of men that was in a Counsulles armie; +How the Romaines placed their Legions in the field; How to order an +armie in the fielde to fighte a battaile, according to the minde of +the authour; How the extraordinary pikes bee placed in the set +battaile; The place where thextraordinarie archars and +harkebutters, and the men of armes and lighte horsmen ought to +stande when the field is pitched, and goeth to faighte the +battaile; The ordinarie archars and harkebutters are placed aboute +their owne battailes; The place where the generall hedde of a maine +battaile muste stande, when thesame power of men is appoincted to +faight; What menne a general capitain of a maine battaile oughte to +have aboute hym; The place wher a general capitain of all thearmie +must stand when the battaile is ready to be fought and what nomber +of chosen men oughte to be aboute hym; How many canons is requisite +for an armie, and of what sise they ought to bee; Where the +artillerie ought to be placed when thearmie is reedie to fight; An +armie that were ordered as above is declared, maie in fighting, use +the Grekes maner, and the Roman fashion; To what purpose the spaces +that be betwene every bande of men do serve.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. And I will not nowe shewe you other, then this: you +have to understande, how that in an ordinarye Romane armie, which +they call a Consull armie, there were no more, then twoo Legions of +Romane Citezens which were sixe hundred horse, and about aleven +thousande footemen: they had besides as many more footemen and +horsemen, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" id= +"page106"></a>{106}</span> whiche were sente them from their +friends and confiderates, whome they divided into twoo partes, and +called the one, the right horne and the other the left horne: nor +they never permitted, that these aiding footemen, should passe the +nomber of the footemen of their Legions, they were well contented, +that the nomber of those horse shoulde be more then theirs: with +this armie, which was of xxii. thousand footemen, and about twoo +thousande good horse, a Consul executed all affaires, and went to +all enterprises: yet when it was needefull to set against a greater +force, twoo Consulles joyned together with twoo armies. You ought +also to note in especially, that in all the three principall actes, +which an armie doth that is, to march, to incampe, and to fight, +the Romanes used to put their Legions in the middeste, for that +they woulde, that the same power, wherein they most trusted, +shoulde bee moste united, as in the reasoning of these three actes, +shall be shewed you: those aiding footemen, through the practise +they had with the Legion Souldiours, were as profitable as they, +because they were instructed, according as the souldiours of the +Legions were, and therefore, in like maner in pitching the field, +they pitched. Then he that knoweth how the Romaines disposed a +Legion in their armie, to fight a field, knoweth how they disposed +all: therefor, having tolde you how they devided a Legion into +three bandes, and how the one bande received the other, I have then +told you, how al tharmie in a fielde, was ordained. Wherefore, I +minding to ordain a field like unto the Romaines, as they had twoo +Legions, I will take ii. main batailes, and these being disposed, +the disposicion of all an armie shalbe understode therby: bycause +in joyning more men, there is no other to be doen, then to ingrosse +the orders: I thinke I neede not to rehearse how many men a maine +battaile hath, and howe it hath ten battailes, and what heades bee +in a battaile and what weapons they have, and which be the +ordinarie Pikes and Veliti, and which the extraordinarie for that a +litle a fore I told you it destinctly, and I willed you to kepe it +in memorie as a necessarie thing to purpose, to understande +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page107" id= +"page107"></a>{107}</span> all the other orders: and therfore I +will come to the demonstracion of the order without repeating it +any more: Me thinkes good, that the ten battailes of one main +battaile be set on the left flanke, and the tenne other, of the +other main battaile, on the right: these that are placed on the +left flanke, be ordeined in this maner, there is put five battailes +the one to the side of the other in the fronte, after suche sorte, +that betweene the one and the other, there remaine a space of three +yardes, whiche come to occupie for largenesse Cvi. yardes, of +ground, and for length thirtie: behinde these five battailes, I +would put three other distante by right line from the firste +thirtie yardes: twoo of the whiche, should come behinde by right +line, to the uttermoste of the five, and the other should kepe the +space in the middeste, and so these three, shall come to occupie +for bredth and length, as moche space, as the five doeth. But where +the five have betwene the one, and the other, a distaunce of three +yardes, these shall have a distance of xxv. yardes. After these, I +would place the twoo last battailes, in like maner behinde the +three by right line, and distaunte from those three, thirtie +yardes, and I would place eche of theim, behinde the uttermoste +part of the three, so that the space, whiche should remain betwen +the one and the other, should be lxviii. yardes: then al these +battailes thus ordered, will take in bredth Cvi. yardes, and in +length CL. Thextraordinarie Pikes, I would deffende a long the +flanckes of these battailes, on the left side, distante from them +fiftene yardes, makyng Cxliij. rankes, seven to a ranke, after +soche sorte, that thei maie impale with their length, all the left +sixe of the tenne battailes in thesame wise, declared of me to be +ordained: and there shall remain fourtie rankes to keepe the +carriages, and the unarmed, whiche ought to remaine in the taile of +the armie, distributyng the Peticapitaines, and the Centurions, in +their places: and of the three Conestables, I would place one in +the hedde, the other in the middeste, the third in the laste ranke, +the whiche should execute the office of a Tergiductore, whom the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page108" id= +"page108"></a>{108}</span> antiquitie so called hym, that was +appoincted to the backe of the armie. But retournyng to the hedde +of the armie, I saie how that I would place nere to the +extraordinarie pikes, the Veliti extraordinarie, whiche you knowe +to be five hundred, and I would give them a space of xxx. yardes: +on the side of these likewise on the left hande, I would place the +menne of armes, and I would thei should have a space of a Cxii. +yardes: after these, the light horsemen, to whom I would appoinct +as moche ground to stande in, as the menne of armes have: the +ordinarie veliti, I would leave about their owne battailes, who +should stand in those spaces, whiche I appoincte betwene thone +battaile and thother: whom should be as their ministers, if +sometyme I thought not good to place them under the extraordinarie +Pikes: in dooyng or not doyng whereof, I would proceade, accordyng +as should tourne best to my purpose. The generall hedde of all the +maine battaile, I would place in thesame space, that were betwene +the first and the seconde order of the battailes, or els in the +hedde, and in thesame space, that is betwene the laste battaile of +the firste five, and the extraordinarie Pikes, accordyng as beste +should serve my purpose, with thirtie or fourtie chosen men about +hym, that knewe by prudence, how to execute a commission, and by +force, to withstande a violence, and thei to be also betwen the +Drumme and the Ansigne: this is thorder, with the whiche I would +dispose a maine battaile, whiche should bee the disposyng of halfe +the armie, and it should take in breadth three hundred fourscore +and twoo yardes, and in length as moche as above is saied, not +accomptyng the space, that thesame parte of the extraordinarie +Pikes will take, whiche muste make a defence for the unarmed, +whiche will bee aboute lxxv. yardes: the other maine battaile, I +would dispose on the righte side, after the same maner juste, as I +have disposed that on the lefte, leavyng betwene the one main +battaile, and thother, a space of xxii. yardes: in the hedde of +whiche space, I would set some little carriages of artillerie, +behynde the whiche, should stande the generall capitaine of all the +armie, and should have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page109" id= +"page109"></a>{109}</span> about hym with the Trumpet, and with the +Capitaine standerde, twoo hundred menne at least, chosen to be on +foote the moste parte, emongest whiche there should be tenne or +more, mete to execute all commaundementes, and should bee in soche +wise a horsebacke, and armed, that thei mighte bee on horsebacke, +and on foote, accordyng as neede should require. The artillerie of +the armie, suffiseth ten Cannons, for the winning of Townes, whose +shotte shoulde not passe fiftie pounde: the whiche in the fielde +should serve mee more for defence of the campe, then for to fight +the battaile: The other artillerie, should bee rather of ten, then +of fifteene pounde the shotte: this I would place afore on the +front of all the armie, if sometime the countrie should not stande +in such wise, that I mighte place it by the flancke in a sure +place, where it mighte not of the enemie be in daunger: this +fashion of an armie thus ordered, may in fighting, use the order of +the Falangi, and the order of the Romane Legions: for that in the +fronte, bee Pikes, all the men bee set in the rankes, after such +sorte, that incountering with the enemie, and withstanding him, +maye after the use of the Falangi, restore the firste ranckes, with +those behinde: on the other parte, if they be charged so sore, that +they be constrayned to breake the orders, and to retire themselves, +they maye enter into the voide places of the seconde battailes, +which they have behinde them, and unite their selves with them, and +making a new force, withstande the enemie, and overcome him: and +when this sufficeth not, they may in the verie same maner, retire +them selves the seconde time, and the third fight: so that in this +order, concerning to fight, there is to renue them selves, both +according to the Greeke maner, and according to the Romane: +concerning the strength of the armie, there cannot be ordayned a +more stronger: for as much, as the one and the other borne therof, +is exceedingly well replenished, both with heades, and weapons, nor +there remayneth weake, other then the part behinde of the unarmed, +and the same also, hath the flanckes impaled with the +extraordinarie Pikes: nor the enemie can not of anye parte +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" id= +"page110"></a>{110}</span> assaulte it, where he shall not finde it +well appointed, and the hinder parte can not be assaulted: Because +there can not bee an enemie, that hath so much puissaunce, whome +equallye maye assault thee on everye side: for that hee having so +great a power, thou oughtest not then to matche thy selfe in the +fielde with him: but when he were three times more then thou, and +as well appointed as thou, hee doth weaken him selfe in assaulting +thee in divers places, one part that thou breakest, will cause all +the reste go to naughte: concerning horses, although he chaunce to +have more then thine, thou needest not feare: for that the orders +of the Pikes, which impale thee, defende thee from all violence of +them, although thy horses were repulced. The heades besides this, +be disposed in such place, that they may easyly commaunde, and +obeye: the spaces that bee between the one battaile, and the other, +and betweene the one order, and the other, not onely serve to be +able to receyve the one the other, but also to give place to the +messengers, whiche should go and come by order of the Capitayne. +And as I tolde you firste, howe the Romanes had for an armie, +aboute foure and twentie thousande men, even so this oughte to bee: +and as the other souldiours tooke ensample of the Legions, for the +maner of fighting, and the fashion of the armie, so those +souldiours, whiche you shoulde joyne to oure twoo mayne battailes, +oughte to take the forme and order of them: whereof having put you +an ensample, it is an easye matter to imitate it, for that +increasing, either twoo other mayne battailes unto the armie, or as +many other souldiours, as they bee, there is no other to bee done, +then to double the orders, and where was put tenne battailes on the +lefte parte, to put twentie, either ingrossing, or distending the +orders, according as the place, or the enemie shoulde compell +thee.</p> +<p>LUIGI. Surelye sir I imagine in suche wise of this armie, that +mee thinkes I nowe see it, and I burne with a desire to see it +incounter, and I woulde for nothing in the worlde, that you shoulde +become Fabius Maximus intendyng to kepe the enemie at a baie, and +to deferre the daie of battaile: <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page111" id="page111"></a>{111}</span> bicause I would saie worse +of you, then the Romain people saied of hym.</p> +<p class="side">The descripcion of a battaile that is a +faightyng.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Doubt not: Doe you not heare the artillerie? Ours have +alredie shotte, but little hurte the enemie: and thextraordinarie +Veliti, issuyng out of their places together with the light +horsemen, moste speadely, and with moste merveilous furie, and +greateste crie that maie be, thei assaulte the enemie: whose +artillerie hath discharged ones, and hath passed over the heddes of +our footemen, without doyng them any hurt, and bicause it cannot +shoote the seconde tyme, the Veliti, and our horsemen, have nowe +gotten it, and the enemies for to defende it, are come fore warde, +so that neither our ordinaunce, nor thenemies, can any more doe +their office. Se with how moche vertue, strengthe and agilitie our +men faighteth, and with how moche knowledge through the exercise, +whiche hath made them to abide, and by the confidence, that thei +have in the armie, the whiche, see, how with the pace therof, and +with the men of armes on the sides, it marcheth in good order, to +give the charge on the adversarie: See our artillerie, whiche to +give theim place, and to leave them the space free, is retired by +thesame space, from whens the Veliti issued: See how the capitaine +incourageth them, sheweth them the victorie certain: See how the +Veliti and light horsemen bee inlarged, and retourned on the +flanckes of tharmie, to seke and view, if thei maie by the flanck, +doe any injurie to the adversaries: behold how the armies be +affronted. Se with how moche valiauntnesse thei have withstode the +violence of thenemies, and with how moche silence, and how the +capitain commaundeth the menne of armes, that thei sustain, and not +charge, and that thei breake not from the order of the footemen: +see how our light horsemen be gone, to give the charge on a band of +the enemies Harkebutters, whiche would have hurt our men by +flancke, and how the enemies horse have succoured them, so that +tourned betwene the one and the other horse, thei cannot shoote, +but are faine to retire behinde their owne battaile: see with what +furie our Pikes doe also affront, and <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page112" id="page112"></a>{112}</span> how the +footemen be now so nere together the one to the other, that the +Pikes can no more be occupied: so that according to the knowlege +learned of us, our pikes do retire a little and a little betwen the +targaettes. Se how in this while a great bande of men of armes of +the enemies, have charged our men of armes on the lefte side, and +how ours, accordyng to knowlege, bee retired under the +extraordinarie Pikes, and with the help of those, giving again a +freshe charge, have repulced the adversaries, and slain a good part +of them: in so moche, that thordinarie pikes of the first +battailes, be hidden betwene the raies of the Targaettes, thei +havyng lefte the faight to the Targaet men: whom you maie see, with +how moche vertue, securitie, and leasure, thei kill the enemie: see +you not how moche by faightyng, the orders be thrust together? That +thei can scarse welde their sweardes? Behold with how moche furie +the enemies move: bicause beyng armed with the pike, and with the +swerd unprofitable (the one for beyng to long, the other for +findyng thenemie to well armed) in part thei fall hurt or dedde, in +parte thei flie. See, thei flie on the righte corner, thei flie +also on the lefte: behold, the victorie is ours. Have not we wonne +a field moste happely? But with more happinesse it should bee +wonne, if it were graunted me to put it in acte. And see, how there +neded not the helpe of the seconde, nor of the third order, for our +first fronte hath sufficed to overcome theim: in this part, I have +no other to saie unto you, then to resolve if any doubt be growen +you.</p> +<p class="side">Questions concerning the shotyng of ordinaunce.</p> +<p>LUIGI. You have with so moche furie wonne this fielde that I so +moche mervaile and am so astonied, that I beleve that I am not able +to expresse, if any doubt remain in my mynde: yet trustyng in your +prudence, I will be so bolde to tell thesame that I understande. +Tell me firste, why made you not your ordinaunce to shoote more +then ones? And why straighte waie you made them to retire into +tharmie, nor after made no mension of them? Me thought also, that +you leveled the artillerie of the enemie high, and appoincted it +after your own devise: the whiche might very <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page113" id="page113"></a>{113}</span> well bee, +yet when it should happen, as I beleve it chaunseth often, that +thei strike the rankes, what reamedie have you? And seyng that I +have begun of the artillerie, I will finishe all this question, to +the intente I nede not to reason therof any more. I have heard many +dispraise the armours, and the orders of the aunciente armies, +arguyng, how now a daies, thei can doe little, but rather should +bee altogether unprofitable, havyng respecte to the furie of the +artillerie: bicause, this breaketh the orders, and passeth the +armours in soche wise, that it semeth unto them a foolishenesse to +make an order, whiche cannot bee kepte, and to take pain to beare a +harneis, that cannot defende a man.</p> +<p class="side">An aunswere to the questions that were demaunded, +concernyng the shoting of ordinaunce; The best remedie to avoide +the hurte that the enemie in the fielde maie doe with his +ordinaunce; A policie against bowes and dartes; Nothyng causeth +greater confusion in an armie, than to hinder mennes fightes; +Nothing more blindeth the sight of men in an armie, then the smoke +of ordinaunce; A policie to trouble the enemies sight; The shotte +of greate ordinaunce in the fielde, is not moche to bee feared of +fotemenne; Bicause menne of armes stand closer together then light +horsmen, thei ought to remaine behinde the armie till the enemies +ordinaunce have done shootyng; The artillerie is no let, why the +auncient orders of warfar ought not to be used in these daies.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. This question of yours (bicause it hath many heddes) +hath neede of a long aunswere. It is true, that I made not +thartillery to shoote more than ones, and also of thesame ones, I +stoode in doubte: the occasion was, for asmoche as it importeth +more, for one to take hede not to be striken, then it importeth to +strike the enemie. You have to understande, that to purpose that a +pece of ordinaunce hurte you not, it is necessarie either to stande +where it cannot reche you, or to get behinde a wall, or behinde a +banke: other thing there is not that can witholde it: and it is +nedefull also, that the one and the other be moste strong. Those +capitaines whiche come to faight a field, cannot stand behind a +wal, or behind bankes, nor where thei maie not be reached: therfore +it is mete for them, seyng thei cannot finde a waie to defende +them, to finde some mean, by the whiche thei maie be least hurte: +nor thei cannot finde any other waie, then to prevente it quickly: +the waie to prevent it, is to go to finde it out of hande, and +hastely, not at leasure and in a heape: for that through spede, the +blowe is not suffered to bee redoubled, and by the thinnesse, lesse +nomber of menne maie be hurt. This, a bande of menne ordered, +cannot dooe; bicause if thesame marche hastely, it goweth out of +order: if it go scattered, the enemie shall have no paine to breake +it, for that it breaketh by it self: and therfore, I ordered the +armie after soche sorte, that it might dooe the one thyng +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" id= +"page114"></a>{114}</span> and the other: for as moche as havyng +set in the corners thereof, a thousande Veliti, I appoincted that +after that our ordinaunce had shotte, thei should issue out +together with the light horsemen, to get the enemies artillerie: +and therfore, I made not my ordinance to shoote again, to the +intente, to give no tyme to the enemie to shoote: Bicause space +could not be given to me, and taken from other men, and for thesame +occasion, where I made my ordinaunce not to shoote the seconde +tyme, was for that I would not have suffered the enemie to have +shot at al, if I had could: seyng that to mynde that the enemies +artillerie be unprofitable, there is no other remedie, but to +assaulte it spedely: for as moche as if the enemies forsake it, +thou takeste it, if thei will defende it, it is requisite that thei +leave it behind, so that being possessed of enemies, and of +frendes, it cannot shoote. I would beleve, that with out insamples +these reasons should suffice you, yet beyng able to shewe olde +ensamples, to prove my saiynges true, I will. Ventidio commyng to +faight a field with the Parthians, whose strength for the moste +part, consisted in bowes and arrowes, he suffered theim almoste to +come harde to his campe, before he drewe out his armie, the whiche +onely he did, to be able quickly to prevent them: and not to give +them space to shoote. Cesar when he was in Fraunce, maketh mencion, +that in faighting a battaile with the enemies, he was with so moche +furie assaulted of them, that his menne had no time to whorle their +Dartes, accordyng to the custome of the Romaines: wherfore it is +seen, that to intende, that a thyng that shooteth farre of, beyng +in the field, doe not hurte thee, there is no other remedy, then +with as moche celeritie as maie bee, to prevente it. An other cause +moved me to procede, without shotyng the ordinaunce, whereat +peradventure you will laugh: yet I judge not that it is to be +dispraised. Ther is nothyng that causeth greater confusion in an +armie, then to hinder mennes fightes: whereby many moste puisaunte +armies have been broken, by meanes their fighte hath been letted, +either with duste, or with the Sunne: yet there is nothyng, that +more letteth the sight <span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" id= +"page115"></a>{115}</span> then the smoke that the artillerie +maketh in shotyng: therfore, I would thinke that it wer more +wisedome, to suffer the enemie to blinde hymself, then to purpose +(thou being blind) to go to finde hym: for this cause, either I +would not shote, or (for that this should not be proved, +considering the reputacion that the artillerie hath) I would place +it on the corners of the armie, so that shootyng, it should not +with the smoke thereof, blinde the front of thesame, whiche is the +importaunce of my men. And to prove that it is a profitable thyng, +to let the sight of the enemie, there maie be brought for insample +Epaminondas, whom to blind the enemies armie, whiche came to faight +with hym, he caused his light horsemen, to run before the fronte of +the enemies, to raise up the duste, and to lette their sight, +whereby he gotte the victorie. And where it semeth unto you, that I +have guided the shot of the artillerie, after my owne devise, +making it to passe over the heddes of my men, I answer you, that +most often tymes, and without comparison, the greate ordinaunce +misse the footemen, moche soner than hitte theim: for that the +footemen are so lowe, and those so difficult to shoote; that every +little that thou raisest theim, thei passe over the heddes of men: +and if thei be leveled never so little to lowe, thei strike in the +yearth, and the blowe cometh not to theim: also the unevenesse of +the grounde saveth them, for that every little hillocke, or high +place that is, betwene the men and thordinance, letteth the shot +therof. And concernyng horsmen, and in especially men of armes, +bicause thei ought to stand more close together, then the light +horsemen, and for that thei are moche higher, maie the better be +stroken, thei maie, untill the artillerie have shotte, be kepte in +the taile of the armie. True it is, that the Harkebutters doe moche +more hurt, and the field peces, then the greate ordinance, for the +whiche, the greatest remedy is, to come to hande strokes quickly: +and if in the firste assaulte, there be slaine some, alwaies there +shall bee slaine: but a good capitaine, and a good armie, ought not +to make a coumpte of a hurte, that is particulare, but of a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" id= +"page116"></a>{116}</span> generall, and to imitate the Suizzers, +whom never eschue to faight, beyng made afraied of the artillerie: +but rather punishe with death those, whiche for feare thereof, +either should go out of the ranke, or should make with his body any +signe of feare. I made them (so sone as thei had shotte) to bee +retired into the armie, that thei might leave the waie free for the +battaile: I made no more mencion of theim, as of a thyng +unprofitable, the faight beyng begun. You have also saied, that +consideryng the violence of this instrument, many judge the +armours, and the auncient orders to be to no purpose, and it semeth +by this your talke, that men now a daies, have founde orders and +armours, whiche are able to defend them against the artillerie: if +you knowe this, I would bee glad that you would teache it me: for +that hetherto, I never sawe any, nor I beleve that there can any be +founde: so that I would understande of soche men, for what cause +the souldiours on foote in these daies, weare the breastplate, or +the corselet of steele, and thei on horsebacke go all armed: +bicause seyng that thei blame the aunciente armyng of men as +unprofitable, considryng the artillery, thei ought to despise also +this? I would understande moreover, for what occasion the Suizzers, +like unto the auncient orders, make a battaile close together of +sixe, or eight thousande menne, and for what occasion all other +have imitated theim, this order bearyng the verie same perill, +concernyng the artillerie, that those other should beare, whiche +should imitate the antiquitie. I beleve thei should not knowe what +to answere: but if you should aske soche Souldiours, as had some +judgement, thei would aunswere first, that thei go armed, for that +though thesame armoure defende theim not from the artillerie: it +defendeth them from crossebowes, from Pikes, from sweardes, from +stones, and from all other hurt, that commeth from the enemies, +thei would answere also, that thei went close together, like the +Suizzers, to be able more easely to overthrow the footemen, to be +able to withstand better the horse and to give more difficultie to +the enemie to breake them: so that it is seen, that the souldiours +have to fear, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page117" id= +"page117"></a>{117}</span> many other thynges besides the +ordinance: from which thynges, with the armours, and with the +orders, thei are defended: whereof foloweth, that the better that +an armie is armed, and the closer that it hath the orders, and +stronger, so moche the surer it is: so that he that is of thesame +opinion, that you saie, it behoveth either that he bee of smalle +wisedome, or that in this thyng, he hath studied verie little: for +as moche as if we see, that so little a parte of the aunciente +maner of armyng, whiche is used now a daies, that is the pike, and +so little a parte of those orders, as are the maine battailes of +the Suizzers, dooe us so moche good, and cause our armies to bee so +strong, why ought not we to beleve, that the other armours, and +thother orders whiche are lefte, be profitable? Seyng that if we +have no regard to the artillerie, in puttyng our selves close +together, as the Suizzers, what other orders maie make us more to +feare thesame? For as moche as no order can cause us so moche to +feare thesame, as those, whiche bryng men together. Besides this, +if the artillerie of the enemies should not make me afraied, in +besiegyng a Toune, where it hurteth me with more safegarde, beyng +defended of a wall, I beyng not able to prevente it, but onely with +tyme, with my artillerie to lette it, after soche sorte that it +maie double the blowe as it liste, why should I feare thesame in +the field, where I maie quickly prevent it? So that I conclude +thus, that the artillerie, according to my opinion, doeth not let, +that the aunciente maners cannot be used, and to shewe the auncient +vertue: and if I had not talked alreadie with you of this +instrument, I would of thesame, declare unto you more at length: +but I will remit my self to that, whiche then I saied.</p> +<p>LUIGI. Wee maie now understande verie well, how moche you have +aboute the artillerie discoursed: and in conclusion, my thinkes you +have shewed, that the preventyng it quickly, is the greatest +remedie, that maie be had for thesame, beyng in the fielde, and +havyng an armie againste you. Upon the whiche there groweth in me a +doubte: bicause me thinkes, that the enemie might place his +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page118" id= +"page118"></a>{118}</span> ordinaunce in soche wise, in his armie, +that it should hurt you, and should be after soche sort garded of +the footemen, that it could not be prevented. You have (if you +remember your self well) in the orderyng of your armie to faight, +made distaunces of three yardes, betwene the one battaile and the +other, makyng those distaunces fiftene, whiche is from the +battailes, to thextraordinarie pikes: if thenemie, shuld order his +armie like unto yours, and should putte the artillerie a good waie +within those spaces, I beleve that from thens, it should hurte you +with their moste greate safegard: bicause menne can not enter into +the force of their enemies to prevent it.</p> +<p class="side">A generall rule againste soche thynges as cannot +bee withstoode.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You doubt moste prudently, and I will devise with my +self, either to resolve you the doubte, or shewe you the remedie: I +have tolde you, that continually these battailes, either through +goyng, or thorowe faightyng, are movyng, and alwaies naturally, +thei come to drawe harde together, so that if you make the +distaunces of a small breadth, where you set the artillerie, in a +little tyme thei be shootte up, after soche sort, that the +artillerie cannot any more shoote: if you make theim large, to +avoide this perill, you incurre into a greater, where you through +those distances, not onely give commoditie to the enemie, to take +from you the artillerie, but to breake you: but you have to +understande, that it is impossible to keepe the artillerie betwene +the bandes, and in especially those whiche go on carriages: For +that the artillerie goeth one waie, and shooteth an other waie: So +that havyng to go and to shoote, it is necessary, before thei +shote, that thei tourne, and for to tourne theim, thei will have so +moche space, that fiftie cartes of artillerie, would disorder any +armie: therfore, it is mete to kepe them out of the bandes, where +thei may be overcome in the maner, as a little afore we have +shewed: but admit thei might be kept, and that there might be found +a waie betwen bothe, and of soche condicion, that the presyng +together of men should not hinder the artillerie, and were not so +open that it should give waie to the enemie, I saie, that it is +remedied moste easely, with makyng distances <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page119" id="page119"></a>{119}</span> in thy +armie against it, whiche maie give free passage to the shot of +those, and so the violence thereof shall come to be vain, the which +maie be doen moste easely: for asmoche, as the enemie mindyng to +have his artillerie stand safe, it behoveth that he put them +behinde, in the furthest part of the distances, so that the shot of +the same, he purposyng that thei hurt not his owne men, ought to +passe by right line, and by that very same alwaies: and therefore +with givyng theim place, easely thei maie bee avoided: for that +this is a generall rule, that to those thynges, whiche cannot be +withstoode, there must bee given waie, as the antiquitie made to +the Eliphantes, and to the carres full of hookes. I beleve, ye, I +am more then certaine, that it semeth unto you, that I have ordered +and wonne a battaile after my own maner: notwithstanding, I answeer +unto you this, when so moche as I have saied hetherto, should not +suffice, that it should be impossible, that an armie thus ordered, +and armed, should not overcome at the first incounter, any other +armie that should bee ordained, as thei order the armies now +adaies, whom most often tymes, make not but one front, havyng no +targaettes, and are in soche wise unarmed, that thei cannot defende +themselves from the enemie at hand, and thei order theim after +soche sorte, that if thei set their battailes by flanck, the one to +the other, thei make the armie thinne: if thei put the one behind +the other, havyng no waie to receive the one the other, thei doe it +confusedly, and apt to be easly troubled: and although thei give +three names to their armies, and devide them into thre companies, +vaward, battaile, and rereward, notwithstandyng it serveth to no +other purpose, then to marche, and to distinguis the lodgynges: but +in the daie of battaile, thei binde them all to the first brunte, +and to the first fortune.</p> +<p>LUIGI. I have noted also in the faightyng of your fielde, how +your horsemen were repulced of the enemies horsemen: for whiche +cause thei retired to the extraordinaire Pikes: whereby grewe, that +with the aide of theim, thei withstode, and drave the enemies +backe? I beleve that the Pikes maie <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page120" id="page120"></a>{120}</span> withstande the horses, as +you saie, but in a grosse and thicke maine battaile, as the +Suizzers make: but you in your army, have for the hedde five rankes +of Pikes, and for the flancke seven, so that I cannot tell how thei +maie bee able to withstande them.</p> +<p class="side">A Battaile how greate so ever it bee, cannot atones +occupy above v. rankes of Pikes.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Yet I have told you, how sixe rankes of pikes wer +occupied at ones, in the Macedonicall Falangi, albeit you ought to +understande, that a maine battaile of Suizzers, if it were made of +a thousande rankes, it cannot occupie more then fower, or at the +most five: bicause the Pikes be sixe yardes and three quarters +longe, one yarde and halfe a quarter, is occupied of the handes, +wherefore to the firste ranke, there remaineth free five yardes and +a half, and a halfe quarter of Pike: the seconde ranke besides that +whiche is occupied with the hande, consumeth a yarde and half a +quarter in the space, whiche remaineth betwene the one ranke and +thother: so that there is not left of pike profitable, more then +fower yardes and a halfe: to the thirde ranke, by this verie same +reason, there remaineth three yardes and a quarter and a halfe: to +the fowerth, twoo yardes and a quarter: to the fift one yard and +halfe a quarter: the other rankes, for to hurte, be unprofitable, +but thei serve to restore these firste rankes, as we have declared, +and to bee a fortificacion to those v. Then if five of their rankes +can withstande the horse, why cannot five of ours withstande theim? +to the whiche also there lacketh not rankes behinde, that doeth +sustain and make them the very same staie, although thei have no +pikes as the other. And when the rankes of thextraordinarie pikes, +which are placed on the flanckes, should seme unto you thinne, thei +maie bee brought into a quadrante, and put on the flancke nere the +twoo battailes, whiche I set in the laste companie of the armie: +From the whiche place, thei maie easely altogether succour the +fronte, and the backe of the armie, and minister helpe to the +horses, accordyng as nede shall require.</p> +<p>LUIGI. Would you alwaies use this forme of order, when you would +pitche a fielde.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page121" id= +"page121"></a>{121}</span> +<p class="side">An advertiement concernyng the pitchying of a +field.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. No in no wise: for that you ought to varie the facion +of the armie, according to the qualitie of the situacion, and the +condicion and quantitie of the enemie, as before this reasonyng +dooe ende, shall bee shewed certaine insamples: but this forme is +given unto you, not so moche as moste strongeste of all, where in +deede it is verie strong, as to the intente that thereby you maie +take a rule, and an order to learne to knowe the waies to ordeine +the other: for as moche, as every science hath his generalitie, +upon the whiche a good part of it is grounded. One thing onely I +advise you, that you never order an armie, after soche sorte, that +those that faight afore, cannot bee sucoured of theim, whiche be +set behind: bicause he that committeth this errour, maketh the +greateste parte of his armie to bee unprofitable, and if it +incounter any strength, it cannot overcome.</p> +<p>LUIGI. There is growen in me, upon this parte a doubte. I have +seen that in the placyng of the battailes, you make the fronte of +five on a side, the middeste of three, and the last partes of twoo, +and I beleve, that it were better to ordain them contrariwise: for +that I thinke, that an armie should with more difficultie bee +broken, when he that should charge upon it, the more that he should +entre into the-same, so moche the stronger he should finde it: and +the order devised of you, me thinkes maketh, that the more it is +entered into, so moche the weaker it is founde.</p> +<p class="side">How the front of the armie ought to bee made; How +the middell part of the armie ought to be ordered.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. If you should remember how to the Triarii, whom were +the thirde order of the Romain Legions, there were not assigned +more then sixe hundred men, you would doubt lesse, havyng +understode how thei were placed in the laste companie: For that you +should see, how I moved of this insample, have placed in the last +companie twoo battailes, whiche are nine hundred men, so that I +come rather (folowyng the insample of the Romaine people) to erre, +for havyng taken to many, then to fewe: and although this insample +should suffice, I will tell you the reason, the which is this. The +first fronte of the armie, is made perfectly whole and thicke, +bicause it must withstande the brunt of <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page122" id="page122"></a>{122}</span> the +enemies, and it hath not to receive in it any of their felowes: and +for this, it is fitte that it bee full of menne: bicause a fewe +menne, should make it weake, either thinnesse, or for lacke of +sufficiente nomber: but the seconde companie, for as moche as it +must first receive their frendes, to sustain the enemie, it is mete +that it have greate spaces, and for this it behoveth, that it be of +lesse nomber then the first: for that if it wer of greater nomber, +or equall, it should bee conveniente, either not to leave the +distaunces, the whiche should be disorder, or leavyng theim, to +passe the boundes of thoseafore, the whiche should make the facion +of the armie unperfecte: and it is not true that you saie, that the +enemie, the more that he entereth into the maine battaile, so moche +the weaker he findeth it: for that the enemie, can never faight +with the seconde order, except the first be joined with thesame: so +that he cometh to finde the middest of the maine battaile more +stronger, and not more weaker, havyng to faight with the first, and +with the seconde order altogether: the verie same happeneth, when +the enemie should come to the thirde companie: for that there, not +with twoo battailes, whiche is founde freshe, but with all the +maine battaile he must faight: and for that this last part hath to +receive moste men, the spaces therof is requisite to be greatest, +and that whiche receiveth them, to be the leste nomber.</p> +<p class="side">The orderyng of the hinder part of tharmy.</p> +<p>LUIGI. It pleaseth me thesame that you have told: but answere me +also this: if the five first battailes doe retire betwene the three +seconde battailes, and after the eight betwene the twoo thirde, it +semeth not possible, that the eight beyng brought together, and +then the tenne together, maie bee received when thei bee eight, or +when thei be tenne in the verie same space, whiche received the +five.</p> +<p class="side">The retire of the Pikes, to place the Targaet +men.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The first thyng that I aunswere is, that it is not the +verie same space: For that the five have fower spaces in the +middeste, whiche retiryng betwene the thre, or betwene the twoo, +thei occupie: then there remaineth thesame space, that is betwene +the one maine battaile and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page123" +id="page123"></a>{123}</span> other and thesame that is, betwene +the battailes, and the extraordinarie Pikes, al the whiche spaces +makes largenesse: besides this, it is to bee considered, that the +battailes kepe other maner of spaces, when thei bee in the orders +without beyng altered, then when thei be altered: for that in the +alteracion: either thei throng together, or thei inlarge the +orders: thei inlarge theim, when thei feare so moche, that thei +fall to fliyng, thei thrust them together, when thei feare in soche +wise, that thei seke to save them selves, not with runnyng a waie, +but with defence: So that in this case, thei should come to be +destingueshed, and not to be inlarged. Moreover, the five rankes of +the Pikes, that are before, so sone as thei have begun the faighte, +thei ought betwene their battailes to retire, into the taile of the +armie, for to give place to the Targaet men, that thei maie +faighte: and thei goyng into the taile of the armie, maie dooe +soche service as the capitain should judge, were good to occupie +theim aboute, where in the forward, the faight beyng mingled, thei +should otherwise bee altogether unprofitable. And for this the +spaces ordained, come to bee for the remnaunte of the menne, wide +inough to receive them: yet when these spaces should not suffice, +the flankes on the sides be men, and not walles, whom givyng place, +and inlargyng them selves, maie make the space to containe so +moche, that it maie bee sufficient to receive theim.</p> +<p class="side">How the pikes that are placed on the flankes of the +armie ought to governe them selves when the rest of the armie is +driven to retire.</p> +<p>LUIGI. The rankes of the extraordinarie Pikes, whiche you place +on the flanckes of the armie, when the first battailes retire into +the second, will you have them to stande still, and remain with +twoo homes to the armie? Or will you that thei also retire +together, with the battailes? The whiche when thei should do, I see +not how thei can, havyng no battailes behinde with distaunces that +maie receive them.</p> +<p class="side">Thexercise of the army in generall; The nomber that +is mete to be written in the Ansigne of every band of men; The +degrees of honours in an armie, whiche soche a man ought to rise +by, as should bee made a generall capitain.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. If the enemie overcome theim not, when he inforceth +the battailes to retire, thei maie stande still in their order, and +hurte the enemie on the flanck, after that the firste battailes +retired: but if he should also overcome <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page124" id="page124"></a>{124}</span> theim, as +semeth reason, beyng so puisaunte, that he is able to repulce the +other, thei also ought to retire: whiche thei maie dooe excellently +well, although thei have not behinde, any to receive them: bicause +from the middest thei maie redouble by right line, entring the one +ranke into the other, in the maner whereof wee reasoned, when it +was spoken of the order of redoublyng: True it is, that to mynde +redoublyng to retire backe, it behoveth to take an other waie, then +thesame that I shewed you: for that I told you, that the second +ranke, ought to enter into the first, the fowerth into the thirde, +and so foorth: in this case, thei ought not to begin before, but +behinde, so that redoublyng the rankes, thei maie come to retire +backewarde not to tourne forward: but to aunswere to all thesame, +that upon this foughten field by me shewed, might of you bee +replied. I saie unto you again, that I have ordained you this +armie, and shewed this foughten field for two causes, thone, for to +declare unto you how it is ordered, the other to shewe you how it +is exercised: thorder, I beleve you understande moste well: and +concernyng the exersice, I saie unto you, that thei ought to be put +together in this forme, as often times as maie be: for as moche as +the heddes learne therby, to kepe their battailes in these orders: +for that to particulare souldiours, it appertaineth to keepe well +the orders of every battaile, to the heddes of the battailes, it +appertaineth to keepe theim well in every order of the armie, and +that thei knowe how to obeie, at the commaundement of the generall +capitain: therefore, it is conveniente that thei knowe, how to +joyne the one battaile with thother, that thei maie knowe how to +take their place atones: and for this cause it is mete that +thansigne of every battaile, have written in some evident part, the +nomber therof: as well for to be able to commaunde them, as also +for that the capitain, and the souldiours by thesame nomber, maie +more easely knowe theim againe: also the maine battailes, ought to +be nombred, and to have the nomber in their principal Ansigne: +Therefore it is requisite, to knowe of what nomber the maine +battaile shall be, that is placed on the left, or on <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page125" id="page125"></a>{125}</span> the right +horne of what nombers the battailes bee, that are set in the +fronte, and in the middeste, and so foorthe of the other. The +antiquitie would also, that these nombers should bee steppes to +degrees, of honors of the armies: as for insample, the first +degree, is the Peticapitain, the seconde, the hedde of fiftie +ordinarie Veliti, the thirde, the Centurion, the fowerth, the hedde +of the first battaile, the fifte, of the second, the sixt, of the +thirde, and so forthe, even to the tenth battaile, the whiche must +be honoured in the seconde place, nexte the generall capitaine of a +maine battaile: nor any ought to come to thesame hedde, if first, +he have not risen up by all these degrees. And bicause besides +these heddes, there be the three Conestables of the extraordinarie +Pikes, and twoo of the extraordinarie Veliti, I would that thei +should be in the same degree of the Conestable of the first +battaile: nor I would not care, that there were sixe men of like +degree, to thintent, that every one of them might strive, who +should doe beste, for to be promised to be hedde of the seconde +battaile. Then every one of these heddes, knowyng in what place his +battaile ought to be sette in, of necessitie it must folowe, that +at a sounde of the Trompette, so sone as the hedde standarde shall +bee erected, all the armie shall be in their places: and this is +the first exercise, whereunto an armie ought to bee accustomed, +that is to set theim quickly together: and to doe this, it is +requisite every daie, and divers times in one daie, to set them in +order, and to disorder them.</p> +<p>LUIGI. What armes would you that thansignes of all the armie, +shoul'd have beside the nomber?</p> +<p class="side">The armes that oughte to bee in the standarde, and +in the ansignes of an armie; The second and thirde exercise of an +armie; The fowerth exercise of an armie; The soundes of the +instrumentes of musicke, that the antiquitie used in their armies; +What is signified by the sounde of the Trompet.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The standarde of the generall Capitaine oughte to have +the armes of the Prince of the armie, all the other, maie have the +verie same armes, and to varie with the fieldes, or to varie with +the armes, as should seme beste to the Lorde of the armie: Bicause +this importeth little, so that the effect growe, that thei be +knowen the one from the other. But let us passe to the other +exercise: the which is to make them to move, and with a convenient +pace to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page126" id= +"page126"></a>{126}</span> marche, and to se, that marehyng thei +kepe the orders. The third exercise is, that thei learne to handle +themselves in thesame maner, whiche thei ought after to handle +theimselves in the daie of battaile, to cause the artillerie to +shoote, and to bee drawen out of the waie, to make the +extraordinarie Veliti to issue out, after a likenes of an assault, +to retire theim: To make that the firste battailes, as though thei +wer sore charged, retire into the spaces of the second: and after, +all into the thirde, and from thens every one to retourne to his +place: and in soche wise to use theim in this exercise, that to +every manne, all thyng maie be knowen, and familiar: the which with +practise, and with familiaritie, is brought to passe moste quickly. +The fowerth exercise is, that thei learne to knowe by meane of the +sounde, and of the Ansigne, the commaundemente of their capitaine: +for as moche as that, whiche shall be to them pronounced by voice, +thei without other commaundemente, maie understande: and bicause +the importaunce of this commaundement, ought to growe of the +sounde, I shall tell you what soundes the antiquitie used. Of the +Lacedemonians, accordyng as Tucidido affirmeth, in their armies +were used Flutes: for that thei judged, that this armonie, was +moste mete to make their armie to procede with gravetie, and with +furie: the Carthaginens beyng moved by this verie same reason, in +the first assaulte, used the violone. Aliatte kyng of the Lidians, +used in the warre the violone, and the Flutes: but Alexander +Magnus, and the Romaines, used hornes, and Trumpettes, as thei, +that thought by vertue of soche instrumentes, to bee able to +incourage more the myndes of Souldiours, and make theim to faight +the more lustely: but as we have in armyng the armie, taken of the +Greke maner, and of the Romaine, so in distrihutyng the soundes, we +will keepe the customes of the one, and of the other nacion: +therefore, nere the generall capitain, I would make the Trompettes +to stand, as a sounde not onely apt to inflame the armie, but apte +to bee heard in all the whole tumoult more, then any other sounde: +all the other soundes, whiche should bee aboute the Conestables, +and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page127" id= +"page127"></a>{127}</span> the heddes of maine battailes I would, +that thei should bee smalle Drummes, and Flutes, sounded not as +thei sounde theim now but as thei use to sounde theim at feastes. +The capitaine then with the Trompet, should shewe when thei must +stande still, and go forward, or tourne backward, when the +artillerie must shoote, when the extraordinarie Veliti must move, +and with the varietie or distinccion of soche soundes, to shewe +unto the armie all those mocions, whiche generally maie bee shewed, +the whiche Trompettes, should bee after followed of the Drummes, +and in this exercise, bicause it importeth moche, it behoveth moche +to exercise the armie. Concernyng the horsemen, there would be used +likewise Trompettes, but of a lesse sounde, and of a divers voice +from those of the Capitaine. This is as moche as is come into my +remembraunce, aboute the order of the armie, and of the exercise of +thesame.</p> +<p>LUIGI. I praie you let it not be grevous unto you to declare +unto me an other thyng, that is, for what cause you made the light +horsmen, and the extraordinarie Veliti, to goe with cries, rumours, +and furie, when thei gave the charge? And after in the incountering +of the rest of tharmie, you shewed, that the thing folowed with a +moste greate scilence? And for that I understande not the occasion +of this varietie, I would desire that you would declare it unto +me.</p> +<p class="side">The cries, and rumours, wher with the firste charge +is given unto the enemies, and the silence that ought to bee used +after, when the faight is ones begunne.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The opinion of auncient capitaines, hath been divers +about the commyng to handes, whether thei ought with rumour to go a +pace, or with scilence to go faire and softely: this laste waie, +serveth to kepe the order more sure, and to understande better the +commaundementes of the Capitaine: the firste, serveth to incourage +more the mindes of men: and for that I beleve, that respecte ought +to bee had to the one, and to the other of these twoo thynges, I +made the one goe with rumour, and thother with scilence: nor me +thinkes not in any wise, that the continuall rumours bee to +purpose: bicause thei lette the commaundementes, the whiche is a +thyng moste pernicious: nor it standeth not with reason, that the +Romaines used, except at the firste assaulte <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page128" id="page128"></a>{128}</span> to make +rumour: for that in their histories, is seen many tymes to have +happened, that through the wordes, and comfortinges of the capitain +the souldiours that ranne awaie, were made to stande to it, and in +sundrie wise by his commaundemente, to have varied the orders, the +whiche should not have followed, if the rumoures had been louder +then his voyce.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page131" id= +"page131"></a>{131}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-4" id="warre-4">THE FOWERTH BOOKE</a></h2> +<p>LUIGI.<img width="10%" src="images/image-s.png" alt="S" /> eng +that under my governement, a field hath been wonne so honourably, I +suppose that it is good, that I tempt not fortune any more, knowyng +how variable, and unstable she is: and therefore, I desire to give +up my governement, and that Zanobi do execute now this office of +demaundyng, mindyng to followe the order, whiche concerneth the +youngeste: and I knowe he will not refuse this honoure, or as we +would saie, this labour, as well for to doe me pleasure, as also +for beyng naturally of more stomach than I: nor it shall not make +hym afraied, to have to enter into these travailes, where he maie +bee as well overcome, as able to conquere.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. I am readie to do what soever shall please you to +appoinete me, although that I desire more willingly to heare: for +as moche as hetherto, your questions have satisfied me more, then +those should have pleased me, whiche in harkenyng to your +reasonyng, hath chaunced to come into my remembraunce. But sir, I +beleve that it is good, that you lese no tyme, and that you have +pacience, if with these our Ceremonies we trouble you.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You doe me rather pleasure, for that this variacion of +demaunders, maketh me to knowe the sundrie wittes and sunderie +appetites of yours: But remaineth there any thyng, whiche seemeth +unto you good, to bee joyned to the matter, that alreadie hath been +reasoned of?</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page132" id= +"page132"></a>{132}</span> +<p>ZANOBI. Twoo thinges I desire, before you passe to an other +parte: the one is, to have you to shewe, if in orderyng armies, +there needeth to bee used any other facion: the other, what +respectes a capitaine ought to have, before he conducte his men to +the faight, and in thesame an accidente risyng or growyng, what +reamedie maie be had.</p> +<p class="side">To deffende moche the fronte of an armie, is most +perillous; What is beste for a capitaine to dooe, where his power +is, moche lesse then thenemies power; A general rule; The higher +grounde ought to be chosen; An advertisement not to place an armie +wher the enemie maie se what the same doeth; Respectes for the +Sonne and Winde; The variyng of order and place maie cause the +conquered to become victorius; A policie in the ordering of men and +pitchyng of a fielde; How to compasse about the enemies power; How +a capitaine maie faight and bee as it were sure, not to be +overcome; How to trouble the orders of the enemie; What a capitaine +oughte to dooe when he hath not so many horsmen as the enemie; A +greate aide for horsemen; The policies used betwene Aniball and +Scipio.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I will inforce my self to satisfie you, I will not +answere now distinctly to your questions: for that whileste I shall +aunswere to one, many tymes it will come to passe, that I muste +aunswere to an other. I have tolde you, how I have shewed you a +facion of an armie, to the intent, that accordyng to thesame, there +maie bee given all those facions, that the enemie, and the +situacion requireth: For as moche as in this case, bothe accordyng +to the power thereof, and accordyng to the enemie, it proceadeth: +but note this, that there is not a more perillous facion, then to +deffende moche the front of tharmie, if then thou have not a most +puisant, and moste great hoste: otherwise, thou oughtest to make it +rather grosse, and of small largenesse, then of moche largenes and +thin: for when thou hast fewe men in comparison to thenemie, thou +oughtest to seke other remedies, as is to ordain thine army in +soche a place, wher thou maiest be fortefied, either through +rivers, or by meanes of fennes, after soch sort, that thou canst +not bee compassed aboute, or to inclose thy self on the flanckes +with diches, as Cesar did in Fraunce. You have to take in this +cace, this generall rule, to inlarge your self, or to draw in your +self with the front, according to your nomber, and thesame of the +enemie. For thenemies being of lesse nomber, thou oughtest to seke +large places, havyng in especially thy men well instructed: to the +intent thou maiest, not onely compasse aboute the enemie, but to +deffende thy orders: for that in places rough and difficulte, beyng +not able to prevaile of thy orders, thou commeste not to have any +advauntage, hereby grewe, that the Romaines almoste alwaies, sought +the open fieldes, and advoided the straightes. To the contrarie, as +I have said, thou oughtest to doe, if thou hast fewe menne, or ill +instructed: for that then thou <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page133" id="page133"></a>{133}</span> oughteste to seeke places, +either where the little nomber maye be saved, and where the small +experience dooe not hurte thee: Thou oughtest also to chuse the +higher grounde, to be able more easily to infest them: +notwithstandyng, this advertisment ought to be had, not to ordaine +thy armie, where the enemie maie spie what thou doest and in place +nere to the rootes of the same, where the enemies armie maie come: +For that in this case, havyng respecte unto the artillerie, the +higher place shall gette thee disadvauntage: Bicause that alwaies +and commodiously, thou mightest of the enemies artillerie bee +hurte, without beyng able to make any remedy, and thou couldest not +commodiously hurte thesame, beyng hindered by thine owne men. Also, +he that prepareth an armie to faight a battaile, ought to have +respecte, bothe to the Sunne, and to the Winde, that the one and +the other, doe not hurte the fronte, for that the one and the +other, will let thee the sight, the one with the beames, and the +other with the duste: and moreover, the Winde hindereth the +weapons, whiche are stroken at the enemie, and maketh their blowes +more feable: and concerning the Sunne, it sufficeth not to have +care, that at the firste it shine not in the face, but it is +requisite to consider, that increasyng the daie, it hurte thee not: +and for this, it should bee requsite in orderyng the men, to have +it all on the backe, to the entente it should have to passe moche +tyme, to come to lye on the fronte. This waie was observed of +Aniball at Canne, and of Mario against the Cimbrians. If thou +happen to be moche inferiour of horses, ordaine thine armie +emongeste Vines, and trees, and like impedimentes, as in our time +the Spaniardes did, when thei overthrewe the Frenchmenne at +Cirignuola. And it hath been seen many times, with all one +Souldiours, variyng onely the order, and the place, that thei have +become of losers victorers: as it happened to the Carthageners, +whom havyng been overcome of Marcus Regolus divers tymes, were +after by the counsaill of Santippo a Lacedemonian, victorious: whom +made them to go doune into the plaine, where by vertue of the +horses, and of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page134" id= +"page134"></a>{134}</span> Eliphantes, thei were able to overcome +the Romaines. It semes unto me, accordyng to the auncient insamples +that almoste all the excellente Capitaines, when thei have knowen, +that the enemie hath made strong one side of his battaile, thei +have not set against it, the moste strongest parte, but the moste +weakest, and thother moste strongest thei have set against the most +weakest: after in the beginning the faighte, thei have commaunded +to their strongest parte, that onely thei sustaine the enemie, and +not to preace upon hym, and to the weaker, that thei suffer them +selves to be overcome, and to retire into the hindermoste bandes of +the armie. This breadeth twoo greate disorders to the enemie: the +firste, that he findeth his strongest parte compassed about, the +second is, that semyng unto him to have the victorie, seldome tymes +it happeneth, that thei disorder not theim selves, whereof groweth +his sodain losse. Cornelius Scipio beyng in Spain, againste +Asdruball of Carthage, and understanding how to Asdruball it was +knowen, that he in the orderyng the armie, placed his Legions in +the middest, the whiche was the strongest parte of his armie, and +for this how Asdruball with like order ought to procede: after when +he came to faighte the battaile, he chaunged order, and put his +Legions on the hornes of the armie, and in the middest, placed all +his weakeste men: then commyng to the handes, in a sodain those men +placed in the middeste, he made to marche softly, and the hornes of +the armie, with celeritie to make forwarde, so that onely the +hornes of bothe the armies fought, and the bandes in the middest, +through beyng distaunt the one from the other, joyned not together, +and thus the strongest parte of Scipio, came to faight with the +weakest of Asdruball, and overcame hym. The whiche waie was then +profitable, but now havyng respect to the artillerie, it cannot be +used: bicause the same space, whiche should remain in the middest, +betwene the one armie and the other, should give tyme to thesame to +shoote: The whiche is moste pernicious, as above is saied: +Therefore it is requisite to laie this waie aside, and to use, as a +little afore we saied, makyng all the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page135" id="page135"></a>{135}</span> armie to +incounter, and the weakest parte to give place. When a capitaine +perceiveth, that he hath a greater armie then his enemie, mindyng +to compasse hym aboute, before he be aware let hym ordaine his +fronte equall, to thesame of his adversaries, after, so sone as the +faight is begun, let hym make the fronte by a little and little to +retire, and the flanckes to deffende, and alwaies it shall happen, +that the enemie shal find hymself, before he be aware compassed +about. When a capitain will faight, as it wer sure not to be +broken, let hym ordaine his armie in place, where he hath refuge +nere, and safe, either betwene Fennes, or betwene hilles, or by +some strong citee: for that in this case, he cannot bee followed of +the enemie, where the enemie maie be pursued of him: this poincte +was used of Aniball, when fortune began to become his adversarie, +and that he doubted of the valiauntnesse of Marcus Marcello. Some +to trouble the orders of the enemie, have commaunded those that +were light armed, to begin the faight, and that beyng begunne, to +retire betwene the orders: and when the armies were after buckled +together, and that the fronte of either of them were occupied in +faightyng, thei have made theim to issue out by the flanckes of the +battaile, and thesame have troubled and broken. If any perceive +hymself to bee inferiour of horse, he maie besides the waies that +are alredie shewed, place behinde his horsemen a battaile of Pikes, +and in faightyng take order, that thei give waie to the Pikes, and +he shall remain alwaies superiour. Many have accustomed to use +certain fotemenne lighte armed, to faighte emong horsemen, the +whiche hath been to the chivalrie moste greate helpe. Of all those, +which have prepared armies to the field, be moste praised Aniball +and Scipio, when thei fought in Africk: and for that Aniball had +his armie made of Carthaginers, and of straungers of divers +nacions, he placed in the first fronte thereof lxxx. Elephantes, +after he placed the straungers, behinde whom he sette his +Carthaginers, in the hindermoste place, he putte the Italians, in +whom he trusted little: the whiche thing he ordained so, for that +the straungers havyng before <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page136" id="page136"></a>{136}</span> theim the enemie, and +behinde beyng inclosed of his men, could not flie: so that being +constrained to faight thei should overcome, or wearie the Romaines, +supposyng after with his freshe and valiaunte men, to be then able +easely to overcome the Romaines, beeyng wearied. Against this +order, Scipio set the Astati, the Prencipi, and the Triarii, in the +accustomed maner, to bee able to receive the one the other, and to +rescue the one the other: he made the fronte of the armie, full of +voide spaces, and bicause it should not be perceived but rather +should seme united, he filled them ful of veliti, to whom he +commaunded, that so sone as the Eliphantes came, thei should +avoide, and by the ordinarie spaces, should enter betwene the +Legins, and leave open the waie to the Eliphauntes, and so it came +to passe, that it made vaine the violence of theim, so that commyng +to handes, he was superiour.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. You have made me to remember, in alledging me this +battaile, how Scipio in faighting, made not the Astati to retire +into thorders of the Prencipi, but he devided theim, and made theim +to retire in the hornes of the armie, to thintent thei might give +place to the Prencipi, when he would force forwarde: therfore I +would you should tell me, what occasion moved hym, not to observe +the accustomed order.</p> +<p class="side">Cartes full of hookes made to destroie the enemies; +The remedy that was used against Cartes full of hookes; The +straunge maner that Silla used in orderyng his army against +Archelaus; How to trouble in the faighte the armie of the enemies; +A policie of Caius Sulpitius, to make his enemies afraied; A +policie of Marius againste the Duchmenne; A policie of greate +importaunce, while a battaile is a faightyng; How horsemen maie bee +disordered; How the turke gave the Sophie an overthrowe; How the +Spaniardes overcame the armie of Amilcare; How to traine the +enemie, to his destruccion; A policie of Tullo Hostilio and Lucius +Silla in dessemlyng of a mischaunce; Sertorius slue a man for +telling him of the death of one of his capitaines; Howe certaine +captaines have staied their men that hath been running awaie; +Attillius constrained his men that ran awaie to tourne again and to +faight; How Philip king of Macedonia made his men afraied to run +awaie; Victorie ought with all celeritie to bee folowed; What a +capitaine ought to dooe, when he should chaunce to receive an +overthrowe; How Martius overcame the armie of the Carthaginers; A +policie of Titus Dimius to hide a losse, whiche he had received in +a faight; A general rule; Aniball; Scipio; Asdruball; A Capitaine +ought not to faight without advantage, excepte he be constrained; +How advauntage maie bee taken of the enemies; Furie withstode, +converteth into vilenesse; What maner of men a capitaine ought to +have about him continually, to consult withall; The condicions of +the capitain of the enemies, and of those that are about hym is +moste requisite to bee knowen; A timerous army is not to be +conducted to faight; How to avoide the faightyng of a fielde.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I will tell you. Aniball had putte all the strengthe +of his armie, in the seconde bande: wherefore Scipio for to set +againste thesame like strengthe, gathered the Prencipi and the +Triarii together: So that the distaunces of the Prencipi, beyng +occupied of the Triarii, there was no place to bee able to receive +the Astati: and therefore he made the Astati to devide, and to go +in the hornes of the armie, and he drewe them not betwene the +Prencipi. But note, that this waie of openyng the first bande, for +to give place to the seconde, cannot bee used, but when a man is +superiour to his enemie: for that then there is commoditie to bee +able to dooe it, as Scipio was able: but beyng under, and repulced, +it cannot be doen, but with thy manifest ruine: and therefore it is +convenient <span class="pagenum"><a name="page137" id= +"page137"></a>{137}</span> to have behinde, orders that maie +receive thee, but let us tourne to our reasonyng. The auncient +Asiaticans, emongest other thynges devised of them to hurt the +enemies, used carres. The whiche had on the sides certaine hookes, +so that not onely thei served to open with their violence the +bandes, but also to kill with the hookes the adversaries: against +the violence of those, in thre maners thei provided, either thei +sustained theim with the thickenesse of the raies, or thei received +theim betwene the bandes, as the Eliphantes were received, or els +thei made with arte some strong resistence: As Silla a Romaine made +againste Archelaus, whom had many of these cartes, whiche thei +called hooked, who for to sustaine theim, drave many stakes into +the grounde, behinde his first bandes of men, whereby the cartes +beyng stopped, lost their violence. And the newe maner that Silla +used against hym in orderyng the armie, is to bee noted: for that +he put the Veliti, and the horse, behinde, and all the heavie armed +afore, leavyng many distaunces to be able to sende before those +behinde, when necessite required: whereby the fight beyng begun, +with the helpe of the horsemen, to the whiche he gave the waie, he +got the victorie. To intende to trouble in the faight the enemies +armie, it is conveniente to make some thyng to growe, that maie +make theim afraied, either with showyng of newe helpe that commeth, +or with showyng thynges, whiche maie represente a terrour unto +theim: after soche sorte, that the enemies begiled of that sight, +maie be afraied, and being made afraied, thei maie easely bee +overcome: the whiche waies Minutio Rufo used, and Accilio Glabrione +Consulls of Rome. Caius Sulpitius also set a greate many of sackes +upon Mules, and other beastes unprofitable for the warre, but in +soche wise ordained, that thei semed men of armes, and he +commaunded, that thei should appere upon a hill, while he were a +faightyng with the Frenchemen, whereby grewe his victorie. The +verie same did Marius, when he foughte against the Duchemen. Then +the fained assaultes availyng moche, whilest the faight continueth, +it is conveniente, that the very assaultes in deede, dooe helpe +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page138" id= +"page138"></a>{138}</span> moche: inespecially if at unwares in the +middest of the faight, the enemie might bee assaulted behinde, or +on the side: the whiche hardely maie be doen, if the countrie helpe +thee not: for that when it is open, parte of thy men cannot bee +hid, as is mete to bee doen in like enterprises: but in woddie or +hille places, and for this apt for ambusshes parte of thy men maie +be well hidden, to be able in a sodain, and contrary to thenemies +opinion to assaut him, whiche thyng alwaies shall be occasion to +give thee the victorie. It hath been sometyme of greate +importaunce, whilest the faighte continueth, to sowe voices, whiche +doe pronounce the capitaine of thenemies to be dedde, or to have +overcome on the other side of the armie: the whiche many times to +them that have used it, hath given the victorie. The chivalrie of +the enemies maie bee easely troubled, either with sightes, or with +rumours, not used: as Creso did, whom put Camelles againste the +horses of the adversaries, and Pirrus sette againste the Romaine +horsemen Eliphantes, the sighte of whiche troubled and disordered +them. In our time, the Turke discomfited the Sophi in Persia, and +the Soldane in Surria with no other, then with the noise of +Harkabuses, the whiche in soche wise, with their straunge rumours, +disturbed the horses of those, that the Turke mighte easely +overcome them: The Spaniardes to overcome the armie of Amilcare, +put in the firste fronte Cartes full of towe drawen of oxen, and +comming to handes, thei kindeled fire to thesame, wherfore the oxen +to flie from the fire, thrust into the armie of Amilcar, and opened +it. Thei are wonte (as we have saied) to begile the enemie in the +faight, drawyng him into their ambusshes, where the Countrie is +commodious for the same purpose, but where it were open and large, +many have used to make diches, and after have covered them lightly +with bowes and yearth, and lefte certain spaces whole, to be able +betnene those to retire: after, so sone as the faight hath been +begunne, retiryng by those, and the enemie folowing them, hath +fallen in the pittes. If in the faight there happen thee, any +accident that maie feare thy souldiours, it is a moste <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page139" id="page139"></a>{139}</span> prudente +thyng, to knowe how to desemble it, and to pervert it to good, as +Tullo Hostilio did, and Lucius Silla: whom seyng while thei fought, +how a parte of his men wer gone to the enemies side, and how +thesame thing had verie moche made afraied his men, he made +straighte waie throughout all the armie to be understoode, how all +thing proceded, accordyng to his order: the whiche not onely did +not trouble the armie, but it increased in them so moche stomack, +that he remained victorious. It happened also to Silla, that havyng +sente certaine souldiours to doe some businesse, and thei beyng +slain he saied, to the intent his armie should not be made afraied +thereby, that he had with crafte sent theim into the handes of the +enemies, for that he had found them nothyng faithfull. Sertorius +faightyng a battaile in Spaine, slue one, whom signified unto hym +the death of one of his capitaines, for feare that tellyng the very +same to other, he should make theim afraied. It is a moste +difficult thyng, an armie beyng now moved to flie, to staie it, and +make it to faight. And you have to make this distinccion: either +that it is all moved, and then to be impossible to tourne it, or +there is moved a parte thereof, and then there is some remedie. +Many Romain capitaines, with making afore those whiche fled, have +caused them to staie, making them ashamed of running awaie, as +Lucius Silla did, where alredy parte of his Legions beyng tourned +to flight, driven awaie by the men of Mithridates, he made afore +them with a swearde in his hande criyng: if any aske you, where you +left your capitaine, saie, we have left hym in Boecia, where he +faighteth. Attillius a consull set againste that ran awaie, them +that ranne not awaie, and made them to understande, that if thei +would not tourne, thei should be slaine of their frendes, and of +their enemies. Philip of Macedonia understanding how his men feared +the Scithian Souldiours, placed behinde his armie, certaine of his +moste trustie horsemen, and gave commission to theim, that thei +should kill whom so ever fledde: wherfore, his men mindyng rather +to die faightyng, then fliyng, overcame. Many Romaines, not so +moche to staie a flight, as for to <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page140" id="page140"></a>{140}</span> give occasion to their men, +to make greater force, have whileste thei have foughte, taken an +Ansigne out of their owne mennes handes, and throwen it emongeste +the enemies, and appoincted rewardes to hym that could get it +again. I doe not beleve that it is out of purpose, to joyne to this +reasonyng those thynges, whiche chaunce after the faight, in +especially beyng brief thinges, and not to be left behinde, and to +this reasonyng conformable inough. Therefore I saie, how the fielde +is loste, or els wonne: when it is wonne, the victorie ought with +all celeritie to be folowed, and in this case to imitate Cesar, and +not Aniball, whom staiyng after that he had discomfited the +Romaines at Canne, loste the Empire of Rome: The other never rested +after the victorie, but folowed the enemie beyng broken, with +greater violence and furie, then when he assalted hym whole: but +when a capitaine dooeth loese, he ought to see, if of the losse +there maie growe any utilite unto hym, inespecially if there remain +any residue of tharmie. The commoditie maie growe of the small +advertisment of the enemie, whom moste often times after the +victorie, becometh negligent, and giveth thee occasion to oppresse +hym, as Marcius a Romaine oppressed the armie of the Carthaginers, +whom having slain the twoo Scipions, and broken their armie, not +estemyng thesame remnaunt of menne, whiche with Marcius remained a +live, were of hym assaulted and overthrowen: for that it is seen, +that there is no thing so moche to bee brought to passe, as +thesame, whiche the enemie thinketh, that thou canst not attempte: +bicause for the moste parte, men bee hurte moste, where thei doubt +leaste: therefore a capitain ought when he cannot doe this, to +devise at least with diligence, that the losse bee lesse hurtfull, +to dooe this, it is necessarie for thee to use meanes, that the +enemie maie not easely folowe thee, or to give him occasion to make +delaie: in the first case, some after thei have been sure to lese, +have taken order with their heddes, that in divers partes, and by +divers waies thei should flie, havyng appoincted wher thei should +after assemble together: the which made, that thenemie (fearing to +devide the armie) <span class="pagenum"><a name="page141" id= +"page141"></a>{141}</span> was faine to let go safe either all, or +the greatest part of them. In the seconde case, many have cast +before the enemie, their dearest thinges, to the entent that he +tariyng about the spoile, might give them more laisure to flie. +Titus Dimius used no small policie to hide the losse, whiche he had +received in the faight, for asmoche as havyng fought untill night, +with great losse of his menne, he made in the night to be buried, +the greatest part of them, wherefore in the mornyng, the enemies +seyng so many slaine of theirs, and so fewe of the Romaines, +belevyng that thei had the disavauntage, ran awaie. I trust I have +thus confusedly, as I saied, satisfied in good part your demaunde: +in dede about the facions of the armies, there resteth me to tell +you, how some tyme, by some Capitaines, it hath been used to make +theim with the fronte, like unto a wedge, judgyng to bee able by +soche meane, more easely to open the enemies armie. Against this +facion, thei have used to make a facion like unto a paire of +sheres, to be able betwene thesame voide place, to receive that +wedge, and to compasse it about, and to faight with it on every +side: whereupon I will that you take this generall rule, that the +greatest remedie that is used againste a devise of the enemie, is +to dooe willingly thesame, whiche he hath devised that thou shalt +dooe perforce: bicause that doyng it willingly, thou doest it with +order, and with thy advauntage, and his disadvauntage, if thou +shouldest doe it beyng inforced, it should be thy undoyng: For the +provyng whereof, I care not to reherse unto you, certain thynges +alredy tolde. The adversary maketh the wedge to open thy bandes: if +thou gowest with them open, thou disorderest hym, and he +disordereth not thee. Aniball set the Elephantes in the fronte of +his armie, to open with theim the armie of Scipio. Scipio went with +it open, and it was the occasion of his victorie, and of the ruine +of hym. Asdruball placed his strongest men in the middest of the +fronte of his armie, to overthrowe Scipios menne: Scipio +commaunded, that by them selves thei should retire and he broke +theim: So that like devises when thei are foreseen, bee the causes +of the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page142" id= +"page142"></a>{142}</span> victorie of him, against whom thei be +prepared. There remaineth me also, if I remember my self well, to +tell you what respectes a Capitaine ought to have, before he leade +his men to faight: upon whiche I have to tell you firste, how a +capitaine ought never to faight a battaile, except he have +advauntage, or be constrained. The vantage groweth of the +situacion, of the order, of havyng more, or better menne: the +necessitie groweth when thou seest how that not faightyng, thou +muste in any wise lose, as should bee for lackyng of money, and for +this, thy armie to bee ready all maner of waies to resolve, where +famishemente is ready to assaulte thee, where the enemie looketh to +bee ingrosed with newe men: in these cases, thou oughtest alwaies +to faight, although with thy disadvauntage: for that it is moche +better to attempte fortune, where she maie favour thee, then not +attemptyng, to see thy certaine ruine: and it is as grevous a +faulte in this case, in a capitain not to faight, as to have had +occasion to overcome, and not to have either knowen it through +ignoraunce, or lefte it through vilenesse. The advauntages some +tymes the enemie giveth thee, and some tymes thy prudence: Many in +passyng Rivers have been broken of their enemie, that hath been +aware thereof, whom hath taried, till the one halfe hath been of +the one side, and the other halfe on the other, and then hath +assaulted them: as Cesar did to the Suizzers, where he destroied +the fowerth parte of theim, through beyng halfe over a river. Some +tyme thy enemie is founde wearie, for havyng folowed thee to +undescritely, so that findyng thy self freshe and lustie, thou +oughtest not to let passe soche an occasion: besides this, if the +enemie offer unto thee in the mornyng betymes to faight, thou +maiest a good while deferre to issue out of thy lodgyng, and when +he hath stoode long in armour, and that he hath loste that same +firste heate, with the whiche he came, thou maiest then faight with +him. This waie Scipio and Metellus used in Spaine: the one against +Asdruball, the other against Sertorius. If the enemie be deminished +of power, either for havyng devided the armie, as the Scipions in +Spain, or <span class="pagenum"><a name="page143" id= +"page143"></a>{143}</span> for some other occasion, thou oughteste +to prove chaunce. The greateste parte of prudent capitaines, rather +receive the violence of the enemies, then go with violence to +assalte them: for that the furie is easely withstoode of sure and +steddie menne, and the furie beyng sustained, converteth lightly +into vilenesse: Thus Fabius did againste the Sannites, and against +the Galles, and was victorious and his felowe Decius remained +slain. Some fearing the power of their enemies, have begun the +faight a little before night, to the intent that their men +chaunsyng to bee overcome, might then by the helpe of the +darkenesse thereof, save theim selves. Some havyng knowen, how the +enemies armie beyng taken of certaine supersticion, not to faight +in soche a tyme, have chosen thesame tyme to faighte, and overcome: +The whiche Cesar observed in Fraunce, againste Arionistus, and +Vespasian in Surrie, againste the Jewes. The greatest and moste +importaunte advertismente, that a capitaine ought to have, is to +have aboute hym faithfull menne, that are wise and moste expert in +the warre, with whom he must continually consulte and reason of his +men, and of those of the enemies, whiche is the greater nomber, +whiche is beste armed, or beste on horsebacke, or best exercised, +whiche be moste apte to suffer necessitie, in whom he trusteth +moste, either in the footemen, or in the horsemen: after thei ought +to consider the place where thei be, and whether it be more to the +purpose for thenemie, then for him: which of theim hath victualles +moste commodious: whether it be good to deferre the battaile, or to +faight it: what good might bee given hym, or taken awaie by tyme: +for that many tymes, souldiours seyng the warre to be delaied, are +greved, and beyng wearie, in the pain and in the tediousnesse +therof, wil forsake thee. It importeth above all thyng, to knowe +the capitain of the enemies, and whom he hath aboute hym, whether +he be rashe, or politike, whether he be fearfull, or hardie: to see +how thou maiest truste upon the aidyng souldiours. And above all +thyng thou oughtest to take hede, not to conducte the armie to +faight when it feareth, or when in any wise it mistrusteth +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page144" id= +"page144"></a>{144}</span> of the victorie: for that the greatest +signe to lose, is thei beleve not to be able to winne: and therfore +in this case, thou oughtest to avoide the faightyng of the fielde, +either with doyng as Fabius Maximus, whom incampyng in strong +places, gave no courage to Aniball, to goe to finde hym, or when +thou shouldest thinke, that the enemie also in strong places, would +come to finde thee, to departe out of the fielde, and to devide the +menne into thy tounes to thentent that tediousnesse of winnyng +them, maie wearie hym.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. Cannot the faightyng of the battaile be otherwise +avoided, then in devidyng the armie in sunderie partes and placyng +the men in tounes?</p> +<p class="side">Fabius Maximus.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I beleve that ones alreadie, with some of you I have +reasoned, how that he, that is in the field, cannot avoide to +faight the battaile, when he hath an enemie, which will faight with +hym in any wise, and he hath not, but one remedie, and that is, to +place him self with his armie distant fiftie miles at leaste, from +his adversarie, to be able betymes to avoide him, when he should go +to finde hym. For Fabius Maximus never avoided to faight the +battaile with Aniball, but he would have it with his advauntage: +and Aniball did not presume to bee able to overcome hym, goyng to +finde hym in the places where he incamped: where if he had +presupposed, to have been able to have overcome, it had been +conveniente for Fabius, to have fought the battaile with hym, or to +have avoided.</p> +<p class="side">Philip king of Macedonia, overcome by the Romaines; +How Cingentorige avoided the faightyng of the fielde with Cesar; +The ignorance of the Venecians; What is to be doen wher soldiours +desire to faight, contrary to their capitaines minde; How to +incourage souldiers; An advertisment to make the soldiour most +obstinately to faight.</p> +<p>Philip Kyng of Macedonia, thesame that was father to Perse, +commyng to warre with the Romaines, pitched his campe upon a verie +high hill, to the entent not to faight with theim: but the Romaines +wente to find hym on thesame hill, and discomfaited hym. +Cingentorige capitain of the Frenche menne, for that he would not +faight the field with Cesar, whom contrarie to his opinion, had +passed a river, got awaie many miles with his men. The Venecians in +our tyme, if thei would not have come to have fought with the +Frenche kyng, thei ought not to have taried till the Frenche armie, +had passed the River Addus, but to have <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page145" id="page145"></a>{145}</span> gotten +from them as Cingentorige, where thei havyng taried knewe not how +to take in the passyng of the men, the occasion to faight the +battaile, nor to avoide it: For that the Frenche men beyng nere +unto them, as the Venecians went out of their Campe, assaulted +theim, and discomfited theim: so it is, that the battaile cannot +bee avoided, when the enemie in any wise will faight, nor let no +man alledge Fabius, for that so moche in thesame case, he did flie +the daie of battaile, as Aniball. It happeneth many tymes, that thy +souldiours be willyng to faight, and thou knoweste by the nomber, +and by the situacion, or for some other occasion to have +disadvauntage, and desirest to make them chaunge from this desire: +it happeneth also, that necessitie, or occasion, constraineth thee +to faight, and that thy souldiours are evill to be trusted, and +smally disposed to faight: where it is necessarie in thone case, to +make theim afraied, and in the other to incourage theim: In the +firste case, when perswacions suffiseth not, there is no better +waie, then to give in praie, a part of them unto thenemie, to +thintent those that have, and those that have not fought, maie +beleve thee: and it may very wel be doen with art, thesame which to +Fabius Maximus hapned by chaunce. Tharmie of Fabius (as you knowe) +desired to faight with Aniballs armie: the very same desire had the +master of his horses: to Fabius it semed not good, to attempte the +faight: so that through soche contrary opinions, he was fain to +devide the armie: Fabius kept his men in the campe, the other +fought, and commyng into great perill, had been overthrowen, if +Fabius had not rescued him: by the whiche insample the maister of +the horse, together with all the armie, knewe how it was a wise +waie to obeie Fabius. Concernyng to incourage theim to faight, it +should be well doen, to make them to disdain the enemies, shewyng +how thei speake slaunderous woordes of them, to declare to have +intelligence with them, and to have corrupted part of them, to +incampe in place, where thei maie see the enemies, and make some +light skirmishe with them, for that the thyng that is dailie seen, +with more facilitie is despised: to shewe <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page146" id="page146"></a>{146}</span> theim to +bee unworthie, and with an oracion for the purpose, to reprehende +them of their cowardnesse, and for to make them ashamed, to tell +theim that you will faight alone, when thei will not beare you +companie. And you ought above all thyng to have this advertismente, +mindyng to make the Souldiour obstinate to faight, not to permitte, +that thei maie send home any of their substaunce, or to leave it in +any place, till the warre bee ended, that thei maie understande, +that although fliyng save their life, yet it saveth not theim their +goodes, the love whereof, is wonte no lesse then thesame, to make +men obstinate in defence.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. YOU have tolde, how the souldiours maie be tourned to +faight, with speakyng to theim: doe you meane by this, that all the +armie must bee spoken unto, or to the heddes thereof?</p> +<p class="side">It is requisite for excellent Capitaines to bee +good orators; Alexander Magnus used openly to perswade his armie; +The effecteousnes of speking; Souldiours ought to be accustomed to +heare their Capitaine speake; How in olde time souldiers were +threatened for their faltes; Enterprises maie the easelier be +brought to passe by meanes of religion; Sertorius; A policie of +Silla; A policie of Charles the seventh king of Fraunce against the +Englishmen; How souldiers maiebee made to esteme little their +enemies; The surest wai to make souldiours moste obstinat to +faight; By what meanes obstinatenesse to faighte is increased.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. TO perswade, or to diswade a thyng unto fewe, is verie +easie, for that if woordes suffise not, you maie then use +aucthoritie and force: but the difficultie is, to remove from a +multitude an evill opinion, and that whiche is contrary either to +the common profite, or to thy opinion, where cannot be used but +woordes, the whiche is meete that thei be heard of every man, +mindyng to perswade them all. Wherfore, it was requisite that the +excellente Capitaines were oratours: for that without knowyng how +to speake to al the army, with difficultie maie be wrought any good +thing: the whiche altogether in this our tyme is laied aside. Rede +the life of Alexander Magnus, and you shall see how many tymes it +was necessarie for hym to perswade, and to speake publikly to his +armie: otherwise he should never have brought theim, beyng become +riche, and full of spoile, through the desertes of Arabia, and into +India with so moche his disease, and trouble: for that infinite +tymes there growe thynges, wherby an armie ruinateth, when the +capitain either knoweth not, or useth not to speake unto thesame, +for that this speakyng taketh awaie feare, in courageth the mindes, +increaseth the obstinatenes to faight, discovereth the deceiptes, +promiseth rewardes, sheweth the perilles, and the waie to avoide +theim, reprehendeth, praieth, <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page147" id="page147"></a>{147}</span> threatened, filleth full of +hope, praise, shame, and doeth a11 those thynges, by the whiche the +humaine passions are extincte or kendled: wherefore, that prince, +or common weale, whiche should appoincte to make a newe power, and +cause reputacion to their armie, ought to accustome the Souldiours +thereof, to heare the capitain to speake, and the capitain to know +how to speake unto them. In kepyng desposed the souldiours in old +tyme, to faight for their countrie, the religion availed moche, and +the othes whiche thei gave them, when thei led theim to warfare: +for as moche as in al their faultes, thei threatned them not onely +with those punishementes, whiche might be feared of men but with +those whiche of God might be looked for: the whiche thyng mingled +with the other Religious maners, made many tymes easie to the +auncient capitaines all enterprises, and will doe alwaies, where +religion shall be feared, and observed. Sertorius prevailed, by +declaryng that he spake with a Stagge, the whiche in Goddes parte, +promised hym the victorie. Silla saied, he spoke with an Image, +whiche he had taken out of the Temple of Apollo. Many have tolde +how God hath appered unto them in their slepe, whom hath admonished +them to faight. In our fathers time, Charles the seventh kyng of +Fraunce, in the warre whiche he made againste the Englishemen, +saied, he counsailed with a maide, sent from God, who was called +every where the Damosell of Fraunce, the which was occacion of his +victorie. There maie be also used meanes, that maie make thy men to +esteme little the enemie, as Agesilao a Spartaine used, whom shewed +to his souldiours, certain Persians naked, to the intent that seyng +their delicate members, thei should not have cause to feare them. +Some have constrained their men to faight through necessitie, +takyng awaie from them all hope of savyng theim selves, savyng in +overcommyng. The whiche is the strongest, and the beste provision +that is made, to purpose to make the souldiour obstinate to faight: +whiche obstinatenesse is increased by the confidence, and love of +the Capitaine, or of the countrie. Confidence is caused through the +armour, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page148" id= +"page148"></a>{148}</span> the order the late victorie, and the +opinion of the Capitaine. The love of the countrie, is caused of +nature: that of the Capitain, through vertue, more then by any +other benefite: the necessities maie be many, but that is +strongest, whiche constraineth thee; either to overcome, or to +dye.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page151" id= +"page151"></a>{151}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-5" id="warre-5">THE FIVETH BOOKE</a></h2> +<p class="side">How the Romaines marched with their armies; How the +Romaines ordered their armie when it happened to be assaulted on +the waie; How the main battailes ought to marche; The orderyng of +an armie after soche sorte, that it maie marche safelie through the +enemies countrie and be alwaies in a redines to faight; The place +in the armie wher the bowmen and Harkabutters are appoincted; The +place in the armie wher thextraordinarie Pikes are appoincted. The +place in the armie wherthe generall capitain must be; Where the +artillerie must be placed. The light horsmenne must be sente before +to discover the countrie and the menne of armes to come behind +tharmy; A generall rule concernyng horse; Wher the carriages and +the unarmed are placed; The waie must be made plaine wher the armie +shall marche in order; How many miles a day an armie maie marche in +battaile raie, to bee able to incampe before sunne set; The +orderyng of the armie, when it is assaulted on the vawarde; The +orderyng of tharmie when thenemie commes to assaulte it behinde; +How the armie is ordered when it is assaulted of any of the sides; +doen when the army is assaulted on twoo sides.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. <img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> +have shewed you, how an armi, is ordained to faight a fielde with +an other armie, which is seen pitched against it, and have declared +unto you, howe the same is overcome, and after many circumstaunces, +I have likewise shewed you, what divers chaunces, maie happen about +thesame, so that me thinkes tyme to shewe you now, how an armie is +ordered, againste thesame enemie, whiche otherwise is not seen, but +continually feared, that he assaulte thee: this happeneth when an +armie marcheth through the enemies countrie, or through suspected +places. Firste, you must understande, how a Romaine armie, sent +alwaies ordinarely afore, certaine bandes of horsemen, as spies of +the waie: after followed the right horne, after this, came all the +carriages, whiche to thesame apperteined, after this, came a +Legion, after it, the carriages therof, after that, an other +legion, and next to it, their carriages, after whiche, came the +left horne, with the carriages thereof at their backe, and in the +laste part, folowed the remnaunte of the chivalrie: this was in +effecte the maner, with whiche ordinarily thei marched: and if it +happened that the armie were assaulted in the waie on the fronte, +or on the backe, thei made straight waie all the carriages to bee +drawen, either on the right, or on the lefte side, accordyng as +chaunsed, or as thei could beste, havyng <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page152" id="page152"></a>{152}</span> respecte +to the situacion: and all the men together free from their +impedimentes, made hedde on that parte, where the enemie came. If +thei were assaulted on the flancke, thei drue the carriages +towardes thesame parte that was safe, and of the other, thei made +hedde. This waie beyng well and prudently governed, I have thought +meete to imitate, sending afore the light horsemen, as exploratours +of the Countrie: Then havyng fower maine battailes I would make +them to marche in araie, and every one with their carriages +folowyng theim. And for that there be twoo sortes of carriages, +that is partainyng to particulare souldiours, and partainyng to the +publike use of all the Campe, I would devide the publike Carriages +into fower partes, and to every maine battaile, I would appoinct +his parte, deviding also the artillerie into fower partes, and all +the unarmed, so that every nomber of armed menne, should equally +have their impedimentes. But bicause it happeneth some times, that +thei marche through the countrie, not onely suspected, but so +daungerous, that thou fearest every hower to be assaulted, thou art +constrained for to go more sure, to chaunge the forme of marchyng, +and to goe in soche wise prepared, that neither the countrie menne, +nor any armie, maie hurte thee, findyng thee in any parte +unprovided. In soche case, the aunciente capitaines were wont, to +marche with the armie quadrante, whiche so thei called this forme, +not for that it was altogether quadrante, but for that it was apte +to faight of fower partes, and thei saied, that thei wente +prepared, bothe for the waie, and for the faight: from whiche waie, +I will not digresse, and I will ordaine my twoo maine battailes, +whiche I have taken for to make an armie of, to this effect. +Mindyng therefore, to marche safely through the enemies Countrie, +and to bee able to aunswere hym on every side, when at unwares the +armie might chaunce to be assaulted, and intendyng therefore, +accordyng to the antiquitie, to bryng thesame into a square, I +would devise to make a quadrant, that the rome therof should be of +space on every part Clix. yardes, in this maner. First I would put +the flanckes, distant the one <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page153" id="page153"></a>{153}</span> flanck from the other, +Clix. yardes, and I would place five battailes for a flancke, in a +raie in length, and distant the one from the other, twoo yardes and +a quarter: the whiche shall occupie with their spaces, every +battaile occupiyng thirtie yardes, Clix. yardes. Then betwen the +hedde and the taile of these two flanckes, I would place the other +tenne battailes, in every parte five, orderyng them after soche +sorte, that fower should joyne to the hedde of the right flanck, +and fower to the taile of the lefte flancke, leaving betwene every +one of them, a distance of thre yardes: one should after joyne to +the hedde of the lefte flancke, and one to the taile of the right +flancke: and for that the space that is betwene the one flancke and +the other, is Clix. yardes, and these battailes whiche are set the +one to the side of the other by breadth, and not by length, will +come to occupie with the distaunces one hundred yardes and a halfe +yarde, there shall come betwene theim fower battailes, placed in +the fronte on the right flancke, and the one placed in thesame on +the lefte, to remaine a space of fiftie and eighte yardes and a +halfe, and the verie same space will come to remaine in the +battailes, placed in the hinder parte: nor there shall bee no +difference, saving that the one space shall come on the parte +behind towardes the right horne, and thother shall come on the +parte afore, towardes the lefte home. In the space of the lviii. +yardes and a halfe before, I would place all the ordinarie Veliti, +in thesame behinde, the extraordinarie, which wil come to be a +thousande for a space, and mindyng to have the space that ought to +be within the armie, to be every waie Clix. yardes, it is mete that +the five battailes, whiche are placed in the hedde, and those +whiche are placed in the taile, occupie not any parte of the space, +whiche the flanckes keepe: and therefore it shall be convenient, +that the five battailes behinde, doe touche with the fronte, the +taile of their flanckes, and those afore, with the taile to touche +he hedde, after soche sorte, that upon every corner of the ame +armie, there maie remaine a space, to receive an other battaile: +and for that there bee fower spaces, I would take <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page154" id="page154"></a>{154}</span> fower +bandes of the extraordinarie Pikes, and in every corner I would +place one, and the twoo Ansignes of the foresaied Pikes, whiche +shall remain overplus, I would sette in the middest of the rome of +this armie, in a square battaile, on the hedde whereof, should +stande the generall capitaine, with his menne about him. And for +that these battailes ordeined thus, marche all one waie, but faight +not all one waie, in puttyng them together, those sides ought to be +ordained to faight, whiche are not defended of thother battailes. +And therfore it ought to be considered, that the five battailes +that be in the front, have all their other partes defended, excepte +the fronte: and therfore these ought to bee put together in good +order, and with the Pikes afore. The five battailes whiche are +behinde, have all their sides defended, except the parte behinde, +and therefore those ought to bee put together in soche wise, that +the Pikes come behind, as in the place therof we shall shewe. The +five battailes that bee in the right flancke, have all their sides +defended, except the right flancke. The five that be on the left +flanck, have all their partes defended, excepte the lefte flancke: +and therefore in orderyng the battailes, thei ought to bee made, +that the Pikes maie tourne on the same flanck, that lieth open: and +the Peticapitaines to stand on the hedde, and on the taile, so that +nedyng to faight, all the armour and weapons maie be in their due +places, the waie to doe this, is declared where we reasoned of the +maner of orderyng the battailes. The artillerie I would devide, and +one parte I would place without, on the lefte flancke, and the +other on the right. The light horsemen, I would sende afore to +discover the countrie. Of the menne of armes, I would place part +behinde, on the right home, and parte on the lefte, distante about +thirtie yardes from the battailes: and concerning horse, you have +to take this for a general rule in every condicion, where you +ordaine an armie, that alwaies thei ought to be put, either +behinde, or on the flanckes of thesame: he that putteth them afore, +over against the armie, it behoveth hym to doe one of these twoo +thinges, either that he put <span class="pagenum"><a name="page155" +id="page155"></a>{155}</span> them so moche afore, that beyng +repulced, thei maie have so moche space, that maie give them tyme, +to be able to go a side from thy footemen, and not to runne upon +them, or to order them in soche wise, with so many spaces, that the +horses by those maie enter betwene them, without disorderyng them. +Nor let no man esteme little this remembraunce, for as moche as +many capitaines, whom havyng taken no hede thereof, have been +ruinated, and by themselves have been disordered, and broken. The +carriages and the unarmed menne are placed, in the rome that +remaineth within the armie, and in soche sorte equally devided, +that thei maie give the waie easely, to whom so ever would go, +either from the one corner to the other, or from the one hedde, to +the other of the armie. These battailes without the artillerie and +the horse, occupie every waie from the utter side, twoo hundred and +eleven yardes and a halfe of space: and bicause this quadrante is +made of twoo main battailes, it is convenient to distinguishe, what +part thone maine battaile maketh, and what the other: and for that +the main battailes are called by the nomber, and every of theim +hath (as you knowe) tenne battailes, and a generall hed, I would +cause that the first main battaile, should set the first v. +battailes therof in the front, the other five, in the left flanck, +and the capitain of the same should stande in the left corner of +the front. The seconde maine battaile, should then put the firste +five battailes therof, in the right flanck, and the other five in +the taile, and the hedde capitain of thesame, should stande in the +right corner, whom should come to dooe the office of the +Tergiductor. The armie ordained in this maner, ought to be made to +move, and in the marchyng, to observe all this order, and without +doubte, it is sure from all the tumultes of the countrie men. Nor +the capitain ought not to make other provision, to the tumultuarie +assaultes, then to give sometyme Commission to some horse, or +Ansigne of Veliti, that thei set themselves in order: nor it shall +never happen that these tumultuous people, will come to finde thee +at the drawyng of the swerd, or pikes poincte: for that men out of +order, have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page156" id= +"page156"></a>{156}</span> feare of those that be in araie: and +alwaies it shall bee seen, that with cries and rumours, thei will +make a greate assaulte, without otherwise commyng nere unto thee, +like unto barking curres aboute a Mastie. Aniball when he came to +the hurte of the Romaines into Italie, he passed through all +Fraunce, and alwaies of the Frenche tumultes, he took small +regarde. Mindyng to marche, it is conveniente to have plainers and +labourers afore, whom maie make thee the waie plaine, whiche shall +bee garded of those horsemen, that are sent afore to viewe the +countrie: an armie in this order maie marche tenne mile the daie, +and shall have tyme inough to incampe, and suppe before Sunne goyng +doune, for that ordinarely, an armie maie marche twentie mile: if +it happen that thou be assaulted, of an armie set in order, this +assaulte cannot growe sodainly: for that an armie in order, commeth +with his pace, so that thou maiest have tyme inough, to set thy +self in order to faight the field, and reduce thy menne quickly +into thesame facion, or like to thesame facion of an armie, which +afore is shewed thee. For that if thou be assaulted, on the parte +afore, thou needeste not but to cause, that the artillerie that be +on the flanckes, and the horse that be behinde, to come before, and +place theimselves in those places, and with those distaunces, as +afore is declared. The thousande Veliti that bee before, must go +out of their place, and be devided into CCCCC. for a parte, and go +into their place, betwene the horse and the hornes of tharmy: then +in the voide place that thei shal leave, the twoo Ansignes of the +extraordinarie Pikes muste entre, whiche I did set in the middest +of the quadrante of the armie. The thousande Veliti, whiche I +placed behinde, must departe from thesame place, and devide them +selves in the flanckes of the battailes, to the fortificacion of +those: and by the open place that thei shal leave, all the +carriages and unarmed menne must go out, and place themselves on +the backe of the battaile. Then the rome in the middeste beyng +voided, and every man gone to his place: the five battailes, whiche +I placed behinde on the armie, must make forward in the voide +place, that is <span class="pagenum"><a name="page157" id= +"page157"></a>{157}</span> betwene the one and the other flanck, +and marche towardes the battailes, that stand in the hedde, and +three of theim, muste stande within thirtie yardes of those, with +equall distances, betwene the one and the other, and the other twoo +shal remain behinde, distaunte other thirtie yardes: the whiche +facion maie bee ordained in a sodaine, and commeth almoste to bee +like, unto the firste disposicion, whiche of tharmy afore we +shewed. And though it come straighter in the fronte, it commeth +grosser in the flanckes, whiche giveth it no lesse strength: but +bicause the five battailes, that be in the taile, have the Pikes on +the hinder parte, for the occasion that before we have declared, it +is necessarie to make theim to come on the parte afore, mindyng to +have theim to make a backe to the front of tharmie: and therfore it +behoveth either to make them to tourne battaile after battaile, as +a whole body, or to make them quickly to enter betwen thorders of +targettes, and conduct them afore, the whiche waie is more spedy, +and of lesse disorder, then to make them to turn al together: and +so thou oughtest to doe of all those, whiche remain behind in every +condicion of assault, as I shal shewe you. If it appere that +thenemie come on the part behinde, the first thyng that ought to +bee dooen, is to cause that every man tourne his face where his +backe stode, and straight waie tharmie cometh to have made of +taile, hed, and of hed taile: then al those waies ought to be kept, +in orderyng thesame fronte, as I tolde afore. If the enemie come to +incounter the right flancke, the face of thy armie ought to bee +made to tourne towardes thesame side: after, make all those thynges +in fortificacion of thesame hedde, whiche above is saied, so that +the horsemen, the Veliti, and the artillerie, maie be in places +conformable to the hed thereof: onely you have this difference, +that in variyng the hed of those, which are transposed, some have +to go more, and some lesse. In deede makyng hedde of the right +flancke, the Veliti ought to enter in the spaces, that bee betwene +the horne of the armie, and those horse, whiche were nerest to the +lefte flancke, in whose place ought to enter, the twoo Ansignes of +the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page158" id= +"page158"></a>{158}</span> extraordinarie Pikes, placed in the +middest: But firste the carriages and the unarmed, shall goe out by +the open place, avoidyng the rome in the middest, and retiryng +themselves behinde the lefte flancke, whiche shall come to bee then +the taile of the armie: the other Veliti that were placed in the +taile, accordyng to the principall orderyng of the armie, in this +case, shall not move: Bicause the same place should not remaine +open, whiche of taile shall come to be flancke: all other thyng +ought to bee dooen, as in orderyng of the firste hedde is saied: +this that is told about the makyng hed of the right flanck, must be +understode to be told, havyng nede to make it of the left flanck: +for that the very same order ought to bee observed. If the enemie +should come grose, and in order to assaulte thee on twoo sides, +those twoo sides, whiche he commeth to assaulte thee on, ought to +bee made stronge with the other twoo sides, that are not assaulted, +doublyng the orders in eche of theim, and devidyng for bothe partes +the artillerie, the Veliti, and the horse. If he come on three or +on fower sides, it is necessarie that either thou or he lacke +prudence: for that if thou shalt bee wise, thou wilte never putte +thy self in place, that the enemie on three or fower sides, with a +greate nomber of men, and in order, maie assault thee: for that +mindyng, safely to hurte thee, it is requisit, that he be so great, +that on every side, he maie assault thee, with as many men, as thou +haste almoste in al thy army: and if thou be so unwise, that thou +put thy self in the daunger and force of an enemie, whom hath three +tymes more menne ordained then thou, if thou catche hurte, thou +canste blame no man but thy self: if it happen not through thy +faulte, but throughe some mischaunce, the hurt shall be without the +shame, and it shal chaunce unto thee, as unto the Scipions in +Spaine, and to Asdruball in Italie but if the enemie have not many +more men then thou, and intende for to disorder thee, to assaulte +thee on divers sides, it shal be his foolishnesse, and thy good +fortune: for as moche as to doe so, it is convenient, that he +become so thinne in soche wise, that then easely thou maiste +overthrow <span class="pagenum"><a name="page159" id= +"page159"></a>{159}</span> one bande, and withstande an other, and +in short time ruinate him: this maner of ordering an armie against +an enemie, whiche is not seen, but whiche is feared, is a +necessarie and a profitable thing, to accustome thy souldiours, to +put themselves together, and to march with soche order, and in +marchyng, to order theimselves to faight, accordyng to the first +hedde, and after to retourne in the forme, that thei marched in, +then to make hedde of the taile, after, of the flanckes, from +these, to retourne into the first facion: the whiche exercises and +uses bee necessarie, mindyng to have an armie, throughly instructed +and practised: in whiche thyng the Princes and the capitaines, +ought to take paine. Nor the discipline of warre is no other, then +to knowe how to commaunde, and to execute these thynges. Nor an +instructed armie is no other, then an armie that is wel practised +in these orders: nor it cannot be possible, that who so ever in +this time, should use like disciplin shall ever bee broken. And if +this quadrante forme whiche I have shewed you, is somewhat +difficulte, soche difficultnesse is necessarie, takyng it for an +exercise: for as moche as knowyng well, how to set theim selves in +order, and to maintaine theim selves in the same, thei shall knowe +after more easely, how to stand in those, whiche should not have so +moche difficultie.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. I beleve as you saie, that these orders bee verie +necessarie, and I for my parte, knowe not what to adde or take from +it: true it is, that I desire to know of you twoo thynges, the one, +if when you will make of the taile, or of the flancke hedde, and +would make them to tourne, whether this be commaunded by the voice, +or with the sounde: thother, whether those that you sende afore, to +make plain the waie, for the armie to marche, ought to be of the +verie same souldiours of your battailes, or other vile menne +appoincted, to like exercise.</p> +<p class="side">Commaundementes of Capitaines being not wel +understoode, maie be the destruction of an armie; Respect that is +to be had in commaundementes made with the sounde of the Trompet; +In commaundmentes made with the voice, what respect is to be had; +Of Pianars.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Your firste question importeth moche: for that many +tymes the commaundementes of Capitaines, beyng not well +understoode, or evill interpreted, have disordered their armie: +therfore the voices, with the whiche thei commaunde <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page160" id="page160"></a>{160}</span> in +perilles, ought to bee cleare, and nete. And if thou commaunde with +the sounde, it is convenient to make, that betwene the one waie and +the other, there be so moche difference, that the one cannot be +chaunged for the other: and if thou commaundest with the voice, +thou oughteste to take heede, that thou flie the general voices, +and to use the particulares, and of the particulars, to flie those, +whiche maie be interpreted sinisterly. Many tymes the saiyng backe, +backe, hath made to ruinate an armie; therfore this voice ought not +to be used, but in steede therof to use, retire you. If you will +make theim to tourne, for to chaunge the hedde, either to flanck, +or to backe, use never to saie tourne you, but saie to the lefte, +to the right, to the backe, to the front: thus all the other voices +ought to be simple, and nete, as thrust on, march, stande stronge, +forwarde, retourne you: and all those thynges, whiche maie bee +dooen with the voice, thei doe, the other is dooen with the sounde. +Concernyng those menne, that must make the waies plaine for the +armie to marche, whiche is your seconde question, I would cause my +owne souldiours to dooe this office, as well bicause in the +aunciente warfare thei did so, as also for that there should be in +the armie, lesser nomber of unarmed men, and lesse impedimentes: +and I would choose out of every battaile, thesame nomber that +should nede, and I would make theim to take the instrumentes, meete +to plaine the grounde withall, and their weapons to leave with +those rankes, that should bee nereste them, who should carrie them, +and the enemie commyng, thei shall have no other to doe, then to +take them again, and to retourne into their araie.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. Who shall carrie thinstrumentes to make the waie plaine +withall?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The Cartes that are appoincted to carrie the like +instrumentes.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. I doubte whether you should ever brynge these our +souldiours, to labour with Shovell or Mattocke, after soche +sorte.</p> +<p class="side">The victualles that thantiquitie made provision of, +for their armies.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. All these thynges shall bee reasoned in the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page161" id= +"page161"></a>{161}</span> place thereof, but now I will let alone +this parte, and reason of the maner of the victualing of the armie: +for that me thinketh, havyng so moche traivailed theim, it is tyme +to refreshe them, and to comfort them with meate. You have to +understande, that a Prince ought to ordaine his armie, as expedite +as is possible, and take from thesame all those thynges, whiche +maie cause any trouble or burthen unto it, and make unto hym any +enterprise difficulte. Emongest those thynges that causeth moste +difficultie, is to be constrained to keepe the armie provided of +wine, and baked bread. The antiquitie cared not for Wine, for that +lackyng it, thei dranke water, mingeled with a little vinegre, to +give it a taste: For whiche cause, emong the municions of +victualles for the hoste, vineger was one, and not wine. Thei baked +not the breade in Ovens, as thei use for Citees, but thei provided +the Meale, and of thesame, every Souldiour after his owne maner, +satisfied hym self, havyng for condimente Larde and Baken, the +whiche made the breade saverie, that thei made, and maintained +theim strong, so that the provision of victualles for the armie, +was Meale, Vineger, Larde, and Bacon, and for the horses Barley. +Thei had ordinarely heardes of greate beastes and small, whiche +folowed the armie, the whiche havyng no nede to bee carried, caused +not moche impedimente. Of this order there grewe, that an armie in +old time, marched somtymes many daies through solitarie places, and +difficulte, without sufferyng disease of victualles: for that thei +lived of thyngs, whiche easely thei might convey after them. To the +contrarie it happeneth in the armies, that are now a daies, whiche +mindyng not to lacke wine, and to eate baked breade in thesame +maner, as when thei are at home, whereof beyng not able to make +provision long, thei remaine often tymes famished, or though thei +be provided, it is dooen with disease, and with moste greate coste: +therfore I would reduce my armie to this maner of living: and I +would not that thei should eate other bread, then that, which by +themselves thei should bake. Concernyng wine, I would not prohibite +the drinkyng thereof, nor yet the commyng of it <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page162" id="page162"></a>{162}</span> into the +armie, but I would not use indevour, nor any labour for to have it, +and in the other provisions, I would governe my self altogether, +like unto the antiquitie: the whiche thing, if you consider well, +you shall see how moche difficultie is taken awaie, and how moche +trouble and disease, an armie and a capitaine is avoided of, and +how moche commoditie shall bee given, to what so ever enterprise is +to bee dooen.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. We have overcome thenemie in the field, marched +afterward upon his countrie, reason would, that spoiles be made, +tounes sacked, prisoners taken, therefore I would knowe how the +antiquitie in these thynges, governed them selves.</p> +<p class="side">The occasions why the warres made nowe adaies, doe +impoverishe the conquerors as well as the conquered; The order that +the Romaines toke, concerning the spoile and the booties that their +souldiours gotte; An order that the antiquitie tooke, concernyng +their soldiours wages.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Beholde, I will satisfie you. I beleve you have +considered, for that once alredie with some of you I have reasoned, +howe these present warres, impoverishe as well those lordes that +overcome, as those that leese: for that if the one leese his +estate, the other leeseth his money, and his movables: the whiche +in olde time was not, for that the conquerour of the warre, waxed +ritche. This groweth of keepyng no compte in these daies of the +spoiles, as in olde tyme thei did, but thei leave it to the +discreacion of the souldiours. This manner maketh twoo moste great +disorders: the one, that whiche I have tolde: the other that the +souldiour becometh more covetous to spoyle, and lesse observeth the +orders: and manie times it hath been seen, howe the covetousnesse +of the praye, hath made those to leese, whome were victorious. +Therefore the Romaines whiche were princes of armies, provided to +the one and to the other of these inconvenienses, ordainyng that +all the spoyle should apertaine to the publicke, and that the +publicke after should bestowe it, as shoulde be thought good: and +therfore thei had in tharmie the questours, whom were as we would +say, the chamberlaines, to whose charge all the spoyle and booties +were committed: whereof the consull was served to geve the +ordinarie pay to the souldiours, to succour the wounded, and the +sicke, and for the other businesse of the armie. The consull might +well, and he used it often, to graunte a spoyle to soldiours: but +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page163" id= +"page163"></a>{163}</span> this grauntyng, made no disorder: for +that the armie beyng broken all the pray was put in the middest, +and distributed by hedde, accordyng to the qualitee of everie man: +the which maner thei constituted, to thintente, that the soldiours +should attend to overcome, and not to robbe: and the Romaine +Legions overcame the enemies, and folowed them not, for that thei +never departed from their orders: onely there folowed them, the +horsemenne with those that were light armed, and if there were any +other souldiours then those of the legions, they likewyse pursued +the chase. Where if the spoyle shoulde have ben his that gotte it, +it had not ben possible nor reasonable, to have kepte the legions +steddie, and to withstonde manie perils; hereby grewe therefore, +that the common weale inritched, and every Consull carried with his +triumphe into the treasurie, muche treasure, whiche all was of +booties and spoiles. An other thing the antiquetie did upon good +consideration, that of the wages, whiche they gave to every +souldiour, the thirde parte they woulde shoulde be laied up nexte +to him, whome carried the ansigne of their bande, whiche never gave +it them againe, before the warre was ended: this thei did, beyng +moved of twoo reasons, the first was to thintente, that the +souldiour should thrive by his wages, because the greatest parte of +them beyng yonge men, and carelesse, the more thei have, so muche +the more without neede thei spende, the other cause was, for that +knowyng, that their movabelles were nexte to the ansigne, thei +should be constrained to have more care thereof, and with more +obstinatenesse to defende it: and this made them stronge and to +holde together: all which thynges is necessarie to observe, +purposinge to reduce the exercise of armes unto the intier +perfection therof.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. I beleeve that it is not possible, that to an armie that +marcheth from place to place, there fal not perrilous accidentes, +where the industerie of the capitaine is needefull, and the +worthinesse of the souldiours, mindyng to avoyde them. Therefore I +woulde be glad, that you remembring any, would shew them.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page164" id= +"page164"></a>{164}</span> +<p class="side">Captaines mai incurre the daunger of ambusshes twoo +maner of wayes; How to avoide the perill of ambusshes; Howe +ambusshes have ben perceived; Howe the Capitaine of the enemies +ought to be esteemed; Where men be in greatest perill; The +description of the countrey where an army muste marche, is most +requiset for a Capitaine to have; A most profitable thyng it is for +a capitayne to be secrete in all his affaires; An advertisment +concernyng the marchyng of an armie; The marching of an armie ought +to be ruled by the stroke of the Drumme; The condicion of the +enemie ought to be considered.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I shall contente you with a good will, beyng +inespetially necessarie, intendyng to make of this exercise a +perfecte science. The Capitaines ought above all other thynges, +whileste thei marche with an armie, to take heede of ambusshes, +wherein they incurre daunger twoo waies, either marchynge thou +entrest into them, or thoroughe crafte of the enemie thou arte +trained in before thou arte aware. In the first case, mindyng to +avoide suche perill, it is necessarie to sende afore double warde, +whome may discover the countrey, and so muche the more dilligence +ought to be used, the more that the countrey is apte for ambusshes, +as be the woddie or hilly countries, for that alwaies thei be layd +either in a wodde, or behind a hille: and as the ambusshe not +forseene, doeth ruin thee, so forseyng the same, it cannot hurte +thee. Manie tymes birdes or muche duste have discovered the enemie: +for that alwayes where the enemie cometh to finde thee, he shall +make great duste, whiche shall signifie unto thee his comyng: so +often tymes a Capitaine seyng in the places where he ought to +passe, Doves to rise, or other of those birdes that flie in +flockes, and to tourne aboute and not to light, hath knowen by the +same the ambusshe of the enemies to be there, and sendynge before +his men, and sertainely understandyng it, hath saved him selfe and +hurte his enemie. Concernyng the seconde case, to be trained in, +(which these our men cal to be drawen to the shot) thou ought to +take heede, not straight way to beleve those thinges, which are +nothyng reasonable, that thei be as they seeme: as shoulde be, if +the enemie should set afore thee a praie, thou oughtest to beleeve +that in the same is the hooke, and that therin is hid the deceipte. +If many enemies be driven away by a fewe of thine, if a fewe +enemies assaulte manie of thine, if the enemies make a sodeine +flight, and not standynge with reason, alwaies thou oughtest in +suche cases to feare deceipte, and oughtest never to beleeve that +the enemie knoweth not how to doe his businesse, but rather +intendyng that he may begile thee the lesse, and mindyng to stand +in lesse peril, the weaker that he is, and the lesse craftier that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page165" id= +"page165"></a>{165}</span> the enemie is, so muche the more thou +oughtest to esteeme him: and thou muste in this case use twoo +sundrie poinctes, for that thou oughtest to feare him in thy minde +and with the order, but with wordes, and with other outewarde +demonstracion, to seeme to dispyse him: because this laste way, +maketh that the souldiours hope the more to have the victorie: the +other maketh thee more warie, and lesse apte to be begyled. And +thou hast to understand, that when men marche thoroughe the enemies +countrey, they ar in muche more, and greater perils, then in +fayghtyng the fielde: and therefore the Capitaine in marchyng, +ought to use double diligence: and the first thyng that he ought to +doo, is to get described, and payncted oute all the countrie, +thorough the which he must marche, so that he maye know the places, +the number, the distances, the waies, the hilles, the rivers, the +fennes, and all the quallites of them: and to cause this to bee +knowen, it is convenient to have with him diversly, and in sundrie +maners such men, as know the places, and to aske them with +diligence, and to se whether their talke agree, and accordyng to +the agreyng therof, to note: he oughte also to sende afore the +horsemen, and with them prudente heddes, not so muche to discover +the enemie, as to viewe the countrey, to se whether it agree with +the description, and with the knowledge that they have of the same. +Also the guydes that are sente, ought to be kepte with hope of +rewarde, and feare of paine. And above all thynges it ought to be +provided, that the armie knowe not to what businesse he leadeth +them: for that there is nothyng in the warre more profitable, then +to keepe secret the thynges that is to be dooen: and to thintente a +suddeine assaulte dooe not trouble thy soldiours, thou oughteste to +see them to stande reddie with their weapons, because the thynges +that ar provided for, offend lesse. Manie for to avoyde the +confusion of marchyng, have placed under the standerde, the +carriages, and the unarmed, and have commaunded them to folow the +same, to the intente that in marchyng needyng to staye, or to +retire, they might dooe it more easely, which thyng as profitable, +I alowe very <span class="pagenum"><a name="page166" id= +"page166"></a>{166}</span> muche. Also in marchyng, advertismente +ought to be had, that the one parte of the armie goe not a sunder +from the other, or that thoroughe some goyng fast, and some softe, +the armie become not slender: the whiche thynges, be occation of +dissorder: therfore the heddes muste be placed in suche wise, that +they may maintaine the pace even, causing to goe softe those that +goe to fast, and to haste forward the other that goe to sloe, the +whiche pace can not bee better ruled, then by the stroke of the +drumme. The waies ought to be caused to be inlarged, so that +alwaies at least a bande of iiii. hundred men may marche in order +of battaile. The custome and the qualitie of the enemie ought to be +considered, and whether that he wil assaulte thee either in the +mornyng, or at none or in the evenynge, and whether he be more +puisante with fotemen or horsemen, and accordyng as thou +understandest, to ordeine and to provide for thy self. But let us +come to some particular accidente. It hapneth sometime, that thou +gettyng from the enemie, because thou judgest thy selfe inferiour, +and therfore mindynge not to faight with him, and he comyng at thy +backe, thou arivest at the banke of a river, passyng over the +which, asketh time, so that the enemie is redie to overtake thee +and to fayght with thee. Some, which chaunsing to bee in suche +perill, have inclosed their armie on the hinder parte with a diche, +and fillyng the same full of towe, and firyng it, have then passed +with the armie without beyng able to be letted of the enemie, he +beyng by the same fire that was betwene them held backe.</p> +<p class="side">Annone of Carthage.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. I am harde of beliefe, that this fyre coulde stay theim, +in especially because I remember that I have harde, howe Annone of +Carthage, beyng besieged of enemies, inclosed him selfe on the same +parte, with wodde, which he did set on fire where he purposed to +make eruption. Wherfore the enemies beyng not intentive on the same +parte to looke to him, he made his armie to passe over the same +flame, causing every man to holde his Target before his face for to +defend them from the fire, and smoke.</p> +<p class="side">Nabide a spartayne; Quintus Luttatius pollecie to +passe over a river; How to passe a ryver without a bridge; A +polecie of Cesar to passe a river, where his enemie beyng on the +other side therof sought to lette hym.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You saye well: but consider you howe I have +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page167" id= +"page167"></a>{167}</span> saied, and howe Annone did: for as muche +as I saied that they made a diche, and filled it with towe, so that +he, that woulde passe over the same, should be constrained to +contende with the diche and with fire: Annone made the fire, +without the diche, and because he intended to passe over it, he +made it not great, for that otherwise without the diche, it shoulde +have letted him. Dooe you not knowe, that Nabide a Spartan beyng +besieged in Sparta of the Romaines, set fire on parte of his towne +to let the way to the Romaines, who alredie wer entred in? And by +meane of the same flame not onely hindered their way, but drave +them oute: but let us turne to our matter. Quintus Luttatius a +Romaine, havyng at his backe the Cimbri, and commyng to a river, to +thentente the enemie should give him time to passe over, semed to +geve time to them to faight with him: and therfore he fained that +he would lodge there, and caused trenches to be made, and certaine +pavilions to be erected, and sent certayne horsemen into the +countrie for forredge: so that the Cimbrise beleevyng, that he +incamped, they also incamped, and devided them selves into sundrie +partes, to provide for victuals, wherof Luttatius being aware, +passed the river they beyng not able to let him. Some for to passe +a river havynge no bridge, have devided it, and one parte they have +turned behynde their backes, and the other then becomynge shalower, +with ease they have passed it: when the rivers be swift, purposyng +to have their footemen to passe safely, they place their strongest +horses on the higher side, that thei may sustain the water, and an +other parte be lowe that may succour the men, if any of the river +in passyng should be overcome with the water: They passe also +rivers, that be verie deepe, with bridges, with botes, and with +barrelles: and therfore it is good to have in a redinesse in an +armie wherewith to be able to make all these thynges. It fortuneth +sometime that in passyng a river, the enemie standynge agaynst thee +on the other banke, doeth let thee: to minde to overcome this +difficultie, I know not a better insample to folow, then the same +of Cesar, whome havynge his armie on the banke of a river in +Fraunce, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page168" id= +"page168"></a>{168}</span> his passage beynge letted of +Vergintorige a Frenche man, the whiche on the other side of the +river had his men, marched many daies a longe the river, and the +like did the enemie: wherfore Cesar incamping in a woddie place, +apte to hide men, he tooke out of every legion three cohortes, and +made them to tarie in the same place, commaundynge theim that so +soone as he was departed, they shoulde caste over a bridge, and +should fortefie it, and he with his other menne folowed on the +waye: wherfore Vergintorige seyng the number of the legions, +thinkyng that there was not left anie parte of theim behinde, +folowed also his way: but Cesar when he supposed that the bridge +was made, tourned backewarde, and findynge all thinges in order, +passed the river without difficultee.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. Have ye any rule to know the foordes?</p> +<p class="side">How to know the Foordes of a river.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Yea, we have: alwaies the river, in that parte, whiche +is betwene the water, that is stilleste, and the water that runneth +fastest, there is least depth and it is a place more meete to be +looked on, then any other where. For that alwaies in thesame place, +the river is moste shallowest. The whiche thyng, bicause it hath +been proved many tymes, is moste true.</p> +<p>ZANOBI. If it chaunce that the River hath marde the Foorde, so +that the horses sincke, what reamedy have you?</p> +<p class="side">Howe to escape oute of a straight where the same is +besette with enemies; Howe Lutius Minutius escaped out of a +strayght wherin he was inclosed of his enemies; Howe some +Capitaynes have suffered them selves to be compassed aboute of +their enemies; A polecie of Marcus Antonius; A defence for the +shotte of arrowes.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The remedie is to make hardels of roddes whiche must +be placed in the bottome of the river, and so to passe upon those: +but let us folowe our reasonyng. If it happen that a capitain be +led with his armie, betwen two hilles, and that he have not but +twoo waies to save hymself, either that before, or that behinde, +and those beyng beset of thenemies, he hath for remidie to doe the +same, which some have doen heretofore: that which have made on +their hinder parte a greate trenche, difficult to passe over, and +semed to the enemie, to mynde to kepe him of, for to be able with +al his power, without neding to feare behinde, to make force that +waie, whiche before remaineth open. The whiche the enemies +belevyng, have made theim selves stronge, towardes the open parte, +and have forsaken the <span class="pagenum"><a name="page169" id= +"page169"></a>{169}</span> inclosed and he then castyng a bridge of +woode over the Trenche, for soche an effect prepared, bothe on +thesame parte, with out any impedimente hath passed, and also +delivered hymself out of the handes of the enemie. Lucius Minutus a +Consul of Rome, was in Liguria with an armie, and was of the +enemies inclosed, betwene certaine hilles, whereby he could not go +out: therefore he sente certaine souldiours of Numidia on +horsebacke, whiche he had in his armie (whom were evill armed, and +upon little leane horses) towardes the places that were kepte of +the enemies, whom at the first sight made the enemies, to order +theim selves together, to defende the passage: but after that thei +sawe those men ill apoincted, and accordyng to their facion evill +horsed, regardyng theim little, enlarged the orders of their warde, +wherof so sone as the Numidians wer a ware, givyng the spurres to +their horses, and runnyng violently upon theim, passed before thei +could provide any remedy, whom beyng passed, destroied and spoiled +the countrie after soche sorte, that thei constrained the enemies, +to leave the passage free to the armie of Lucius. Some capitaine, +whiche hath perceived hymself to be assaulted of a greate multitude +of enemies, hath drawen together his men, and hath given to the +enemie commoditie, to compasse hym all about, and then on thesame +part, whiche he hath perceived to be moste weake, hath made force, +and by thesame waie, hath caused to make waie, and saved +hymself.</p> +<p>Marcus Antonius retiryng before the armie of the Parthians, +perceived how the enemies every daie before Sunne risyng, when he +removed, assaulted him, and all the waie troubled hym: in so moch, +that he determined not to departe the nexte daie, before None: so +that the Parthians beleving, that he would not remove that daie, +retourned to their tentes. Whereby Marcus Antonius might then all +the reste of the daie, marche without any disquietnesse. This self +same man for to avoide the arrowes of the Parthians, commaunded his +men, that when the Parthians came towardes them, thei should knele, +and that the second ranke of the battailes, should cover with their +Targaettes, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page170" id= +"page170"></a>{170}</span> the heddes of the firste, the thirde, +the seconde, the fowerth the third, and so successively, that all +the armie came, to be as it were under a pentehouse, and defended +from the shotte of the enemies. This is as moche as is come into my +remembraunce, to tell you, which maie happen unto an armie +marchyng: therefore, if you remember not any thyng els, I will +passe to an other parte.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page173" id= +"page173"></a>{173}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-6" id="warre-6">THE SIXTHE BOOKE</a></h2> +<p>ZANOBI. <img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> +beleve that it is good, seyng the reasonyng must be chaunged, that +Baptiste take his office, and I to resigne myne, and wee shall come +in this case, to imitate the good Capitaines (accordyng as I have +nowe here understoode of the gentilman) who place the beste +souldiours, before and behinde the armie, semyng unto theim +necessarie to have before, soche as maie lustely beginne the +faight, and soche as behinde maie lustely sustaine it. Now seyng +Cosimus began this reasonyng prudently, Baptiste prudently shall +ende it. As for Luigi and I, have in this middeste intertained it, +and as every one of us hath taken his part willingly, so I beleve +not, that Baptiste wil refuse it.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. I have let my self been governed hetherto, so I minde +to doe still. Therfore be contente sir, to folowe your reasonyng, +and if we interrupte you with this practise of ours, have us +excused.</p> +<p class="side">How the Grekes incamped; Howe the Romaines +incamped; The maner of the incamping of an armie; The lodging for +the generall capitaine.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You dooe me, as all readie I have saied, a moste +greate pleasure; for this your interrupting me, taketh not awaie my +fantasie, but rather refresheth me. But mindyng to followe our +matter I saie, how that it is now tyme, that we lodge this our +armie, for that you knowe every thyng desireth reste and saftie, +bicause to reste, and not to reste safely, is no perfecte reste: I +doubte moche, whether it hath not been desired of you, that I +should firste <span class="pagenum"><a name="page174" id= +"page174"></a>{174}</span> have lodged them, after made theim to +marche, and laste of all to faight, and we have doen the contrary: +whereunto necessitie hath brought us, for that intendyng to shewe, +how an armie in going, is reduced from the forme of marching, to +thesame maner of faightyng, it was necessarie to have firste +shewed, how thei ordered it to faight. But tournyng to our matter, +I saie, that minding to have the Campe sure, it is requisite that +it be strong, and in good order: the industrie of the Capitaine, +maketh it in order, the situacion, or the arte, maketh it stronge. +The Grekes sought strong situacions, nor thei would never place +theim selves, where had not been either cave, or bancke of a river, +or multitude of trees, or other naturall fortificacion, that might +defende theim: but the Romaines not so moche incamped safe through +the situacion, as through arte, nor thei would never incampe in +place, where thei should not have been able to have raunged all +their bandes of menne, accordyng to their discipline. Hereby grewe, +that the Romaines might kepe alwaies one forme of incamping, for +that thei would, that the situacion should bee ruled by them, not +thei by the situacion: the which the Grekes could not observe, for +that beyng ruled by the situacion, and variyng the situacion and +forme, it was conveniente, that also thei should varie the maner of +incampyng, and the facion of their lodgynges. Therefore the +Romaines, where the situacion lacked strength thei supplied thesame +with arte, and with industrie. And for that I in this my +declaracion, have willed to imitate the Romaines, I will not +departe from the maner of their incamping, yet not observyng +altogether their order, but takyng thesame parte, whiche semeth +unto me, to be mete for this present tyme. I have told you many +tymes, how the Romaines had in their consull armies, twoo Legions +of Romaine men, whiche were aboute a leven thousande footemen, and +sixe hundred horsemen, and moreover thei had an other leven +thousande footemen, sente from their frendes in their aide: nor in +their armie thei had never more souldiers that were straungers, +then Romaines, excepte horsemenne, whom thei cared not, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page175" id= +"page175"></a>{175}</span> though thei were more in nomber then +theirs: and in all their doynges, thei did place their Legions in +the middeste, and the aiders, on the sides: the whiche maner, thei +observed also in incampyng, as by your self you maie rede, in those +aucthoures, that write of their actes: and therefore I purpose not +to shewe you distinctly how thei incamped, but to tell you onely +with what order, I at this presente would incampe my armie, whereby +you shall then knowe, what parte I have taken out of the Romaine +maners. You knowe, that in stede of twoo Romaine Legions, I have +taken twoo maine battailes of footemen, of sixe thousande footemen, +and three hundred horsemen, profitable for a maine battaile, and +into what battailes, into what weapons, into what names I have +devided theim: you knowe howe in orderyng tharmie to marche, and to +faight, I have not made mencion of other men, but onely have +shewed, how that doublyng the men, thei neded not but to double the +orders: but mindyng at this presente, to shew you the maner of +incampyng, me thinketh good not to stande onely with twoo maine +battailes, but to bryng together a juste armie, made like unto the +Romaines, of twoo maine battailes, and of as many more aidyng men: +the whiche I make, to the intent that the forme of the incampyng, +maie be the more perfect, by lodgyng a perfecte armie: whiche thyng +in the other demonstracions, hath not semed unto me so necessarie. +Purposing then, to incampe a juste armie, of xxiiii. thousande +footemen, and of twoo thousande good horsemenne, beeyng devided +into fower maine battailes, twoo of our owne menne, and twoo of +straungers, I would take this waie. The situacion beyng founde, +where I would incampe, I would erecte the hed standarde, and aboute +it, I would marke out a quadrant, whiche should have every side +distante from it xxxvii. yardes and a half, of whiche every one of +them should lye, towardes one of the fower regions of heaven, as +Easte, Weste, Southe, and Northe: betwene the whiche space, I would +that the capitaines lodgyng should be appoincted. And bicause I +beleve that it is wisedom, to devide the armed from the unarmed, +seyng that so, for the moste parte the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page176" id="page176"></a>{176}</span> Romaines +did, I would therefore seperate the menne, that were cumbered with +any thing, from the uncombered. I would lodge all, or the greatest +parte of the armed, on the side towardes the Easte, and the +unarmed, and the cumbred, on the Weste side, makyng Easte the +hedde, and Weste the backe of the Campe, and Southe, and Northe +should be the flanckes: and for to distinguishe the lodgynges of +the armed, I would take this waie. I would drawe a line from the +hedde standarde, and lead it towardes the Easte, the space of +CCCCC.x. yardes and a half: I would after, make two other lines, +that should place in the middeste the same, and should bee as longe +as that, but distante eche of theim from it a leven yardes and a +quarter: in the ende whereof, I would have the Easte gate, and the +space that is betwene the twoo uttermoste lines, should make a +waie, that should go from the gate, to the capitaines lodging, +whiche shall come to be xxii. yardes and a halfe broad, and +CCCClxxii. yardes and a halfe longe, for the xxxvii. yardes and a +halfe, the lodgyng of the Capitaine will take up: and this shall +bee called the Capitaine waie. Then there shall be made an other +waie, from the Southe gate, to the Northe gate, and shall passe by +the hedde of the capitaine waie, and leave the Capitaines lodgyng +towardes theaste, whiche waie shalbe ix.C.xxxvii. yardes and a +halfe long (for the length therof wilbe as moche as the breadth of +all the lodgynges) and shall likewise be xxii. yardes and a half +broad, and shalbe called the crosse waie. Then so sone as the +Capitaines lodgyng, were appoincted out, and these twoo waies, +there shall bee begun to be appoincted out, the lodginges of our +own two main battailes, one of the whiche, I would lodge on the +right hand of the capitaines waie, and the other, on the lefte: and +therefore passing over the space, that the breadth of the crosse +waie taketh, I would place xxxii. lodgynges, on the lefte side of +the capitain waie, and xxxii. on the right side, leavyng betwene +the xvi. and the xvii. lodgyng, a space of xxii. yardes and a +halfe, the whiche should serve for a waie overthwart, whiche should +runne overthwarte, throughout all the lodgynges of the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page177" id="page177"></a>{177}</span> maine +battailes as in the distributyng of them shall bee seen.</p> +<p class="side">The lodgings for the men of armes, and their +Capitaine; Note, which is breadth and whiche length in the square +campe; The lodgings for the lighte horsemen, and their capitain; +The lodgings for the footemen of twoo ordinary main battailes; The +lodgings for the conestables; The nomber of footemen appoincted to +every lodging; The lodynges for the chiefe Capitaines of the maine +battayles and for the treasurers, marshals and straungers; +Lodginges for the horsemen, of the extraordinarie mayne battailes; +The lodgynges for the extraordinarie Pykes and Veliti; How the +Artillerie must be placed in the Campe; Lodgynges for the unarmed +men, and the places that are apoineted for the impedimentes of the +campe.</p> +<p>Of these twoo orders of lodgynges in the beginnyng of the head, +whiche shall come to joygne to the crosse waye, I would lodge the +Capitaine of the men of armes, in the xv. lodgynges, which on +everie side foloweth next, their men of armes, where eche main +battaile, havyng a CL. men of armes, it will come to ten men of +armes for a lodgyng. The spaces of the Capitaines lodgynges, should +be in bredth xxx. and in length vii. yardes and a halfe. And note +that when so ever I sai bredeth, it signifieth the space of the +middest from Southe to Northe, and saiyng length, that whiche is +from weste to Easte. Those of the men of armes, shoulde be xi. +yardes and a quarter in length, and xxii. yardes and a halfe in +bredeth. In the other xv. lodgynges, that on everie syde should +folowe, the whiche should have their beginnyng on the other side of +the overthwarte way, and whiche shall have the very same space, +that those of the men of armes had, I woulde lodge the light +horsemen: wherof beynge a hundred and fiftie, it will come to x. +horsemen for a lodgyng, and in the xvi. that remaineth, I woulde +lodge their Capitaine, gevynge him the verie same space, that is +geven to the Capitain of the men of armes: and thus the lodginges +of the horsemen of two maine battailes, will come to place in the +middest the Capitaine way, and geve rule to the lodginges of the +footemen, as I shall declare. You have noted how I have lodged the +CCC. horsemen of everie main battaile with their Capitaines, in +xxxii. lodgynges placed on the Captaine waie, havynge begun from +the crosse waie, and how from the xvi. to the xvii. there remaineth +a space of xxii. yardes and a halfe, to make awaie overthwarte. +Mindyng therefore to lodge the xx. battailes, which the twoo +ordinarie maine battailes have, I woulde place the lodgyng of +everie twoo battailes, behinde the lodgynges of the horsemen, +everie one of whiche, should have in length xi. yardes and a +quarter, and in bredeth xxii. yardes and a half as those of the +horsemens, and shoulde bee joigned on the hinder parte, that thei +shoulde touche the one the other. <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page178" id="page178"></a>{178}</span> And in every first lodgyng +on everie side which cometh to lie on the crosse waie, I woulde +lodge the Counstable of a battaile, whiche should come to stand +even with the lodgyng of the Capitayne of the men of armes, and +this lodgyng shall have onely of space for bredeth xv. yardes, and +for length vii. yardes and a halfe. In the other xv. lodgynges, +that on everie side followeth after these, even unto the +overthwarte way, I would lodge on everie part a battaile of foote +men, whiche beyng iiii. hundred and fiftie, there will come to a +lodgyng xxx. The other xv. lodgynges, I woulde place continually on +every side on those of the light horse men, with the verie same +spaces, where I woulde lodge on everie part, an other battaile of +fote men, and in the laste lodgyng, I would place on every parte +the Conestable of the battaile, whiche will come to joigne with the +same of the Capitaine of the lighte horsemen, with the space of +vii. yardes and a halfe for length, and xv. for bredeth: and so +these two firste orders of lodgynges, shal be halfe of horsemen, +and halfe of footemen. And for that I woulde (as in the place +therof I have tolde you) these horse menne shoulde be all +profitable, and for this havynge no servauntes whiche in kepyng the +horses, or in other necessarie thynges might helpe them, I woulde +that these footemen, who lodge behynde the horse, should bee bounde +to helpe to provide, and to keepe theim for their maisters: and for +this to bee exempted from the other doynges of the Campe. The +whiche maner, was observed of the Romanies. Then leavyng after +these lodgynges on everie parte, a space of xxii. yardes and a +halfe, whiche shoulde make awaye, that shoulde be called the one, +the firste waye on the righte hande, and the other the firste waie +on the lefte hand, I woulde pitche on everie side an other order of +xxxii. double lodgynges, whiche should tourne their hinder partes +the one againste the other with the verie same spaces, as those +that I have tolde you of, and devided after the sixtenth in the +verie same maner for to make the overthwarte waie, where I would +lodge on every side iiii. battailes of footemen, with their +constables in bothe endes. Then leavyng on every side an other +space of xxii. yardes <span class="pagenum"><a name="page179" id= +"page179"></a>{179}</span> and a halfe, that shoulde make a waie, +whiche shoulde be called of the one side, the seconde waie on the +right hande, and on the other syde, the seconde way on the lefte +hande, I would place an other order on everie side of xxxii. double +lodgynges, with the verie same distance and devisions, where I +would lodge on everie side, other iiii. battailes with their +Constables: and thus the horesemenne and the bandes of the twoo +ordinarie maine battailes, should come to be lodged in three orders +of lodgynges, on the one side of the capitaine waie, and in three +other orders of lodgynges on the other side of the Capitaine waie. +The twoo aidyng maine battels (for that I cause them to be made of +the verie same nation) I woulde lodge them on everie parte of these +twoo ordinarie maine battailes, with the very same orders of double +lodgynges, pitchyng first one order of lodgynges, where should +lodge halfe the horsemen, and half the foote men, distance xxii. +yardes and a halfe from the other, for to make a way whiche should +be called the one, the thirde waie on the right hande, and the +other the thirde waie on the lefte hande. And after, I woulde make +on everie side, twoo other orders of lodgynges, in the verie same +maner destinguesshed and ordeined, as those were of the ordinarie +maine battelles, which shall make twoo other wayes, and they all +should be called of the numbre, and of the hande, where thei should +be placed: in suche wyse, that all this side of the armie, shoulde +come to be lodged in xii. orders of double lodgynges, and in xiii. +waies, reckenynge captaine waie, and crosse waie: I would there +should remayne a space from the lodgynges to the Trenche of lxxv. +yardes rounde aboute: and if you recken al these spaces, you shall +see that from the middest of the Capitaines lodgyng to the easte +gate, there is Dx. yardes. Now there remaineth twoo spaces, whereof +one is from the Capitaines lodgyng to the Southe gate, the other is +from thense to the Northe gate: whiche come to be (either of them +measurynge them from the poincte in the middest) CCCC.lxxvi. +yardes. Then takyng out of everie one of these spaces xxxvii. +yardes and a halfe, whiche the Capitaynes lodgynge occupieth, and +xxxiiii. yardes everie <span class="pagenum"><a name="page180" id= +"page180"></a>{180}</span> waie for a market place, and xxii. +yardes and a halfe for way that devides everie one of the saied +spaces in the middest, and lxxv. yardes, that is lefte on everie +part betweene the lodgynges and the Trenche, there remaineth on +every side a space for lodginges of CCC. yardes broade, and lxxv. +yardes longe, measurynge the length with the space that the +Captaines lodgynge taketh up. Devidynge then in the middest the +saied lengthe, there woulde be made on every hande of the Capitaine +xl. lodgynges xxxvii. yardes and a halfe longe, and xv. broade, +whiche will come to be in all lxxx. lodgynges, wherin shall be +lodged the heddes of the maine battailes, the Treasurers, the +Marshalles of the fielde, and all those that shoulde have office in +the armie, leavyng some voide for straungers that shoulde happen to +come, and for those that shall serve for good will of the +Capitaine. On the parte behinde the Capitaines lodgynge, I would +have a way from Southe to Northe xxiii. yardes large, and shoulde +be called the bed way, whiche shall come to be placed a longe by +the lxxx. lodgynges aforesayd: for that this waie, and the +crosseway, shall come to place in the middest betweene them bothe +the Capitaines lodgynge, and the lxxx. lodgynges that be on the +sides therof. From this bed waie, and from over agaynst the +captaines lodgyng, I would make an other waie, which shoulde goe +from thens to the weste gate, lykewyse broade xxii. yardes and a +halfe, and should aunswer in situation and in length to the +Captaine way, and should be called the market waie. These twoo +waies beynge made, I woulde ordeine the market place, where the +market shall bee kepte, whiche I woulde place on the head of the +market way over against the capitaines lodgynge, and joigned to the +head way, and I woulde have it to be quadrante, and woulde assigne +lxxxx. yardes and three quarters to a square: and on the right +hande and lefte hande, of the saied market place, I would make two +orders of lodginges, where everie order shal have eight double +lodginges, which shall take up in length, ix. yardes, and in +bredeth xxii. yardes and a halfe, so that there shall come to be on +every hande of the market place, xvi. lodgynges <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page181" id="page181"></a>{181}</span> that +shall place the same in the middest which shall be in al xxxii. +wherin I woulde lodge those horsemen, which shoulde remaine to the +aidyng mayne battailes: and when these should not suffise, I woulde +assigne theim some of those lodginges that placeth between them the +Capitaines lodgynge, and in especially those, that lie towardes the +Trenche. There resteth now to lodge the Pikes, and extraordinarie +Veliti, that everie main battaile hath, which you know accordynge +to our order, how everie one hath besides the x. battailes M. +extraordinarie Pikes, and five hundreth Veliti: so that the twoo +cheefe maine battailes, have two thousande extraordinarie Pikes, +and a thousande extraordinarie Veliti, and the ayders as many as +those, so that yet there remaineth to be lodged, vi. M. menne, +whome I woulde lodge all on the weste side, and a longe the +Trenche. Then from the ende of the hed waye, towardes Northe, +leavyng the space of lxxv. yardes from them to the trenche, I +woulde place an order of v. double lodgynges, whiche in all shoulde +take up lvi. yardes in lengthe, and xxx. in bredeth: so that the +bredeth devided, there will come to everie lodgyng xi. yardes and a +quarter for lengthe, and for bredeth twoo and twentie yardes and a +half. And because there shall be x. lodgynges, I will lodge three +hundred men, apoinctyng to every lodging xxx. men: leavyng then a +space of three and twentie yardes and a quarter, I woulde place in +like wise, and with like spaces an other order of five double +lodgynges, and againe an other, till there were five orders of five +double lodgynges: which wil come to be fiftie lodgynges placed by +right line on the Northe side, every one of them distante from the +Trenche lxxv. yardes, which will lodge fifteene hundred men. +Tournyng after on the lefte hande towardes the weste gate, I woulde +pitche in all the same tracte, whiche were from them to the saied +gate, five other orders of double lodgynges, with the verie same +spaces, and with the verie same maner: true it is, that from the +one order to the other, there shall not be more then a xi. yardes +and a quarter of space: wherin shall be lodged also fifteene +hundred men: and thus from the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page182" id="page182"></a>{182}</span> Northe gate to the weste, +as the Trenche turneth, in a hundred lodginges devided in x. rewes +of five double lodgynges in a rowe, there will be lodged all the +Pikes and extraordinarie Veliti of the cheefe maine battayles. And +so from the west gate to the Southe, as the Trenche tourneth even +in the verie same maner, in other ten rewes of ten lodgynges in a +rewe, there shall be lodged the pikes, and extraordinarie Veliti of +the aidyng mayne battailes. Their headdes or their counstables may +take those lodgynges, that shal seeme unto them moste commodious, +on the parte towardes the trenche. The Artillerie, I woulde dispose +throughoute all the Campe, a longe the banke of the Trenche: and in +all the other space that shoulde remaine towardes weste, I woulde +lodge all the unarmed, and place all the impedimentes of the Campe. +And it is to be understoode, that under this name of impedimentes +(as you know) the antiquitee mente all the same trayne, and all +those thynges, which are necessarie for an armie, besides the +souldiours: as are Carpenters, Smithes, Masons, Ingeners, +Bombardiers, althoughe that those might be counted in the numbre of +the armed, herdemen with their herdes of motons and beeves whiche +for victuallyng of the armie, are requiset: and moreover maisters +of all sciences, together with publicke carriages of the publicke +munition, whiche pertaine as well to victuallyng, as to armynge. +Nor I would not distinguishe these lodginges perticularly, only I +would marke out the waies which should not be occupied of them: +then the other spaces, that betweene the waies shall remaine, +whiche shall be fower, I woulde appoincte theim generally for all +the saied impedimentes, that is one for the herdemen, the other for +artificers and craftes men, the thirde for publicke carriages of +victuals, the fowerth for the municion of armour and weapons. The +waies whiche I woulde shoulde be lefte without ocupiyng them, shal +be the market waie, the head waye, and more over a waie that +shoulde be called the midde waye, whiche should goe from Northe to +Southe, and should passe thoroughe the middest of the market waie, +whiche from the weste parte, shoulde serve for the same purpose +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page183" id= +"page183"></a>{183}</span> that the overthwarte way doeth on the +east parte. And besides this, a waye whiche shall goe aboute on the +hinder parte, alonge the lodgynges of the Pikes and extraordinarie +Veliti, and all these wayes shall be twoo and tweentie vardes and a +halfe broade. And the Artilerie, I woulde place a longe the Trenche +of the Campe, rounde aboute the same.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. I confesse that I understand not, nor I beleeve that +also to saye so, is any shame unto me, this beyng not my exercise: +notwithstandyng, this order pleaseth me muche: onely I woulde that +you shoulde declare me these doubtes: The one, whie you make the +waie, and the spaces aboute so large. The other, that troubleth me +more, is these spaces, whiche you apoincte oute for the lodgynges, +howe they ought to be used.</p> +<p class="side">The Campe ought to be all waies of one facion.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You must note, that I make all the waies, xxii. yardes +and a halfe broade, to the intente that thorowe them, maie go a +battaile of men in araie, where if you remember wel, I tolde you +how every bande of menne, taketh in breadth betwene xviii. and +xxii. yardes of space to marche or stande in. Nowe where the space +that is betwene the trenche, and the lodgynges, is lxxv. yardes +broade, thesame is moste necessarie, to the intent thei maie there +order the battailes, and the artillerie, bothe to conducte by +thesame the praies, and to have space to retire theim selves with +newe trenches, and newe fortificacion if neede were: The lodginges +also, stande better so farre from the diches, beyng the more out of +daunger of fires, and other thynges, whiche the enemie, might +throwe to hurte them. Concernyng the seconde demaunde, my intent is +not that every space, of me marked out, bee covered with a pavilion +onely, but to be used, as tourneth commodious to soch as lodge +there, either with more or with lesse Tentes, so that thei go not +out of the boundes of thesame. And for to marke out these +lodginges, there ought to bee moste cunnyng menne, and moste +excellente Architectours, whom, so sone as the Capitaine hath +chosen the place, maie knowe how to give it the facion, and to +distribute it, distinguishyng the waies, <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page184" id="page184"></a>{184}</span> devidyng +the lodgynges with Coardes and staves, in soche practised wise, +that straight waie, thei maie bee ordained, and devided: and to +minde that there growe no confusion, it is conveniente to tourne +the Campe, alwaies one waie, to the intente that every manne maie +knowe in what waie, in what space he hath to finde his lodgyng: and +this ought to be observed in every tyme, in every place, and after +soche maner, that it seme a movyng Citee, the whiche where so ever +it goweth, carrieth with it the verie same waies, the verie same +habitacions, and the verie same aspectes, that it had at the +firste: The whiche thing thei cannot observe, whom sekyng strong +situacions, must chaunge forme, accordyng to the variacion of the +grounde: but the Romaines in the plaine, made stronge the place +where thei incamped with trenches, and with Rampires, bicause thei +made a space about the campe, and before thesame a ditche, ordinary +broad fower yardes and a halfe, and depe aboute twoo yardes and a +quarter, the which spaces, thei increased, according as thei +intended to tarie in a place, and accordyng as thei feared the +enemie. I for my parte at this presente, would not make the listes, +if I intende not to Winter in a place: yet I would make the Trenche +and the bancke no lesse, then the foresaied, but greater, accordyng +to necessitie. Also, consideryng the artellerie, I would intrench +upon every corner of the Campe, a halfe circle of ground, from +whens the artillerie might flancke, whom so ever should seke to +come over the Trenche. In this practise in knowyng how to ordain a +campe, the souldiours ought also to be exercised, and to make with +them the officers expert, that are appoincted to marke it out, and +the Souldiours readie to knowe their places: nor nothyng therein is +difficulte, as in the place thereof shall bee declared: wherefore, +I will goe forewarde at this tyme to the warde of the campe, +bicause without distribucion of the watche, all the other pain that +hath been taken, should be vain.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. Before you passe to the watche, I desire that you +would declare unto me, when one would pitche his campe nere the +enemie, what waie is used: for that I knowe <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page185" id="page185"></a>{185}</span> not, how +a man maie have tyme, to be able to ordaine it without perill.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You shall understande this, that no Capitaine will lye +nere the enemie, except he, that is desposed to faight the fielde, +when so ever his adversarie will: and when a capitaine is so +disposed, there is no perill, but ordinarie: for that the twoo +partes of the armie, stande alwaies in a redinesse, to faight the +battaile, and thother maketh the lodginges. The Romaines in this +case, gave this order of fortifiyng the Campe, unto the Triarii: +and the Prencipi, and the Astati, stoode in armes. This thei did, +for as moche as the Triarii, beyng the last to faight, might have +time inough, if the enemie came, to leave the woorke, and to take +their weapons, and to get them into their places. Therfore, +accordyng unto the Romaines maner, you ought to cause the Campe to +be made of those battailes, whiche you will set in the hinder parte +of the armie, in the place of the Triarii. But let us tourne to +reason of the watche.</p> +<p class="side">Theantiquitie used no Scoutes; The watche and warde +of the Campe.</p> +<p>I thinke I have not founde, emongest the antiquitie, that for to +warde the campe in the night, thei have kepte watche without the +Trenche, distaunte as thei use now a daies, whom thei call Scoutes: +the whiche I beleve thei did, thinkyng that the armie might easely +bee deceived, through the difficultie, that is in seeyng them +againe, for that thei might bee either corrupted, or oppressed of +the enemie: So that to truste either in parte, or altogether on +them, thei judged it perillous. And therefore, all the strength of +the watche, was with in the trenche, whiche thei did withall +diligence kepe, and with moste greate order, punished with death, +whom so ever observed not thesame order: the whiche how it was of +them ordained, I will tell you no other wise, leaste I should bee +tedious unto you, beyng able by your self to see it, if as yet you +have not seen it: I shall onely briefly tell that, whiche shall +make for my purpose, I wold cause to stand ordinarely every night, +the thirde parte of the armie armed, and of thesame, the fowerth +parte alwaies on foote, whom I would make to bee destributed, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page186" id= +"page186"></a>{186}</span> throughout all the banckes, and +throughout all the places of the armie, with double warde, placed +in every quadrante of thesame: Of whiche, parte should stande +still, parte continually should go from the one corner of the +Campe, to the other: and this order, I would observe also in the +daie, when I should have the enemie nere.</p> +<p class="side">Dilligence ought to be used, to knowe who lieth +oute of the Campe, and who they be that cometh of newe; Claudius +Nero; The justice that ought to be in a campe. The fauts that the +antiquitie punisshed with Death; Where greate punishementes be, +there oughte likewise to bee great rewardes; It was no marvel that +the Romaines became mightie Princes; A meane to punishe and execute +Justice, without raising tumultes; Manlius Capitolinus; Souldiours +sworen to kepe the discipline of warre.</p> +<p>Concernyng the givyng of the watche worde, and renuyng thesame +every evening, and to doe the other thynges, whiche in like watches +is used, bicause thei are thynges well inough knowen, I will speake +no further of them: onely I shall remember one thyng, for that it +is of greate importaunce, and whiche causeth great saulfgarde +observyng it, and not observyng it, moche harme: The whiche is, +that there be observed greate diligence, to knowe at night, who +lodgeth not in the Campe, and who commeth a newe: and this is an +easie thing to see who lodgeth, with thesame order that wee have +appoincted: for as moche as every lodgyng havyng the determined +nomber of menne, it is an easie matter to see, if thei lacke, or if +there be more menne: and when thei come to be absente without +lisence, to punishe them as Fugetives, and if there bee more, to +understande what thei be, what they make there, and of their other +condicions. This diligence maketh that the enemie cannot but with +difficultie, practise with thy capitaines, and have knowlege of thy +counsailes: which thing if of the Romaines, had not been diligently +observed, Claudius Nero could not, havyng Aniball nere hym, depart +from his Campe, whiche he had in Lucania, and to go and to retourne +from Marca, without Aniball should have firste heard thereof some +thyng. But it suffiseth not to make these orders good, excepte thei +bee caused to bee observed, with a greate severtie: for that there +is nothyng that would have more observacion, then is requisite in +an armie: therefore the lawes for the maintenaunce of thesame, +ought to be sharpe and harde, and the executour therof moste harde. +The Romaines punished with death him that lacked in the watch, he +that forsoke the place that was given hym to faight in, he that +caried any thynge, hidde out of the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page187" id="page187"></a>{187}</span> Campe, if any manne should +saie, that he had doen some worthy thing in the faight, and had not +doen it, if any had fought without the commaundemente of the +Capitaine, if any had for feare, caste awaie his weapons: and when +it happened, that a Cohorte, or a whole Legion, had committed like +fault, bicause thei would not put to death all, thei yet tooke al +their names, and did put them in a bagge, and then by lotte, thei +drue oute the tenthe parte, and so those were put to death: the +whiche punishemente, was in soche wise made, that though every man +did not feele it every man notwithstandyng feared it: and bicause +where be greate punishementes, there ought to be also rewardes, +mindyng to have menne at one instant, to feare and to hope, thei +had appoincted rewardes to every worthie acte: as he that +faighting, saved the life of one of his Citezeins, to hym that +firste leapte upon the walle of the enemies Toune, to hym that +entered firste into the Campe of the enemies, to hym that had in +faightyng hurte, or slaine the enemie, he that had stroken him from +his horse: and so every vertuous act, was of the Consulles knowen +and rewarded, and openly of every manne praised: and soche as +obtained giftes, for any of these thynges, besides the glorie and +fame, whiche thei got emongest the souldiours, after when thei +returned into their countrie, with solemne pompe, and with greate +demonstracion emong their frendes and kinsfolkes, thei shewed them. +Therefore it was no marveile, though thesame people gotte so moche +dominion, having so moche observacion in punishemente, and rewarde +towardes theim, whom either for their well doyng, or for their ill +doyng, should deserve either praise or blame: Of whiche thynges it +were convenient, to observe the greater parte. Nor I thinke not +good to kepe secrete, one maner of punishmente of theim observed, +whiche was, that so sone as the offendour, was before the Tribune, +or Consulle convicted, he was of the same lightely stroken with a +rodde: after the whiche strikyng, it was lawfull for the offendour +to flie, and to all the Souldiours to kill hym: so that straight +waie, every man threwe at hym either stones, or dartes, or with +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page188" id= +"page188"></a>{188}</span> other weapons, stroke hym in soche wise, +that he went but little waie a live, and moste fewe escaped, and to +those that so escaped, it was not lawfull for them to retourne +home, but with so many incommodities, and soche greate shame and +ignomie, that it should have ben moche better for him to have died. +This maner is seen to be almoste observed of the Suizzers, who make +the condempned to be put to death openly, of thother souldiours, +the whiche is well considered, and excellently dooen: for that +intendyng, that one be not a defendour of an evill doer, the +greateste reamedie that is founde, is to make hym punisher of +thesame: bicause otherwise, with other respecte he favoureth hym: +where when he hymself is made execucioner, with other desire, he +desireth his punishemente, then when the execucion commeth to an +other. Therefore mindyng, not to have one favored in his faulte of +the people, a greate remedie it is, to make that the people, maie +have hym to judge. For the greater proofe of this, thinsample of +Manlius Capitolinus might be brought, who being accused of the +Scenate, was defended of the people, so longe as thei were not +Judge, but becommyng arbitratours in his cause, thei condempned hym +to death. This is then a waie to punishe, without raisyng tumultes, +and to make justise to be kepte: and for as moche as to bridell +armed menne, neither the feare of the Lawes, nor of menne suffise +not, the antiquitie joined thereunto the aucthoritie of God: and +therefore with moste greate Ceremonies, thei made their souldiours +to sweare, to kepe the discipline of warre, so that doyng +contrariewise, thei should not onely have to feare the Lawes, and +menne, but God: and thei used all diligence, to fill them with +Religion.</p> +<p class="side">Women and idell games, were not suffered by the +antiquitie, to bee in their armies.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. Did the Romaines permitte, that women might bee in +their armies, or that there might be used these idell plaies, +whiche thei use now a daies.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Thei prohibited the one and thother, and this +prohibicion was not moche difficulte: For that there were so many +exercises, in the whiche thei kept every daie the souldiours, some +whiles particularely, somewhiles generally <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page189" id="page189"></a>{189}</span> occupied +that thei had no time to thinke, either on Venus, or on plaies, nor +on any other thyng, whiche sedicious and unproffitable souldiours +doe.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. I am herein satisfied, but tell me, when the armie had +to remove, what order kepte thei?</p> +<p class="side">Ordre in the removing the armie by the soundes of a +Trumpet.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The chief Trumpet sounded three tymes, at the firste +sound, thei toke up the Tentes, and made the packes, at the +seconde, thei laded the carriage, at the thirde, thei removed in +thesame maner aforsaied, with the impedimentes after every parte of +armed men, placyng the Legions in the middeste: and therefore you +ought to cause after thesame sorte, an extraordinarie maine +battaile to remove: and after that, the particulare impedimentes +therof, and with those, the fowerth part of the publike +impedimentes, which should bee all those, that were lodged in one +of those partes, whiche a little afore we declared: and therfore it +is conveniente, to have every one of them, appointed to a maine +battaile, to the entente that the armie removyng, every one might +knowe his place in marchyng: and thus every maine battaile ought to +goe awaie, with their owne impedimentes, and with the fowerth parte +of the publike impedimentes, followyng after in soche maner, as wee +shewed that the Romaines marched.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. In pitchyng the Campe, had thei other respectes, then +those you have tolde?</p> +<p class="side">Respectes to be had for incampyng; How to choose a +place to incampe; How to avoide diseases from the armie; The +wonderfull commoditie of exercise; The provision of victualles that +ought alwaies to bee in a readinesse in an armie.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I tell you again, that the Romaines when thei +encamped, would be able to kepe the accustomed fashion of their +maner, the whiche to observe, thei had no other respecte: but +concernyng for other consideracions, thei had twoo principall, the +one, to incampe theim selves in a wholesome place, the other, to +place themselves, where thenemie could not besiege theim, nor take +from them the waie to the water, or victualles. Then for to avoide +infirmitie, thei did flie from places Fennie, or subjecte to +hurtfull windes: whiche thei knewe not so well, by the qualitie of +the situacion, as by the face of the inhabitours: for when thei +sawe theim evill coloured, or swollen, or full of other infeccion, +thei would not lodge there: concernyng thother respecte +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page190" id= +"page190"></a>{190}</span> to provide not to be besieged, it is +requisite to consider the nature of the place, where the friendes +lye, and thenemies, and of this to make a conjecture, if thou +maiest be besieged or no: and therefore it is meete, that the +Capitaine be moste experte, in the knowlege of situacions of +countries, and have aboute him divers men, that have the verie same +expertenes. Thei avoide also diseases, and famishment, with causyng +the armie to kepe no misrule, for that to purpose to maintain it in +health, it is nedefull to provide, that the souldiours maie slepe +under tentes, that thei maie lodge where bee Trees, that make +shadowe, where woodde is for to dresse their meate, that thei go +not in the heate, and therefore thei muste bee drawen out of the +campe, before daie in Summer, and in Winter, to take hede that thei +marche not in the Snowe, and in the Froste, without havyng +comoditie to make fire, and not to lack necessarie aparel, nor to +drink naughtie water: those that fall sicke by chaunce, make them +to bee cured of Phisicions: bicause a capitain hath no reamedie, +when he hath to faight with sicknesse, and with an enemie: but +nothing is so profitable, to maintaine the armie in health, as is +the exercise: and therfore the antiquitie every daie, made them to +exercise: wherby is seen how muche exercise availeth: for that in +the Campe, it kepeth thee in health, and in the faight victorious. +Concernyng famishemente, it is necessarie to see, that the enemie +hinder thee not of thy victualles, but to provide where thou +maieste have it, and to see that thesame whiche thou haste, bee not +loste: and therefore it is requisite, that thou have alwaies in +provision with the armie, sufficiente victuall for a monethe, and +then removyng into some strong place, thou muste take order with +thy nexte frendes, that daily thei maie provide for thee, and above +al thinges bestowe the victual with diligence, givyng every daie to +every manne, a reasonable measure, and observe after soche sorte +this poincte, that it disorder thee not: bicause all other thyng in +the warre, maie with tyme be overcome, this onely with tyme +overcometh thee: nor there shall never any enemie of thyne, who +maie overcome thee <span class="pagenum"><a name="page191" id= +"page191"></a>{191}</span> with famishemente, that will seeke to +overcome thee with iron. For that though the victory be not so +honourable, yet it is more sure and more certaine: Then, thesame +armie cannot avoide famishemente, that is not an observer of +justice, whiche licenciously consumeth what it liste: bicause the +one disorder, maketh that the victualls commeth not unto you, the +other, that soche victuall as commeth, is unprofitably consumed: +therefore thantiquitie ordained, that thei should spende thesame, +whiche thei gave, and in thesame tyme when thei appoincted: for +that no souldiour did eate, but when the Capitaine did eate: The +whiche how moche it is observed of the armies nowe adaies, every +manne knoweth, and worthely thei can not bee called menne of good +order and sober, as the antiquitie, but lasivious and +drunkardes.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. You saied in the beginnyng of orderynge the Campe, +that you woulde not stande onely uppon twoo maine battailes, but +woulde take fower, for to shewe how a juste armie incamped: +therfore I would you shoulde tell me twoo thynges, the one, when I +shoulde have more or lesse men, howe I ought to incampe them, the +other, what numbre of souldiours should suffice you to faight +against what so ever enemie that were.</p> +<p class="side">Howe to lodge in the Campe more or lesse menne, +then the ordinarie; The nombre of men that an army ought to be made +of, to bee able to faighte with the puisantest enemie that is; Howe +to cause men to do soche a thing as shold bee profitable for thee, +and hurtfull to them selves; Howe to overcome menne at unwares; How +to tourne to commoditie the doynges of soche, as use to advertise +thy enemie of thy proceadynges; How to order the campe, that the +enemie shal not perceive whether the same bee deminished, or +increased; A saiyng of Metellus; Marcus Crassus; How to understand +the secretes of thy enemie; A policie of Marius, to understande +howe he might truste the Frenchmen; What some Capitaines have doen +when their countrie have been invaded of enemies; To make the +enemie necligente in his doynges; Silla Asdruball; The policie of +Aniball, where by he escaped out of the danger of Fabius Maximus; A +Capitayne muste devise how to devide the force of his enemies; How +to cause the enemie to have in suspect his most trusty men; Aniball +Coriolanus; Metellus against Jugurte; A practis of the Romayne +oratours, to bryng Aniball out of Credit with Antiochus; Howe to +cause the enemie to devide his power; Howe Titus Didius staied his +enemies that wer going to incounter a legion of men that were +commyng in his ayde; Howe some have caused the enemie to devide his +force; A policie to winne the enemies countrie before he be aware; +Howe to reforme sedicion and discorde; The benefitte that the +reputacion of the Capitaine causeth, which is only gotten by +vertue; The chiefe thyng that a capitayne ought to doe; When paie +wanteth, punishment is not to be executed; The inconvenience of not +punisshynge; Cesar chaunsynge to fall, made the same to be supposed +to signifi good lucke; Religion taketh away fantasticall opinions; +In what cases a Capitaine ought not to faight with his enemie if he +may otherwyse choose; A policie of Fulvius wherby he got and +spoyled his enemies Campe; A policie to disorder the enemie; A +policie to overcome the enemie; A policie; How to beguile the +enemie; Howe Mennonus trained his enemies oute of stronge places to +bee the better able to overcom them.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. To the first question I answer you, that if the armie +be more or lesse, then fower or sixe thousande souldiours, the +orders of lodgynges, may bee taken awaie or joined, so many as +suffiseth: and with this way a man may goe in more, and in lesse, +into infinite: Notwithstandynge the Romaines, when thei joigned +together twoo consull armies, thei made twoo campes, and thei +tourned the partes of the unarmed, thone against thother. +Concernyng the second question, I say unto you, that the Romaines +ordinary armie, was about xxiiii. M. souldiours: but when thei were +driven to faight against the greatest power that might be, the +moste that thei put together, wer L. M. With this number, thei did +set against two hundred thousand Frenchemen, whome assaulted them +after the first warre, that thei had with the Carthageners. With +this verie same numbre, thei fought againste Anniball. And you +muste note, that <span class="pagenum"><a name="page192" id= +"page192"></a>{192}</span> the Romaines, and the Grekes, have made +warre with fewe, fortefiyng themselves thorough order, and thorough +arte: the west, and the easte, have made it with multitude: But the +one of these nacions, doeth serve with naturall furie: as doe the +men of the west partes, the other through the great obedience +whiche those men have to their kyng. But in Grece, and in Italy, +beyng no naturall furie, nor the naturall reverence towardes their +king, it hath been necessary for them to learne the discipline of +warre, the whiche is of so muche force, that it hath made that a +fewe, hath been able to overcome the furie, and the naturall +obstinatenesse of manie. Therefore I saie, that mindyng to imitate +the Romaines, and the Grekes, the number of L. M. souldiers ought +not to bee passed, but rather to take lesse: because manie make +confucion, nor suffer not the discipline to be observed, and the +orders learned, and Pirrus used to saie, that with xv. thousande +men he woulde assaile the worlde: but let us pas to an other parte. +We have made this our armie to winne a field and shewed the +travailes, that in the same fight may happen: we have made it to +marche, and declared of what impedimentes in marchyng it may be +disturbed: and finally we have lodged it: where not only it ought +to take a littell reste of the labours passed, but also to thinke +howe the warre ought to be ended: for that in the lodgynges, is +handeled many thynges, inespecially thy enemies as yet remainyng in +the fielde, and in suspected townes, of whome it is good to be +assured, and those that be enemies to overcome them: therfore it is +necessarie to come to this demonstracion, and to passe this +difficultie with the same glorie, as hitherto we have warred. +Therfore comynge to particular matters, I saie that if it shoulde +happen, that thou wouldest have manie men, or many people to dooe a +thyng, whiche were to thee profittable, and to theim greate hurte, +as should be to breake downe the wall of their citie, or to sende +into exile many of them, it is necessarie for thee, either to +beguile them in such wise that everie one beleeve not that it +toucheth him: so that succouryng not the one the other, thei may +finde them selves al to <span class="pagenum"><a name="page193" id= +"page193"></a>{193}</span> be oppressed without remedie, or els +unto all to commaunde the same, whiche they ought to dooe in one +selfe daie, to the intente that every man belevyng to be alone, to +whome the commaundement is made, maie thinke to obey and not to +remedie it: and so withoute tumulte thy commaundement to be of +everie man executed. If thou shouldest suspecte the fidelitie of +anie people, and woulde assure thee, and overcome them at unawares, +for to colour thy intente more easelie, thou canst not doe better, +then to counsel with them of some purpose of thine, desiryng their +aide, and to seeme to intende to make an other enterprise, and to +have thy minde farre from thinkyng on them: the whiche will make, +that thei shall not think on their owne defence, beleevyng not that +thou purposest to hurte them, and thei shal geve thee commoditie, +to be able easely to satisfie thy desire. When thou shouldest +perceive, that there were in thine armie some, that used to +advertise thy enemie of thy devises, thou canst not doe better, +myndynge to take commoditie by their traiterous mindes, then to +commen with them of those thynges, that thou wilte not doe, and +those that thou wilt doe, to kepe secret, and to say to doubte of +thynges, that thou doubtest not, and those of whiche thou doubtest, +to hide: the which shall make thenemie to take some enterprise in +hand, beleving to know thy devises, where by easly thou maiest +beguile and opresse hym. If thou shouldest intende (as Claudius +Nero did) to deminishe thy armie, sendynge helpe to some freende, +and that the enemie shoulde not bee aware therof, it is necessarie +not to deminishe the lodgynges, but to maintayne the signes, and +the orders whole, makyng the verie same fires, and the verye same +wardes throughout all the campe, as wer wont to be afore. Lykewise +if with thy armie there should joigne new men, and wouldest that +the enemie shoulde not know that thou werte ingrosed, it is +necessarie not to increase the lodgynges: Because keepyng secrete +doynges and devises, hath alwaies been moste profitable. Wherfore +Metellus beyng with an armie in Hispayne, to one, who asked him +what he would doe the nexte daie, answered, that if his sherte knew +therof, he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page194" id= +"page194"></a>{194}</span> would bourne it. Marcus Craussus, unto +one, whome asked him, when the armie shoulde remove, saied +beleevest thou to be alone not to here the trumpet? If thou +shouldest desire to understande the secretes of thy enemie, and to +know his orders, some have used to sende embassadours, and with +theim in servauntes aparel, moste expertest men in warre: whom +havynge taken occasion to se the enemies armie, and to consider his +strengthe and weakenesse, it hath geven them oportunitie to +overcome him. Some have sente into exile one of their familiars, +and by meanes of the same, hath knowen the devises of his +adversarie. Also like secrettes are understoode of the enemies when +for this effecte there were taken any prisoners. Marius whiche in +the warre that he made with the Cimbrie, for to know the faieth of +those Frenchmen, who then inhabited Lombardie, and were in leage +with the Romaine people, sent them letters open, and sealed: and in +the open he wrote, that they shoulde not open the sealed, but at a +certaine time, and before the same time demaundyng them againe, and +finding them opened, knew thereby that their faithe was not to be +trusted. Some Capitaines, being invaded, have not desired to goe to +meete the enemie, but have gone to assaulte his countrey, and +constrained him to retorne to defende his owne home: The whiche +manie times hath come wel to passe, for that those soldiours +beginnyng to fil them selves with booties, and confidence to +overcome, shall sone make the enemies souldiours to wexe afraide, +when they supposynge theim selves conquerours, shal understand to +become losers: So that to him that hath made this diversion, manie +times it hath proved well. But onely it may be doen by him, whiche +hath his countrey stronger then that of the enemies, because when +it were otherwise, he should goe to leese. It hath been often a +profitable thyng to a capitaine, that hath been besieged in his +lodgynges by the enemie, to move an intreatie of agreemente, and to +make truse with him for certaine daies: the which is wonte to make +the enemies more necligente in all doynges: so that avaylynge thee +of their necligence, thou maiest easely have occacion to get thee +oute of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page195" id= +"page195"></a>{195}</span> handes. By this way Silla delivered him +selfe twise from the enemies: and with this verie same deceipte, +Asdruball in Hispayne got oute of the force of Claudious Nero, +whome had besieged him. It helpeth also to deliver a man out of the +daunger of the enemie, to do some thyng beside the forsaied, that +may keepe him at a baye: this is dooen in two maners, either to +assaulte him with parte of thy power, so that he beyng attentive to +the same faight, may geve commoditie to the reste of thy men to bee +able to save theim selves, or to cause to rise some newe accidente, +which for the strayngenesse of the thynge, maie make him to +marvell, and for this occasion to stande doubtefull, and still: as +you knowe howe Anniball dyd, who beynge inclosed of Fabius Maximus, +tied in the nighte small Bavens kindeled beetweene the hornes of +manie Oxen, so that Fabius astonied at the strangenesse of the same +sight, thought not to lette him at all the passage. A Capitayne +oughte amonge all other of his affaires, with al subtiltie to +devise to devide the force of the enemie, either with makyng him to +suspecte his owne menne, in whome he trusteth, or to give him +occasion, that he maye seperate his menne, and therby to be come +more weake. The fyrste way is dooen with keepyng saulfe the thynges +of some of those whiche he hath aboute him, as to save in the warre +their menne and their possessions, renderynge theim their children, +or other their necessaries withoute raunsome. You know that +Anniball havynge burned all the fieldes aboute Rome, he made onely +to bee reserved saulfe those of Fabius Maximus. You know how +Coriolanus comyng with an armie to Rome, preserved the possessions +of the nobilitie, and those of the comminaltie he bourned, and +sacked. Metellus havinge an armie againste Jugurte, all the +oratours, whiche of Jugurte were sente him, were required of him, +that they woulde geve him Jugurte prisoner, and after to the verie +same men writyng letters of the verie same matter, wrought in suche +wise, that in shorte tyme Jugurte havyng in suspecte all his +counsellours, in diverse maners put them to death. Anniball beynge +fled to Antiochus, the Romaine oratours practised <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page196" id="page196"></a>{196}</span> with him +so familiarly, that Antiochus beyng in suspecte of him, trusted not +anie more after to his counselles. Concernyng to devide the enemies +men, there is no more certainer waie, then to cause their countrie +to be assaulted to the intente that being constrained to goe to +defende the same, they maie forsake the warre. This way Fabius used +havynge agaynst his armie the power of the Frenchemen, of the +Tuscans, Umbries and Sannites. Titus Didius havyng a few men in +respecte to those of the enemies, and lookynge for a legion from +Rome, and the enemies purposinge to goe to incounter it, to the +intente that they should not goe caused to bee noised through all +his armie, that he intended the nexte daie to faighte the field +with the enemies: after he used means, that certaine of the +prisoners, that he had taken afore, had occasion to runne awaie. +Who declaryng the order that the Consull had taken to faighte the +nexte daie, by reason wherof the enemies beyng afraide to deminishe +their owne strength, went not to incounter the same legion, and by +this way thei wer conducted safe. The which means serveth not to +devide the force of the enemies, but to augmente a mans owne. Some +have used to devide the enemies force, by lettyng him to enter into +their countrie, and in profe have let him take manie townes, to the +intente that puttynge in the same garrisons, he might thereby +deminishe his power, and by this waie havynge made him weake, have +assaulted and overcomen him. Some other mindyng to goe into one +province, have made as though they woulde have invaded an other, +and used so much diligence, that sodenly entryng into the same, +where it was not doubted that they woulde enter, they have first +wonne it, before the ennemie coulde have time to succour it: for +that thy enemie beynge not sure, whether thou purposest to tourne +backe, to the place fyrste of thee threatned, is constrained not to +forsake the one place, to succour the other, and so many times he +defendeth neither the one nor the other. It importeth besides the +sayde thynges to a Capitaine, if there growe sedicion or discorde +amonge the souldiours, to knowe with arte howe to extynguishe it: +The <span class="pagenum"><a name="page197" id= +"page197"></a>{197}</span> beste waie is to chastise the headdes of +the faultes, but it muste be doen in such wise, that thou maiest +first have oppressed them, before they be able to be aware: The way +is if they be distante from thee, not onely to call the offenders, +but together with theim all the other, to the entente that not +beleevynge, that it is for any cause to punishe them, they become +not contumelius, but geve commoditie to the execution of the +punishemente: when thei be present, thou oughtest to make thy selfe +stronge with those that be not in faulte, and by meane of their +helpe to punishe the other. When there hapneth discorde amonge +them, the beste waye is, to bryng them to the perill, the feare +whereof is wonte alwaies to make them agree. But that, which above +all other thynge kepeth the armie in unitee, is the reputacion of +the Capitaine, the whiche onely groweth of his vertue: because +neither bloud, nor authoritie gave it ever without vertue. And the +chiefe thyng, whiche of a Capitain is looked for to be doen, is, to +keepe his souldiours punisshed, and paied: for that when so ever +the paie lacketh, it is conveniente that the punisshement lacke: +because thou canst not correcte a souldiour, that robbeth, if thou +doest not paie him, nor the same mindynge to live, cannot abstaine +from robbynge: but if thou paiest him and punisshest him not, he +beecometh in everie condicion insolente: For that thou becomest of +small estimacion, where thou chaunsest not to bee able to maintaine +the dignitie of thy degree, and not mainetainyng it, there foloweth +of necessitee tumulte, and discorde, whiche is the ruine of an +armie. Olde Capitaines had a troubell, of the which the presente be +almoste free, whiche was to interprete to their purpose the +sinister auguries: because if there fell a thunderbolte in an +armie, if the sunne were darkened or the Moone, if there came an +erthequake, if the Capitaine either in gettyng up, or in lightynge +of his horse fell, it was of the souldiours interpreted +sinisterously: And it ingendred in them so moche feare, that +comynge to faight the fielde, easely they should have lost it: and +therefore the aunciente Capitaines so sone as a lyke accidente +grewe, either they <span class="pagenum"><a name="page198" id= +"page198"></a>{198}</span> shewed the cause of the same, and +redused it to a naturall cause, or they interpreted it to their +purpose. Cesar fallyng in Africa, in comyng of the sea saied, +Africa I have taken thee. Moreover manie have declared the cause of +the obscuryng of the Moone, and of earthquakes: which thing in our +time cannot happen, as well because our men be not so +supersticious, as also for that our religion taketh away altogether +such opinions: al be it when they should chaunse, the orders of the +antiquitie ought to be imitated. When either famishement, or other +naturall necessitie, or humaine passion, hath broughte thy enemie +to an utter desperation, and he driven of the same, cometh to +faight with thee, thou oughtest to stande within thy campe, and as +muche as lieth in thy power, to flie the faight. So the +Lacedemonians did against the Masonians, so Cesar did against +Afranio, and Petreio. Fulvius beyng Consul, against the Cimbrians, +made his horsemen manie daies continually to assaulte the enemies, +and considered how thei issued out of their campe for to folow +them: wherfore he sette an ambusshe behinde the Campe of the +Cimbrians, and made them to be assaulted of his horsmen, and the +Cimbrians issuyng oute of their campe for to follow them. Fulvio +gotte it, and sacked it. It hath ben of great utilitie to a +Capitaine, havyng his armie nere to the enemies armie, to sende his +menne with the enemies ansignes to robbe, and to burne his owne +countrey, whereby the enemies beleevynge those to bee menne, whiche +are come in their aide, have also runne to helpe to make them the +pray: and for this disorderyng them selves, hathe therby given +oportunitie to the adversary to overcome them. This waie Alexander +of Epirus used againste the Illirans and Leptenus of Siracusa +against the Carthaginers and bothe to the one and to the other, the +devise came to passe most happely. Manie have overcome the enemie, +gevyng him occasion to eate and to drinke oute of measure, fayning +to have feared, and leaving their Campes full of wyne and herdes of +cattell, wherof the enemie beyng filled above all naturall use, +have then assaulted him, and with his destruction overthrowen him. +So Tamirus did against <span class="pagenum"><a name="page199" id= +"page199"></a>{199}</span> Cirus, and Tiberius Graccus agaynst the +Spaniardes. Some have poysoned the wine, and other thynges to feede +on, for to be able more easely to overcome them. I saied a littel +afore how I founde not, that the antiquetie kepte in the night +Scoutes abroade, and supposed that they did it for to avoide the +hurte, whiche might growe therby: because it is founde, that +through no other meane then throughe the watche man, whiche was set +in the daie to watche the enemie, hath been cause of the ruin of +him, that set him there: for that manie times it hath hapned, that +he beyng taken, hath been made perforce to tell theim the token, +whereby they might call his felowes, who commyng to the token, have +been slaine or taken. It helpeth to beguile the enemie sometime to +varie a custome of thine, whereupon he having grounded him self, +remaineth ruinated: as a Capitaine did once, whome usinge to cause +to be made signes to his men for comynge of the enemies in the +night with fire, and in the daie with smoke, commaunded that +withoute anie intermission, they shoulde make smoke and fire, and +after commynge upon them the enemie, they should reste, whome +beleevyng to come without beynge seen, perceivyng no signe to be +made of beyng discovered, caused (through goeyng disordered) more +easie the victorie to his adversarie. Mennonus a Rodian mindynge to +drawe from stronge places the enemies armie, sente one under colour +of a fugitive, the whiche affirmed, howe his armie was in discorde, +and that the greater parte of them wente awaie: and for to make the +thynge to be credited, he caused to make in sporte, certaine +tumultes amonge the lodgynges: whereby the enemie thvnkyng thereby +to be able to discomfaighte them, assaultynge theim, were +overthrowen.</p> +<p class="side">The enemie ought not to be brought into extreme +desperacion; How Lucullus constrained certaine men that ran awaie +from him to his enemies, to fayght whether they wold or not.</p> +<p>Besides thesaied thynges, regarde ought to be had not to brynge +the enemie into extreme desperacion: whereunto Cesar had regarde, +faightyng with the Duchemen, who opened them the waie, seyng, howe +thei beyng not able to flie, necessitie made them strong, and would +rather take paine to followe theim, when thei fled, then the perill +to overcome them, when thei defended them selves. <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page200" id="page200"></a>{200}</span> Lucullus +seyng, how certaine Macedonian horsemenne, whiche were with hym, +went to the enemies parte, straight waie made to sounde to +battaile, and commaunded, that the other men should folowe hym: +whereby the enemies beleving, that Lucullus would begin the faight, +went to incounter the same Macedonians, with soche violence, that +thei were constrained to defende themselves: and so thei became +against their willes, of fugetives, faighters. It importeth also to +knowe, how to be assured of a toune, when thou doubteste of the +fidelitie thereof, so sone as thou haste wonne the fielde, or +before, the whiche certain old insamples maie teache thee.</p> +<p class="side">A policie wher by Pompey got a towne; How Publius +Valerius assured him self of a towne; A policie that Alexander +Magnus used to be assured of all Tracia, which Philip kynge of +Spaine did practise to be asured of England when he wente to sainct +Quintens; Examples for Capitaines to winne the hartes of the +people.</p> +<p>Pompei doubtyng of the Catinensians, praied them that thei would +bee contente, to receive certaine sicke menne, that he had in his +armie, and sendyng under the habite of sicke persones, most lustie +menne, gotte the toune. Publius Valerius, fearyng the fidelitie of +the Epidannians, caused to come, as who saieth, a Pardon to a +churche without the toune, and when al the people wer gone for +Pardon, he shutte the gates, receivyng after none in, but those +whom he trusted. Alexander Magnus, mindyng to goe into Asia, and to +assure himself of Thracia, toke with him all the principall of +thesame Province, givyng theim provision, and he set over the +common people of Thracia, men of lowe degree, and so he made the +Princes contented with paiyng theim, and the people quiete, havyng +no heddes that should disquiete them: But emong all the thynges, +with the whiche the Capitaines, winne the hartes of the people, be +the insamples of chastitie and justice, as was thesame of Scipio in +Spaine, when he rendered that yong woman, moste faire of personage +to her father, and to her housebande: the whiche made him more, +then with force of armes to winne Spain.</p> +<p>Cesar having caused that woodde to bee paied for, whiche he had +occupied for to make the Listes, about his armie in Fraunce, got so +moche a name of justice, that he made easier the conquest of +thesame province. I cannot tell what remaineth me, to speake more +upon these accidentes, for that concerning this matter, there is +not lefte any parte, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page201" id= +"page201"></a>{201}</span> that hath not been of us disputed. Onely +there lacketh to tell, of the maner of winnyng, and defendyng a +toune: the whiche I am readie to doe willingly, if you be not now +wearie.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. Your humanitie is so moche, that it maketh us to +followe our desires, without beyng afraied to be reputed +presumptuous, seyng that you liberally offer thesame, whiche we +should have been ashamed, to have asked you: Therefore, we saie +unto you onely this, that to us you cannot dooe a greater, nor a +more gratefuller benefite, then to finishe this reasonyng. But +before that you passe to that other matter, declare us a doubte, +whether it bee better to continewe the warre, as well in the +Winter, as thei use now adaies, or to make it onely in the Sommer, +and to goe home in the Winter, as the antiquitie did.</p> +<p class="side">Warre ought not to be made in winter; Rough +situacions, colde and watrie times, are enemies to the oder of +warre; An overthrowe caused by winter.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. See, that if the prudence of the demaunder were not, +there had remained behinde a speciall part, that deserveth +consideracion. I answere you againe, that the antiquitie did all +thynges better, and with more prudence then wee: and if wee in +other things commit some erroure, in the affaires of warre, wee +commit all errour. There is nothing more undiscrete, or more +perrillous to a Capitayne, then to make warre in the Winter, and +muche more perrill beareth he, that maketh it, then he that abideth +it: the reason is this. All the industrie that is used in the +discipline of warre, is used for to bee prepared to fighte a fielde +with thy enemie, because this is the ende, whereunto a Capitayne +oughte to goo or endevour him selfe: For that the foughten field, +geveth thee the warre wonne or loste: then he that knoweth best how +to order it, and he that hath his army beste instructed, hath moste +advauntage in this, and maye beste hope to overcome. On the other +side, there is nothing more enemie to the orders, and then the +rough situacions, or the colde watery time: for that the rough +situacions, suffereth thee not to deffende thy bandes, according to +thee discipline: the coulde and watery times, suffereth thee not to +keepe thy men together, nor thou canst not bring them in good order +to the enemy: but it is convenient for thee to lodge them a sunder +of necessitie, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page202" id= +"page202"></a>{202}</span> without order, being constrayned to +obeye to Castells, to Boroughes, and to the Villages, that maye +receyve thee, in maner that all thy laboure of thee, used to +instructe the army is vaine. Nor marvayle you not though now a +daies, they warre in the Winter, because the armies being without +discipline, know not the hurt that it dooth them, in lodging not +together, for that it is no griefe to them not to be able to keepe +those orders, and to observe that discipline, which they have not: +yet they oughte to see howe much harme, the Camping in the Winter +hath caused, and to remember, how the Frenchmen in the yeare of +oure Lorde God, a thousande five hundred and three, were broken at +Gariliano of the Winter, and not of the Spaniardes: For as much as +I have saide, he that assaulteth, hath more disadvauntage then he +that defendeth: because the fowle weather hurteth him not a +littell, being in the dominion of others and minding to make warre. +For that he is constrayned, either to stande together with his men, +and to sustaine the incommoditie of water and colde, or to avoide +it to devide his power: But he that defendeth, may chuse the place +as he listeth, and tary him with his freshe men: and he in a +sodayne may set his men in araye, and goo to find a band of the +enemies men, who cannot resiste the violence of them. So the +Frenchemen were discomfited, and so they shall alwayes be +discomfited, which will assaulte in the Winter an enemye, whoo hath +in him prudence. Then he that will that force, that orders, that +discipline and vertue, in anye condition availe him not, let him +make warre in the fielde in the winter: and because that the +Romaines woulde that all these thinges, in which they bestowed so +much diligence, should availe them, fleedde no otherwise the +Winter, then the highe Alpes, and difficulte places, and whatsoever +other thing shoulde let them, for being able to shewe their arte +and their vertue. So this suffiseth to your demaund, wherefore we +wil come to intreate of the defending and besieging of tounes, and +of their situacions and edifications.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page205" id= +"page205"></a>{205}</span> +<h2><a name="warre-7" id="warre-7">THE SEVENTH BOOKE</a></h2> +<p class="side">Tounes and Fortresses maie be strong twoo waies; +The place that now a daies is moste sought to fortifie in; How a +Toune walle ought to bee made; The walle of a toune ought to bee +high, and the diche within, and not without; The thickenes that a +Toune walle ought to bee of, and the distaunces betwene everie +flancker, and of what breadth and deapth the dich ought to bee; How +the ordinaunce is planted, for the defence of a toune; The nature +of the batterie.</p> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-y.png" alt="Y" /> ou oughte +to knowe, how that tounes and fortresses, maie bee strong either by +nature, or by industrie; by nature, those bee strong, whiche bee +compassed aboute with rivers, or with Fennes, as Mantua is and +Ferrara, or whiche bee builded upon a Rocke, or upon a stepe hille, +as Monaco, and Sanleo: For that those that stande upon hilles, that +be not moche difficulct to goe up, be now a daies, consideryng the +artillerie and the Caves, moste weake. And therfore moste often +times in building, thei seke now a daies a plain, for to make it +stronge with industrie. The firste industrie is, to make the walles +crooked, and full of tournynges, and of receiptes: the whiche thyng +maketh, that thenemie cannot come nere to it, bicause he maie be +hurte, not onely on the front, but by flancke. If the walles be +made high, thei bee to moche subjecte to the blowes of the +artillerie: if thei be made lowe, thei bee moste easie to scale. If +thou makeste the diches on the out side thereof, for to give +difficultie to the Ladders, if it happen that the enemie fill them +up (whiche a great armie maie easely dooe) the wall remaineth taken +of thenemie. Therefore purposyng to provide to the one and thother +foresaid inconveniences, I beleve (savyng alwaies better judgement) +that the walle ought to be made highe, and the Diche within, and +not without. This is the moste strongeste waie of <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page206" id="page206"></a>{206}</span> +edificacion, that is made, for that it defendeth thee from the +artillerie, and from Ladders, and it giveth not facilitie to the +enemie, to fill up the diche: Then the walle ought to be high, of +that heighth as shall bee thought beste, and no lesse thick, then +two yardes and a quarter, for to make it more difficult to ruinate. +Moreover it ought to have the toures placed, with distances of CL. +yardes betwen thone and thother: the diche within, ought to be at +leaste twoo and twentie yardes and a halfe broad, and nine depe, +and al the yearth that is digged out, for to make the diche, muste +be throwen towardes the Citee, and kepte up of a walle, that muste +be raised from the bottome of the diche, and goe so high over the +toune, that a man maie bee covered behinde thesame, the whiche +thing shal make the depth of the diche the greater. In the bottome +of the diche, within every hundred and l. yardes, there would be a +slaughter house, which with the ordinaunce, maie hurte whom so ever +should goe doune into thesame: the greate artillerie that defende +the citee, are planted behinde the walle, that shutteth the diche, +bicause for to defende the utter walle, being high, there cannot +bee occupied commodiously, other then smalle or meane peeses. If +the enemie come to scale, the heigth of the firste walle moste +easely defendeth thee: if he come with ordinaunce, it is convenient +for hym to batter the utter walle: but it beyng battered, for that +the nature of the batterie is, to make the walle to fall, towardes +the parte battered, the ruine of the walle commeth, finding no +diche that receiveth and hideth it, to redouble the profunditie of +thesame diche: after soche sorte, that to passe any further, it is +not possible, findyng a ruine that with holdeth thee, a diche that +letteth thee, and the enemies ordinaunce, that from the walle of +the diche, moste safely killeth thee. Onely there is this remedie, +to fill the diche: the whiche is moste difficulte to dooe, as well +bicause the capacitie thereof is greate, as also for the +difficultie, that is in commyng nere it, the walle beeyng strong +and concaved, betwene the whiche, by the reasons aforesaied, with +difficultie maie be entered, havyng after to goe up a breache +through a <span class="pagenum"><a name="page207" id= +"page207"></a>{207}</span> ruin, whiche giveth thee moste greate +difficultie, so that I suppose a citee thus builded, to be +altogether invinsible.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. When there should bee made besides the diche within, a +diche also without, should it not bee stronger?</p> +<p>FABRICIO. It should be without doubt, but mindyng to make one +diche onely, myne opinion is, that it standeth better within then +without.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. Would you, that water should bee in the diches, or +would you have them drie?</p> +<p class="side">A drie diche is moste sureste.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. The opinion of men herein bee divers, bicause the +diches full of water, saveth thee from mines under grounde, the +Diches without water, maketh more difficulte the fillyng of them: +but I havyng considered all, would make them without water, for +that thei bee more sure: For diches with water, have been seen in +the Winter to bee frosen, and to make easie the winnyng of a citee, +as it happened to Mirandola, when Pope Julie besieged it: and for +to save me from mines, I would make it so deepe, that he that would +digge lower, should finde water.</p> +<p class="side">An advertisemente for the buildyng and defending of +a Toune or Fortresse; Small fortresses cannot bee defended; A toune +of war or Fortresse, ought not to have in them any retiring places; +Cesar Borgia; The causes of the losse of the Fortresse of Furlie, +that was thought invincible; Howe the houses that are in a toune of +war or Fortresse ought to be builded.</p> +<p>The Fortresses also, I would builde concernyng the diches and +the walles in like maner, to the intent thei should have the like +difficultie to be wonne. One thyng I will earnestly advise hym, +that defendeth a Citee: and that is, that he make no Bulwarkes +without distaunte from the walle of thesame: and an other to hym +that buildeth the Fortresse, and this is, that he make not any +refuge place in them, in whiche he that is within, the firste walle +beyng loste, maie retire: That whiche maketh me to give the firste +counsaile is, that no manne ought to make any thyng, by meane +wherof, he maie be driven without remedie to lese his firste +reputacion, the whiche losyng, causeth to be estemed lesse his +other doinges, and maketh afraied them, whom have taken upon theim +his defence, and alwaies it shall chaunce him this, whiche I saie, +when there are made Bulwarkes out of the Toune, that is to bee +defended, bicause alwaies he shall leese theim, little thynges now +a daies, beyng not able to bee defended, when thei be subject to +the furie of ordinance, in soche wise that lesyng them, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page208" id= +"page208"></a>{208}</span> thei be beginning and cause of his +ruine. When Genua rebelled againste king Leus of Fraunce, it made +certaine Bulwarkes alofte on those hilles, whiche bee about it, the +whiche so sone as thei were loste, whiche was sodainly, made also +the citee to be loste. Concernyng the second counsaile, I affirme +nothyng to be to a Fortresse more perilous, then to be in thesame +refuge places, to be able to retire: Bicause the hope that menne +have thereby, maketh that thei leese the utter warde, when it is +assaulted: and that loste, maketh to bee loste after, all the +Fortresse. For insample there is freshe in remembraunce, the losse +of the Fortresse of Furly, when Catherin the Countesse defended it +againste Cesar Borgia, sonne to Pope Alexander the vi. who had +conducted thether the armie of the king of Fraunce: thesame +Fortresse, was al full of places, to retire out of one into an +other: for that there was firste the kepe, from the same to the +Fortresse, was a diche after soche sorte, that thei passed over it +by a draw bridge: the fortresse was devided into three partes, and +every parte was devided from the other with diches, and with water, +and by Bridges, thei passed from the one place to the other: +wherefore the Duke battered with his artillerie, one of the partes +of the fortresse, and opened part of the walle: For whiche cause +Maister Jhon Casale, whiche was appoincted to that Warde, thought +not good to defende that breache, but abandoned it for to retire +hymself into the other places: so that the Dukes men having entered +into that parte without incounter, in a sodaine thei gotte it all: +For that the Dukes menne became lordes of the bridges, whiche went +from one place to an other. Thei loste then this Fortresse, whiche +was thought invinsible, through two defaultes, the one for havyng +so many retiryng places, the other, bicause every retiryng place, +was not Lorde of the bridge thereof. Therefore, the naughtie +builded Fortresse, and the little wisedome of them that defended +it, caused shame to the noble enterprise of the countesse, whoe had +thought to have abidden an armie, whiche neither the kyng of +Naples, nor the Duke of Milaine would have abidden: and although +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page209" id= +"page209"></a>{209}</span> his inforcementes had no good ende, yet +notwithstandyng he gotte that honoure, whiche his valiauntnesse had +deserved: The whiche was testified of many Epigrammes, made in +those daies in his praise. Therefore, if I should have to builde a +Fortresse, I would make the walles strong, and the diches in the +maner as we have reasoned, nor I would not make therein other, then +houses to inhabite, and those I would make weake and lowe, after +soche sorte that thei should not let him that should stande in the +middest of the Market place, the sight of all the walle, to the +intente that the Capitain might see with the iye, where he maie +succour: and that every manne should understande, that the walle +and the diche beyng lost, the fortresse were lost. And yet when I +should make any retiryng places, I would make the bridges devided +in soche wise, that every parte should be Lorde of the bridges of +his side, ordainyng, that thei should fall upon postes, in the +middest of the diche.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. You have saied that littel thynges now a daies can not +bee defended, and it seemed unto me to have understoode the +contrarie, that the lesser that a thyng wer, the better it might be +defended.</p> +<p class="side">The fortifiyng of the entrance of a Toune.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. You have not understoode well, because that place +cannot be now a daies called stronge, wher he that defendeth it, +hath not space to retire with new diches, and with new +fortificacions, for that the force of the ordinance is so much, +that he that trusteth uppon the warde of one wall and of one +fortification only, is deceived: and because the Bulwarkes (mindyng +that they passe not their ordinarie measure, for that then they +shoulde be townes and Castels) be not made, in suche wise that men +maie have space within them to retire, thei are loste straight +waie. Therefore it is wisdom to let alone those Bulwarkes without, +and to fortifie thenterance of the toune, and to kever the gates of +the same with turnyngs after suche sort, that men cannot goe in nor +oute of the gate by right line: and from the tournynges to the +gate, to make a diche with a bridge. Also they fortifie the gate, +with a Percullis, for to bee abell <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page210" id="page210"></a>{210}</span> to put therin their menne, +when they be issued out to faight, and hapnyng that the enemies +pursue them, to avoide, that in the mingelynge together, they enter +not in with them: and therfore these be used, the which the +antiquitie called Cattarratte, the whiche beyng let fall, exclude +thenemies, and save the freendes, for that in suche a case, men can +do no good neither by bridges nor by a gate, the one and the other +beynge ocupied with prease of menne.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. I have seene these Perculleses that you speake of, +made in Almayne of littell quarters of woodde after the facion of a +grate of Iron, and these percullises of ouers, be made of plankes +all massive: I woulde desire to understande whereof groweth this +difference, and which be the strongest.</p> +<p class="side">Battelments ought to be large and thicke and the +flanckers large within.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. I tell you agayne, that the manners and orders of the +warre, throughe oute all the worlde, in respecte to those of the +antiquitie, be extinguesshed, and in Italye they bee altogether +loste, for if there bee a thing somewhat stronger then the +ordinarye, it groweth of the insample of other countries. You +mighte have understoode and these other may remember, with howe +muche debilitie before, that king Charles of Fraunce in the yere of +our salvation a thousande CCCC. xciiii. had passed into Italie, +they made the batelmentes not halfe a yarde thicke, the loopes, and +the flanckers were made with a litle opening without, and muche +within, and with manye other faultes whiche not to be tedious I +will let passe: for that easely from thinne battelments the defence +is taken awaye, the flanckers builded in the same maner, moste +easylye are opened: Nowe of the Frenchemen is learned to make the +battelment large and thicke, and the flanckers to bee large on the +parte within, and to drawe together in the middeste of the wall, +and then agayn to waxe wider unto the uttermost parte without: this +maketh that the ordinaunce hardlye can take away the defence. +Therfore the Frenchmen have, manye other devises like these, the +whiche because they have not beene seene of our men, they have not +beene considered. Among whiche, is this kinde of <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page211" id="page211"></a>{211}</span> perculles +made like unto a grate, the which is a greate deale better then +oures: for that if you have for defence of a gate a massive +parculles as oures, letting it fall, you shutte in your menne, and +you can not though the same hurte the enemie, so that hee with +axes, and with fire, maye breake it downe safely: but if it bee +made like a grate, you maye, it being let downe, through those +holes and through those open places, defende it with Pikes, with +crosbowes, and with all other kinde of weapons.</p> +<p>BAPTISTE. I have seene in Italye an other use after the +outelandishe fashion, and this is, to make the carriage of the +artillery with the spokes of the wheele crooked towardes the +Axeltree. I woulde knowe why they make them so: seeming unto mee +that they bee stronger when they are made straighte as those of +oure wheeles.</p> +<p class="side">Neither the ditche, wall tillage, nor any kinde of +edificacion, ought to be within a mile of a toune of warre.</p> +<p>FABRICIO. Never beleeve that the thinges that differ from the +ordinarie wayes, be made by chaunce: and if you shoulde beleeve +that they make them so, to shewe fayrer, you are deceaved: because +where strength is necessarie, there is made no counte of +fayrenesse: but all groweth, for that they be muche surer and muche +stronger then ours. The reason is this: the carte when it is laden, +either goeth even, or leaning upon the righte, or upon the lefte +side: when it goeth even, the wheeles equally sustayne the wayght, +the which being equallye devided betweene them, doth not burden +much, but leaning, it commeth to have all the paise of the cariage +on the backe of that wheele upon the which it leaneth. If the +spokes of the same be straight they wil soone breake: for that the +wheele leaning, the spokes come also to leane, and not to sustaine +the paise by the straightnesse of them, and so when the carte goeth +even, and when they are least burdened, they come to bee strongest: +when the Carte goeth awrye, and that they come to have moste paise, +they bee weakest. Even the contrarie happeneth to the crooked +spokes of the Frenche Cartes, for that when the carte leaning upon +one side poincteth uppon them, because they bee ordinary crooked, +they come then to bee straight, and to be able to sustayne +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page212" id= +"page212"></a>{212}</span> strongly al the payse, where when the +carte goeth even, and that they bee crooked, they sustayne it +halfe: but let us tourne to our citie and Fortresse. The Frenchemen +use also for more safegarde of the gates of their townes, and for +to bee able in sieges more easylye to convey and set oute men of +them, besides the sayde thinges, an other devise, of which I have +not seene yet in Italye anye insample: and this is, where they +rayse on the oute side from the ende of the drawe bridge twoo +postes, and upon either of them they joigne a beame, in suche wise +that the one halfe of them comes over the bridge, the other halfe +with oute: then all the same parte that commeth withoute, they +joygne together with small quarters of woodde, the whiche they set +thicke from one beame to an other like unto a grate, and on the +parte within, they fasten to the ende of either of the beames a +chaine: then when they will shutte the bridge on the oute side, +they slacke the chaines, and let downe all the same parte like unto +a grate, the whiche comming downe, shuttethe the bridge, and when +they will open it, they drawe the chaines, and the same commeth to +rise up, and they maye raise it up so much that a man may passe +under it, and not a horse, and so much that there maye passe horse +and man, and shutte it againe at ones, for that it falleth and +riseth as a window of a battelment. This devise is more sure than +the Parculles, because hardely it maye be of the enemye lette in +such wise, that it fall not downe, falling not by a righte line as +the Parculles, which easely may be underpropped. Therfore they +which will make a citie oughte to cause to be ordained all the +saide things: and moreover aboute the walle, there woulde not bee +suffered any grounde to be tilled, within a myle thereof, nor any +wall made, but shoulde be all champaine, where should be neither +ditch nor banck, neither tree nor house, which might let the +fighte, and make defence for the enemie that incampeth.</p> +<p class="side">Noote; The provision that is meete to be made for +the defence of a toune.</p> +<p>And noote, that a Towne, whiche hathe the ditches withoute, with +the banckes higher then the grounde, is moste weake: for as muche +as they make defence to the enemye <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page213" id="page213"></a>{213}</span> which assaulteth thee, and +letteth him not hurte thee, because easely they may be opened, and +geve place to his artillerye: but let us passe into the Towne. I +will not loose so muche time in shewing you howe that besides the +foresayde thinges, it is requisite to have provision of victualles, +and wherewith to fight, for that they be thinges that everye man +underdeth, and without them, all other provision is vaine: and +generally twoo thinges oughte to be done, to provide and to take +the commoditie from the enemie that he availe not by the things of +thy countrey: therfore the straw, the beastes, the graine, whiche +thou canste not receive into house, ought to be destroied. Also he +that defendeth a Towne, oughte to provide that nothing bee done +tumultuouslye and disordinatelye, and to take suche order, that in +all accidentes everye man maye knowe what he hath to doo.</p> +<p class="side">What incoragethe the enemy most that besiegeth a +toune; What he that besiegeth and he that defendeth oughte to doo; +Advertisementes for a besieged towne; Howe the Romaines vitaled +Casalino besieged of Aniball; A policie for the besieged.</p> +<p>The order that oughte to be taken is thus, that the women, the +olde folkes, the children, and the impotent, be made to keepe +within doores, that the Towne maye be left free, to yong and lustie +men, whom being armed, must be destributed for the defence of the +same, appointing part of them to the wall, parte to the gates, +parte to the principall places of the Citie, for to remedie those +inconveniences, that might growe within: an other parte must not be +bound to any place, but be ready to succour all, neede requiring: +and the thing beeing ordained thus, with difficultie tumulte can +growe, whiche maye disorder thee. Also I will that you note this, +in the besieging and defending of a Citie, that nothing geveth so +muche hoope to the adversarye to be able to winne a towne, as when +he knoweth that the same is not accustomed to see the enemie: for +that many times for feare onely without other experience of force, +cities have bene loste: Therefore a man oughte, when he assaulteth +a like Citie, to make all his ostentacions terrible. On the other +parte he that is assaulted, oughte to appoincte to the same parte, +whiche the enemie fighteth againste, strong men and suche as +opinion makethe not afraide, but weapons onely: for that if the +first proofe turne vaine, it <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page214" id="page214"></a>{214}</span> increaseth boldenesse to +the besieged, and then the enemie is constrained to overcome them +within, with vertue and reputacion. The instrumentes wherwith the +antiquitie defended townes, where manie: as balistes, onagris, +scorpions, Arcubalistes, Fustibals, Slinges: and also those were +manie with which thei gave assaultes. As Arrieti, Towers, Musculi +Plutei, Viney, Falci, testudeni, in steede of which thynges be now +a daies the ordinance, the whiche serve him that bessegeth, and him +that defendeth: and therfore I will speake no forther of theim: But +let us retourne to our reasonyng and let us come to particular +offences. They ought to have care not to be taken by famine, and +not to be overcome through assaultes: concernyng famin, it hath ben +tolde, that it is requiset before the siege come, to be well +provided of vitualles. But when a towne throughe longe siege, +lacketh victuals, some times hath ben seen used certaine +extraordinarie waies to be provided of their friendes, whome woulde +save them: inespeciall if through the middest of the besieged Citie +there runne a river, as the Romaines vittelled their castell called +Casalino besieged of Anibal, whom being not able by the river to +sende them other victual then Nuttes, wherof castyng in the same +great quantitie, the which carried of the river, without beyng abel +to be letted, fedde longe time the Casalinians. Some besieged, for +to shew unto the enemie, that they have graine more then inough and +for to make him to dispaire, that he cannot, by famin overcome +theim, have caste breade oute of the gates, or geven a Bullocke +graine to eate, and after have suffered the same to be taken, to +the intent that kilde and founde full of graine, might shewe that +aboundance, whiche they had not. On the other parte excellent +Capitaines have used sundrie waies to werie the enemie.</p> +<p class="side">A policie of Fabius in besieging of a toune; A +policie of Dionisius in besiegynge of a toune.</p> +<p>Fabius suffered them whome he besieged, to sowe their fieldes, +to the entente that thei should lacke the same corne, whiche they +sowed.</p> +<p>Dionisius beynge in Campe at Regio, fained to minde to make an +agreement with them, and duryng the practise <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page215" id="page215"></a>{215}</span> therof he +caused him selfe to be provided of their victuales, and then when +he had by this mean got from them their graine, he kepte them +straight and famished them.</p> +<p class="side">Howe Alexander wanne Leucadia.</p> +<p>Alexander Magnus mindyng to winne Leucadia overcame all the +Castels aboute it, and by that means drivyng into the same citie a +great multitude of their owne countrie men, famished them.</p> +<p class="side">The besieged ought to take heed of the first +brunte; The remedie that townes men have, when the enemies ar +entred into the towne; How to make the townes men yeelde.</p> +<p>Concernynge the assaultes, there hath been tolde that chiefely +thei ought to beware of the firste bronte, with whiche the Romaines +gotte often times manie townes, assaultyng them sodainly, and on +every side: and thei called it <i>Aggredi urbem corona</i>. As +Scipio did, when he wanne newe Carthage in Hispayne: the which +brunte if of a towne it be withstoode, with difficultie after will +bee overcome: and yet thoughe it should happen that the enemie were +entred into the citie, by overcomynge the wall, yet the townes men +have some remedie, so thei forsake it not: for as much as manie +armies through entring into a toune, have ben repulced or slaine: +the remedie is, that the townes men doe keepe them selves in highe +places, and from the houses, and from the towers to faight with +them: the whiche thynge, they that have entered into the citie, +have devised to overcome in twoo manners: the one with openyng the +gates of the citie, and to make the waie for the townes men, that +thei might safely flie: the other with sendynge foorthe a +proclamacion, that signifieth, that none shall be hurte but the +armed, and to them that caste their weapons on the grounde, pardon +shall be graunted: the whiche thynge hath made easie the victorie +of manie cities.</p> +<p class="side">How townes or cities are easelie wonne; How duke +Valentine got the citie of Urbine; The besieged ought to take heede +of the deciptes and policies of the enemie; How Domitio Calvino wan +a towne.</p> +<p>Besides this, the Citees are easie to bee wonne, if thou come +upon them unawares: whiche is dooen beyng with thy armie farre of, +after soche sort, that it be not beleved, either that thou wilte +assaulte theim, or that thou canst dooe it, without commyng openly, +bicause of the distance of the place: wherefore, if thou secretely +and spedely assaulte theim, almoste alwaies it shall followe, that +thou shalte gette the victorie. I reason unwillingly of the thynges +succeded in our tyme, for that to me and to mine, it <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page216" id="page216"></a>{216}</span> should be +a burthen, and to reason of other, I cannot tel what to saie: +notwithstanding, I cannot to this purpose but declare, the insample +of Cesar Borgia, called duke Valentine, who beyng at Nocera with +his menne, under colour of goyng to besiege Camerino, tourned +towardes the state of Urbin, and gotte a state in a daie, and +without any paine, the whiche an other with moche time and cost, +should scante have gotten. It is conveniente also to those, that be +besieged, to take heede of the deceiptes, and of the policies of +the enemie, and therefore the besieged ought not to truste to any +thyng, whiche thei see the enemie dooe continually, but let theim +beleve alwaies, that it is under deceipte, and that he can to their +hurte varie it. Domitio Calvino besiegyng a toune, used for a +custome to compasse aboute every daie, with a good parte of his +menne, the wall of the same: whereby the Tounes menne, belevyng +that he did it for exercise, slacked the Ward: whereof Domicius +beyng aware, assaulted and overcame them.</p> +<p class="side">A policie to get a towne.</p> +<p>Certaine Capitaines understandyng, that there should come aide +to the besieged, have apareled their Souldiours, under the Ansigne +of those, that should come, and beyng let in, have gotte the +Toune.</p> +<p class="side">How Simon of Athens wan a towne; A policie to get a +towne; How Scipio gotte certaine castels in Afrike.</p> +<p>Simon of Athens set fire in a night on a Temple, whiche was out +of the toune, wherefore, the tounes menne goyng to succour it, +lefte the toune in praie to the enemie. Some have slaine those, +whiche from the besieged Castle, have gone a foragyng, and have +appareled their souldiours, with the apparell of the forragers, +whom after have gotte the toune. The aunciente Capitaines, have +also used divers waies, to destroie the Garison of the Toune, +whiche thei have sought to take. Scipio beyng in Africa, and +desiring to gette certaine Castles, in whiche were putte the +Garrisons of Carthage, he made many tymes, as though he would +assaulte theim, albeit, he fained after, not onely to abstaine, but +to goe awaie from them for feare: the whiche Aniball belevyng to +bee true, for to pursue hym with greater force, and for to bee able +more easely to oppresse him, drewe out <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page217" id="page217"></a>{217}</span> all the +garrisons of theim: The whiche Scipio knowyng, sente Massinissa his +Capitaine to overcome them.</p> +<p class="side">Howe Pirrus wan the chiefe Citie of Sclavonie; A +policie to get a towne; How the beseiged are made to yelde; Howe to +get a towne by treason; A policie of Aniball for the betraiyng of a +Castell; How the besieged maie be begiled; How Formion overcame the +Calcidensians; What the besieged muste take heede of; Liberalitie +maketh enemies frendes; The diligence that the besieged ought to +use in their watche and ward.</p> +<p>Pirrus makyng warre in Sclavonie, to the chiefe citee of the +same countrie, where were brought many menne in Garrison, fained to +dispaire to bee able to winne it, and tourning to other places, +made that the same for to succour them, emptied it self of the +warde, and became easie to bee wonne. Many have corrupted the +water, and have tourned the rivers an other waie to take Tounes. +Also the besieged, are easely made to yelde them selves, makyng +theim afraied, with signifiyng unto them a victorie gotten, or with +new aides, whiche come in their disfavour. The old Capitaines have +sought to gette Tounes by treason, corruptyng some within, but thei +have used divers meanes. Sum have sente a manne of theirs, whiche +under the name of a fugetive, might take aucthoritie and truste +with the enemies, who after have used it to their profite. Some by +this meanes, have understode the maner of the watche, and by meanes +of the same knowledge, have taken the Toune. Some with a Carte, or +with Beames under some colour, have letted the gate, that it could +not bee shutte, and with this waie, made the entrie easie to the +enemie. Aniball perswaded one, to give him a castle of the +Romaines, and that he should fain to go a huntyng in the night, +makyng as though he could not goe by daie, for feare of the +enemies, and tournyng after with the Venison, should put in with +hym certaine of his menne, and so killyng the watchmen, should give +hym the gate. Also the besieged are beguiled, with drawyng them out +of the Toune, and goyng awaie from them, faining to flie when thei +assault thee. And many (emong whom was Anibal) have for no other +intente, let their Campe to be taken, but to have occasion to get +betwene theim and home, and to take their Toune. Also, thei are +beguiled with fainyng to departe from them, as Formion of Athens +did, who havyng spoiled the countrie of the Calcidensians, received +after their ambassadours, fillyng their Citee with faire promises, +and hope of safetie, under the which as simple menne, thei were a +little after of Formione <span class="pagenum"><a name="page218" +id="page218"></a>{218}</span> oppressed. The besieged ought to +beware of the men, whiche thei have in suspecte emong them: but +some times thei are wont, as well to assure them selves with +deserte, as with punishemente. Marcellus knoweyng how Lucius +Bancius a Nolane, was tourned to favour Aniball so moche humanitie +and liberalitie, he used towardes him, that of an enemie, he made +him moste frendely. The besieged ought to use more diligence in the +warde, when the enemie is gone from theim, then when he is at +hande. And thei ought to warde those places, whiche thei thinke, +that maie bee hurt least: for that many tounes have been loste, +when thenemie assaulteth it on thesame part, where thei beleve not +possible to be assaulted. And this deceipt groweth of twoo causes, +either for the place being strong, and to beleve, that it is +invinsible, or through craft beyng used of the enemie, in assaltyng +theim on one side with fained alaroms, and on the other without +noise, and with verie assaltes in deede: and therefore the +besieged, ought to have greate advertisment, and above all thynges +at all times, and in especially in the night to make good watche to +bee kepte on the walles, and not onely to appoincte menne, but +Dogges, and soche fiearse Mastives, and lively, the whiche by their +sente maie descrie the enemie, and with barkyng discover him: and +not Dogges onely, but Geese have ben seen to have saved a citee, as +it happened to Roome, when the Frenchemen besieged the +Capitoll.</p> +<p class="side">An order of Alcibiades for the dew keping of watch +and warde.</p> +<p>Alcibiades for to see, whether the warde watched, Athense beeyng +besieged of the Spartaines, ordained that when in the night, he +should lifte up a light, all the ward should lift up likewise, +constitutyng punishmente to hym that observed it not.</p> +<p class="side">The secrete conveighyng of Letters; The defence +against a breach; How the antiquitie got tounes by muining under +grounde.</p> +<p>Isicrates of Athens killed a watchman, which slept, saiyng that +he lefte him as he found him. Those that have been besieged, have +used divers meanes, to sende advise to their frendes: and mindyng +not to send their message by mouth, thei have written letters in +Cifers, and hidden them in sundrie wise: the Cifers be according, +as pleaseth him that ordaineth them, the maner of hidyng them is +divers. Some <span class="pagenum"><a name="page219" id= +"page219"></a>{219}</span> have written within the scaberde of a +sweard: Other have put the Letters in an unbaked lofe, and after +have baked the same, and given it for meate to hym that caried +theim. Certaine have hidden them, in the secreteste place of their +bodies: other have hidden them in the collor of a Dogge, that is +familiare with hym, whiche carrieth theim: Some have written in a +letter ordinarie thinges, and after betwene thone line and thother, +have also written with water, that wetyng it or warming it after, +the letters should appere. This waie hath been moste politikely +observed in our time: where some myndyng to signifie to their +freendes inhabityng within a towne, thinges to be kept secret, and +mindynge not to truste any person, have sente common matters +written, accordyng to the common use and enterlined it, as I have +saied above, and the same have made to be hanged on the gates of +the Temples, the whiche by countersignes beyng knowen of those, +unto whome they have been sente, were taken of and redde: the +whiche way is moste politique, bicause he that carrieth them maie +bee beguiled, and there shall happen hym no perill. There be moste +infinite other waies, whiche every manne maie by himself rede and +finde: but with more facilitie, the besieged maie bee written unto, +then the besieged to their frendes without, for that soche letters +cannot be sent, but by one, under colour of a fugetive, that +commeth out of a toune: the whiche is a daungerous and perilous +thing, when thenemie is any whit craftie: But those that sende in, +he that is sente, maie under many colours, goe into the Campe that +besiegeth, and from thens takyng conveniente occasion, maie leape +into the toune: but lette us come to speake of the present winnyng +of tounes. I saie that if it happen, that thou bee besieged in thy +citee, whiche is not ordained with diches within, as a little +before we shewed, to mynde that thenemie shall not enter through +the breach of the walle, whiche the artillerie maketh: bicause +there is no remedie to lette thesame from makyng of a breache, it +is therefore necessarie for thee, whileste the ordinance battereth, +to caste a diche within the wall which is battered, and that it be +in bredth at leaste <span class="pagenum"><a name="page220" id= +"page220"></a>{220}</span> twoo and twentie yardes and a halfe, and +to throwe all thesame that is digged towardes the toun, whiche maie +make banke, and the diche more deper: and it is convenient for +thee, to sollicitate this worke in soche wise, that when the walle +falleth, the Diche maie be digged at least, fower or five yardes in +depth: the whiche diche is necessarie, while it is a digging, to +shutte it on every side with a slaughter house: and when the wall +is so strong, that it giveth thee time to make the diche, and the +slaughter houses, that battered parte, commeth to be moche +stronger, then the rest of the citee: for that soche fortificacion, +cometh to have the forme, of the diches which we devised within: +but when the walle is weake, and that it giveth thee not tyme, to +make like fortificacions, then strengthe and valiauntnesse muste +bee shewed, settyng againste the enemies armed menne, with all thy +force. This maner of fortificacion was observed of the Pisans, when +you besieged theim, and thei might doe it, bicause thei had strong +walles, whiche gave them time, the yearth beyng softe and moste +meete to raise up banckes, and to make fortificacions: where if +thei had lacked this commoditie, thei should have loste the toune. +Therefore it shall bee alwaies prudently doen, to provide afore +hand, makyng diches within the citee, and through out all the +circuite thereof, as a little before wee devised: for that in this +case, the enemie maie safely be taried for at laisure, the +fortificacions beyng redy made. The antiquitie many tymes gotte +tounes, with muinyng under ground in twoo maners, either thei made +a waie under grounde secretely, whiche risse in the toune, and by +thesame entered, in whiche maner the Romaines toke the citee of +Veienti, or with the muinyng, thei overthrewe a walle, and made it +ruinate: this laste waie is now a daies moste stronge, and maketh, +that the citees placed high, be most weake, bicause thei maie +better bee under muined: and puttyng after in a Cave of this Gunne +pouder, whiche in a momente kindelyng, not onely ruinateth a wall, +but it openeth the hilles, and utterly dissolveth the strength of +them.</p> +<p class="side">The reamedie against Caves or undermuinynges; What +care the besieged ought to have; What maketh a citee or campe +difficulte to bee defended; By what meanes thei that besiege ar +made afraied; Honour got by constancie.</p> +<p>The remedie for this, is to builde in the plain, and to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page221" id= +"page221"></a>{221}</span> make the diche that compasseth thy +citee, so deepe, that the enemie maie not digge lower then thesame, +where he shall not finde water, whiche onely is enemie to the +caves: for if thou be in a toune, which thou defendest on a high +ground, thou canst not remedie it otherwise, then to make within +thy walles many deepe Welles, the whiche be as drouners to thesame +Caves, that the enemie is able to ordain against thee. An other +remedie there is, to make a cave againste it, when thou shouldeste +bee aware where he muineth, the whiche waie easely hindereth hym, +but difficultly it is foreseen, beyng besieged of a craftie enemie. +He that is besieged, ought above al thinges to have care, not to +bee oppressed in the tyme of reste: as is after a battaile fought, +after the watche made, whiche is in the Mornyng at breake of daie, +and in the Evenyng betwen daie and night, and above al, at meale +times: in whiche tyme many tounes have been wonne, and armies have +been of them within ruinated: therefore it is requisite with +diligence on all partes, to stande alwaies garded, and in a good +part armed. I will not lacke to tell you, how that, whiche maketh a +citee or a campe difficult to be defended, is to be driven to kepe +sundred all the force, that thou haste in theim, for that the +enemie beyng able to assaulte thee at his pleasure altogether, it +is conveniente for thee on every side, to garde every place, and so +he assaulteth thee with all his force, and thou with parte of thine +defendest thee. Also, the besieged maie bee overcome altogether, he +without cannot bee, but repulced: wherefore many, whom have been +besieged, either in a Campe, or in a Toune, although thei have been +inferiour of power, have issued out with their men at a sodaine, +and have overcome the enemie. This Marcellus of Nola did: this did +Cesar in Fraunce, where his Campe beeyng assaulted of a moste great +nomber of Frenchmen, and seeyng hymself not able to defende it, +beyng constrained to devide his force into many partes, and not to +bee able standyng within the Listes, with violence to repulce +thenemie: he opened the campe on thone side, and turning towardes +thesame parte with all his <span class="pagenum"><a name="page222" +id="page222"></a>{222}</span> power, made so moche violence against +them, and with moche valiantnes, that he vanquisshed and overcame +them. The constancie also of the besieged, causeth many tymes +displeasure, and maketh afraied them that doe besiege. Pompei beyng +against Cesar, and Cesars armie beeyng in greate distresse through +famine, there was brought of his bredde to Pompei, whom seyng it +made of grasse, commaunded, that it should not bee shewed unto his +armie, least it shoulde make them afraide, seyng what enemies they +had against theim. Nothyng caused so muche honour to the Romaines +in the warre of Aniball, as their constancie: for as muche as in +what so ever envious, and adverse fortune thei were troubled, they +never demaunded peace, thei never made anie signe of feare, but +rather when Aniball was aboute Rome, thei solde those fieldes, +where he had pitched his campe, dearer then ordinarie in other +times shoulde have been solde: and they stoode in so much +obstinacie in their enterprises, that for to defende Rome, thei +would not raise their campe from Capua, the whiche in the verie +same time that Roome was besieged, the Romaines did besiege.</p> +<p>I knowe that I have tolde you of manie thynges, the whiche by +your selfe you might have understoode, and considered, +notwithstandyng I have doen it (as to daie also I have tolde you) +for to be abell to shewe you better by meane therof, the qualitie +of this armie, and also for to satisfie those, if there be anie, +whome have not had the same commoditie to understand them as you. +Nor me thinkes that there resteth other to tell you, then certaine +generall rules, the whiche you shal have moste familiar, which be +these.</p> +<p class="side">Generall rules of warre.</p> +<p>The same that helpeth the enemie, hurteth thee: and the same +that helpeth thee, hurteth the enemie.</p> +<p>He that shall be in the warre moste vigilant to observe the +devises of the enemie, and shall take moste payne to exercise his +armie, shall incurre least perilles and maie hope moste of the +victorie.</p> +<p>Never conducte thy men to faight the field, if first them hast +not confirmed their mindes and knowest them to be <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page223" id="page223"></a>{223}</span> without +feare, and to be in good order: for thou oughteste never to +enterprise any dangerous thyng with thy souldiours, but when thou +seest, that they hope to overcome.</p> +<p>It is better to conquere the enemie with faminne, then with +yron: in the victorie of which, fortune maie doe much more then +valiantnesse.</p> +<p>No purpose is better then that, whiche is hidde from the enemie +untill thou have executed it.</p> +<p>To know in the warre how to understande occasion, and to take +it, helpeth more then anie other thynge.</p> +<p>Nature breedeth few stronge menne, the industrie and the +exercise maketh manie.</p> +<p>Discipline maie doe more in warre, then furie.</p> +<p>When anie departe from the enemies side for to come to serve +thee, when thei be faithfull, thei shalbe unto thee alwaies great +gaines: for that the power of thadversaries are more deminisshed +with the losse of them, that runne awaie, then of those that be +slaine, although that the name of a fugetive be to new frendes +suspected, to olde odius.</p> +<p>Better it is in pitchyng the fielde, to reserve behynde the +first front aide inoughe, then to make the fronte bigger to +disperse the souldiours.</p> +<p>He is difficultely overcome, whiche can know his owne power and +the same of the enemie.</p> +<p>The valiantenesse of the souldiours availeth more then the +multitude.</p> +<p>Some times the situacion helpeth more then the +valiantenesse.</p> +<p>New and sudden thynges, make armies afrayde.</p> +<p>Slowe and accustomed thinges, be littell regarded of them. +Therfore make thy armie to practise and to know with small faightes +a new enemie, before thou come to faight the fielde with him.</p> +<p>He that with disorder foloweth the enemie after that he is +broken, will doe no other, then to become of a conquerour a +loser.</p> +<p>He that prepareth not necessarie victualles to live upon, is +overcome without yron.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page224" id= +"page224"></a>{224}</span> +<p>He that trusteth more in horsemen then in footemen, more in +footemen then in horsemen, must accommodate him selfe with the +situacion.</p> +<p>When thou wilte see if in the daie there be comen anie spie into +the Campe, cause everie man to goe to his lodgynge.</p> +<p>Chaunge purpose, when thou perceivest that the enemie hath +forseene it.</p> +<p class="side">How to consulte.</p> +<p>Consulte with many of those thinges, which thou oughtest to +dooe: the same that thou wilt after dooe, conferre with fewe.</p> +<p>Souldiours when thei abide at home, are mainteined with feare +and punishemente, after when thei ar led to the warre with hope and +with rewarde.</p> +<p>Good Capitaines come never to faight the fielde, excepte +necessitie constraine theim, and occasion call them.</p> +<p>Cause that thenemies know not, how thou wilte order thy armie to +faight, and in what so ever maner that thou ordainest it, make that +the firste bande may be received of the seconde and of the +thirde.</p> +<p>In the faight never occupie a battell to any other thyng, then +to the same, for whiche thou haste apoineted it, if thou wilt make +no disorder.</p> +<p>The sodene accidentes, with difficultie are reamedied: those +that are thought upon, with facilitie.</p> +<p class="side">What thynges are the strength of the warre.</p> +<p>Men, yron, money, and bread, be the strengthe of the warre, but +of these fower, the first twoo be moste necessarie: because men and +yron, finde money and breade: but breade and money fynde not men +and yron.</p> +<p>The unarmed riche man, is a bootie to the poore souldiour.</p> +<p>Accustome thy souldiours to dispise delicate livyng and lacivius +aparell.</p> +<p>This is as muche as hapneth me generally to remember you, and I +know that there might have ben saied manie other thynges in all +this my reasonynge: as should be, howe and in howe manie kinde of +waies the antiquitie ordered their bandes, how thei appareled them, +and how in manie other thynges they exercised them, and to have +joygned <span class="pagenum"><a name="page225" id= +"page225"></a>{225}</span> hereunto manie other particulars, the +whiche I have not judged necessarie to shew, as wel for that you +your self may se them, as also for that my intente hath not been to +shew juste how the olde servis of warre was apoincted, but howe in +these daies a servis of warre might be ordained, whiche should have +more vertue then the same that is used. Wherfore I have not thought +good of the auncient thynges to reason other, then that, which I +have judged to suche introduction necessarie. I know also that I +might have delated more upon the service on horsebacke, and after +have reasoned of the warre on the Sea: for as muche as he that +destinguissheth the servis of warre, saieth, how there is an armie +on the sea, and of the lande, on foote, and on horsebacke. Of that +on the sea, I will not presume to speake, for that I have no +knowledge therof: but I will let the Genoues, and the Venecians +speake therof, whome with like studies have heretofore doen great +thinges.</p> +<p>Also of horses, I wil speake no other, then as afore I have +saied, this parte beynge (as I have declared) least corrupted. +Besides this, the footemen being wel ordained, which is the +puissance of the armie, good horses of necessitie will come to be +made.</p> +<p class="side">Provisions that maie bee made to fill a Realme full +of good horse; The knowledge that a capitaine oughte to have.</p> +<p>Onely I counsel him that would ordayne the exercise of armes in +his owne countrey, and desireth to fill the same with good horses, +that he make two provisions: the one is, that he destribute Mares +of a good race throughe his dominion, and accustome his menne to +make choise of coltes, as you in this countrie make of Calves and +Mules: the other is, that to thentente the excepted might finde a +byer, I woulde prohibet that no man should kepe a Mule excepte he +woulde keepe a horse: so that he that woulde kepe but one beaste to +ride on, shoulde be constrained to keepe a horse: and moreover that +no man should weare fine cloathe except he which doeth keepe a +horse: this order I under stande hath beene devised of certaine +princes in our time, whome in short space have therby, brought into +their countrey an excellente numbre of good horses. Aboute the +other thynges, as much as might be looked for concernynge +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page226" id= +"page226"></a>{226}</span> horse, I remit to as much as I have +saied to daie, and to that whiche they use. Peradventure also you +woulde desire to understand what condicions a Capitaine ought to +have: wherof I shal satisfie you moste breeflie: for that I cannot +tell how to chose anie other man then the same, who shoulde know +howe to doe all those thynges whiche this daie hath ben reasoned of +by us: the which also should not suffise, when he should not knowe +howe to devise of him selfe: for that no man without invencion, was +ever excellent in anie science: and if invencion causeth honour in +other thynges, in this above all, it maketh a man honorable: for +everie invention is seen, although it were but simple, to be of +writers celebrated: as it is seen, where Alexander Magnus is +praised, who for to remove his Campe moste secretely, gave not +warnyng with the Trumpette, but with a hatte upon a Launce. And was +praised also for havyng taken order that his souldiours in +buckelynge with the enemies, shoulde kneele with the lefte legge, +to bee able more strongly to withstande their violence: the whiche +havyng geven him the victorie, it got him also so muche praise, +that all the Images, whiche were erected in his honour, stoode +after the same facion. But because it is tyme to finishe this +reasonyng, I wil turne againe to my first purpose, and partly I +shall avoide the same reproche, wherin they use to condempne in +this towne, such as knoweth not when to make an ende.</p> +<p class="side">The auctor retorneth to his first purpose and +maketh a littel discorse to make an ende of his reasonyng.</p> +<p>If you remembre Cosimus you tolde me, that I beyng of one side +an exalter of the antiquitie, and a dispraiser of those, which in +waightie matters imitated them not, and of the other side, I +havynge not in the affaires of war, wherin I have taken paine, +imitated them, you coulde not perceive the occasion: wherunto I +answered, how that men which wil doo any thing, muste firste +prepare to knowe how to doe it, for to be able, after to use it, +when occasion permitteth: whether I doe know how to bryng the +servis of warre to the auncient manners or no, I will be judged by +you, whiche have hearde me upon this matter longe dispute wherby +you may know, how much time I have consumed <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page227" id="page227"></a>{227}</span> in these +studies: and also I beleeve that you maie imagen, how much desire +is in me to brynge it to effecte: the whiche whether I have been +able to have doen, or that ever occasion hath been geven me, most +easely you maie conjecture: yet for to make you more certaine and +for my better justificacion, I will also aledge the occasions: and +as much as I have promised, I will partely performe, to shew you +the difficultie and the facelitie, whiche bee at this presente in +suche imitacions.</p> +<p class="side">A prince may easelie brynge to intiere perfection +the servis of warre; Two sortes of Capitaines worthie to bee +praysed.</p> +<p>Therfore I saie, how that no deede that is doen now a daies +emong men, is more easie to be reduced unto the aunciente maners, +then the service of Warre: but by them onely that be Princes of so +moche state, who can at least gather together of their owne +subjectes, xv. or twentie thousande yong menne: otherwise, no thyng +is more difficulte, then this, to them whiche have not soche +commoditie: and for that you maie the better understande this +parte, you have to knowe, howe that there bee of twoo condicions, +Capitaines to bee praised: The one are those, that with an armie +ordained through the naturalle discipline thereof, have dooen +greate thynges: as were the greater parte of the Romaine Citezeins, +and suche as have ledde armies, the which have had no other paine, +then to maintaine them good, and to se them guided safely: the +other are they, whiche not onely have had to overcome the enemie, +but before they come to the same, have been constrained to make +good and well ordered their armie: who without doubte deserve muche +more praise, then those have deserved, which with olde armies, and +good, have valiantely wrought. Of these, such wer Pelopida, and +Epaminonda, Tullus Hostillius, Phillip of Macedony father of +Alexander, Cirus kyng of the Percians, Graccus a Romaine: they all +were driven first to make their armies good, and after to faighte +with them: they all coulde doe it, as well throughe their prudence, +as also for havynge subjectes whome thei might in like exercises +instruct: nor it shuld never have ben otherwise possible, that anie +of theim, though they had ben never so good and ful of al +excellencie, should have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page228" +id="page228"></a>{228}</span> been able in a straunge countrey, +full of men corrupted, not used to anie honest obedience, to have +brought to passe anie laudable worke. It suffiseth not then in +Italie, to know how to governe an army made, but first it is +necessarie to know how to make it and after to know how to +commaunde it: and to do these things it is requisit they bee those +princes, whome havyng much dominion, and subjectes inoughe, maie +have commoditie to doe it: of whiche I can not bee, who never +commaunded, nor cannot commaunde, but to armies of straungers, and +to men bounde to other, and not to me: in whiche if it be possible, +or no, to introduce anie of those thynges that this daie of me hath +ben reasoned, I will leave it to your judgement.</p> +<p>Albeit when coulde I make one of these souldiours which now a +daies practise, to weare more armur then the ordinarie, and besides +the armur, to beare their owne meate for two or three daies, with a +mattocke: When coulde I make theim to digge, or keepe theim every +daie manie howers armed, in fained exercises, for to bee able after +in the verie thyng in deede to prevaile? When woulde thei abstaine +from plaie, from laciviousnesse, from swearynge, from the +insolence, whiche everie daie they committe? when would they be +reduced into so muche dissepline, into so much obedience and +reverence, that a tree full of appels in the middest of their +Campe, shoulde be founde there and lefte untouched? As is redde, +that in the auncient armies manie times hapned. What thynge maye I +promis them, by meane wherof thei may have me in reverence to love, +or to feare, when the warre beyng ended, they have not anie more to +doe with me? wher of maie I make them ashamed, whiche be borne and +brought up without shame? whie shoulde thei be ruled by me who +knowe me not? By what God or by what sainctes may I make them to +sweare? By those that thei worship, or by those that they +blaspheme? Who they worship I knowe not anie: but I knowe well they +blaspheme all. How shoulde I beleeve that thei will keepe their +promise to them, whome everie hower they dispise? How can they, +that dispise God, reverence men? Then <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page229" id="page229"></a>{229}</span> what good +fashion shoulde that be, whiche might be impressed in this matter? +And if you should aledge unto me that Suyzzers and Spaniardes bee +good souldiours, I woulde confesse unto you, how they be farre +better then the Italians: but if you note my reasonynge, and the +maner of procedyng of bothe, you shall see, howe they lacke many +thynges to joygne to the perfection of the antiquetie. And how the +Suyzzers be made good of one of their naturall uses caused of that, +whiche to daie I tolde you: those other are made good by mean of a +necessitie: for that servyng in a straunge countrie, and seemyng +unto them to be constrained either to die, or to overcome, thei +perceivynge to have no place to flie, doe become good: but it is a +goodnesse in manie partes fawtie: for that in the same there is no +other good, but that they bee accustomed to tarie the enemie at the +Pike and sweardes poincte: nor that, which thei lacke, no man +should be meete to teache them, and so much the lesse, he that +coulde not speake their language.</p> +<p class="side">The Auctor excuseth the people of Italie to the +great reproche of their prynces for their ignorance in the affaires +of warre.</p> +<p>But let us turne to the Italians, who for havynge not had wise +Princes, have not taken anie good order: and for havyng not had the +same necessitie, whiche the Spaniardes have hadde, they have not +taken it of theim selves, so that they remaine the shame of the +worlde: and the people be not to blame, but onely their princes, +who have ben chastised, and for their ignorance have ben justely +punisshed, leesinge moste shamefully their states, without shewing +anie vertuous ensample. And if you will see whether this that I say +be trew: consider how manie warres have ben in Italie since the +departure of kyng Charles to this day, where the war beyng wonte to +make men warlyke and of reputacion, these the greater and fierser +that they have been, so muche the more they have made the +reputacion of the members and of the headdes therof to bee loste. +This proveth that it groweth, that the accustomed orders were not +nor bee not good, and of the newe orders, there is not anie whiche +have knowen how to take them. Nor never beleeve that reputacion +will be gotten, by the Italians weapons, but by the same waie that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page230" id= +"page230"></a>{230}</span> I have shewed, and by means of theim, +that have great states in Italie: for that this forme maie be +impressed in simple rude men, of their owne, and not in malicious, +ill brought up, and straungers. Nor there shall never bee founde +anie good mason, whiche will beleeve to be able to make a faire +image of a peece of Marbell ill hewed, but verye well of a rude +peece.</p> +<p class="side">A discription of the folishenesse of the Italian +princes; Cesar and Alexander, were the formoste in battell; The +Venecians and the duke of Ferare began to have reduced the warfare +to the Aunciente maners; He that despiseth the servis of warre, +despiseth his own welthe.</p> +<p>Our Italian Princes beleved, before thei tasted the blowes of +the outlandishe warre, that it should suffice a Prince to knowe by +writynges, how to make a subtell answere, to write a goodly letter, +to shewe in saiynges, and in woordes, witte and promptenesse, to +knowe how to canvas a fraude, to decke theim selves with precious +stones and gold, to slepe and to eate with greater glorie then +other: To keepe many lascivious persones aboute them, to governe +theim selves with their subjectes, covetuously and proudely: To +rotte in idlenesse, to give the degrees of the exercise of warre, +for good will, to despise if any should have shewed them any +laudable waie, minding that their wordes should bee aunswers of +oracles: nor the sely wretches were not aware, that thei prepared +theim selves to bee a praie, to whom so ever should assaulte theim. +Hereby grewe then in the thousande fower hundred nintie and fower +yere, the greate feares, the sodain flightes, and the marveilous +losses: and so three most mightie states which were in Italie, have +been divers times sacked and destroied. But that which is worse, is +where those that remaine, continue in the verie same erroure, and +live in the verie same disorder, and consider not, that those, who +in old time would kepe their states, caused to be dooen these +thynges, which of me hath been reasoned, and that their studies +wer, to prepare the body to diseases, and the minde not to feare +perilles. Whereby grewe that Cesar, Alexander, and all those menne +and excellente Princes in old tyme, were the formoste emongest the +faighters, goyng armed on foote: and if thei loste their state, +thei would loose their life, so that thei lived and died +vertuously. And if in theim, or in parte of theim, there might bee +condempned to muche ambicion to reason of: yet there shall +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page231" id= +"page231"></a>{231}</span> never bee founde, that in theim is +condempned any tendernesse or any thynge that maketh menne delicate +and feable: the whiche thyng, if of these Princes were redde and +beleved, it should be impossible, that thei should not change their +forme of living, and their provinces not to chaunge fortune. And +for that you in the beginnyng of this our reasonyng, lamented your +ordinaunces, I saie unto you, that if you had ordained it, as I +afore have reasoned, and it had given of it self no good +experience, you might with reason have been greved therewith: but +if it bee not so ordained, and exercised, as I have saied, it maie +be greeved with you, who have made a counterfaite thereof, and no +perfecte figure. The Venecians also, and the Duke of Ferare, +beganne it, and followed it not, the whiche hath been through their +faulte, not through their menne. And therfore I assure you, that +who so ever of those, whiche at this daie have states in Italie, +shall enter firste into this waie, shall be firste, before any +other, Lorde of this Province, and it shall happen to his state, as +to the kyngdome of the Macedonians, the which commyng under Philip, +who had learned the maner of settyng armies in order of Epaminondas +a Thebane, became with this order, and with these exercises +(whileste the reste of Grece stoode in idlenesse, and attended to +risite comedes) so puisant, that he was able in few yeres to +possesse it all, and to leave soche foundacion to his sonne, that +he was able to make hymself, prince of all the world. He then that +despiseth these studies, if he be a Prince, despiseth his +Princedome: if he bee a Citezein, his Citee. Wherefore, I lamente +me of nature, the whiche either ought not to have made me a knower +of this, or it ought to have given me power, to have been able to +have executed it: For now beyng olde, I cannot hope to have any +occasion, to bee able so to dooe: In consideracion whereof, I have +been liberall with you, who beeyng grave yong menne, maie (when the +thynges saied of me shall please you) at due tymes in favour of +your Princes, helpe theim and counsaile them, wherein I would have +you not to bee afraied, or mistrustfull, bicause this Province +seemes to bee altogether given, <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page232" id="page232"></a>{232}</span> to raise up againe the +thynges dedde, as is seen by the perfeccion that poesie, paintyng, +and writing, is now brought unto: Albeit, as moche as is looked for +of me, beyng strooken in yeres, I do mistruste. Where surely, if +Fortune had heretofore graunted me so moche state, as suffiseth for +a like enterprise, I would not have doubted, but in moste shorte +tyme, to have shewed to the worlde, how moche the aunciente orders +availe: and without peradventure, either I would have increased it +with glory, or loste it without shame.</p> +<hr /> +<p>The ende of the seventh and laste booke of the arte of warre, of +Nicholas Machiavell, Citezein and Secretarie of Florence, +translated out of Italian into Englishe: By Peter Whitehorne, felow +of Graise Inne.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page234" id= +"page234"></a>{234}</span> +<h2>TO THE READERS</h2> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> o thentente +that such as rede this booke maie without difficultie understande +the order of the battailes, or bandes of men, and of the armies, +and lodgynges in the Campe, accordynge as they in the discription +of theim are apoincted, I thinke it necessarie to shewe you the +figure of everie one of them: wherefore it is requiset firste, to +declare unto you, by what poinctes and letters, the footemen, the +horsemen, and everie other particuler membre are set foorthe.</p> +<p>KNOW THERFORE THAT</p> +<pre> +.} Signifieth {Targetmen. + +'} {Pikemen. + +c} {a Capitaine of ten men. + +v} {Veliti ordinarie. (Those men that shoot with harcabuses or bowes) + +r} {Veliti extraordinari. + +C} {a Centurion or captaine of a hundred men. + +k} {a Constable or a captaine of a band of fower hundred and fiftie men. + +H} {The hed captain of a maine battel. + +G} {The general Captaine of the whole armie. + +t} {The Trompet. + +d} {The Drum. + +b} {The Ansigne. + +s} {The Standerde. + +m} {Men of Armes. + +l} {Light horsemen. + +A} {Artillerie or ordinance. +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page235" id= +"page235"></a>{235}</span> +<p>In the first figure nexte folowyng, is discribed the forme of an +ordinarie battaile or bande of fower hundred and fiftie men, and in +what maner it is redoubled by flanke. And also how with the verie +same order of lxxx. rankes, by chaungyng onely to the hinder parte +the five rankes of Pikes which were the formost of everie Centurie, +thei maye likewise in bringyng them in battaile raie, come to bee +placed behinde: whiche may be doen, when in marchyng, the enemies +should come to assaulte them at their backes: accordynge as the +orderyng therof is before declared. Fol. 87.</p> +<p>In the seconde figure, is shewed how a battaile or bande of men +is ordered, whiche in marchyng should be driven to faight on the +flanke: accordyng as in the booke is declared. Fol. 87.</p> +<p>In the thirde figure, is shewed how a battaile or bande of men, +is ordered with two hornes, fol. 88, and after is shewed how the +same maie be made with a voide place in the middest: accordynge as +the orderyng therof, in the booke moste plainely is declared, fol. +89.</p> +<p>In the fowerth figure, is shewed the forme or facion of an armie +apoincted to faight the battaile with the enemies: and for the +better understandynge thereof, the verie same is plainlier set +foorthe in the figure next unto it, wherby the other two figures +next folowyng maie the easier be understoode: accordynge as in the +booke is expressed. Fol. 105.</p> +<p>In the fifte figure, is shewed the forme of a fower square +armie: as in the booke is discribed. Fol. 152.</p> +<p>In the sixte figure, is shewed howe an Armie is brought from a +fower square facion, to the ordinarie forme, to faight a fielde: +accordyng as afore is declared. Fol. 156.</p> +<p>In the seventh figure, is discribed the maner of incamping: +according as the same in the booke is declared. Fol. 174.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page236" id= +"page236"></a>{236}</span> +<p>THE FIRSTE FIGURE</p> +<p>This is the maner of ordering of CCCC. men, into lxxx. rankes, +five to a ranke, to bring them into a iiii square battaile with the +Pikes on the front, as after foloweth.</p> +<pre> + C +c'''' +c'''' +c'''' +c'''' +c'''' +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... +c.... + C +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... + C +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... + C +''''c +''''c +''''c +''''c +''''c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +....c +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page237" id= +"page237"></a>{237}</span> +<p>This is the foresaied lxxx. rankes of iiii. C. men brought into +a fower square battaile with the Pikes on the fronte. And the +fiftie Veliti on the sides and on the backe.</p> +<pre> +C C +vc''''''''''''''''''cv +vc''''''''''''''''''cv +vc''''''''''''''''''cv +vc''''''''''''''''''cv +vc''''''''''''''''''cv +vc........dkb.......cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +vc..................cv +C v v v v v v v v v v C +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page238" id= +"page238"></a>{238}</span> +<p>THE SECONDE FIGURE</p> +<p>This is the maner of ordering of CCCC. men, into lxxx. rankes, +five to a ranke, to bring them into a iiii square battaile with the +Pikes on the side, as after foloweth.</p> +<pre> + C +ccccc +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +''''' +ccccc + C +ccccc +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +ccccc + C +ccccc +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +ccccc + C +ccccc +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +..... +ccccc +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page239" id= +"page239"></a>{239}</span> +<p>This is the foresaied lxxx. rankes of iiii. C. men brought into +a fower square battaile with the Pikes on the side.</p> +<pre> +CvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvC + cccccccccccccccccccc +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + ...............''''' +v...............''''' + cccccccccccccccccccc +CvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvC +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page240" id= +"page240"></a>{240}</span> +<p>THE THYRDE FIGURE</p> +<p>These are the nombers of rankes appoincted to make the horned +battaile of, and the square battaile with the voide space in the +middest, as after foloweth.</p> +<pre> +''''''''''''''''''''''''' ............... +''''''''''''''''''''''''' ............... +cccccccccccccccccccc.....C...............C +......................... ............... +......................... ............... + + + + + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' +Ccccccccccccccccccccc.....C + ......................... + ......................... + ............... + ............... + ............... + ............... + ...............d + ...............k + ...............b + ............... + ............... + ............... + ............... + ......................... + ......................... +Ccccccccccccccccccccc.....C + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page241" id= +"page241"></a>{241}</span> +<pre> +............... ......................... +............... ......................... +...............Ccccccccccccccccccccc.....C +............... ''''''''''''''''''''''''' +............... ''''''''''''''''''''''''' + + + + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' +Ccccccccccccccccccccc.....C + ......................... + ......................... + ....... ........ + ....... ........ + ....... ........ + ....... d ........ + ....... k ........ + ....... b ........ + ....... ........ + ....... ........ + ....... ........ + ....... ........ + ......................... + ......................... +Ccccccccccccccccccccc.....C + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' + ''''''''''''''''''''''''' +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page242" id= +"page242"></a>{242}</span> +<p>THE FOURTH FIGURE</p> +<pre> + A A A A A A +llm mCrCCC Cu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uCA +llm mrrr,,, vu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uvA +llm mrrrdkb vdk bvvdk bvvdk bvvdk bvvdk bv +lltksdkb,,, vc..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv t G +llm mrrr,,, vc..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv lll +ktm mrrr,,, vc..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv .... +lsm mCr(,,, Cu..uCCu..uCCu..uCCu..uCCu..uC +llm m ,,, +llm m ,,, ..... +llm m ,,, dHb +llm m ,,, ..... +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, Cu..uC Cu..uC Cu..uC +,,, vu,,uv vu,,uv vu,,uv +,,, vdk bv vdk bv vdk bv +CdkbC vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv +,, vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv +,,, vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv +,,, Cu..uC Cu..uC Cu..uC +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, Cu,,uC Cu,,uC +,,, vu,,uv vu,,uv +,,, vdk bv vdk bv +,,, vu..uv vu..uv +dkb vu..uv vu..uv +,,, vu..uv vu..uv +C C Cu..uC Cu..uC +</pre> +<p>The cariages and the unarmed.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page243" id= +"page243"></a>{243}</span> +<pre> + A A A A A A +A Cu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uCCu,,uC C CCrCm mll +A vu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uvvu,,uv ,,,rrrm mll +m vdk bvvdk bvvdk bvvdk bvvdk bv dkbrrrm mll +s vu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv ,,,dkbm mll +llvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv ,,,rrrtksll +..vu.. vvu..uvvu..uvvu..uvvu..uv ,,,rrrm mtk +Cu..uCCu..uC ..uCCu..uCCu..uC ,,,rrrm msl +,,, m mll +,,, m mll +dHb ,,, m mll +.... ,,, m mll +,,, +,,, +,,, +Cu,,uC Cu,,uC Cu,,uC ,,, +vu,,uv uv,,uv uv,,uv ,,, +vdk bv vdk bv vdk bv ,,, +vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv CdkbC +vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv ,,, +vu..uv vu..uv vu..uv ,,, +Cu..uC Cu..uC Cu..uC ,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +,,, +Cu,,uC Cu,,uC ,,, +vu,,uv uv,,uv ,,, +vdk bv vdk bv ,,, +vu..uv vu..uv ,,, +vu..uv vu..uv dkb +vu..uv vu..uv ,,, +Cu..uC Cu..uC C C +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page244" id= +"page244"></a>{244}</span> +<p>THE FIFT FIGURE</p> +<pre> +A ) ,,,, C) ,,,, C) ,,,, C),,,,C),,,,))v) vCvC),,,,C) ,,,, C A + u ,,,, uu ,,,, uu ,,,, uu,,,,uu,,,,uvvvvvvvvu,,,,uu ,,,, u + u ,,,, uu dkb uu dkb uu dkbuu dkbuvvvvvvvvu dkbuu ,,,, u + u dkb uu .... uu .... uu....uu....u)vv vvvCu....uu dkb u A +A u ,,,, uu .... uu .... uu....uu....uvvvvvvvvu....uu ,,,, u + u ,,,, uu .... uu .... uu....uu....uvvvvvvvvu....uu ,,,, u A + ) ,,,, C) .... C) .... C)....C)....C)v) vCvC)....)) ,,,, C +A ) uuuC ) uuu C + ,,,,.... ....,,,, A + ,,,,.... .... ....,,,, + ,,dkb... dHb ..dkb,, +A ,,,,.... .... ....,,,, + ,,,,.... ....,,,, A + ) n n nC ) n n nC +A ) u u uC ) u u uC + ,,,,.... ....,,,, + ,,,,.... ...III.. ....,,,, A + ,, dkb.. .. mm .. .. dkb,, +A ,,,,.... .. tGs.. ....,,,, + ,,,,.... ........ ....,,,, + ) n n nC ) n n nC A + ) u u uC ),,,,C),,,,C ) u u uC +A ,,,,.... u,,,,uu,,,,u ....,,,, + ,,,,.... u,,,,uu,,,,u ....,,,, A + ,, dkb.. u dkbuu dkbu .. dkb,, + ,,,,.... u,,,,uu,,,,u ....,,,, + ,,,,.... u,,,,uu,,,,u ....,,,, +A ) n n nC ),,,,C),,,,C ) n n nC +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page245" id= +"page245"></a>{245}</span> +<pre> +A ) u u uC ) u u uC A + ,,,,.... ....,,,, + ,,,,.... ....,,,, + ,, dkb.. .. dkb,, +A ,,,,.... ....,,,, A + ,,,,.... ....,,,, + ) n n nC ) n n nC + ) u u uC ) u u uC +A ,,,,.... ....,,,, A + ,,,,.... .... ....,,,, + ,, dkb.. d Hb .. dkb,, + ,,,,.... .... .. dkb,, +A ,,,,.... ....,,,, A + ) n n nC ) n n nC + ) ,,,, C)....C ) r) rC rC )....C)....C)....C)....C) ,,,, C + u ,,,, uu....urrrrrrrrrrrru....uu....uu....uu....uu ,,,, C +A u ,,,, uu....urr dkb dkb ru....uu....uu....uu....uu ,,,, u A + u dkb uu dkbu rrrrrrrrrrru dkbnu dkbuu dkbuu dkbuu dkb u + u ,,,, uu,,,,urr dkb dkb ru,,,,uu,,,,uu,,,,uu,,,,uu ,,,, u + u ,,,, uu,,,,u rrrrrrrrrrru,,,,uu,,,,uu,,,,uu,,,,uu ,,,, u +A ) ,,,, C),,,,C ) r) rC rC ),,,,u),,,,C),,,,C),,,,C) ,,,, C A + + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm + mmmtksmmm mmmtksmmm + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm + mmmm mmmm mmmm mmmm +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page246" id= +"page246"></a>{246}</span> +<pre> + A A A A A +mmmmmmmm CvC)u, ,uC)u, ,uC)u, ,uC)u,,uC)u, +mmmmmmmm vvvru, ,urru, ,urru, ,urru,,urru,, +mmmmmmmm vvvrudkburrudkburrd k brrdk brrudk +mmmtksmmmvvvru. .urru. .urru. .urru..urru.. +mmmmmmmm vvvru. .ruur. .urru. .urru..urru.. +mmmmmmmm vvv)u. .uC)u. .uC)u. .uC)u..uCCu . +mmmmmmmm vvv),,,,,C + dkbr,,,...r .... .lll + vvvr,dkb..r dHb . .m + vvvr,,,...r .... ...t + vvvr,,,...r .... + vvv),,,...C + vvv),,,...C + vvvr,,,...r )u, ,uC )u,, + )vCr,dkb .r ru. ,ur ru,, + r,,,...r rudkbur ru,d + r,,,...r ru. .ur ru.. + r,,,...r ru. .ur ru.. + ),,,...C )u. .uC )u. + ),,,...C + r,,,...r + r,dkb..r + r,,,...r + r,,,...r + ),,,...C + ),,,...C + r,,,...r )u. .uC + r,dkb..r ru, ,ur + r,,,...r rudkbur + r,,,...r ru. .ur + ),,, ..C ru. .ur + ),,,...C )u. .uC + r,,,...r )u. .uC + r,,dkb.r + r,,,...r + r,,,...r + ),,, ..C + ),,,,,,C + r,,,,,,r + r, dkb,r + r,,,,,,r + r,,,,,,r + ),,,,,,C +</pre> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page247" id= +"page247"></a>{247}</span> +<pre> + A A A A A +,uC)u, ,uC)u, ,uC)u, ,uC)u, ,uC)v) mmmmmmmm +,urru, ,urru, ,urru, ,urru, ,urvvv mmmmmmmm +b,rr,dkb,rr,dkb,rr,dkb,rr dkb rvvv mmmmmmmm +.urru. .urru. .urru. .urru. .urvvvmmmtkfmmm +.urru. .urru. .urru. .urru. .urvvv mmmmmmmm +.uC)u. .uC)u. .uC)u. .uCCu. .u)vvv mmmmmmmm + )...,,Cvvv mmmmmmmm +.ll.. .... r...,,,rdkb +.m. dHb r.dkb, rvvv +Gs.. .... r...,,,rvvv +.... r...,,,rvvv + )... ,,Cvvv +,uC )u. .uC )... ,,Cvvv +,ur ru, ,ur r...,,,rvvv +kb,r r,dkb,r r.dkb, rC ) +,ur ru. .ur r...,,,r +,ur ru. .ur r...,,,r +,uC )u. .u) )... ,,C + )... ,,C + r...,,,r + r.dkb, r + r...,,,r + r...,,,r + )...,,,C + )...,,,C + )u, ,uC r...,, r + ru, ,ur r.dkb, r + r,dkb,r r...,,,r + ru. .ur r...,,,r + ru. .ur )... ,,C + )u. .uC )... ,,C + r...,,,r + r.dkb, r + r...,,,r + r...,,,r + )... ,,C + ),,, ,,C + r,,,,,,r + r,dkb, r + r,,,,,,r + r,,,,,,r + ),,, ,,C +</pre> +<hr class="full" /> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page252" id= +"page252"></a>{252}</span> +<h2><a name="book-prince" id="book-prince">NICHOLAS +MACHIAVEL'S</a></h2> +<h1>PRINCE</h1> +<h3>TRANSLATED OUT OF ITALIAN INTO ENGLISH BY</h3> +<h2>E.D.</h2> +<h3>WITH SOME ANIMADVERSIONS NOTING AND TAXING HIS ERRORS</h3> +<h3>1640</h3> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page253" id= +"page253"></a>{253}</span> +<p>TO THE MOST NOBLE AND ILLUSTRIOUS, JAMES Duke of Lenox, Earle of +March, Baron of Setrington, Darnly, Terbanten, and Methuen, Lord +Great Chamberlain and Admiral of Scotland, Knight of the most Noble +Order of the Garter, and one of his Majesties most honourable Privy +Counsel in both kingdomes.</p> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-p.png" alt="P" /> oysons are +not all of that malignant and noxious quality, that as destructives +of Nature, they are utterly to be abhord; but we find many, nay +most of them have their medicinal uses. This book carries its +poyson and malice in it; yet mee thinks the judicious peruser may +honestly make use of it in the actions of his life, with advantage. +The Lamprey, they say, hath a venemous string runs all along the +back of it; take that out, and it is serv'd in for a choyce dish to +dainty palates; Epictetus the Philosopher, sayes, Every thing hath +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page254" id= +"page254"></a>{254}</span> two handles, as the fire brand, it may +be taken up at one end in the bare hand without hurt: the other +being laid hold on, will cleave to the very flesh, and the smart of +it will pierce even to the heart. Sin hath the condition of the +fiery end; the touch of it is wounding with griefe unto the soule: +nay it is worse; one sin goes not alone but hath many consequences. +Your Grace may find the truth of this in your perusal of this +Author: your judgement shall easily direct you in finding out the +good uses of him: I have pointed at his chiefest errors with my +best endeavors, and have devoted them to your Graces service: which +if you shall accept and protect, I shall remain</p> +<p>Your Graces humble and devoted servant,</p> +<p>EDWARD DACRES.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page255" id= +"page255"></a>{255}</span> +<h2>THE EPISTLE TO THE READER.</h2> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-q.png" alt="Q" /> uestionless +some men will blame me for making this Author speak in our vulgar +tongue. For his Maximes and Tenents are condemnd of all, as +pernicious to all Christian States, and hurtfull to all humane +Societies. Herein I shall answer for my self with the Comœdian, +<i>Placere studeo bonis quam plurimis, et minimé multos +lædere</i>: I endeavor to give content to the most I can of +those that are well disposed, and no scandal to any. I grant, I +find him blamed and condemned: I do no less my self. Reader, either +do thou read him without a prejudicate opinion, and out of thy own +judgement taxe his errors; or at least, if thou canst stoop so low, +make use of my pains to help thee; I will promise thee this reward +for thy labor: if thou consider well the actions of the world, thou +shalt find him much practised by those that condemn him; who +willingly would walk as theeves do with close lanternes in the +night, that they being undescried, and yet seeing all, might +surprise the unwary in the dark. Surely this book will infect no +man: out of the wicked treasure of a mans own wicked heart, he +drawes his malice and mischief. From the same flower the Bee sucks +honey, from whence the Spider hath his poyson. And he that means +well, shall be here warnd, where the deceitfull man learnes to set +his snares. A judge who hath often used to examine theeves, becomes +the more expert to sift out their tricks. If mischief come +hereupon, blame not me, nor blame my Author: lay the saddle on the +right horse: but <i>Hony soit qui mal y pense</i>: let shame light +on him that hatcht the mischief.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page256" id= +"page256"></a>{256}</span> +<h1>THE PRINCE</h1> +<h2>NICHOLAS MACHIAVELLI,</h2> +<h3>to the Magnificent LAURENCE sonne to PETER OF MEDICIS +health.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> hey that +desire to ingratiate themselves with a Prince, commonly use to +offer themselves to his view, with things of that nature as such +persons take most pleasure and delight in: whereupon we see they +are many times presented with Horses and Armes, cloth of gold, +pretious stones, and such like ornaments, worthy of their +greatness. Having then a mind to offer up my self to your +Magnificence, with some testimony of my service to you, I found +nothing in my whole inventory, that I think better of, or more +esteeme, than the knowlege of great mens actions, which I have +learned by a long experience of modern affairs, and a continual +reading of those of the ancients. Which, now that I have with great +diligence long workt it out, and throughly sifted, I commend to +your Magnificence. And, however I may well think this work unworthy +of your view; yet such is your humanity, that I doubt not but it +shall find acceptance, considering, that for my part I am not able +to tender a greater gift, than to present you with the means, +whereby in a very short time you may be able to understand all +that, which I, in the space of many years, and with many +sufferances and dangers, have made proof and gaind the knowledge +of. And this work I have not set forth either with elegancy of +discourse or stile, nor with any other ornament whereby to +captivate the reader, as others use, because I would not have it +gain its esteem from elsewhere than from the truth of the matter, +and the gravity of the subject. Nor can this <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page257" id="page257"></a>{257}</span> be +thought presumption, if a man of humble and low condition venture +to dilate and discourse upon the governments of Princes; for even +as they that with their pensils designe out countreys, get +themselves into the plains below to consider the nature of the +mountains, and other high places above; and again to consider the +plains below, they get up to the tops of the mountains; in like +manner to understand the nature of the people, it is fit to be a +Prince; and to know well the dispositions of Princes, sutes best +with the understanding of a subject. Your Magnificence then may be +pleased, to receive this small present, with the same mind that I +send it; which if you shall throughly peruse and consider, you +shall perceive therein that I exceedingly wish, that you may attain +to that greatness, which your own fortune, and your excellent +endowments promise you: and if your Magnificence from the very +point of your Highness shall sometime cast your eyes upon these +inferior places, you shall see how undeservedly I undergoe an +extream and continual despight of Fortune.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page259" id= +"page259"></a>{259}</span> +<h2>THE TABLE OF THE CHAPTERS</h2> +<p><a href="#prince-1">CHAP. 1.</a> How many sorts of +Principalities there are, and how many wayes they are attained +to</p> +<p><a href="#prince-2">CHAP. 2.</a> Of hereditary +Principalities</p> +<p><a href="#prince-3">CHAP. 3.</a> Of mixt Principalities</p> +<p><a href="#prince-4">CHAP. 4.</a> Wherefore Darius his Kingdome, +taken by Alexander, rebelled not against his successors after +Alexanders death</p> +<p><a href="#prince-5">CHAP. 5.</a> In what manner Cities and +Principalities are to be governed, which before they were +conquered, lived under their own laws</p> +<p><a href="#prince-6">CHAP. 6.</a> Of new Principalities that are +conquered by ones own armes and valor</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page260" id= +"page260"></a>{260}</span> +<p><a href="#prince-7">CHAP. 7.</a> Of new Principalities gotten by +fortune and other mens forces</p> +<p><a href="#prince-8">CHAP. 8.</a> Concerning those who by wicked +means have attaind to a Principality</p> +<p><a href="#prince-9">CHAP. 9.</a> Of the Civil Principality</p> +<p><a href="#prince-10">CHAP. 10.</a> In what manner the forces of +all Principalities ought to be measured</p> +<p><a href="#prince-11">CHAP. 11</a>. Concerning Ecclesiastical +Principalities</p> +<p><a href="#prince-12">CHAP. 12.</a> How many sorts of Military +discipline there be; and touching mercenary soldiers</p> +<p><a href="#prince-13">CHAP. 13.</a> Of Auxiliary Soldiers, mixt +and natives</p> +<p><a href="#prince-14">CHAP. 14.</a> What belongs to the Prince +touching military discipline</p> +<p><a href="#prince-15">CHAP. 15.</a> Of those things in respect +whereof men, and especially Princes are prais'd or disprais'd</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page261" id= +"page261"></a>{261}</span> +<p><a href="#prince-16">CHAP. 16.</a> Of Liberality and +Miserableness</p> +<p><a href="#prince-17">CHAP. 17.</a> Of Cruelty and Clemency, and +whether it is better to be belov'd or feared</p> +<p><a href="#prince-18">CHAP. 18.</a> In what manner Princes ought +to keep their word</p> +<p><a href="#prince-19">CHAP. 19.</a> That Princes should take a +care not to incur contempt or hatred</p> +<p><a href="#prince-20">CHAP. 20.</a> Whether the Citadels and many +other things, which Princes make use of, are profitable or +dammageable</p> +<p><a href="#prince-21">CHAP. 21.</a> How a Prince ought to behave +himself to gain reputation</p> +<p><a href="#prince-22">CHAP. 22.</a> Touching Princes +Secretaries</p> +<p><a href="#prince-23">CHAP. 23.</a> That Flatterers are to be +avoyded</p> +<p><a href="#prince-24">CHAP. 24.</a> Wherefore the Princes of +Italy have lost their States</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page262" id= +"page262"></a>{262}</span> +<p><a href="#prince-25">CHAP. 25.</a> How great power Fortune hath +in humane affairs, and what means there is to resist it</p> +<p><a href="#prince-26">CHAP. 26.</a> An exhortation to free Italy +from the Barbarions</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page263" id= +"page263"></a>{263}</span> +<h1>THE PRINCE</h1> +<h3>Written by</h3> +<h2>NICHOLAS MACHIAVELLI, Secretary and Citizen of Florence.</h2> +<h2><a name="prince-1" id="prince-1">CHAP. I</a></h2> +<h3>How many sorts of Principalities there are, and how many wayes +they are attained to.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-a.png" alt="A" /> ll States, +all Dominions that have had, or now have rule over men, have been +and are, either Republiques or Principalities. Principalities are +either hereditary, whereof they of the blood of the Lord thereof +have long time been Princes; or else they are new; and those that +are new, are either all new, as was the Dutchy of Millan to Francis +Sforce; or are as members adjoyned to the hereditary State of the +Prince that gains it; as the Kingdom of Naples is to the King of +Spain. These Dominions so gotten, are accustomed either to live +under a Prince, or to enjoy their liberty; and are made conquest +of, either with others forces, or ones own, either by fortune, or +by valor.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page264" id= +"page264"></a>{264}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-2" id="prince-2">CHAP. II</a></h2> +<h3>Of Hereditary Principalities.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> will not +here discourse of Republiques, because I have other where treated +of them at large: I will apply my self only to a Principality, and +proceed, while I weave this web, by arguing thereupon, how these +Principallities can be governed and maintained. I say then that in +States of inheritance, and accustomed to the blood of their +Princes, there are far fewer difficulties to keep them, than in the +new: for it suffices only not to transgress the course his +Ancestors took, and so afterward to temporise with those accidents +that can happen; that if such a Prince be but of ordinary industry, +he shall allwaies be able to maintain himself in his State, unless +by some extraordinary or excessive power he be deprived thereof; +and when he had lost it, upon the least sinister chance that +befalls the usurper, he recovers it again. We have in Italy the +Duke of Ferrara for example hereof, who was of ability to resist +the Venetians, in the year 84, and to withstand Pope Julius in the +tenth for no other reason, than because he had of old continued in +that rule; for the natural Prince hath fewer occasions, and less +heed to give offence, whereupon of necessity he must be more +beloved; and unless it be that some extravagant vices of his bring +him into hatred, it is agreeable to reason, that naturally he +should be well beloved by his own subjects: and in the antiquity +and continuation of the Dominion, the remembrances and occasions of +innovations are quite extinguished: for evermore one change leaves +a kind of breach or dent, to fasten the building of another.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page265" id= +"page265"></a>{265}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-3" id="prince-3">CHAP. III</a></h2> +<h3>Of mixt Principalities.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-b.png" alt="B" /> ut the +difficulties consist in the new Principality; and first, if it be +not all new, but as a member, so that it may be termed altogether +as mixt; and the variations thereof proceed in the first place from +a natural difficulty, which we commonly finde in all new +Principalities; for men do willingly change their Lord, beleeving +to better their condition; and this beliefe causes them to take +armes against him that rules over them, whereby they deceive +themselves, because they find after by experience, they have made +it worse: which depends upon another natural and ordinary +necessity, forcing him alwaies to offend those, whose Prince he +newly becomes, as well by his soldiers he is put to entertain upon +them as by many other injuries, which a new conquest draws along +with it; in such manner as thou findest all those thine enemies, +whom thou hast endammaged in the seizing of that Principality, and +afterwards canst not keep them thy friends that have seated thee in +it, for not being able to satisfie them according to their +expectations, nor put in practice strong remedies against them, +being obliged to them. For however one be very well provided with +strong armies, yet hath he alwaies need of the favor of the +inhabitants in the Countrey, to enter thereinto. For these reasons, +Lewis the twelfth, King of France, suddenly took Milan, and as soon +lost it; and the first time Lodwick his own forces served well +enough to wrest it out of his hands; for those people that had +opened him the gates, finding themselves deceived of their opinion, +and of that future good which they had promised themselves, could +not endure the distastes the new Prince gave them. True it is, that +Countreys that have rebelled again the second time, being +recovered, are harder lost; for their Lord, taking occasion from +their rebellion, is less respective of <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page266" id="page266"></a>{266}</span> persons, +but cares only to secure himself, by punishing the delinquents, to +clear all suspicions, and to provide for himself where he thinks he +is weakest: so that if to make France lose Milan the first time, it +was enough for Duke Lodwick to make some small stir only upon the +confines; yet afterwards, before they could make him lose it the +second time, they had need of the whole world together against him, +and that all his armies should be wasted and driven out of Italy; +which proceeded from the forenamed causes: however though both the +first and second time it was taken from him. The generall causes of +the first we have treated of; it remains now that we see those of +the second; and set down the remedies that he had, or any one else +can have that should chance to be in those termes he was, whereby +he might be able to maintain himself better in his conquest than +the King of France did. I say therefore, that these States which by +Conquest are annexed to the ancient states of their conqueror, are +either of the same province and the same language, or otherwise; +and when they are, it is very easy to hold them, especially when +they are not used to live free; and to enjoy them securely, it is +enough to have extinguished the Princes line who ruled over them: +For in other matters, allowing them their ancient conditions, and +there being not much difference of manners betwixt them, men +ordinarily live quiet enough; as we have seen that Burgundy did, +Britany, Gascony, and Normandy, which so long time continued with +France: for however there be some difference of language between +them, yet can they easily comport one with another; and whosoever +makes the conquest of them, meaning to hold them, must have two +regards; the first, that the race of their former Prince be quite +extinguished; the other, that he change nothing, neither in their +lawes nor taxes, so that in a very short time they become one +entire body with their ancient Principality. But when any States +are gaind in a Province disagreeing in language, manners, and +orders, here are the difficulties, and here is there need of good +fortune, and great industry to maintain them; and it would be one +of the best <span class="pagenum"><a name="page267" id= +"page267"></a>{267}</span> and livelyest remedies, for the +Conqueror to goe in person and dwell there; this would make the +possession hereof more secure and durable; as the Turk hath done in +Greece, who among all the other courses taken by him for to hold +that State, had he not gone thither himself in person to dwell, it +had never been possible for him to have kept it: for abiding there, +he sees the disorders growing in their beginnings, and forthwith +can remedy them; whereas being not there present, they are heard of +when they are grown to some height, and then is there no help for +them. Moreover, the Province is not pillaged by the officers thou +sendest thither: the subjects are much satisfied of having recourse +to the Prince near at hand, whereupon have they more reason to love +him, if they mean to be good; and intending to do otherwise, to +fear him: and forrein Princes will be well aware how they invade +that State; insomuch, that making his abode there, he can very +hardly lose it. Another remedy, which is also a better, is to send +Colonies into one or two places, which may be as it were the keys +of that State; for it is necessary either to do this, or to +maintain there many horse and foot. In these colonies the Prince +makes no great expence, and either without his charge, or at a very +small rate, he may both send and maintain them; and gives offence +only to them from whom he takes their fields and houses, to bestow +them on those new inhabitants who are but a very small part of that +State; and those that he offends, remaining dispersed and poore, +can never hurt him: and all the rest on one part, have no offence +given them, and therefore a small matter keeps them in quiet: on +the other side, they are wary not to erre, for fear it befalls not +them, as it did those that were dispoild. I conclude then, that +those colonies that are not chargeable, are the more trusty, give +the less offence; and they that are offended, being but poor and +scattered, can do but little harme, as I have said; for it is to be +noted, that men must either be dallyed and flattered withall, or +else be quite crusht; for they revenge themselves of small +dammages; but of great ones they are not able; so that when wrong +is done <span class="pagenum"><a name="page268" id= +"page268"></a>{268}</span> to any man, it ought so to be done, that +it need fear no return of revenge again. But in lieu of Colonies, +by maintaining soldiers there, the expence is great; for the whole +revenues of that State are to be spent in the keeping of it; so the +conquest proves but a loss to him that hath got it, and endammages +him rather; for it hurts that whole State to remove the army from +place to place, of which annoyance every one hath a feeling, and so +becomes enemie to thee; as they are enemies, I wis, who are +outraged by thee in their own houses, whensoever they are able to +do thee mischief. Every way then is this guard unprofitable. +Besides, he that is in a different Province, (as it is said) should +make himself Head and defender of his less powerfull neighbors, and +devise alwaies to weaken those that are more mighty therein, and +take care that upon no chance there enter not any foreiner as +mighty as himself; for it will alwaies come to pass, that they +shall be brought in by those that are discontented, either upon +ambition, or fear; as the Etolians brought the Romans into Greece; +and they were brought into every countrey they came, by the +Natives; and the course of the matter is, that so soon as a +powerfull Stranger enters a countrey, all those that are the less +powerfull there, cleave to him, provoked by an envy they beare him +that is more mighty than they; so that for these of the weaker +sort, he may easily gain them without any pains: for presently all +of them together very willingly make one lump with that he hath +gotten: He hath only to beware that these increase not their +strengths, nor their authorities, and so he shall easily be able by +his own forces, and their assistances, to take down those that are +mighty, and remain himself absolute arbitre of that Countrey. And +he that playes not well this part, shall quickly lose what he hath +gotten; and while he holds it, shall find therein a great many +troubles and vexations. The Romans in the Provinces they seiz'd on, +observed well these points, sent colonies thither, entertained the +weaker sort, without augmenting any thing their power, abated the +forces of those that were mighty, and permitted not any powerfull +forreiner to gain too much <span class="pagenum"><a name="page269" +id="page269"></a>{269}</span> reputation there. And I will content +my self only with the countrey of Greece for example hereof. The +Achayans and Etolians were entertained by them, the Macedons +kingdome was brought low, Antiochus was driven thence, nor ever did +the Achayans or Etolians deserts prevail so far for them, that they +would ever promise to enlarge their State, nor the perswasions of +Philip induce them ever to be his friends, without bringing him +lower; nor yet could Antiochus his power make them ever consent +that he should hold any State in that countrey: for the Romans did +in these cases that which all judicious Princes ought to do, who +are not only to have regard unto all present mischiefs, but also to +the future, and to provide for those with all industry; for by +taking order for those when they are afarre off, it is easie to +prevent them; but by delaying till they come near hand to thee, the +remedy comes too late; for this malignity is grown incurable: and +it befalls this, as the physicians say of the hectick feaver, that +in the beginning it is easily cur'd, but hardly known; but in the +course of time, not having been known in the beginning, nor cured, +it becomes easie to know, but hard to cure. Even so falls it out in +matters of State; for by knowing it aloof off (which is given only +to a wise man to do) the mischiefs that then spring up, are quickly +helped; but when, for not having been perceived, they are suffered +to increase, so that every one sees them, there is then no cure for +them: therefore the Romans, seeing these inconvenients afar off, +alwaies prevented them, and never sufferd them to follow; for to +escape a war, because they knew that a war is not undertaken, but +deferred for anothers advantage; therefore would they rather make a +war with Philip and Antiochus in Greece, to the end it should not +afterwards be made with them in Italy, though for that time they +were able to avoid both the one and the other, which they thought +not good to do: nor did they approve of that saying that is +ordinarily in the mouthes of the Sages of our dayes, <i>to enjoy +the benefits of the present time</i>; but that rather, to take the +benefit of their valor and wisdome; for time drives forward +everything, and may bring <span class="pagenum"><a name="page270" +id="page270"></a>{270}</span> with it as well good as evil, and +evil as good. But let us return to France, and examine if any of +the things prescribed have been done by them: and we will speak of +Lewis, and not of Charles, as of whom by reason of the long +possession he held in Italy we better knew the wayes he went: and +you shall see he did the clean contrary to what should have been +done by him that would maintain a State of different Language and +conditions. King Lewis was brought into Italy by the Venetians +ambition, who would have gotten for their shares half the State of +Lombardy: I will not blame his comming, or the course he took, +because he had a mind to begin to set a foot in Italy; but having +not any friends in the country, all gates being barred against him, +by reason of King Charles his carriage there, he was constrained to +joyn friendship with those he could; and this consideration well +taken, would have proved lucky to him, when in the rest of his +courses he had not committed any error. The King then having +conquered Lombardy, recovered presently all that reputation that +Charles had lost him; Genua yeelded to him, the Florentines became +friends with him; the Marquess of Mantua, the Duke of Ferrara, the +Bentivolti, the Lady of Furli, the Lord of Faenza, Pesaro Rimino, +Camerino, and Piombino, the Lucheses, Pisans and Sienses, every one +came and offered him friendship: then might the Venetians consider +the rashness of the course they had taken, who, only to get into +their hands two Townes in Lombardy, made the King Lord of two +thirds in Italy. Let any man now consider with how small difficulty +could the King have maintained his reputation in Italy, if he had +followed these aforenamed rules, and secured and defended those his +friends, who because their number was great, and they weak and +fearful, some of the Church, and others of the Venetians were +alwaies forced to hold with him, and by their means he might easily +have been able to secure himself against those that were mightiest: +but he was no sooner got into Milan, than he took a quite wrong +course, by giving ayd to Pope Alexander, to seize upon Romania, and +perceiv'd not that by this resolution he weakned himself, ruining +his own <span class="pagenum"><a name="page271" id= +"page271"></a>{271}</span> friends, and those had cast themselves +into his bosom, making the Church puissant, by adding to their +Spiritual power, they gaind their authority, and so much temporal +estate. And having once got out of the way, he was constrained to +go on forward; insomuch as to stop Alexanders ambition, and that he +should not become Lord of all Tuscany, of force he was to come into +Italy: and this sufficed him not, to have made the Church mighty, +and taken away his own friends; but for the desire he had to get +the Kingdome of Naples, he divided it with the King of Spain: and +where before he was the sole arbitre of Italy, he brought in a +competitor, to the end that all the ambitious persons of that +country, and all that were ill affected to him, might have +otherwhere to make their recourse: and whereas he might have left +in that Kingdome some Vice-King of his own, he took him from +thence, to place another there, that might afterward chace him +thence. It is a thing indeed very natural and ordinary, to desire +to be of the getting hand: and alwaies when men undertake it, if +they can effect it, they shall be prais'd for it, or at least not +blam'd: but when they are not able, and yet will undertake it, here +lies the blame, here is the error committed. If France then was +able with her own power to assail the Kingdome of Naples, she might +well have done it; but not being able, she should not have divided +it: and if the division she made of Lombardy with the Venetians, +deserv'd some excuse, thereby to set one foot in Italy; yet this +merits blame, for not being excused by that necessity. Lewis then +committed these five faults; extinguisht the feebler ones, +augmented the State of another that was already powerful in Italy, +brought thereinto a very puissant forreiner, came not thither +himself to dwell there, nor planted any colonies there: which +faults while he liv'd, he could not but be the worse for; yet all +could not have gone so ill, had he not committed the sixt, to take +from the Venetians their State; for if he had not enlarg'd the +Churches territories nor brought the Spaniard into Italy, it had +bin necessary to take them lower; but having first taken those +other courses, he should never have <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page272" id="page272"></a>{272}</span> given way to their +destruction; for while they had been strong, they would alwaies +have kept the others off from venturing on the conquest of +Lombardy. For the Venetians would never have given their consents +thereto, unless they should have been made Lords of it themselves; +and the others would never have taken it from France, to give it +them: and then they would never have dar'd to go and set upon them +both together. And if any one should say, that King Lewis yeelded +Romania to Alexander, and the Kingdome of Naples to Spain, to avoid +a war; I answer with the reasons above alledged, that one should +never suffer any disorder to follow, for avoiding of a war; for +that war is not sav'd, but put off to thy disadvantage. And if any +others argue, that the King had given his word to the Pope, to do +that exploit for him, for dissolving of his marriage, and for +giving the Cardinals Cap to him of Roan; I answer with that which +hereafter I shall say touching Princes words, how they ought to be +kept. King Lewis then lost Lombardy, for not having observ'd some +of those termes which others us'd, who have possessed themselves of +countries, and desir'd to keep them. Nor is this any strange thing, +but very ordinary and reasonable: and to this purpose I spake at +Nantes with that French Cardinal, when Valentine (for so ordinarily +was Cæsar Borgia Pope Alexanders son call'd) made himself +master of Romania; for when the Cardinal said to me, that the +Italians understood not the feats of war; I answered, the Frenchmen +understood not matters of State: for had they been well vers'd +therein, they would never have suffer'd the Church to have grown to +that greatness. And by experience we have seen it, that the power +hereof in Italy, and that of Spain also, was caused by France, and +their own ruine proceeded from themselves. From whence a general +rule may be taken, which never, or very seldom fails, <i>That he +that gives the means to another to become powerful, ruines +himself</i>; for that power is caus'd by him either with his +industry, or with his force; and as well the one as the other of +these two is suspected by him that is grown puissant.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page273" id= +"page273"></a>{273}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-4" id="prince-4">CHAP. IV</a></h2> +<h3>Wherefore Darius his Kingdome taken by Alexander, rebelled not +against Alexanders Successors after his death.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> he +difficulties being consider'd, which a man hath in the maintaining +of a State new gotten, some might marvaile how it came to pass, +that Alexander the great subdued all Asia in a few years; and +having hardly possessed himself of it, died; whereupon it seemed +probable that all that State should have rebelled; nevertheless his +Successors kept the possession of it, nor found they other +difficulty in holding it, than what arose among themselves through +their own ambition. I answer, that all the Principalities whereof +we have memory left us, have been governed in two several manners; +either by a Prince, and all the rest Vassals, who as ministers by +his favor and allowance, do help to govern that Kingdom; or by a +Prince and by Barons, who not by their Princes favor, but by the +antiquity of blood hold that degree. And these kinds of Barons have +both states of their own, and Vassals who acknowledge them for +their Lords; and bare them a true natural affection. Those States +that are govern'd by a Prince and by Vassals, have their Prince +ruling over them with more authority; for in all his countrey, +there is none acknowledged for superior, but himself: and if they +yeeld obedience to any one else, it is but as to his minister and +officer, nor beare they him any particular good will. The examples +of these two different Governments now in our dayes, are, the Turk, +and the King of France. The Turks whole Monarchy is govern'd by one +Lord, and the rest are all his Vassals; and dividing his whole +Kingdom into divers Sangiacques or Governments, he sends several +thither, and those he chops and changes, as he pleases. But the +King <span class="pagenum"><a name="page274" id= +"page274"></a>{274}</span> of France is seated in the midst of a +multitude of Lords, who of old have been acknowledg'd for such by +their subjects, and being belov'd by them, enjoy their +preheminencies; nor can the King take their States from them +without danger. He then that considers the one and the other of +these two States, shall find difficulty in the conquest of the +Turks State; but when once it is subdu'd, great facility to hold +it. The reasons of these difficulties in taking of the Turks +Kingdom from him, are, because the Invader cannot be called in by +the Princes of that Kingdom, nor hope by the rebellion of those +which he hath about him, to be able to facilitate his enterprize: +which proceeds from the reasons aforesaid; for they being all his +slaves, and oblig'd to him, can more hardly be corrupted; and put +case they were corrupted, little profit could he get by it, they +not being able to draw after them any people, for the reasons we +have shewed: whereupon he that assails the Turk, must think to find +him united; and must rather relie upon his own forces, than in the +others disorders: but when once he is overcome and broken in the +field, so that he cannot repair his armies, there is nothing else +to be doubted than the Royal blood, which being once quite out, +there is none else left to be feard, none of the others having any +credit with the people. And as the conqueror before the victory +could not hope in them; so after it, ought he not to fear them. The +contrary falls out in Kingdoms governed as is that of France: for +it is easie to be enterd by the gaining of any Baron in the +Kingdom; for there are alwaies some malecontents to be found, and +those that are glad of innovation. Those for the reasons alledg'd +are able to open thee a way into that State, and to further thy +victory, which afterwards to make good to thee, draws with it +exceeding many difficulties, as well with those that have ayded +thee, as those thou hast supprest. Nor is it enough for thee to +root out the Princes race: for there remaine still those Lords who +quickly will be the ring-leaders of new changes; and in case thou +art not able to content these, nor extinguish them, thou losest +that State, whensoever the occasion is offerd. Now if thou +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page275" id= +"page275"></a>{275}</span> shalt consider what sort of government +that of Darius was, thou shalt find it like to the Turks dominion, +and therefore Alexander was necessitated first to defeat him +utterly, and drive him out of the field; after which victory Darius +being dead, that State was left secure to Alexander, for the +reasons we treated of before: and his successors, had they +continued in amity, might have enjoy'd it at ease: nor ever arose +there in that Kingdome other tumults, than those they themselves +stir'd up. But of the States that are order'd and grounded as that +of France, it is impossible to become master at such ease: and from +hence grew the frequent rebellions of Spain, France, and Greece +against the Romans, by reason of the many Principalities those +States had: whereof while the memory lasted, the Romans were +alwayes doubtfull of the possession of them; but the memory of them +being quite wip't out, by the power and continuance of the Empire, +at length they enjoy'd it securely; and they also were able +afterwards fighting one with another, each of one them to draw +after them the greater part of those provinces, according as their +authority had gain'd them credit therein: and that because the +blood of their ancient Lords was quite spent, they acknowledg'd no +other but the Romans. By the consideration then of these things, no +man will marvaile that Alexander had so little trouble to keep +together the State of Asia; and that others have had such great +difficulties to maintain their conquest, as Pyrrhus, and many +others; which proceeds not from the small or great valour of the +conquerour, but from the difference of the subject.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page276" id= +"page276"></a>{276}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-5" id="prince-5">CHAP. V</a></h2> +<h3>In what manner Cities and Principalities are to be govern'd, +which, before they were conquer'd, liv'd under their own Laws.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-w.png" alt="W" /> hen those +States that are conquered, as it is said, have been accustomed to +live under their own Laws, and in liberty, there are three wayes +for a man to hold them. The first is to demolish all their strong +places; the other, personally to goe and dwell there; the third, to +suffer them to live under their own Laws, drawing from them some +tribute, and creating therein an Oligarchy, that may continue it in +thy service: for that State being created by that Prince, knowes it +cannot consist without his aid and force, who is like to doe all he +can to maintain it; and with more facility is a City kept by meanes +of her own Citizens, which hath been us'd before to live free, than +by any other way of keeping. We have for example the Spartans and +the Romans; the Spartans held Athens and Thebes, creating there an +Oligarchy: yet they lost it. The Romans to be sure of Capua, +Carthage, and Numantia, dismantell'd them quite, and so lost them +not: they would have kept Greece as the Spartans had held them, +leaving them free, and letting them enjoy their own Laws; and it +prospered not with them: so that they were forc'd to deface many +Cities of that province to hold it. For in truth there is not a +surer way to keep them under, than by demolishments; and whoever +becomes master of a City us'd to live free, and dismantells it not, +let him look himselfe to bee ruin'd by it; for it alwayes in time +of rebellion takes the name of liberty for refuge, and the ancient +orders it had; which neither by length of time, nor for any favours +afforded them, are ever forgotten; and for any thing that can be +done, or order'd, unlesse the inhabitants be disunited <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page277" id="page277"></a>{277}</span> and +dispers'd, that name is never forgotten, nor those customes: but +presently in every chance recourse is thither made: as Pisa did +after so many yeeres that she had been subdu'd by the Florentines. +But when the Cities or the Provinces are accustomed to live under a +Prince, and that whole race is quite extirpated: on one part being +us'd to obey; on the other, not having their old Prince; they agree +not to make one from among themselves: they know not how to live in +liberty, in such manner that they are much slower to take armes; +and with more facility may a Prince gaine them, and secure himselfe +of them. But in Republiques there is more life in them, more +violent hatred, more earnest desire of revenge; nor does the +remembrance of the ancient liberty ever leave them, or suffer them +to rest; so that the safest way, is, either to ruine them, or dwell +among them.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-6" id="prince-6">CHAP. VI</a></h2> +<h3>Of new Principalities, that are conquer'd by ones own armes and +valour.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-l.png" alt="L" /> et no man +marvaile, if in the discourse I shall make of new Principalities, +both touching a Prince, and touching a State, I shall alledge very +famous examples: for seeing men almost alwayes walk in the pathes +beaten by others, and proceed in their actions by imitation; and +being that others wayes cannot bee exactly follow'd, nor their +vertues, whose patterne thou set'st before thee, attain'd unto; a +wise man ought alwayes to tread the footsteps of the worthiest +persons, and imitate those that have been the most excellent: to +the end that if his vertue arrive not thereto, at least it may +yeeld some favour thereof, and doe as good Archers use, who +thinking the place they intend to hit, too farre distant, and +knowing how farr the strength of their bow will carry, they lay +their ayme a great <span class="pagenum"><a name="page278" id= +"page278"></a>{278}</span> deale higher than the mark; not for to +hit so high with their arrow, but to bee able with the help of so +high an aime to reach the place they shoot at. I say, that in +Principalities wholly new, where there is a new Prince, there is +more and lesse difficulty in maintaining them, as the vertue of +their Conquerour is greater or lesser. And because this successe, +to become a Prince of a private man, presupposes either vertue, or +fortune; mee thinks the one and other of these two things in part +should mitigate many difficulties; however he that hath lesse stood +upon fortune, hath maintain'd himselfe the better. Moreover it +somewhat facilitates the matter in that the Prince is constrain'd, +because he hath not other dominions, in person to come and dwell +there. But to come to these who by their own vertues, and not by +fortune, attain'd to be Princes; the excellentest of these are +Moses, Cyrus, Romulus, Theseus, and such like; and though of Moses +we are not to reason, he onely executing the things that were +commanded him by God; yet merits he well to be admir'd, were it +only for that grace that made him worthy to converse with God. But +considering Cyrus, and the others, who either got or founded +Kingdomes, we shall find them all admirable; and if there +particular actions and Lawes be throughly weigh'd, they will not +appeare much differing from those of Moyses, which he receiv'd from +so Sovraigne an instructer. And examining their lives and actions, +it will not appeare, that they had other help of fortune, than the +occasion, which presented them with the matter wherein they might +introduce what forme they then pleas'd; and without that occasion, +the vertue of their mind had been extinguish'd; and without that +vertue, the occasion had been offer'd in vaine. It was then +necessary for Moses to find the people of Israel slaves in +Ægypt, and oppress'd by the Ægyptians, to the end that +they to get out of their thraldome, should bee willing to follow +him. It was fit that Romulus should not be kept in Albia, but +expos'd presently after his birth, that he might become King of +Rome, and founder of that City. There was need that Cyrus should +find the Persians discontented with the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page279" id="page279"></a>{279}</span> Medes +government, and the Medes delicate and effeminate through their +long peace. Theseus could not make proof his vertue, had not he +found the Athenians dispers'd. These occasions therefore made these +men happy, and their excellent vertue made the occasion be taken +notice of, whereby their countrey became enobled, and exceeding +fortunate. They, who by vertuous waies, like unto these, become +Princes, attain the Principality with difficulty, but hold it with +much ease; and the difficulties they find in gaining the +Principality, arise partly from the new orders and courses they are +forc'd to bring in, to lay the foundation of their State, and work +their own security. And it is to be consider'd, how there is not +any thing harder to take in hand, nor doubtfuller to succeed, nor +more dangerous to mannage, than to be the chief in bringing in new +orders; for this Chief finds all those his enemies, that thrive +upon the old orders; and hath but luke warme defenders of all those +that would do well upon the new orders, which luke-warme temper +proceeds partly from fear of the opposers who have the laws to +their advantage; partly from the incredulity of the men who truly +beleeve not a new thing, unless there be some certain proof given +them thereof. Whereupon it arises, that whensoever they that are +adversaries, take the occasion to assayle, they do it factiously; +and these others defend but cooly, so that their whole party +altogether runs a hazzard. Therefore it is necessary, being we +intend throughly to discourse this part, to examine if these +innovators stand of themselves, or if they depend upon others; that +is, if to bring their work to effect, it be necessary they should +intreat, or be able to constrain; in the first case they allwayes +succeed ill, and bring nothing to pass; but when they depend of +themselves, and are able to force, then seldom it is that they +hazzard. Hence came it that all the prophets that were arm'd, +prevail'd; but those that were unarm'd, were too weak: for besides +what we have alledg'd, the nature of the people is changeable, and +easie to be perswaded to a matter; but it is hard also to settle +them in that perswasion. And therefore it behoves <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page280" id="page280"></a>{280}</span> a man to +be so provided, that when they beleeve no longer, he may be able to +compel them thereto by force. Moses, Cyrus, Theseus, and Romulus +would never have been able to cause their Laws to be obey'd, had +they been disarm'd; as in our times it befel Fryer Jerome +Savanarola, who perished in his new constitutions, when the +multitude began not to beleeve him; neither had he the means to +keep them firme, that had beleev'd; not to force beleefe in them +that had not beleev'd him. Wherefore such men as these, in their +proceedings find great difficulty, and all their dangers are in the +way, and these they must surmount by their vertue; but having once +master'd them, and beginning to be honored by all, when they have +rooted those out that envi'd their dignities, they remain powerful, +secure, honorable, and happy. To these choice examples, I will add +one of less remark; but it shall hold some proportion with them, +and this shall suffice me for all others of this kind, which is +Hiero the Siracusan. He of a private man, became Prince of +Siracusa, nor knew he any other ayd of fortune than the occasion: +for the Siracusans being oppress'd, made choyce of him for their +Captain, whereupon he deserv'd to be made their Prince: and he was +of such vertue even in his private fortune, that he who writes of +him, sayes, he wanted nothing of reigning, but a Kingdom; this man +extinguish'd all the old soldiery, ordaind the new; left the old +allyances, entertained new; and as he had friendship, and soldiers +that were his own, upon that ground he was able to build any +edifice; so that he indured much trouble in gaining, and suffered +but little in maintaining.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page281" id= +"page281"></a>{281}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-7" id="prince-7">CHAP. VII</a></h2> +<h3>Of new Principalities, gotten by fortune, and other mens +forces.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> hey who by +fortune only become Princes of private men, with small pains attain +to it, but have much ado to maintain themselves in it; and find no +difficulty at all in the way, because they are carried thither with +wings: but all the difficulties arise there, after they are plac'd +in them. And of such sort are those who have an estate given them +for money, by the favor of some one that grants it them: as it +befell many in Greece, in the cities of Jonia, and Hellespont; +where divers Princes were made by Darius, as well for his own +safety as his glory; as also them that were made Emperors; who from +private men by corrupting the soldiers, attaind to the Empire. +These subsist meerly upon the will, and fortune of those that have +advanced them; which are two voluble and unsteady things; and they +neither know how, nor are able to continue in that dignity: they +know not how, because unless it be a man of great understanding and +vertue, it is not probable that he who hath always liv'd a private +life, can know how to command: neither are they able, because they +have not any forces that can be friendly or faithful to them. +Moreover those States that suddenly fall into a mans hands, as all +other things in nature that spring and grow quickly, cannot well +have taken root, nor have made their correspondencies so firm, but +that the first storm that takes them, ruines them; in case these, +who (as it is said) are thus on a sudden clambred up to be Princes, +are not of that worth and vertue as to know how to prepare +themselves to maintain that which chance hath cast into their +bosoms, and can afterwards lay those foundations, which others have +cast before they were Princes. For the one and <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page282" id="page282"></a>{282}</span> the other +of these wayes about the attaining to be a Prince, by Vertue, or by +Fortune, I will alledge you two examples which have been in the +dayes of our memory. These were Francis Sforza, and Cæsar +Borgia; Francis by just means and with a great deal of vertue, of a +private man got to be Duke of Millan; and that which with much +pains he had gaind, he kept with small ado. On the other side +Cæesar Borgia (commonly termed Duke Valentine) got his state +by his Fathers fortune, and with the same lost it; however that for +his own part no pains was spar'd, nor any thing omitted, which by a +discreet and valorus man ought to have been done, to fasten his +roots in those Estates, which others armes or fortune had bestowed +on him; for (as it was formerly said) he that lays not the +foundations first, yet might be able by means of his extraordinary +vertues to lay them afterwards, however it be with the great +trouble of the architect, and danger of the edifice. If therefore +we consider all the Dukes progresses, we may perceive how great +foundations he had cast for his future power, which I judge a +matter not superfluous to run over; because I should not well know, +what better rules I might give to a new Prince, than the pattern of +his actions; and however the courses he took, availd him not, yet +was it not his fault, but it proceeded from an extraordinary and +extream malignity of fortune. Pope Alexander the sixt, desiring to +make the Duke his son a great man, had a great many difficulties, +present and future: first he saw no way there was whereby he might +be able to make him Lord of any State, that was not the Churches; +and if he turnd to take that from the Church, he knew that the Duke +of Milan, and the Venetians would never agree to it; for Faenza and +Riminum were under the Venetians protection. Moreover, he saw that +the armes of Italy, and those whereof in particular he might have +been able to make some use, were in their hands, who ought to fear +the Popes greatness; and therefore could not any wayes rely upon +them: being all in the Orsins and Colonies hands, and those of +their faction. It was necessary then, that those matters thus +appointed by them should be disturbed, and <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page283" id="page283"></a>{283}</span> the +States of Italy disordered, to be able safely to master part of +them, which he then found easie to do, seeing the Venetians upon +three considerations had us'd the means to bring the French men +back again into Italy: which he not only did not withstand, but +furthered, with a resolution of King Lewis his ancient marriage. +The King then past into Italy with the Venetians ayd, and +Alexanders consent; nor was he sooner arrived in Milan, than the +Pope had soldiers from him for the service of Romania, which was +quickly yeelded up to him upon the reputation of the Kings forces. +The Duke then having made himself master of Romania, and beaten the +Colonies, desiring to hold it, and proceed forward, two things +hindered him: the one, his own soldiers, which he thought were not +true to him; the other, the French mens good wills; that is to say, +he feared that the Princes soldiers, whereof he had served himself, +would fail him, and not only hinder his conquest, but take from him +what he had gotten; and that the King also would serve him the same +turn. He had experience of the Orsini upon an occasion, when after +the taking of Faenza he assaulted Bolonia, to which assault he saw +them go very cold. And touching the King, he discovered his mind, +when having taken the Dutchy of Urbin, he invaded Tuscany; from +which action the King made him retire; whereupon the Duke resolved +to depend no more upon fortune, and other mens armes. And the first +thing he did, was, to weaken the Orsini, and Colonnies factions in +Rome: for he gain'd all their adherents that were gentlemen, giving +them large allowances, and honoring them according to their +qualities with charges and governments; so that in a few months the +good will they bare to the parties was quite extinguisht, and +wholly bent to the Duke. After this, he waited an occasion to root +out the Orsini, having before dispersed those of the family of +Colonnia, which fell out well to his hand; and he us'd it better. +For the Orsini being too late aware, that the Dukes and the +Churches greatness was their destruction, held a Council together +in a dwelling house of theirs in the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page284" id="page284"></a>{284}</span> country adjoyning to +Perusia. From thence grew the rebellion of Urbin, and the troubles +of Romania, and many other dangers befell the Duke, which he +overcame all with the help of the French: and having regained his +reputation, trusting neither France, nor any forrein forces, to the +end he might not be put to make trial of them again, he betook +himself to his sleghts; and he knew so well to disguise his +intention, that the Orsins, by the mediation of Paul Orsine, were +reconciled to him, to whom the Duke was no way wanting in all +manner of courtesies whereby to bring them into security, giving +them rich garments, money, and horses, til their own simplicities +led them all to Sinigallia, into his hands. These heads being then +pluck'd off, and their partisans made his friends; the Duke had +laid very good foundations, to build his own greatness on, having +in his power all Romania with the Dutchy of Urbin, and gained the +hearts of those people, by beginning to give them some relish of +their well being. And because this part is worthy to be taken +notice of, and to be imitated by others, I will not let it escape. +The Duke, when he had taken Romania, finding it had been under the +hands of poor Lords who had rather pillag'd their subjects, than +chastis'd or amended them, giving them more cause of discord, than +of peace and union, so that the whole countrey was fraught with +robberies, quarrels, and other sorts of insolencies; thought the +best way to reduce them to termes of pacification, and obedience to +a Princely power, was, to give them some good government: and +therefore he set over them one Remiro D'Orco, a cruel hasty man, to +whom he gave an absolute power. This man in a very short time +setled peace and union amongst them with very great reputation. +Afterwards the Duke thought such excessive authority serv'd not so +well to his purpose, and doubting it would grow odious, he erected +a civil Judicature in the midst of the countrey, where one +excellent Judge did Preside, and thither every City sent their +Advocate: and because he knew the rigors past had bred some hatred +against him, to purge the minds of those people, and to gain them +wholly to himself, he purpos'd to <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page285" id="page285"></a>{285}</span> shew, that if there was any +cruelty used, it proceeded not from any order of his, but from the +harsh disposition of his Officers. Whereupon laying hold on him, at +this occasion, he caus'd his head to be struck off one morning +early in the market place at Cesena, where he was left upon a +gibbet, with a bloody sword by his side; the cruelty of which +spectacle for a while satisfied and amaz'd those people. But to +return from whence we have digressd: I say, that the Duke finding +himself very strong, and in part out of doubt of the present +dangers, because he was arm'd after his own manner, and had in some +good measure suppress'd those forces, which, because of their +vicinity, were able to annoy him, he wanted nothing else to go on +with his Conquest, but the consideration of France: for he knew, +that the King, who now, though late, was advis'd of his error, +would never suffer him: and hereupon he began to seek after new +allyances, and to waver with France, when the French came towards +Naples against the Spaniards, who then besieged Gagetta; and his +design was only to be out of their danger, which had been effected +for him, had Pope Alexander lived. And thus were his businesses +carried touching his present estate. As for the future, he had +reason to doubt lest the new successor to the Papacy would not be +his friend, and would endeavor to take that from him that Alexander +had bestowed on him; and he thought to provide for this foure +waies: First by rooting out the races of all those Lords he had +dispoyled, whereby to take those occasions from the Pope. Secondly, +by gaining all the gentlemen of Rome, whereby he might be able with +those to keep the Pope in some awe. Thirdly, to make the Colledge +of Cardinals as much at his devotion as possibly might be. +Fourthly, by making of so large Conquests, before the Popes death, +as that he might be able of himself to withstand the first fury of +his enemies. Three of these fowre at Pope Alexanders death he had +effected, and the fourth he had neare brought to a point. For of +those Lords he had stript, he put to death as many as he could come +at, and very few escap'd him: he gaind him the Roman Gentlemen: and +in the Colledge he had made a <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page286" id="page286"></a>{286}</span> great faction. And touching +his new Conquest, he had a designe to become Lord of Tuscany. And +he had possessed himself already of Perusia, and Pombin, and taken +protection of Pisa: and so soon as he should have cast off his +respect to France (which now he meant to hold no longer) being the +French were now driven out of the Kingdome of Naples by the +Spaniards, so that each of them was forc'd to buy his friendship at +any termes; he was then to leap into Pisa. After this Lucca and +Siena were presently to fall to him, partly for envy to the +Florentines, and partly for fear. The Florentines had no way to +escape him: all which, had it succeeded with him, as without +question it had, the very same year that Alexander dy'd, he had +made himself master of so great forces, and such reputation, that +he would have been able to have stood upon his own bottom, without +any dependance of fortune, or resting upon others helps, but only +upon his own strength and valor. But Alexander dy'd five years +after that he had begun to draw forth his sword: and left him +setled only in the State of Romania, with all his other designes in +the ayre, sick unto death, between two very strong armies of his +enemies; and yet was there in this Duke such a spirit and courage; +and he understood so well, how men are to be gaind, and how to be +lost, and so firm were the grounds he had laid in a short time, +that, had he not had those armies upon his back, or had been in +health, he would have carried through his purpose in spight of all +opposition; and that the foundations he grounded upon were good, it +appeard in that Romania held for him above a moneth, and he +remained secure in Rome, though even at deaths doore: and however +the Baglioni, Vitelli, and Orsini came into Rome; yet found they +none would take their parts against him. And this he was able to +have effected, that if he could not have made him Pope whom be +would, he could have hindred him that he would not should be Pope. +But had he been in health when Alexander dy'd, every thing had gone +easily with him; and he told me on that day that Julius the second +was created Pope, that he had fore-thought on all that which could +happen, in case his <span class="pagenum"><a name="page287" id= +"page287"></a>{287}</span> father chanc'd to dye, and for every +thing provided its remedy, this onely excepted, that he foresaw not +that he should at the same time be brought unto deaths dore also. +Having then collected all the Dukes actions, me thinks I could not +well blame him, but rather (as I have here done) set him as a +pattern to be followed by all those who by fortune and others armes +have been exalted to an Empire. For he being of great courage, and +having lofty designes, could not carry himself otherwise; and the +only obstacle of his purposes was the brevity of Alexanders life, +and his own sickness. Whoever therefore deemes it necessary in his +entrance into a new Principality, to secure himself of his enemies, +and gain him friends, to overcome either by force or by cunning, to +make himself beloved, or feared of his people, be followed and +reverenced by his soldiers, to root out those that can, or owe thee +any hurt, to change the ancient orders with new wayes, to be +severe, and yet acceptable, magnanimous, and liberall; to +extinguish the unfaithfull soldiery, and create new; to maintain to +himself the armities of Kings and Princes, so that they shall +either with favor benefit thee, or be wary how to offend thee; +cannot find more fresh and lively examples than the actions of this +man. He deserves to be found fault withall for the creation of +Julius the second, wherein an evil choice was made for him: for, as +it is said, not being able to make a Pope to his mind, he could +have withheld any one from being Pope; and should never have +consented that any one of those Cardinals should have got the +Papacy, whom he had ever done harme to; or who having attaind the +Pontificate were likely to be afraid of him: because men ordinarily +do hurt either for fear, or hatred. Those whom he had offended, +were among others, he who had the title of St. Peter ad Vincula, +Colonna, St. George, and Ascanius; all the others that were in +possibility of the Popedome, were such as might have feard him +rather, except the Cardinal of Roan, and the Spaniards; these by +reason of their allyance and obligation with him, the other because +of the power they had, having the Kingdome of France on their +party; wherefore the Duke above <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page288" id="page288"></a>{288}</span> all things should have +created a Spanyard Pope, and in case he could not have done that, +he should have agreed that Roan should have been, and not St. Peter +ad Vincula. And whoever beleeves, that with great personages new +benefits blot on the remembrance of old injuries, is much deceiv'd. +The Duke therefore in this election, was the cause of his own ruine +at last.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>Till wee come to this seaventh Chapter, I find not any thing +much blame-worthy, unlesse it be on ground he layes in the second +Chapter; whereupon hee builds most of this Fabrick, viz. That +Subjects must either be dallyed or flatterd withall, or quite +crusht. Whereby our Author advises his Prince to support his +authority with two Cardinall Vertues, Dissimulation, and Cruelty. +He considers not herein that the head is but a member of the body, +though the principall; and the end of the parts is the good of the +whole. And here he goes against himselfe in the twenty sixt Chapter +of his Rep. 1. 1. where hee blames Philip of Macedon for such +courses, terming them very cruell, and against all Christian manner +of living; and that every man should refuse to be a King, and +desire rather to live a private life, than to reigne so much to the +ruine of mankind. The life of Cæsar Borgia, which is here +given as a paterne to new Princes, we shall find to have been +nothing else but a cunning carriage of things so, that he might +thereby first deceive and inveigle, and then suppresse all those +that could oppose or hinder his ambition. For if you runne over his +life, you shall see the Father Pope Alexander the sixt and him, +both imbarqued for his advancement, wherein they engag'd the Papall +authority, and reputation of Religion; for faith and conscience +these men never knew, though they exacted it of others: there was +never promise made, but it was only so farre kept as servd for +advantage; Liberality was made use of: Clemency and Cruelty, all +alike, as they might serve to worke with their purposes. All was +sacrific'd to ambition; no friendship could tye these men, nor any +religion: and no marvell: for ambition made them forget both God +and man. But see the end of all this cunning: though this +Cæsar Borgia contrived all his businesse so warily, that our +Author much commends him, and hee had attaind neere the pitch of +his hopes, and had provided for each misadventure could befall him +its remedy; Policy shewd it selefe short-sighted; for hee foresaw +not at the time of his Fathers death, he himself should bee brought +unto deaths doore also. And me thinks this Example might have given +occasion to our Author to confesse, that surely there is a God that +ruleth the earth. And many <span class="pagenum"><a name="page289" +id="page289"></a>{289}</span> times God cutts off those cunning and +mighty men in the hight of their purposes, when they think they +have neare surmounted all dangers and difficulties. 'To the intent +that the living may know, that the most high ruleth in the Kingdome +of men, and giveth it to whomsoever he will, and setteth up over it +the basest of men.' Daniel. 4. 17.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2><a name="prince-8" id="prince-8">CHAP. VIII</a></h2> +<h3>Concerning those who by wicked meanes have attaind to a +Principality.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-b.png" alt="B" /> ut because +a man becomes a Prince of a private man two wayes, which cannot +wholly be attributed either to Fortune or Vertue, I think not fit +to let them passe me: howbeit the one of them may be more largely +discoursed upon, where the Republicks are treated of. These are, +when by some wicked and unlawfull meanes a man rises to the +Principality; or when a private person by the favour of his fellow +Citizens becomes Prince of his countrey. And speaking of the first +manner, it shall be made evident by two Examples, the one ancient, +the other moderne, without entring otherwise into the justice or +merit of this part; for I take it that these are sufficient for any +body that is forc'd to follow them. Agathocles the Sicilian, not of +a private man onely, but from a base and abject fortune, got to be +King of Siracusa. This man borne but of a Potter, continued alwayes +a wicked life throughout all the degrees of this fortune: +neverthelesse he accompanied his lewdnesse with such a courage and +resolution, that applying himselfe to military affaires, by the +degrees thereof he attained to bee Prætour of Siracusa, and +being setled in that degree, and having determined that he would +become Prince, and hold that by violence and without obligation to +any other, which by consent had been granted him: and to this +purpose haveing had some private intelligence touching his designe +with <span class="pagenum"><a name="page290" id= +"page290"></a>{290}</span> Amilcar the Carthaginian, who was +imployd with his army in Sicily, one morining gatherd the people +together and the Senate of Syracusa, as if he had some what to +advise with them of matters belonging to the Commonwealth, and upon +a signe given, caus'd his souldiers to kill his Senatours, and the +richest of the people; who being slaine, he usurp'd the +Principality of that City without any civill strife: and however he +was twice broken by the Carthaginians, and at last besieged, was +able not onely to defend his own City, but leaving part of his own +army at the defence thereof, with the other invaded Affrique, and +in a short time freed Siracusa from the siege, and brought the +Carthaginians into extreme necessity, who were constraind to accord +with him, be contented with the possession of Affrique, and quitt +Sicily to Agathocles. He then that should consider the actions and +valour of this man, would not see any, or very few things to be +attributed unto Fortune; seeing that as is formerly sayd, not by +any ones favour, but by the degrees of service in warre with many +sufferings and dangers, to which he had risen, he came to the +Principality; and that hee maintained afterwards with so many +resolute and hazardous undertakings. Yet cannot this be term'd +vertue or valour to slay his own Citizens, betray his friends, to +be without faith, without pitty, without religion, which wayes are +of force to gaine dominion, but not glory: for if Agathocles his +valour bee well weighd, in his enturing upon, and comming off from +dangers, and the greatnesse of his courage, in supporting and +mastering of adversities, no man can see why he should be thought +any way inferiour even to the ablest Captaines. Notwithstanding his +beastly cruelty and inhumanity with innumerable wickednesses, allow +not that he should be celebrated among the most excellent men. That +cannot then be attributed to Fortune or Vertue, which without the +one or the other was attaind to by him. In our dayes, while +Alexander the sixth held the sea, Oliverotte of Fermo, who some few +yeeres before had been left young by his parents, was brought up +under the care of an uncle of his on the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page291" id="page291"></a>{291}</span> mothers +side, called John Foliani, and in the beginning of his youth given, +by him to serve in the warres under Paulo Vitelli: to the end that +being well instructed in that discipline, he might rise to some +worthy degree in the warrs. Afterwards when Paulo was dead, he +served under Vitellozzo his brother, and in very short time, being +ingenious, of a good personage, and brave courage, he became one of +the prime men among the troops he served in: but thinking it but +servile to depend upon another, he plotted by the ayd of some +Citizens of Fermo (who lik'd rather the thraldome of their City +than the liberty of it) and by the favour of the Vitelli, to make +himselfe master of Fermo; and writ to John Foliani, that having +been many yeeres from home, he had a mind to come and see him and +the City, and in some part take notice of his own patrimony; and +because he had not imployd himselfe but to purchase honour, to the +end his Citizens might perceive, that he had not vainely spent his +time, he had a desire to come in good equipage and accompanied with +a hundred horse of his friends and servants; and he intreated him +that he would be pleasd so to take order, that he might be +honourably received by the inhabitants of Fermo, which turnd as +well to his honor that was his uncle, as his that was the nephew. +In this, John faild not in any office of courtesie due to his +nephew: and caused him to be well receivd by them of Fermo, and +lodged him in his own house: where having passed some dayes, and +stayd to put in order somewhat that was necessary for his intended +villany, he made a very solemne feast, whether he invited John +Foliani, and all the prime men of Fermo: and when all their chear +was ended, and all their other entertainments, as in such feasts it +is customary, Oliverotto of purpose mov'd some grave discourses; +speaking of the greatnesse of Pope Alexander, and Cæsar his +son, and their undertakings; where unto John and the others making +answer, he of a sudden stood up, saying, that those were things to +be spoken of in a more secret place, and so retir'd into a chamber, +whether John and all the other Citizens followd him; nor were they +sooner <span class="pagenum"><a name="page292" id= +"page292"></a>{292}</span> set downe there, than from some secret +place therein camp forth diverse souldiers, who slew John and all +the others: after which homicide Oliverotto got a horsebacke and +ravaged the whole towne, and besieged the supreme Magistrate in the +palace, so that for feare they were all constraind to obey him, and +to settle a government, whereof hee made himselfe Prince; and they +being all dead who, had they been discontented with him, could have +hurt him; he strengthned himselfe with new civill and military +orders, so that in the space of a yeer that he held the +Principality, he was not only secure in the City of Fermo, but +became fearefull to all his neighbours; and the conquest of him +would have prov'd difficult, as that of Agathocles, had he not let +himselfe been deceivd by Cæsar Borgia, when at Sinigallia, as +before was said, he took the Orsini and Vitelli: where he also +being taken a yeere after he had committed the parricide, was +strangled together with Vitellozzo (whome he had had for master +both of his vertues and vices.) Some man might doubt from whence it +should proceed, that Agathocles, and such like, after many +treacheries and crueltyes, could possibly live long secure in his +own countrey, and defend himselfe from his forrein enemies, and +that never any of his own Citizens conspir'd against him, seeing +that by means of cruelty, many others have never been able even in +peaceable times to maintaine their States, much lesse in the +doubtfull times of warre. I beleeve that this proceeds from the +well, or ill using of those cruelties: they may bee termd well us'd +(if it bee lawfull to say well of evill) that are put in practice +only once of necessity for securities sake, not insisting therein +afterwards; but there is use made of them for the subjects profit, +as much as may be. But those that are ill us'd, are such as though +they bee but few in the beginning, yet they multiply rather in +time, than diminish. They that take that first way, may with the +help of God, and mens care, find some remedy for their State, as +Agathocles did: for the others, it is impossible they should +continue. Whereupon it is to be noted, that in the laying +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page293" id= +"page293"></a>{293}</span> hold of a State, the usurper thereof +ought to runne over and execute all his cruelties at once, that he +be not forced often to returne to them, and that he may be able, by +not renewing of them, to give men some security, and gaine their +affections by doing them some courtesies. Hee that carries it +otherwise, either for fearefullnesse, or upon evill advice, is +alwayes constraind to hold his sword drawne in his hand; nor ever +can hee rely upon his subjects, there being no possibility for +them, because of his daily and continuall injuries, to live in any +safety: for his injuries should bee done altogether, that being +seldomer tasted, they might lesse offend; his favours should bee +bestowd by little, and little to the end they might keep their +taste the better; and above all things a Prince must live with his +subjects in such sort, that no accident either of good or evill can +make him vary: for necessity comming upon him by reason of +adversities, thou hast not time given thee to make advantage of thy +cruelties; and the favours which then thou bestowest, will little +help thee, being taken as if they came from thee perforce, and so +yeeld no returne of thanks.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-9" id="prince-9">CHAP. IX</a></h2> +<h3>Of the Civill Principality.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-b.png" alt="B" /> ut comming +to the other part, when a principall Citizen, not by villany, or +any other insufferable violence, but by the favour of his +fellow-citizens becomes Prince of his native countrey: which we may +terme a Civill Principality; nor to attaine hereunto is Vertue +wholly or Fortune wholly necessary, but rather a fortunate cunning: +I say, this Principality is climb'd up to, either by the peoples +help, or the great mens. For, in every City we finde these two +humours differ; and they <span class="pagenum"><a name="page294" +id="page294"></a>{294}</span> spring from this, that the people +desire not to be commanded nor oppressed by the great ones, and the +great ones are desirous to command and oppresse the people: and +from these two several appetites, arise in the City one of these +three effects, either a Principality, or Liberty, or Tumultuary +licentiousnesse. The Principality is caused either by the people, +or the great ones, according as the one or other of these factions +have the occasion offerd; for the great ones seeing themselves not +able to resist the people, begin to turne the whole reputation to +one among them, and make him Prince, whereby they may under his +shadow vent their spleenes. The people also, not being able to +support the great mens insolencies, converting the whole reputation +to one man, create him their Prince, to be protected by his +authority. He that comes to the Principality by the assistance of +the great ones, subsists with more difficulty, than he that +attaines to it by the peoples favour; for he being made Prince, +hath many about him, who account themselves his equalls, and +therefore cannot dispose nor command them at his pleasure. But he +that gaines the Principality by the peoples favor, finds himselfe +alone in his throne, and hath none or very few neare him that are +not very supple to bend: besides this, the great ones cannot upon +easie termes be satisfied, or without doing of wrong to others, +where as a small matter contents the people: for the end which the +people propound to themselves, is more honest than that of the +great men, these desiring to oppresse, they only not to be +oppressed. To this may be added also, that the Prince which is the +peoples enemy, can never well secure himselfe of them, because of +their multitude; well may hee bee sure of the Nobles, they being +but a few. The worst that a Prince can look for of the people +become his enemy, is to be abandoned by them: but when the great +ones once grow his enemies, he is not only to feare their +abandoning of him, but their making of a party against him also: +for there being in them more forecast and craft, they alwayes take +time by the forelocks whereby to save themselves, and seeke credit +with him who they hope shall get the mastery. The Prince +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page295" id= +"page295"></a>{295}</span> likewise is necessitated alwayes to live +with the same people, but can doe well enough without the same +great men; he being able to create new ones, and destroy them again +every day, and to take from them, and give them credit as he +pleases: and to cleare this part, I say, that great men ought to be +considerd two wayes principally, that is, if they take thy +proceedings so much to heart, as to engage their fortunes wholly in +thine, in case they lye not alwayes catching at spoyle, they ought +to be well honourd and esteem'd: those that bind themselves not to +thy fortune, are to be considerd also two wayes; either they doe it +for lack of courage, and naturall want of spirit, and then shouldst +thou serve thy selfe of them, and of them especially that are men +of good advice; for if thy affaires prosper, thou dost thy selfe +honour thereby; if crost, thou needst not feare them: but when they +oblige not themselves to thee of purpose, and upon occasion of +ambition, it is a signe they think more of themselves than of thee: +and of these the Prince ought to beware, and account of them as his +discoverd enemyes: for alwayes in thy adversity they will give a +hand too to ruine thee. Therefore ought hee that comes to be Prince +by the peoples favour, keepe them his friends: which he may easily +doe, they desiring only to live free from oppression: but he that +becomes Prince by the great mens favour, against the will of the +people, ought above all things to gaine the people to him, which he +may easily effect, when he takes upon him their protection: And +because men when they find good, where they look for evill, are +thereby more endered to their benefactour, therefore growes the +people so pliant in their subjection to him, as if by their favours +he had attaind his dignity. And the Prince is able to gaine them to +his side by many wayes, which because they vary according to the +subject, no certaine rule can be given thereupon; wherefore we +shall let them passe I will only conclude, that it is necessary for +a Prince to have the people his friend; otherwise in his +adversities he hath no helpe. Nabis Prince of the Spartans +supported the siege of all Greece, and an exceeding victorious army +of the Romans, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page296" id= +"page296"></a>{296}</span> and against those defended his native +countrey and State, and this suffic'd him alone, that as the danger +came upon him, he secur'd himself of a fewer; whereas if the people +had been his enemy, this had nothing availd him. And let no man +think to overthrow this my opinion with that common proverb, that +He who relyes upon the people, layes his foundation in the dirt; +for that is true where a private Citizen grounds upon them, making +his account that the people shall free him, when either his enemyes +or the Magistrates oppresse him: In this case he should find +himself often deceiv'd, as it befell the Gracchyes in Rome, and in +Florence George Scali: but he being a Prince that grounds +thereupon, who can command, and is a man of courage, who hath his +wits about him in his adversityes, and wants not other +preparations, and holds together the whole multitude animated with +his valour and orders, shall not prove deceiv'd by them, and shall +find he hath layd good foundations. These Principalityes are wont +to be upon the point of falling when they goe about to skip from +the civil order to the absolute: for these Princes either command +of themselves, or by the Magistrate; in this last case their State +is more weak and dangerous, because they stand wholly at the will +and pleasure of these Citizens, who then are set over the +Magistrates, who especially in adverse times are able with facility +to take their State from them either by rising up against them, or +by not obeying them; and then the Prince is not at hand in those +dangers to take the absolute authority upon him: for the Citizens +and subjects that are accustomed to receive the commands from the +Magistrates, are not like in those fractions to obey his: and in +doubtfull times he shall alwayes have greatest penury of whom he +may trust; for such a Prince cannot ground upon that which he sees +in peaceable times, when the Citizens have need of the State; for +then every one runs, and every one promises, and every one will +venture his life for him, where there is no danger neare; but in +times of hazzard, when the State hath need of Citizens, there are +but few of them then, and so much the more is this experience +dangerous, in that <span class="pagenum"><a name="page297" id= +"page297"></a>{297}</span> it can be but once made. Therefore a +prudent Prince ought to devise a way whereby his Citizens alwayes +and in any case and quality of time may have need of his +government, and they shall alwaies after prove faithfull to +him.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-10" id="prince-10">CHAP. X</a></h2> +<h3>In what manner the Forces of all Principalities ought to be +measured.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" />t is +requisite in examining the quality of those Principalities, to have +another consideration of them, that is, if a Prince have such +dominions, that he is able in case of necessity to subsist of +himself, or else whether he hath alwaies need of another to defend +him. And to cleer this point the better, I judge them able to stand +of themselves, who are of power either for their multitudes of men, +or quantity of money, to bring into the field a compleat armie, and +joyn battel with whoever comes to assail them: and so I think those +alwaies to stand in need of others help, who are not able to appear +in the field against the enemy, but are forc'd to retire within +their walls and guard them. Touching the first case, we have +treated already, and shall adde somwhat thereto as occasion shall +require. In the second case, we cannot say other, save only to +encourage such Princes to fortifie and guard their own Capital +city, and of the countrey about, not to hold much account; and +whoever shall have well fortified that town, and touching other +matters of governments shall have behaved himself towards his +subjects, as hath been formerly said, and hereafter shall be, shall +never be assaild but with great regard; for men willingly undertake +not enterprises, where they see difficulty to work them through; +nor can much facility be there found, where one assails him, who +hath his town strong and wel guarded, and is not <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page298" id="page298"></a>{298}</span> hated of +his people. The cities of Germany are very free; they have but very +little of the countrey about them belonging to them; and they obey +the Emperor, when they please, and they stand not in fear, neither +of him nor any other Potentate about them: for they are in such a +manner fortified, that every one thinks the siege of any of them +would prove hard and tedious: for all of them have ditches, and +rampires, and good store of Artillery, and alwaies have their +publick cellars well provided with meat and drink and firing for a +yeer: besides this, whereby to feed the common people, and without +any loss to the publick, they have alwaies in common whereby they +are able for a year to imploy them in the labor of those trades +that are the sinews and the life of that city, and of that industry +whereby the commons ordinarily supported themselves: they hold up +also the military exercises in repute, and hereupon have they many +orders to maintain them. A Prince then that is master of a good +strong city, and causeth not himself to be hated, cannot be +assaulted; and in case he were, he that should assail him, would be +fain to quit him with shame: for the affairs of the world are so +various, that it is almost impossible that an army can lie incampt +before a town for the space of a whole yeer: and if any should +reply, that the people having their possessions abroad, in case +they should see them a fire, would not have patience, and the +tedious siege and their love to themselves would make them forget +their Prince: I answer that a Prince puissant and couragious, will +easily master those difficulties, now giving his subjects hope, +that the mischief will not be of durance; sometimes affright them +with the cruelty of their enemies, and other whiles cunningly +securing himself of those whom he thinks too forward to run to the +enemy. Besides this by ordinary reason the enemy should burne and +waste their countrey, upon his arrival, and at those times while +mens minds are yet warme, and resolute in their defence: and +therefore so much the less ought a Prince doubt: for after some few +dayes, that their courages grow coole, the dammages are all done, +and mischiefs received, and there is no help for <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page299" id="page299"></a>{299}</span> it, and +then have they more occasion to cleave faster to their Prince, +thinking he is now more bound to them, their houses having for his +defence been fired, and their possessions wasted; and mens nature +is as well to hold themselves oblig'd for the kindnesses they do, +as for those they receive; whereupon if all be well weigh'd, a wise +Prince shall not find much difficulty to keep sure and true to him +his Citizens hearts at the beginning and latter end of the siege, +when he hath no want of provision for food and ammunition.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-11" id="prince-11">CHAP. XI</a></h2> +<h3>Concerning Ecclesiastical Principalities.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> here +remains now only that we treat of the Ecclesiastical +Principalities, about which all the difficulties are before they +are gotten: for they are attained to either by vertue, or Fortune; +and without the one or the other they are held: for they are +maintaind by orders inveterated in the religion, all which are so +powerfull and of such nature, that they maintain their Princes in +their dominions in what manner soever they proceed and live. These +only have an Estate and defend it not; have subjects and govern +them not; and yet their States because undefended, are not taken +from them; nor their subjects, though not govern'd, care not, think +not, neither are able to aliene themselves from them. These +Principalities then are only happy and secure: but they being +sustained by superior causes, whereunto humane understanding +reaches not, I will not meddle with them: for being set up and +maintained by God, it would be the part of a presumptuous and rash +man to enter into discourse of them. Yet if any man should ask me +whence it proceeds, that the Church in temporal power hath attaind +to such greatness, seeing that till the time of Alexander the sixt, +the Italian Potentates, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page300" id= +"page300"></a>{300}</span> and not only they who are entituled the +potentates, but every Baron and Lord though of the meanest +condition in regard of the temporality, made but small account of +it; and now a King of France trembles at the power thereof; and it +hath been able to drive him out of Italy, and ruine the Venetians; +and however this be well known, me thinks it is not superstitious +in some part to recall it to memory. Before that Charles King of +France past into Italy, this countrey was under the rule of the +Pope, Venetians, the King of Naples, the Duke of Milan, and the +Florentines. These Potentates took two things principally to their +care; the one, that no forreiner should invade Italy; the other +that no one of them should inlarge their State. They, against whom +this care was most taken, were the Pope and the Venetians; and to +restrain the Venetians, there needed the union of all the rest, as +it was in the defence of Ferrara; and to keep the Pope low, they +served themselves of the Barons of Rome, who being divided into two +factions, the Orsini and Colonnesi, there was alwaies occasion of +offence between them, who standing ready with their armes in hand +in the view of the Pope, held the Popedome weak and feeble: and +however sometimes there arose a couragious Pope, as was Sextus; yet +either his fortune, or his wisdome was not able to free him of +these incommodities, and the brevity of their lives was the cause +thereof; for in ten years, which time, one with another, Popes +ordinarily liv'd, with much ado could they bring low one of the +factions. And if, as we may say, one had near put out the +Colonnesi, there arose another enemy to the Orsini, who made them +grow again, so that there was never time quite to root them out. +This then was the cause, why the Popes temporal power was of small +esteem in Italy; there arose afterwards Pope Alexander the sixt, +who of all the Popes that ever were, shewed what a Pope was able to +do with money and forces: and he effected, by means of his +instrument, Duke Valentine, and by the ocasion of the French mens +passage, all those things which I have formerly discoursed upon in +the Dukes actions: and however his purpose was nothing at all to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page301" id= +"page301"></a>{301}</span> inlarge the Church dominions, but to +make the Duke great; yet what he did, turnd to the Churches +advantage, which after his death when the Duke was taken away, was +the heir of all his pains. Afterwards succeeded Pope Julius, and +found the Church great, having all Romania, and all the Barons of +Rome being quite rooted out, and by Alexanders persecutions, all +their factions worne down; he found also the way open for the +heaping up of moneys, never practised before Alexanders time; which +things Julius not only follow'd, but augmented; and thought to make +himself master of Bolonia, and extinguish the Venetians, and chase +the French men out of Italy: and these designes of his prov'd all +lucky to him, and so much the more to his praise in that he did all +for the good of the Church, and in no private regard: he kept also +the factions of the Orsins and Colonnesi, in the same State he +found them: and though there were among them some head whereby to +cause an alteration; yet two things have held them quiet; the one +the power of the Church, which somewhat affrights them; the other +because they have no Cardinals of their factions, who are the +primary causes of all the troubles amongst them: nor shall these +parties ever be at rest, while they have Cardinals; because they +nourish the factions both in Rome, and abroad; and the Barons then +are forced to undertake the defence of them: and thus from the +Prelates ambitions arise the discords and tumults among the Barons. +And now hath Pope Leo his Holiness found the Popedome exceeding +puissant, of whom it is hoped, that if they amplified it by armes, +he by his goodness, and infinite other vertues, will much more +advantage and dignifie it.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page302" id= +"page302"></a>{302}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-12" id="prince-12">CHAP. XII</a></h2> +<h3>How many sorts of Military discipline there are and touching +Mercenary soldiers.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-h.png" alt="H" /> aving +treated particularly of the qualities of those Principalities, +which in the beginning I propounded to discourse upon, and +considered in some part the reasons of their well and ill being, +and shewd the waies whereby many have sought to gain, and hold +them, it remains now that I speak in general of the offences and +defences, that may chance in each of the forenamed. We have +formerly said that it is necessary for a Prince to have good +foundations laid; otherwise it must needs be that he go to wrack. +The Principal foundations that all States have, as well new, as +old, or mixt, are good laws, and good armes; and because there +cannot be good laws, where there are not good armes; and where +there are good armes, there must needs be good laws, I will omit to +discourse of the laws, and speak of armes. I say then that the +armes, wherewithall a Prince defends his State, either are his own, +or mercenary, or auxiliary, or mixt. Those that are mercenary and +auxiliar, are unprofitable, and dangerous, and if any one holds his +State founded upon mercenary armes, he shall never be quiet, nor +secure, because they are never well united, ambitious, and without +discipline, treacherous, among their friends stour, among their +enemies cowardly; they have no fear of God, nor keep any faith with +men; and so long only defer they the doing of mischief, till the +enemy comes to assul thee; and in time of peace thou art despoyled +by them, in war by thy enemies: the reason hereof is, because they +have no other love, nor other cause to keep them in the field, but +only a small stipend, which is not of force to make them willing to +hazard their lives for thee: they are willing indeed to be thy +soldiers, till thou goest to fight; but then they fly, or +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page303" id= +"page303"></a>{303}</span> run away; which thing would cost me but +small pains to perswade; for the ruine of Italy hath not had any +other cause now a dayes, than for that it hath these many years +rely'd upon mercenary armes; which a good while since perhaps may +have done some man some service, and among themselves they may have +been thought valiant: but so soon as any forrein enemy appeared, +they quickly shewed what they were. Whereupon Charles the King of +France, without opposition, made himself master of all Italy: and +he that said, that the causes thereof were our faults, said true; +but these were not those they beleeved, but what I have told; and +because they were the Princes faults, they also have suffered the +punishment. I will fuller shew the infelicity of these armes. The +mercenary Captains are either very able men, or not: if they be, +thou canst not repose any trust in them: for they will alwaies +aspire unto their own proper advancements, either by suppressing of +thee that art their Lord, or by suppressing of some one else quite +out of thy purpose: but if the Captain be not valorous, he +ordinarily ruines thee: and in case it be answered, that whoever +shall have his armes in his hands, whether mercenary or not, will +do so: I would reply, that armes are to be imployed either by a +Prince, or Common-wealth. The Prince ought to go in person, and +performe the office of a commander: the Republick is to send forth +her Citizens: and when she sends forth one that proves not of +abilities, she ought to change him then; and when he does prove +valorous, to bridle him so by the laws, that he exceed not his +commission. And by experience we see, that Princes and Republiques +of themselves alone, make very great conquests; but that mercenary +armes never do other than harme; and more hardly falls a Republick +armed with her own armes under the obedience of one of her own +Citizens, than one that is armed by forrein armes. Rome and Sparta +subsisted many ages armed and free. The Swissers are exceedingly +well armed, and yet very free. Touching mercenary armes that were +of old, we have an example of the Carthagians, who near upon were +oppress'd by their own mercenary soldiers, when the first war +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page304" id= +"page304"></a>{304}</span> with the Romans was finished; however +the Carthagians had their own Citizens for their Captains. Philip +of Macedon was made by the Thebans after Epaminondas his death, +General of their Armies; and after the victory, he took from them +liberty. The Milaneses when Duke Philip was dead, entertaind +Francis Sforza into their pay against the Venetians, who having +vanquisht their enemie at Caravaggio, afterwards joyned with them, +where by to usurp upon the Milaneses his Masters. Sforza his +father, being in Joan the Queen of Naples pay, left her on a sudden +disarmed; whereupon she, to save her Kingdom, was constraind to +cast her self into the King of Arrragon's bosome. And in case the +Venetians and the Florentines have formerly augmented their State +with these kind of armes, and their own Captains, and yet none of +them have ever made themselves their Princes, but rather defended +them: I answer, that the Florentines in this case have had fortune +much their friend: for of valorous Captains, which they might any +way fear, some have not been victors, some have had opposition, and +others have laid the aim of their ambitions another way. He who +overcame not, was John Aouto, of whose faith there could no proof +be made, being he vanquisht not; but every one will acknowledge, +that, had he vanquisht, the Florentines were at his discretion. +Sforza had alwaies the Bracceschi for his adversaries, so that they +were as a guard one upon another. Francis converted all his +ambition against Lombardy. Braccio against the Church, and the +Kingdome of Naples. But let us come to that which followed a while +agoe. The Florentines made Paul Vitelli their General, a throughly +advis'd man, and who from a private fortune had rose to very great +reputation: had he taken Pisa, no man will deny but that the +Florentines must have held fast with him; for had he been +entertained in their enemies pay, they had no remedy; and they +themselves holding of him, of force were to obey him. The +Venetians, if we consider their proceedings, we shall see wrought +both warily and gloriously, while themselves made war, which was +before their undertakings by land, where the gentlemen <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page305" id="page305"></a>{305}</span> with +their own Commons in armes behav'd themselves bravely: but when +they began to fight by land, they lost their valor, and follow'd +the customes of Italy; and in the beginning of their enlargement by +land, because they had not much territory, and yet were of great +reputation, they had not much cause to fear their Captains; but as +they began to extend their bounds, which was under their Commander +Carminiola, they had a taste of this error: for perceiving he was +exceeding valorous, having under his conduct beaten the Duke of +Milan; and knowing on the other side, how he was cold in the war, +they judg'd that they could not make any great conquest with him; +and because they neither would, nor could cashier him, that they +might not lose what they had gotten, they were forced for their own +safeties to put him to death. Since they have had for their General +Bartholomew of Berganio, Robert of St. Severin, the Count of +Petilian, and such like: whereby they were to fear their losses, as +well as to hope for gain: as it fell out afterwards at Vayla, where +in one day they lost that, which with so much pains they had gotten +in eight hundred years: for from these kind of armes grow slack and +slow and weak gains; but sudden and wonderfull losses: And because +I am now come with these examples into Italy, which now these many +years, have been governd by mercenary armes, I will search deeper +into them, to the end that their course and progress being better +discoverd, they may be the better amended. You have to understand, +that so soon as in these later times the yoak of the Italian Empire +began to be shaken off, and the Pope had gotten reputation in the +temporality, Italy was divided into several States: for many of the +great cities took armes against their Nobility; who under the +Emperors protection had held them in oppression; and the Pope +favored these, whereby he might get himself reputation, in the +temporality; of many others, their Citizens became Princes, so that +hereupon Italy being come into the Churches hands as it were, and +some few Republicks, those Priests and Citizens not accustomed to +the use of armes, began to take strangers to their pay. The first +that gave <span class="pagenum"><a name="page306" id= +"page306"></a>{306}</span> reputation to these soldiers was +Alberick of Como in Romania. From his discipline among others +descended Brachio and Sforza, who in their time were the arbitres +of Italy; after these followed all others, who even till our dayes +have commanded the armes of Italy; and the success of their valor +hath been, that it was overrun by Charles, pillaged by Lewis, +forc'd by Ferdinand, and disgrac'd by the Swissers. The order which +they have held, hath been, first whereby to give reputation to +their own armes to take away the credit of the Infantry. This they +did, because they having no State of their own, but living upon +their industry, their few foot gave them no reputation, and many +they were not able to maintain; whereupon they reduc'd themselves +to cavalery, and so with a supportable number they were entertained +and honored: and matters were brought to such termes, that in an +army of twenty thousand soldiers you should not find two thousand +foot. They had moreover us'd all industry to free themselves and +their soldiers of all pains and fear, in their skirmishes, not +killing, but taking one another prisoners, and without ransome for +their freedom; they repaired not all to their tents by night, nor +made palizado or trench thereabout, nor lay in the field in the +summer: and all these things were thus contrived and agreed of +among them in their military orders, whereby (as is said) to avoid +pains and dangers, insomuch as they have brought Italy into slavery +and disgrace.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page307" id= +"page307"></a>{307}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-13" id="prince-13">CHAP. XIII</a></h2> +<h3>Of Auxiliary Soldiers, mixt, and native.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> he +Auxiliary forces, being the other kind of unprofitable armes, are, +when any puissant one is called in, who with his forces comes to +assist and defend thee; such as in these later times did Pope +Julius use, who having seen the evil proof of his mercenary +soldiers in the enterprize of Ferrara, applied himself to the +Auxiliaries, and agreed with Ferdinand King of Spain, that with his +Forces he should aid him. These armes may be profitable and +advantagious for themselves; but for him that calls them in, +hurtfull; because in losing, thou art left defeated; and +conquering, thou becomest their prisoner. And however that of these +examples the ancient stories are full fraught; yet will I not part +from this of Pope Julius the second, which is as yet fresh: whose +course could not have been more inconsiderate, for the desire he +had to get Ferrara, putting himself wholly into strangers hands: +but his good fortune caused another cause to arise, that hindred +him from receiving the fruit of his evil choice; for his +Auxiliaries being broken at Ravenna, and the Swissers thereupon +arriving, who put the Conquerors to flight beyond all opinion, even +their own and others, he chanced not to remain his enemies +prisoner, they being put to flight, nor prisoner to his +Auxiliaries, having vanquished by other forces than theirs. The +Florentines being wholly disarmed, brought ten thousand French to +Pisa for to take it: by which course they ran more hazzard, than in +any time of their troubles. The Emperor of Constantinople, to +oppress his neighbors, brought into Greece ten thousand Turks, who +when the war was ended, could not be got out thence, which was the +beginning of Greeces servitude under the Infidels. He then that +will in no case be able to overcome, let him serve himself of these +armes; for they are much <span class="pagenum"><a name="page308" +id="page308"></a>{308}</span> more dangerous than the mercenaries; +for by those thy ruine is more suddenly executed; for they are all +united, and all bent to the obedience of another. But for the +mercenaries to hurt thee, when they have vanquished, there is no +more need of time, and greater occasion, they not being all united +in a body, and being found out and paid by thee, wherein a third +that thou mak'st their head, cannot suddenly gaine so great +authority, that he can endammage thee. In summe, in the mercenaries +their sloth and lazinesse to fight is more dangerous: in the +auxiliaries their valour. Wherefore a wise Prince hath alwayes +avoyded these kind of armes, and betaken himselfe to his owne, and +desired rather to loss with his owne, than conquer with anothers, +accounting that not a true victorie which was gotten with others +armes. I will not doubt to alleadge Cæsar Borgia, and his +actions. This Duke entred into Romania with auxiliarie armes, +bringing with him all French souldiers: but afterwards not +accounting those armes secure, bent himselfe to mercenaries, +judging lesse danger to be in those, and tooke in pay the Orsini +and the Vitelli, which afterwards in the proof of them, finding +wavering, unfaithful, and dangerous, he extinguishd, and betook +himselfe to his owne; and it may easily be perceiv'd what +difference there is between the one and the other of these armes, +considering the difference that was between the Dukes reputation, +when he had the French men alone, and when he had the Orsini and +Vitelli; but when he remaind with his own, and stood of himselfe, +we shall find it was much augmented: nor ever was it of grate +esteeme, but when every one saw, that he wholly possessed his owne +armes. I thought not to have parted from the Italian examples of +late memory; but that I must not let passe that of Hiero the +Siracusan, being one of those I formerly nam'd. This man (as I said +before) being made general of the Siracusans forces, knew presently +that mercenary souldiery was nothing for their profit in that they +were hirelings, as our Italians are; and finding no way either to +hold, or cashier them made them all bee cut to peeces, and +afterwards waged warre with his owne men, and <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page309" id="page309"></a>{309}</span> none +others. I will also call to memory a figure of the old Testament +serving just to this purpose. When David presented himselfe before +Saul to goe to fight with Goliah the Philistins Champion, Saul to +encourage him, clad him with his owne armes, which David when he +had them upon back, refused, saying, he was not able to make any +proofe of himself therein, and therefore would goe meet the enemy +with his own sling and sword. In summe, others armes either fall +from thy shoulders, or cumber or streighten thee. Charls the +seventh, Father of Lewis the eleventh, having by his good fortune +and valour set France at liberty from the English, knew well this +necessity of being arm'd with his owne armes, and settled in his +Kingdome the ordinances of men at armes, and infantry. Afterwards +King Lewis his sonne abolisht those of the infantry, and began to +take the Swissers to pay; which errour follow'd by the others, is +(as now indeed it appeares) the cause of that Kingdomes dangers. +For having given reputation to the Swissers, they have renderd all +their own armes contemptible; for this hath wholly ruind their +foot, and oblig'd their men at armes to forrein armes: for being +accustomed to serve with the Swissers, they think they are not able +to overcome without them. From whence it comes that the French are +not of force against the Swissers, and without them also against +others they use not to adventure. Therefore are the French armies +mixt, part mercenaries, and part natives, which armes are farre +better than the simple mercenaries or simple auxiliaries, and much +inferiour to the natives; and let the said example suffice for +that: for the Kingdome of France would have been unconquerable, if +Charles his order had been augmented and maintaind: but men in +their small wisdome begin a thing, which then because it hath some +favour of good, discovers not the poyson that lurkes thereunder, as +I before said of the hectick feavers. Wherefore that Prince which +perceives not mischiefes, but as they grow up, is not truely wise; +and this is given but to few: and if we consider the first ruine of +the Romane Empire, we shall find it was from taking the Goths first +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page310" id= +"page310"></a>{310}</span> into their pay; for from that beginning +the forces of the Romane Empire began to grow weak, and all the +valour that was taken hence was given to them. I conclude then that +without having armes of their owne, no Principality can be secure, +or rather is wholly oblig'd to fortune, not having valour to +shelter it in adversity. And it was alwayes the opinion and saying +of wise men, that nothing is so weak and unsetled, as is the +reputation of power not founded upon ones owne proper forces: which +are those that are composed of thy subjects, or Citizens, or +servants; all the rest are mercenary or auxiliary; and the manner +how to order those well, is easie to find out, if those orders +above nam'd by me, shall be but run over, and if it shall be but +consider'd, how Philip Alexander the Great his Father, and in what +manner many Republicks and Princes have armd and appointed +themselves, to which appointments I referre my selfe wholly.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-14" id="prince-14">CHAP. XIV</a></h2> +<h3>What belongs to the Prince touching military Discipline.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-a.png" alt="A" /> prince then +ought to have no other ayme, nor other thought, nor take any thing +else for his proper art, but warr, and the orders and discipline +thereof: for that is the sole arte which belongs to him that +commands, and is of so great excellency, that not only those that +are borne Princes, it maintains so; but many times raises men from +a private fortune to that dignity. And it is seene by the contrary, +that when Princes have given themselves more to their delights, +than to the warres, they have lost their States; and the first +cause that makes thee lose it, is the neglect of that arte; and the +cause that makes thee gaine it, is that thou art experienc'd and +approvd in that arte. Francis Sforza by being a man at armes, of a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page311" id= +"page311"></a>{311}</span> private man became Duke of Milan; and +his sons by excusing themselves of the troubles and paines +belonging to those imployments of Princes, became private men. For +among other mischiefes thy neglect of armes brings upon thee, it +causes thee to be contemnd, which is one of those disgraces, from +which a Prince ought to keepe himselfe, as hereafter shall be sayd: +for from one that is disarmd to one that is armd there is no +proportion; and reason will not, that he who is in armes, should +willingly yeeld obedience to him that is unfurnishd of them, and +that he that is disarmd should be in security among his armed +vassalls; for there being disdaine in the one, and suspicion in the +other, it is impossible these should ever well cooperate. And +therefore a Prince who is quite unexperienced in matter of warre, +besides the other infelicities belonging to him, as is said, cannot +be had in any esteeme among his souldiers, nor yet trust in them. +Wherefore he ought never to neglect the practice of the arte of +warre, and in time of peace should he exercise it more than in the +warre; which he may be able to doe two wayes; the one practically, +and in his labours and recreations of his body, the other +theoretically. And touching the practick part, he ought besides the +keeping of his own subjects well traind up in the discipline and +exercise of armes, give himselfe much to the chase, whereby to +accustome his body to paines, and partly to understand the manner +of situations, and to know how the mountaines arise, which way the +vallyes open themselves, and how the plaines are distended flat +abroad, and to conceive well the nature of the rivers, and marrish +ground, and herein to bestow very much care, which knowledge is +profitable in two kinds: first he learnes thereby to know his own +countrey, and is the better enabled to understand the defence +thereof, and afterwards by meanes of this knowledge and experience +in these situations, easily comprehends any other situation, which +a new he hath need to view, for the little hillocks, vallies, +plaines, rivers, and marrish places. For example, they in Tuscany +are like unto those of other countries: so that from the knowledge +of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page312" id= +"page312"></a>{312}</span> the site of one country, it is easie to +attain to know that of others. And that Prince that wants this +skill, failes of the principall part a Commander should be furnisht +with; for this shows the way how to discover the enemy, to pitch +the camp, to lead their armies, to order their battells, and also +to besiege a town at thy best advantage, Philopomenes Prince of the +Achayans, among other praises Writers give him, they say, that in +time of peace, he thought not upon any thing so much as the +practise of warre; and whensoever he was abroad in the field to +disport himselfe with his friends, would often stand still, and +discourse with them, in case the enemies were upon the top of that +hill, and we here with our army, whether of us two should have the +advantage, and how might we safely goe to find them, keeping still +our orders; and if we would retire our selves, what course should +we take if they retir'd, how should we follow them? and thus on the +way, propounded them all such accidents could befall in any army; +would heare their opinions, and tell his owne, and confirme it by +argument; so that by his continuall thought hereupon, when ever he +led any army no chance could happen, for which he had not a remedy. +But touching the exercise of the mind, a Prince ought to read +Histories, and in them consider the actions of the worthiest men, +marke how they have behav'd themselves in the warrs, examine the +occasions of their victories, and their losses; wherby they may be +able to avoyd these, and obtaine those; and above all, doe as +formerly some excellent man hath done, who hath taken upon him to +imitate, if any one that hath gone before him hath left his memory +glorious; the course he took, and kept alwaies near unto him the +remembrances of his actions and worthy deeds: as it is said, that +Alexander the great imitated Achilles; Cæsar Alexander, and +Scipio Cyrus. And whoever reads the life of Cyrus, written by +Xenophon, may easily perceive afterwards in Scipio's life how much +glory his imitation gaind him, and how much Scipio did conforme +himselfe in his chastity, affability, humanity, and liberality with +those things, that are written by Xenophon of Cyrus. <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page313" id="page313"></a>{313}</span> Such like +wayes ought a wise Prince to take, nor ever be idle in quiet times, +but by his paines then, as it were provide himself of store, +whereof he may make some use in his adversity, the end that when +the times change, he may be able to resist the stormes of his hard +fortune.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-15" id="prince-15">CHAP. XV</a></h2> +<h3>Of those things, in respect whereof, men, and especially +Princes, are praised, or dispraised.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> t now +remaines that we consider what the conditions of a Prince ought to +be, and his termes of government over his subjects, and towards his +friends. And because I know that many have written hereupon; I +doubt, lest I venturing also to treat thereof, may be branded with +presumption, especially seeing I am like enough to deliver an +opinion different from others. But my intent being to write for the +advantage of him that understands me, I thought it fitter to follow +the effectuall truth of the matter, than the imagination thereof; +And many Principalities and Republiques, have been in imagination, +which neither have been seen nor knowne to be indeed: for there is +such a distance between how men doe live, and how men ought to +live; that he who leaves that which is done, for that which ought +to be done, learnes sooner his ruine than his preservation; for +that man who will professe honesty in all his actions, must needs +goe to ruine among so many that are dishonest. Whereupon it is +necessary for a Prince, desiring to preserve himselfe, to be able +to make use of that honestie, and to lay it aside againe, as need +shall require. Passing by then things that are only in imagination +belonging to a Prince, to discourse upon those that are really +true; I say that all men, whensoever mention is made of them, and +especially Princes, because they are placed <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page314" id="page314"></a>{314}</span> aloft in +the view of all, are taken notice of for some of these qualities, +which procure them either commendations or blame: and this is that +some one is held liberal, some miserable, (miserable I say, nor +covetous; for the covetous desire to have, though it were by +rapine; but a miserable man is he, that too much for bears to make +use of his owne) some free givers, others extortioners; some +cruell, others pitious; the one a Leaguebreaker, another faithfull; +the one effeminate and of small courage, the other fierce and +couragious; the one courteous, the other proud; the one lascivious, +the other chaste; the one of faire dealing, the other wily and +crafty; the one hard, the other easie; the one grave, the other +light; the one religious, the other incredulous, and such like. I +know that every one will confesse, it were exceedingly praise +worthy for a Prince to be adorned with all these above nam'd +qualities that are good: but because this is not possible, nor doe +humane conditions admit such perfection in vertues, it is necessary +for him to be so discret, that he know how to avoid the infamie of +those vices which would thrust him out of his State; and if it be +possible, beware of those also which are not able to remove him +thence; but where it cannot be, let them passe with lesse regard. +And yet, let him not stand much upon it, though he incurre the +infamie of those vices, without which he can very hardly save his +State: for if all be throughly considerd, some thing we shall find +which will have the colour and very face of Vertue, and following +them, they will lead the to thy destruction; whereas some others +that shall as much seeme vice, if we take the course they lead us, +shall discover unto us the way to our safety and well-being.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>The second blemish in this our Authours book, I find in his +fifteenth Chapter: where he instructs his Prince to use such an +ambidexterity as that he may serve himselfe either of vertue, or +vice, according to his advantage, which in true pollicy is neither +good in attaining the Principality nor in securing it when it is +attaind. For Politicks, presuppose Ethiques, which will never allow +this rule: as that a man might make this small <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page315" id="page315"></a>{315}</span> +difference between vertue, and vice, that he may indifferently lay +aside, or take up the one or the other, and put it in practise as +best conduceth to the end he propounds himselfe. I doubt our +Authour would have blamd Davids regard to Saul when 1 Sam. 24. in +the cave he cut off the lap of Sauls garment, and spared his head; +and afterwards in the 26. when he forbad Abishai to strike him as +he lay sleeping. Worthy of a Princes consideration is that saying +of Abigal to David 1 Sam. 25. 30.</p> +<p>'It shall come to passe when the Lord shall have done to my Lord +according to all that he hath spoken concerning thee, and shall +have appointed thee Ruler over Israel, that this shall be no grief +to thee, nor offence of heart unto my Lord, that thou hast forborne +to shed blood, etc.'</p> +<p>For surely the conscience of this evill ground whereupon they +have either built, or underpropped their tyranny, causes men, as +well <i>metus</i> as <i>spes in longum projicere</i>, which sets +them a work on further mischiefe.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2><a name="prince-16" id="prince-16">CHAP. XVI</a></h2> +<h3>Of Liberality, and Miserablenesse.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-b.png" alt="B" /> eginning +then at the first of the above mentioned qualities, I say that it +would be very well to be accounted liberall: neverthelesse, +liberality used in such a manner, as to make thee be accounted so, +wrongs thee: for in case it be used vertuously, and as it ought to +be, it shall never come to be taken notice of, so as to free thee +from the infamie of its contrary. And therefore for one to hold the +name of liberal among men, it were needfull not to omit any +sumptuous quality, insomuch that a Prince alwayes so dispos'd, +shall waste all his revenues, and at the end shall be forc'd, if he +will still maintaine that reputation of liberality, heavily to +burthen his subjects, and become a great exactour; and put in +practise all those things that can be done to get mony: Which +begins to make him hatefull to his subjects, and fall into every +ones contempt, growing necessitous: so that having with this +liberality wrong'd many, and imparted of his bounty but to a few; +he feels every first mischance, and runs a hazard <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page316" id="page316"></a>{316}</span> of every +first danger: Which he knowing, and desiring to withdraw himself +from, incurs presently the disgrace of being termed miserable. A +Prince therefore not being able to use this vertue of liberality, +without his own damage, in such a sort, that it may be taken notice +of, ought, if he be wise, not to regard the name of Miserable; for +in time he shall alwaies be esteemed the more liberal, seeing that +by his parsimony his own revenues are sufficient for him; as also +he can defend himself against whoever makes war against him, and +can do some exploits without grieving his subjects: so that he +comes to use his liberality to all those, from whom he takes +nothing, who are infinite in number; and his miserableness towards +those to whom he gives nothing, who are but a few. In our dayes we +have not seen any, but those who have been held miserable, do any +great matters; but the others all quite ruin'd. Pope Julius the +second, however he serv'd himself of the name of Liberal, to get +the Papacy, yet never intended he to continue it, to the end he +might be able to make war against the King of France: and he made +so many wars without imposing any extraordinary tax, because his +long thrift supplyed his large expences. This present King of Spain +could never have undertaken, nor gone through with so many +exploits, had he been accounted liberal. Wherefore a Prince ought +little to regard (that he may not be driven to pillage his +subjects, that he may be able to defend himself, that he may not +fall into poverty and contempt, that he be not forced to become an +extortioner) though he incurre the name of miserable; for this is +one of those vices, which does not pluck him from his throne. And +if any one should say, Cæsar by his liberality obtained the +Empire, and many others (because they both were, and were esteemd +liberal) attaind to exceeding great dignities. I answer, either +thou art already come to be a Prince, or thou art in the way to it; +in the first case, this liberality is hurtful; in the second, it is +necessary to be accounted so; and Cæsar was one of those that +aspired to the Principality of Rome. But if after he had gotten it, +he had survived, and not forborne <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page317" id="page317"></a>{317}</span> those expences, he would +quite have ruined that Empire. And if any one should reply; many +have been Princes, and with their armies have done great exploits, +who have been held very liberal. I answer, either the Prince spends +of his own and his subjects, or that which belongs to others: in +the first, he ought to be sparing; in the second, he should not +omit any part of liberality. And that Prince that goes abroad with +his army, and feeds upon prey, and spoyle, and tributes, and hath +the disposing of that which belongs to others, necessarily should +use this liberality; otherwise would his soldiers never follow him; +and of that which is neither thine, nor thy subjects, thou mayest +well be a free giver, as were Cyrus, Cæsar and Alexander; for +the spending of that which is anothers, takes not away thy +reputation, but rather adds to it, only the wasting of that which +is thine own hurts thee; nor is there any thing consumes itself so +much as liberality, which whilest thou usest, thou losest the means +to make use of it, and becomest poore and abject; or to avoid this +poverty, an extortioner and hatefull person. And among all those +things which a Prince ought to beware of is, to be dispised, and +odious; to one and the other of which, liberality brings thee. +Wherefore there is more discretion to hold the stile of Miserable, +which begets an infamy without hatred, than to desire that of +Liberal, whereby to incurre the necessity of being thought an +extortioner, which procures an infamy with hatred.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page318" id= +"page318"></a>{318}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-17" id="prince-17">CHAP. XVII</a></h2> +<h3>Of Cruelty, and Clemency, and whether it is better to be +belov'd, or feard.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-d.png" alt="D" /> escending +afterwards unto the other fore-alledged qualities, I say, that +every Prince should desire to be held pitiful, and not cruel. +Nevertheless ought he beware that he ill uses not this pitty. +Cæsar Borgia was accounted cruel, yet had his cruelty redrest +the disorders in Romania, setled it in union, and restored it to +peace, and fidelity: which, if it be well weighed, we shall see was +an act of more pitty, than that of the people of Florence, who to +avoyd the terme of cruelty, suffered Pistoya to fall to +destruction. Wherefore a Prince ought not to regard the infamy of +cruelty, for to hold his subjects united and faithfull: for by +giving a very few proofes of himself the other way, he shall be +held more pittiful than they, who through their too much pitty, +suffer disorders to follow, from whence arise murthers and rapines: +for these are wont to hurt an intire universality, whereas the +executions practised by a Prince, hurt only some particular. And +among all sorts of Princes, it is impossible for a new Prince to +avoyd the name of cruel, because all new States are full of +dangers: whereupon Virgil by the mouth of Dido excuses the +inhumanity of her Kingdom, saying,</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p><i>Res dura et Regni novitas me talia cogunt</i></p> +<p><i>Moliri et latè fines custode tenere.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p>My hard plight and new State force me to guard</p> +<p>My confines all about with watch and ward.</p> +</div> +</div> +<p>Nevertheless ought he to be judicious in his giving belief to +any thing, or moving himself thereat, nor make his people extreamly +afraid of him; but proceed in a moderate way <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page319" id="page319"></a>{319}</span> with +wisdome, and humanity, that his too much confidence make him not +unwary, and his too much distrust intolerable; from hence arises a +dispute, whether it is better to be belov'd or feard: I answer, a +man would wish he might be the one and the other: but because +hardly can they subsist both together, it is much safer to be +feard, than be loved; being that one of the two must needs fail; +for touching men, we may say this in general, they are unthankful, +unconstant, dissemblers, they avoyd dangers, and are covetous of +gain; and whilest thou doest them good, they are wholly thine; +their blood, their fortunes, lives and children are at thy service, +as is said before, when the danger is remote; but when it +approaches, they revolt. And that Prince who wholly relies upon +their words, unfurnished of all other preparations, goes to wrack: +for the friendships that are gotten with rewards, and not by the +magnificence and worth of the mind, are dearly bought indeed; but +they will neither keep long, nor serve well in time of need: and +men do less regard to offend one that is supported by love, than by +fear. For love is held by a certainty of obligation, which because +men are mischievous, is broken upon any occasion of their own +profit. But fear restrains with a dread of punishment which never +forsakes a man. Yet ought a Prince cause himself to be belov'd in +such a manner, that if he gains not love, he may avoid hatred: for +it may well stand together, that a man may be feard and not hated; +which shall never fail, if he abstain from his subjects goods, and +their wives; and whensoever he should be forc'd to proceed against +any of their lives, do it when it is to be done upon a just cause, +and apparent conviction; but above all things forbeare to lay his +hands on other mens goods; for men forget sooner the death of their +father, than the loss of their patrimony. Moreover the occasions of +taking from men their goods, do never fail: and alwaies he that +begins to live by rapine, finds occasion to lay hold upon other +mens goods: but against mens lives, they are seldome found, and +sooner fail. But where a Prince is abroad in the field with his +army, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="page320" id= +"page320"></a>{320}</span> hath a multitude of soldiers under his +government, then is it necessary that he stands not much upon it, +though he be termed cruel: for unless he be so, he shall never have +his soldiers live in accord one with another, nor ever well +disposed to any brave piece of service. Among Hannibals actions of +mervail, this is reckoned for one, that having a very huge army, +gathered out of several nations, and all led to serve in a strange +countrey, there was never any dissention neither amongst +themselves, nor against their General, as well in their bad fortune +as their good. Which could not proceed from any thing else than +from that barbarous cruelty of his, which together with his +exceeding many vertues, rendred him to his soldiers both venerable +and terrible; without which, to that effect his other vertues had +served him to little purpose: and some writers though not of the +best advised, on one side admire these his worthy actions, and on +the otherside, condemn the principal causes thereof. And that it is +true, that his other vertues would not have suffic'd him, we may +consider in Scipio, the rarest man not only in the dayes he liv'd, +but even in the memory of man; from whom his army rebel'd in Spain: +which grew only upon his too much clemency, which had given way to +his soldiers to become more licentious, than was well tollerable by +military discipline: for which he was reprov'd by Fabius Maximus in +the Senate, who termed him the corrupter of the Roman soldiery. The +Locrensians having been destroyed by a Lieutenant of Scipio's, were +never reveng'd by him, nor the insolence of that Lieutenant +punisht; all this arising from his easie nature: so that one +desiring to excuse him in the Senate, said, that there were many +men knew better how to keep themselves from faults, than to correct +the faults of other men: which disposition of his in time would +have wrong'd Scipio's reputation and glory, had he therewith +continu'd in his commands: but living under the government of the +Senate, this quality of his that would have disgrac'd him not only +was conceal'd, but prov'd to the advancement of his glory. I +conclude then, returning to the purpose of being feard, and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page321" id= +"page321"></a>{321}</span> belov'd; insomuch as men love at their +own pleasure, and to serve their own turne, and their fear depends +upon the Princes pleasure, every wise Prince ought to ground upon +that which is of himself, and not upon that which is of another: +only this, he ought to use his best wits to avoid hatred, as was +said.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-18" id="prince-18">CHAP. XVIII</a></h2> +<h3>In what manner Princes ought to keep their words.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-h.png" alt="H" /> ow +commendable in a Prince it is to keep his word, and live with +integrity, not making use of cunning and subtlety, every one knows +well: yet we see by experience in these our dayes, that those +Princes have effected great matters, who have made small reckoning +of keeping their words, and have known by their craft to turne and +wind men about, and in the end, have overcome those who have +grounded upon the truth. You must then know, there are two kinds of +combating or fighting; the one by right of the laws, the other +meerly by force. That first way is proper to men, the other is also +common to beasts: but because the first many times suffices not, +there is a necessity to make recourse to the second; wherefore it +behooves a Prince to know how to make good use of that part which +belongs to a beast, as well as that which is proper to a man. This +part hath been covertly shew'd to Princes by ancient writers; who +say that Achilles and many others of those ancient Princes were +intrusted to Chiron the Senator, to be brought up under his +discipline: the moral of this, having for their teacher one that +was half a beast and half a man, was nothing else, but that it was +needful for a Prince to understand how to make his advantage of the +one and the other nature, because neither could subsist without the +other. A Prince then being necessitated to know how to make use of +that part belonging to a beast, <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page322" id="page322"></a>{322}</span> ought to serve himself of +the conditions of the Fox and the Lion; for the Lion cannot keep +himself from snares, nor the Fox defend himself against the Wolves. +He had need then be a Fox, that he may beware of the snares, and a +Lion that he may scare the wolves. Those that stand wholly upon the +Lion, understand not well themselves. And therefore a wise Prince +cannot, nor ought not keep his faith given when the observance +thereof turnes to disadvantage, and the occasions that made him +promise, are past. For if men were all good, this rule would not be +allowable; but being they are full of mischief, and would not make +it good to thee, neither art thou tyed to keep it with them: nor +shall a Prince ever want lawfull occasions to give colour to this +breach. Very many modern examples hereof might be alledg'd, wherein +might be shewed how many peaces concluded, and how many promises +made, have been violated and broken by the infidelity of Princes; +and ordinarily things have best succeeded with him that hath been +nearest the Fox in condition. But it is necessary to understand how +to set a good colour upon this disposition, and to be able to fain +and dissemble throughly; and men are so simple, and yeeld so much +to the present necessities, that he who hath a mind to deceive, +shall alwaies find another that will be deceivd. I will not conceal +any one of the examples that have been of late. Alexander the +sixth, never did any thing else than deceive men, and never meant +otherwise, and alwaies found whom to work upon; yet never was there +man would protest more effectually, nor aver any thing with more +solemn oaths, and observe them less than he; nevertheless, his +cousenages all thriv'd well with him; for he knew how to play this +part cunningly. Therefore is there no necessity for a Prince to be +endued with all above written qualities, but it behooveth well that +he seem to be so; or rather I will boldly say this, that having +these qualities, and alwaies regulating himself by them, they are +hurtfull; but seeming to have them, they are advantageous; as to +seem pittiful, faithful, mild, religious, and of integrity, and +indeed to be so; provided withall thou beest of such a <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page323" id="page323"></a>{323}</span> +composition, that if need require to use the contrary, thou canst, +and knowest how to apply thy self thereto. And it suffices to +conceive this, that a Prince, and especially a new Prince, cannot +observe all those things, for which men are held good; he being +often forc'd, for the maintenance of his State, to do contrary to +his faith, charity, humanity, and religion: and therefore it +behooves him to have a mind so disposd, as to turne and take the +advantage of all winds and fortunes; and as formerly I said, not +forsake the good, while he can; but to know how to make use of the +evil upon necessity. A Prince then ought to have a special care, +that he never let fall any words, but what are all season'd with +the five above written qualities, and let him seem to him that sees +and hears him, all pitty, all faith, all integrity, all humanity, +all religion; nor is there any thing more necessary for him to seem +to have, than this last quality: for all men in general judge +thereof, rather by the sight, than by the touch; for every man may +come to the sight of him, few come to the touch and feeling of him; +yvery man may come to see what thou seemest, few come to perceive +and understand what thou art; and those few dare not oppose the +opinion of many, who have the majesty of State to protect them: And +in all mens actions, especially those of Princes wherein there is +no judgement to appeale unto men, forbeare to give their censures, +till the events and ends of things. Let a Prince therefore take the +surest courses he can to maintain his life and State: the means +shall alwaies be thought honorable, and commended by every one; for +the vulgar is over-taken with the appearance and event of a thing: +and for the most part of people, they are but the vulgar: the +others that are but few, take place where the vulgar have no +subsisteance. A Prince there is in these dayes, whom I shall not do +well to name, that preaches nothing else but peace and faith; but +had he kept the one and the other, several times had they taken +from him his state and reputation.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>In the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth Chap, our Author +descends to particulars, perswading his Prince in his sixteenth to +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page324" id= +"page324"></a>{324}</span> such a suppleness of disposition, as +that upon occasion he can make use either of liberality or +miserableness, as need shall require. But that of liberality is to +last no longer than while he is in the way to some designe: which +if he well weigh, is not really a reward of vertue, how ere it +seems; but a bait and lure to bring birds to the net. In the +seventeenth Chap, he treats of clemency and cruelty, neither of +which are to be exercis'd by him as acts of mercy or justice; but +as they may serve to advantage his further purposes. And lest the +Prince should incline too much to clemency, our Author allows +rather the restraint by fear, than by love. The contrary to which +all stories shew us. I will say this only, cruelty may cut of the +power of some, but causes the hatred of all, and gives a will to +most to take the first occasion offerd for revenge. In the +eighteenth Chap, our Author discourses how Princes ought to govern +themselves in keeping their promises made: whereof he sayes they +ought to make such small reckoning, as that rather they should know +by their craft how to turne and wind men about, whereby to take +advantage of all winds and fortunes. To this I would oppose that in +the fifteenth Psal. v. 5. He that sweareth to his neighbor, and +disappointeth him not, though it were to his own hindrance. It was +a King that writ it, and me thinks the rule he gave, should well +befit both King and Subject: and surely this perswades against all +taking of advantages. A man may reduce all the causes of +faith-breaking to three heads. One may be, because he that +promised, had no intention to keep his word; and this is a wicked +and malitious way of dealing. A second may bee, because hee that +promisd, repents of his promise made; and that is grounded on +unconstancy, and lightness in that he would not be well resolved +before he entred into covenant. The third may be, when it so falls +out, that it lyes not in his power that made the promise to +performe it. In which case a man ought to imitate the good debter, +who having not wherewithall to pay, hides not himself, but presents +his person to his creditor, willingly suffering imprisonment. The +first and second are very vitious and unworthy of a Prince: in the +third, men might well be directed by the examples of those two +famous Romans, Regulus and Posthumius. I shall close this with the +answer of Charles the fifth, when he was pressed to break his word +with Luther for his safe return from Wormes; <i>Fides rerum +promissarum etsi toto mundo exulet, tamen apud imperatorem cam +consistere oportet</i>. Though truth be banisht out of the whole +world, yet should it alwaies find harbour in an Emperors +breast.</p> +</blockquote> +<p class="side"><i>Gulielmus Xenocarus</i> in vit. Car. Quinti.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page325" id= +"page325"></a>{325}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-19" id="prince-19">CHAP. XIX</a></h2> +<h3>That Princes should take a care, not to incurre contempt or +hatred.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-b.png" alt="B" /> ut because +among the qualities, whereof formerly mention is made, I have +spoken of those of most importance, I will treat of the others more +briefly under these qualityes that a Prince is to beware, as in +part is above-said, and that he fly those things which cause him to +be odious or vile: and when ever he shall avoid this, he shall +fully have plaid his part, and in the other disgraces he shall find +no danger at all. There is nothing makes him so odious, as I said, +as his extortion of his subjects goods, and abuse of their women, +from which he ought to forbear; and so long as he wrongs not his +whole people, neither in their goods, nor honors, they live +content, and he hath only to strive with the Ambition of some few: +which many waies and easily too, is restrain'd. To be held various, +light, effeminate, faint-hearted, unresolv'd, these make him be +contemnd and thought base, which a Prince should shun like rocks, +and take a care that in all his actions there appear magnanimity, +courage, gravity, and valor; and that in all the private affairs of +his subjects, he orders it so, that his word stand irrevocable: and +maintain himself in such repute, that no man may think either to +deceive or wind and turn him about: that Prince that gives such an +opinion of himself, is much esteemed, and against him who is so +well esteemed, hardly are any conspiracies made by his subjects, or +by forreiners any invasion, when once notice is taken of his worth, +and how much he is reverenced by his subjects: For a Prince ought +to have two fears, the one from within, in regard of his subjects; +the other from abroad, in regard of his mighty neighbors; from +these he defends himself by good armes and good friends; and +alwayes he shall have <span class="pagenum"><a name="page326" id= +"page326"></a>{326}</span> good friends, if he have good armes; and +all things shall alwaies stand sure at home, when those abroad are +firme, in case some conspiracy have not disturbed them; and however +the forrein matters stand but ticklishly; yet if he have taken such +courses at home, and liv'd as we have prescribed, he shall never be +able (in case he forsake not himself) to resist all possibility, +force and violence, as I said Nabis the Spartan did: but touching +his subjects, even when his affairs abroad are setled, it is to be +fear'd they may conspire privily; from which a Prince sufficiently +secure himself by shunning to be hated or contemned, and keeping +himself in his peoples good opinion, which it is necessary for him +to compass, as formerly we treated at large. And one of the +powerfullest remedies a Prince can have against conspiracies, is, +not to be hated nor dispised by the universality; for alwaies he +that conspires, beleeves the Princes death is acceptable to the +subject: but when he thinks it displeases them, he hath not the +heart to venture on such a matter; for the difficulties that are on +the conspirators side, are infinite. By experience it is plain, +that many times plots have been laid, but few of them have +succeeded luckily; for he that conspires, cannot be alone, nor can +he take the company of any, but of those, who he beleeves are +malecontents; and so soon as thou hast discover'd thy self to a +malecontent, thou givest him means to work his own content: for by +revealing thy treason, he may well hope for all manner of favour: +so that seeing his gain certain of one side; and on the other, +finding only doubt and danger, either he had need be a rare friend, +or that he be an exceeding obstinate enemy to the Prince, if he +keeps his word with thee. And to reduce this matter into short +termes: I say, there is nothing but jealousie, fear, and suspect of +punishment on the conspirators part to affright him; but on the +Princes part, there is the majesty of the principality, the laws, +the defences of his friends and the State, which do so guard him, +that to all these things the peoples good wills being added, it is +unpossible any one should be so head-strong as to conspire; for +ordinarily where a traytor is to feare before the execution of his +mischiefe, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page327" id= +"page327"></a>{327}</span> in this case he is also to feare +afterwards, having the people for his enemy when the fact is +commited, and therefore for this cause, not being able to hope for +any refuge. Touching this matter, many examples might be brought; +but I will content my selfe to name one which fell out in the +memory of our Fathers. Annibal Bentivolii, grand Father of this +Annibal who now lives, that was Prince in Bolonia, being slaine by +the Canneschi that conspir'd against him, none of his race being +left, but this John, who was then in swadling clouts; presently the +people rose upon this murder, and slew all the Canneschi which +proceeded from the popular affection, which the family of the +Bentivolii held then in Bolonia: which was so great, that being +there remain'd not any, now Anniball was dead, that was able to +manage the State; and having notice that in Florence there was one +borne of the Bentivolii, who till then was taken for a Smiths +sonne: the citizens of Bolonia went to Florence for him, and gave +the government of their City to him, which was rul'd by him, untill +John was of fit yeares to governe. I conclude then, that a Prince +ought to make small account of treasons, whiles he hath the people +to friend: but if they be his enemies and hate him, he may well +feare every thing, and every one. And well ordered States, and +discreet Princes have taken care withall diligence, not to cause +their great men to fall into desperation, and to content the +people, and so to maintaine them: for this is one of the most +important businesses belonging to a Prince. Among the Kingdomes +that are well orderd and governd in our dayes, is that of France, +and therein are found exceeding many good orders, whereupon the +Kings liberty and security depends: of which the chiefe is the +Parliament, and the authority thereof: for he that founded that +Kingdome, knowing the great mens ambition and insolence; and +judgeing it necessary there should be a bridle to curbe them; and +on the other side knowing the hatred of the Commonalty against the +great ones, grounded upon feare, intending to secure them, would +not lay this care wholly upon the King, but take this trouble from +him, which he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page328" id= +"page328"></a>{328}</span> might have with the great men, in case +he favourd the Commonalty; or with the Commonalty, in case he +favourd the great men; and thereupon set up a third judge, which +was that, to the end it should keep under the great ones, and +favour the meaner sort, without any imputation to the King. It was +not possible to take a better, nor wiser course then this; nor a +surer way to secure the King, and the Kingdome. From whence we may +draw another conclusion worthie of note, that Princes ought to +cause others to take upon them the matters of blame and imputation; +and upon themselves to take only those of grace and favour. Here +againe I conclude, that a Prince ought to make good esteeme of his +Nobility; but not thereby to incur the Commons hatred: It would +seeme perhaps to many, considering the life and death of many +Romane Emperours, that they were examples contrary to my opinion, +finding that some have liv'd worthily, and shewd many rare vertues +of the minde, and yet have lost the Empire, and been put to death +by their owne subjects, conspiring against them. Intending then to +answer these objections, I shall discourse upon the qualities of +some Emperours, declaring the occasions of their ruine, not +disagreeing from that which I have alledgd; and part thereof I will +bestow on the consideration of these things, which are worthy to be +noted by him that reads the actions of those times: and it shall +suffice me to take all those Emperours that succeeded in the Empire +from Marcus the Philosopher to Maximinus, who were Mercus and +Commodus his sonne, Pertinax, Julian, Severus, Antonius, Caracalla +his sonne, Macrinus, Heliogabalus, Alexander, and Maximin. And +first it is to be noted, that where in the other Principalities, +they are to contend only with the ambition of the Nobles, and the +insolence of the people; the Romane Emperours had a third +difficulty, having to support the cruelty and covetousnesse of the +souldiers, which was so hard a thing, that it caused the ruine of +many, being hard to satisfy the souldiers, and the people; for the +people love their quiet, and therefore affect modest Princes; and +the souldiers love a Prince of a warlike courage, that is insolent, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page329" id= +"page329"></a>{329}</span> cruell, and plucking from every one: +which things they would have them exercise upon the people, whereby +they might be able to double their stipends, and satisfie their +avarice and cruelty: whence it proceeds, that those Emperours who +either by Nature or by Art, had not such a reputation, as therewith +they could curbe the one and the other, were alwayes ruind: and the +most of them, specially those who as new men came to the +principality, finding the difficulty of those two different +humours, applyed themselves to content the souldiers, making small +account of wronging the people, which was a course then necessary; +for the Princes not being able to escape the hatred of every one, +ought first endeavour that they incurre not the hatred of any whole +universality; and when they cannot attaine thereunto, they are to +provide with all industry, to avoyd the hatred of those +universalities that are the most mighty. And therefore those +Emperors, who because they were but newly call'd to the Empire, had +need of extraordinary favours, more willingly stuck to the +soldiers, than to the people; which neverthelesse turnd to their +advantage, or otherwise, according as that Prince knew how to +maintaine his repute with them. From these causes aforesayd +proceeded it, that Marcus Pertinax, and Alexander, though all +living modestly, being lovers of justice, and enemies of cruelty, +courteous and bountifull, had all from Marcus on ward, miserable +ends; Marcus only liv'd and dy'd exceedingly honoured: for he came +to the Empire by inheritance, and was not to acknowledge it either +from the soldiers, nor from the people: afterwards being +accompanyed with many vertues, which made him venerable, he held +alwayes whilst he liv'd the one and the other order within their +limits, and was never either hated, or contemnd. But Pertinax was +created Emperour against the soldiers wills, who being accustomed +to live licentiously under Commodus, could not endure that honest +course that Pertinax sought to reduce them to: Whereupon having +gotten himself hatred, and to this hatred added contempt, in that +he was old, was ruind in the very beginning of his government. +Whence it ought to be <span class="pagenum"><a name="page330" id= +"page330"></a>{330}</span> observed, that hatred is gaind as well +by good deeds as bad; and therefore as I formerly said, when a +Prince would maintaine the State, he is often forced not to be +good: for when that generality, whether it be the people, or +soldiers, or Nobility, whereof thou thinkst thou standst in need to +maintain thee, is corrupted, it behoves thee to follow their +humour, and content them, and then all good deeds are thy +adversaries. But let us come to Alexander who was of that +goodnesse, that among the prayses given him, had this for one, that +in fourteen yeers wherein he held the Empire, he never put any man +to death, but by course of justice; neverthelesse being held +effeminate, and a man that suffered himselfe to be ruled by his +mother, and thereupon fallen into contempt, the army conspird +against him. Now on the contrary discoursing upon the qualities of +Commodus, Severus, Antonius, Caracalla, and Maximinus, you shall +find them exceeding cruell, and ravinous, who to satisfie their +soldiers, forbeare no kinde of injury that could be done upon the +people; and all of them, except Severus, came to evill ends: for in +Severus, there was such extraordinary valour, that while he held +the soldiers his freinds, however the people were much burthend by +him, he might alwayes reigne happily: for his valour rendred him so +admirable in the souldiers and peoples sights; that these in a +manner stood amazd and astonishd, and those others reverencing and +honoring him. And because the actions of this man were exceeding +great, being in a new Prince, I will briefly shew how well he knew +to act the Foxes and the Lions parts; the conditions of which two, +I say, as before, are very necessary for a Prince to imitate. +Severus having had experience of Julian the Emperours sloth, +perswaded his army (whereof he was commander in Sclavonia) that +they should doe well to goe to Rome to revenge Pertinax his death, +who was put to death by the Imperiall guard; and under this +pretence, not making any shew that he aspird unto the Empire, set +his army in march directly towards Rome, and was sooner come into +Italy, than it was knowne he had mov'd from his station. Being +ariv'd at Rome, he <span class="pagenum"><a name="page331" id= +"page331"></a>{331}</span> was by the Senate chosen Emperour for +feare, and Julian slaine. After this beginning, two difficulties +yet remaind to Severus, before he could make himselfe Lord of the +whole State; the one in Asia, where Niger the Generall of those +armies had gotten the title of Emperour, the other in the West with +Albinus, who also aspird to the Empire: and because he thought +there might be some danger to discover himselfe enemy to them both, +he purposed to set upon Niger, and cozen Albinus, to whom he writ, +that being elected Emperour by the Senate, he would willingly +communicate it with him; and thereupon sent him the title of +Cæsar, and by resolution of the Senate, tooke him to him for +his Colleague; which things were taken by Albinus in true meaning. +But afterwards when Severus had overcome and slaine Niger, and +pacified the affaires and in the East, being returned to Rome, he +complaind in the Senate of Albinus, how little weighing the +benefits received from him, he had sought to slay him by treason, +and therefore was he forc'd to goe punish his ingratitude: +afterwards he went into France, where he bereft him both of his +State and life, whoever then shall in particular examine his +actions, shall finde he was a very cruell Lion, and as crafty a +Fox: and shall see that he was alwayes feard and reverenc'd by +every one, and by the armies not hated; and shall nothing marvell +that he being a new man, was able to hold together such a great +Empire: for his extraordinary reputation defended him alwayes from +that hatred, which the people for his extortions might have +conceiv'd against him. But Antonius his sonne, was also an +exceeding brave man, and endued with most excellent qualities, +which causd him to be admird by the people, and acceptable to the +souldiers, because he was a warlike man, enduring all kind of +travell and paines, despising all delicate food, and all kinde of +effeminacy, which gaind him the love of all the armies: +neverthelesse his fiercenesse and cruelty were such, and so +hideous, having upon many particular occasions put to death a great +part of the people of Rome, and all those of Alexandria, that he +grew odious to the world, and began to be feard by those +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page332" id= +"page332"></a>{332}</span> also that were neare about him; so that +he was slaine by a Centurion in the very midst of his army. Where +it is to be noted, that these kinde of deaths, which follow upon +the deliberation of a resolv'd and obstinate minde, cannot by a +Prince be avoyded: for every one that feares not to dye, is able to +doe it; but a Prince ought to be lesse afraid of it because it very +seldome falls out. Only should he beware not to doe any extreame +injury to any of those of whom he serves himself, or that he hath +near about him in any imployment of his Principality, as Antonius +did: who had reproachfully slaine a brother of that Centurion; also +threatned him every day, and neverthelesse entertaind him still as +one of the guards of his body, which was a rash course taken, and +the way to destruction, as befell him. But let us come to Commodus +for whom it was very easie to hold the Empire, by reason it +descended upon him by inheritance, being Marcus his sonne, and it +had been enough for him to follow his fathers footsteps, and then +had he contented both the people and the soldiers: but being of a +cruell and savage disposition, whereby to exercise his actions upon +the people, he gave himselfe to entertaine armies, and those in all +licentiousnesse. On the other part not maintaining his dignity, but +often descending upon the stages to combate with fencers, and doing +such other like base things, little worthy of the Imperiall +majesty, he became contemptible in the soldiers sight; and being +hated of one part, and despisd of the other, he was conspird +against, and slaine. It remaines now, that we declare Maximinus his +conditions, who was a very warlike man; and the armies loathing +Alexanders effeminacy, whereof I spake before, when they had slain +him, chose this man Emperour, who not long continued so, because +two things there were that brought him into hatred and contempt; +the one because he was very base, having kept cattell in Thrace, +which was well knowne to every one, and made them to scorne him; +the other, because in the beginning of his Principality having +delayd to goe to Rome, and enter into possession of the Imperiall +throne, he had gaind the infamy of being thought <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page333" id="page333"></a>{333}</span> exceeding +cruell, having by his Prefects in Rome, and in every place of the +Empire, exercisd many cruelties, insomuch that the whole world +being provok'd against him to contempt for the basenesse of his +blood; on the other side upon the hatred conceiv'd against him for +feare of his crulty; first Affrica, afterwards the Senate, with all +the people of Rome and all Italy, conspired against him, with whom +his own army took part; which incamping before Aquileya, and +finding some difficulty to take the town, being weary of his +cruelties, and because they saw he had so many enemies, fearing him +the lesse, slew him. I purpose not to say any thing either of +Heliogabalus, Macrinus, or Julian, who because they were throughly +base, were sudenly extinguished: but I will come to the conclusion +of this discourse; and I say, that the Princes of our times have +lesse of this difficulty to satisfie the Soldiers extraordinarily +in their government; for notwithstanding that there be some +considerations to be had of them, yet presently are those armies +dissolved, because none of these Princes do use to maintaine any +armies together, which are annex'd and inveterated with the +governments of the provinces, as were the armies of the Romane +Empire. And therefore if then it was necessary rather to content +the soldiers than the people, it was because the soldiers were more +powerfull than the people: now is it more necessary for all +Princes, (except the Turk and the Souldan) to satisfie their people +than their soldiers, because the people are more mighty than they; +wherein I except the Turk, he alwayes maintaining about his person +12000 foot, and 15000 horse, upon which depends the safety and +strength of his Kingdome; and it is necessary that laying aside all +other regard of his people, he maintaine these his friends. The +Souldans Kingdome is like hereunto, which being wholy in the +souldiers power, he must also without respect of his people keep +them his friends. And you are to consider, that this State of the +Souldans differs much from all the other Principalities: For it is +very like the Papacy, which cannot be termd an hereditary +Principality: nor a new Principality: for the sons of the deceasd +Prince are <span class="pagenum"><a name="page334" id= +"page334"></a>{334}</span> not heires and Lords thereof, but he +that is chosen receives that dignity from those who have the +authority in them. And this order being of antiquity, cannot be +termd a new Principality, because therein are none of those +difficulties that are in new ones: for though the Prince be new, +yet are the orders of that state ancient, and ordaind to receive +him, as if he were their hereditary Prince. But let us returne to +our matter; whosoever shall consider our discourse before, shall +perceive that either hatred, or contempt have caus'd the ruine of +the afore-named Emperors; and shall know also, from it came that +part of them proceeding one way, and part a contrary; yet in any of +them the one had a happy success, and the others unhappy: for it +was of no availe, but rather hurtful for Pertinax and Alexander, +because they were new Princes, to desire to imitate Marcus, who by +inheritance came to the Principality: and in like manner it was a +wrong to Caracalla, Commodus, and Maximus, to imitate Severus, +because none of them were endued with so great valor as to follow +his steps therein. Wherefore a new Prince in his Principality +cannot well imitate Marcus his actions; nor yet is it necessary to +follow those of Severus: but he ought make choyce of those parts in +Severus which are necessary for the founding of a State; and to +take from Marcus those that are fit and glorious to preserve a +State which is already established and setled.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page335" id= +"page335"></a>{335}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-20" id="prince-20">CHAP. XX</a></h2> +<h3>Whether the Citadels and many other things which Princes often +make use of, are profitable or dammageable.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-s.png" alt="S" /> ome +Princes, whereby they might safely keep their State, have disarmed +their subjects; some others have held the towns under their +dominion, divided into factions; others have maintain'd enmities +against themselves; others have appli'd themselves to gain them, +where they have suspected at their entrance into the government; +others have built Fortresses; and others again have ruined and +demolished them: and however that upon all these things, a man +cannot well pass a determinate sentence, unless one comes to the +particulars of these States, where some such like determinations +were to be taken; yet I shall speak of them in so large a manner, +as the matter of it self will bear. It was never then that a new +Prince would disarme his own subjects; but rather when he hath +found them disarmed, he hath alwaies arm'd them. For being belov'd, +those armes become thine; those become faithful, which thou hadst +in suspicion; and those which were faithful, are maintaind so; and +thy subjects are made thy partisans; and because all thy subjects +cannot be put in armes, when thou bestowest favors on those thou +armest, with the others thou canst deal more for thy safety; and +that difference of proceeding which they know among them, obliges +them to thee; those others excuse thee, judgeing it necessary that +they have deservd more, who have undergone more danger, and so have +greater obligation: but when thou disarmst them, thou beginst to +offend them, that thou distrustest them, either for cowardise, or +small faith; and the one or the other of those two opinions +provokes their hatred against thee; and because thou canst not +stand disarmed, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page336" id= +"page336"></a>{336}</span> thou must then turn thy self to +mercenary Soldiery, whereof we have formerly spoken what it is, and +when it is good; it can never be so much as to defend thee from +powerful enemies, and suspected subjects; therefore as I have said, +a new Prince in a new Principality hath alwaies ordaind them armes. +Of examples to this purpose, Histories are full. But when a Prince +gains a new State, which as a member he adds to his ancient +dominions, then it is necessary to disarme that State, unless it be +those whom thou hast discoverd to have assisted thee in the +conquest thereof; and these also in time and upon occasions, it is +necessary to render delicate and effeminate, and so order them, +that all the arms of thy State be in the hands of thy own Soldiers, +who live in thy ancient State near unto thee. Our ancestors and +they that were accounted Sages, were wont to say that it was +necessary to hold Pistoya in factions, and Pisa with Fortresses; +and for this cause maintaind some towns subject to them in +differences, whereby to hold it more easily. This, at what time +Italy was ballanc'd in a certain manner, might be well done; but +mee thinks it cannot now a dayes be well given for a precept; for I +do not beleeve, that divisions made can do any good; rather it must +needs be, that when the enemy approaches them, Cities divided are +presently lost; for alwaies the weaker part will cleave to the +forrein power, and the other not be able to subsist. The Venetians +(as I think) mov'd by the aforesaid reasons, maintaind the factions +of the Guelfes and Gibellins, in their townes; and however they +never suffered them to spill one anothers blood, yet they nourish'd +these differences among them, to the end that the citizens imployd +in these quarrels, should not plot any thing against them: which as +it proved, never serv'd them to any great purpose: for being +defeated at Vayla, presently one of those two factions took courage +and seizd upon their whole State. Therefore such like waies argue +the Princes weakness; for in a strong principality they never will +suffer such divisions; for they shew them some kind of profit in +time of peace, being they are able by means thereof more easily to +mannage their subjects: but war comming, such like orders discover +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page337" id= +"page337"></a>{337}</span> their fallacy. Without doubt, Princes +become great, when they overcome the difficulties and oppositions +that are made against them; and therefore Fortune especially when +she hath to make any new Prince great, who hath more need to gain +reputation than an hereditary Prince, causes enemies to rise +against him, and him to undertake against them: to the end he may +have occasion to master them, and know that ladder, which his +enemies have set him upon, whereby to rise yet higher. And +therefore many think, that a wise Prince when he hath the occasion, +ought cunningly to nourish some enmity, that by the suppressing +thereof, his greatness may grow thereupon. Princes, especially +those that are new, have found more faith and profit in those men, +who in the beginning of their State, have been held suspected, than +in those who at their entrance have been their confidents. +Pandulphus Petrucci, Prince of Siena, governd his State, more with +them that had been suspected by him, than with the others. But of +this matter we cannot speak at large, because it varies according +to the subject; I will only say this, that those men, who in the +beginning of a Principality were once enemies, if they be of +quality so that to maintain themselves they have need of support, +the Prince might alwaies with the greatest facility gain for his; +and they are the rather forced to serve him faithfully, insomuch as +they know it is more necessary for them by their deeds to cancel +that sinister opinion, which was once held of them; and so the +Prince ever draws from these more advantage, than from those, who +serving him too supinely, neglect his affairs. And seing the matter +requires it, I will not omit to put a Prince in mind, who hath anew +made himself master of a State, by means of the inward helps he had +from thence that he consider well the cause that mov'd them that +favor'd him to favor him, if it be not a natural affection towards +him; for if it be only because they were not content with their +former government, with much pains and difficulties shall he be +able to keep them long his friends, because it will be impossible +for him to content them. By these examples then which are drawn out +of ancient and modern <span class="pagenum"><a name="page338" id= +"page338"></a>{338}</span> affaires, searching into the cause +hereof, we shall find it much more easie to gain those men for +friends, who formerly were contented with the State, and therefore +were his enemies: than those, who because they were not contented +therewith, became his fiends, and favor'd him in getting the +mastery of it. It hath been the custome of Princes, whereby to hold +their States more securely, to build Citadels, which might be +bridles and curbs to those that should purpose any thing against +them, and so to have a secure retreat from the first violences. I +commend this course, because it hath been used of old; +notwithstanding Nicholas Vitelli in our dayes hath been known to +demolish two Citadels in the town of Castello, the better to keep +the State; Guidubaldo Duke of Urbin being to return into his State, +out of which he was driven by Cæsar Borgia, raz'd all the +Fortresses of that Countrey, and thought he should hardlyer lose +that State again without them. The Bentivolii returning into +Bolonia, used the like courses. Citadels then are profitable, or +not, according to the times; and if they advantage thee in one +part, they do thee harme in another; and this part may be argued +thus. That Prince who stands more in fear of his own people than of +strangers, ought to build Fortresses: but he that is more afraid of +strangers than of his people, should let them alone. Against the +house of Sforza, the Castle of Milan, which Francis Sforza built, +hath and will make more war, than any other disorder in that State: +and therefore the best Citadel that may be, is not to incurre the +peoples hatred; for however thou holdest a Fortress, and the people +hate thee, thou canst hardly scape them; for people, when once they +have taken armes, never want the help of strangers at their need to +take ther parts. In our dayes we never saw that they ever profited +any Prince, unless it were the Countess of Furli, when Count +Hieronymo of Furli her husband was slain; for by means thereof she +escap'd the peoples rage, and attended aid from Milan, and so +recover'd her State: and then such were the times that the stranger +could not assist the people: but afterwards they serv'd her to +little purpose, when Cæsar Borgia assaild her, and that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page339" id= +"page339"></a>{339}</span> the people which was her enemy, sided +with the stranger. Therefore both then, and at first, it would have +been more for her safety, not to have been odious to the people, +than to have held the Fortresses. These things being well weigh'd +then, I will commend those that shall build up Fortresses, and him +also that shall not; and I will blame him, howsoever he be, that +relying upon those, shall make small account of being hated by his +people.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-21" id="prince-21">CHAP. XXI</a></h2> +<h3>How a Prince ought to behave himself to gain reputation.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-t.png" alt="T" /> here is +nothing gains a Prince such repute as great exploits, and rare +tryals of himself in Heroick actions. We have now in our dayes +Ferdinand King of Arragon the present King of Spain: he in a manner +may be termed a new Prince; for from a very weak King, he is now +become for fame and glory, the first King of Christendome, and if +you shall wel consider his actions, you shall find them all +illustrious, and every one of them extraordinary. He in the +beginning of his reign assaild Granada, and that exploit was the +ground of his State. At first he made that war in security, and +without suspicion he should be any waies hindred, and therein held +the Barons of Castiglias minds busied, who thinking upon that war, +never minded any innovation; in this while he gaind credit and +authority with them, they not being aware of it; was able to +maintain with the Church and the peoples money all his soldiers, +and to lay a foundation for his military ordinances with that long +war, which afterwards gaind him exceeding much honor. Besides this, +to the end he might be able hereamong to undertake greater matters, +serving himself alwaies of the colour of religion, he gave himself +to a kind of <span class="pagenum"><a name="page340" id= +"page340"></a>{340}</span> religious cruelty, chasing and +dispoyling those Jewes out of the Kingdome; nor can this example be +more admirable and rare: under the same cloke he invaded Affrick +and went through with his exploit in Italy: and last of all hath he +assaild France, and so alwaies proceeded on forwards contriving of +great matters, which alwaies have held his subjects minds in peace +and admiration, and busied in attending the event, what it should +be: and these his actions have thus grown, one upon another, that +they have never given leisure to men so to rest, as they might ever +plot any thing against them. Moreover it much avails a Prince to +give extraordinary proofes of himself touching the government +within, such as those we have heard of Bernard of Milan, whensoever +occasion is given by any one, that may effectuate some great thing +either of good or evil, in the civil government; and to find out +some way either to reward or punish it, whereof in the world much +notice may be taken. And above all things a Prince ought to +endeavor in all his actions to spread abroad a fame of his +magnificence and worthiness. A Prince also is well esteemed, when +he is a true friend, or a true enemy; when without any regard he +discovers himself in favor of one against another; which course +shall be alwaies more profit, than to stand neuter: for if two +mighty ones that are thy neighbors, come to fall out, or are of +such quality, that one of them vanquishing, thou art like to be in +fear of the vanquisher, or not; in either of these two cases, it +will ever prove more for thy profit, to discover thy self, and make +a good war of it: for in the first case, if thou discoverest not +thy selfe, thou shalt alwaies be a prey to him that overcomes, to +the contentment and satisfaction of the vanquisht; neither shalt +thou have reason on thy side, nor any thing else to defend or +receive thee. For he that overcomes, will not have any suspected +friends that give him no assistance in his necessity: and he that +loses, receives thee not, because thou wouldest not with thy armes +in hand run the hazzard of his fortune. Antiochus passed into +Greece, thereunto induc'd by the Etolians, to chace the Romans +thence: and sent his Ambassadors to the <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page341" id="page341"></a>{341}</span> Achayans, +who were the Romans friends, to perswade them to stand neuters; on +the other side the Romans moved them to joyne armes with theirs: +this matter came to be deliberated on in the council of the +Achayans, where Antiochus his Ambassador encouraged them to stand +neuters, whereunto the Romans Ambassador answerd; Touching the +course, that is commended to you, as best and profitablest for your +State, to wit, not to intermeddle in the war between us, nothing +can be more against you: because, not taking either part, you shall +remain without thanks, and without reputation a prey to the +conqueror. And it will alwaies come to pass that he who is not thy +friend, will requite thy neutrality; and he that is thy friend, +will urge thee to discover thy self by taking arms for him: and +evil advised Princes; to avoyd the present dangers, folow often +times that way of neutrality, and most commonly go to ruine: but +when a Prince discovers himself strongly in favor of a party; if he +to whom thou cleavest, overcomes; however that he be puissant, and +thou remainest at his disposing, he is oblig'd to thee, and there +is a contract of friendship made; and men are never so openly +dishonest, as with such a notorious example of dishonesty to +oppress thee. Besides victories are never so prosperous, that the +conqueror is like neglect all respects, and especially of justice. +But if he to whom thou stickst, loses, thou art received by him; +and, while he is able, he aydes thee, and so thou becomest partner +of a fortune that may arise again; the second case, when they that +enter into the lists together, are of such quality, that thou +needest not fear him that vanquisheth, so much the more is it +discretion in thee to stick to him; for thou goest to ruine one +with his assistance, who ought to do the best he could to save him, +if he were well advised; and he overcomming, is left at thy +discretion; and it is unpossible but with thy ayd he must overcome. +And here it is to be noted, that a Prince should be well aware +never to joyn with any one more powerfull than himself, to offend +another, unless upon necessity, as formerly is said. For when he +overcomes, thou art left at his discretion, and Princes ought avoid +as <span class="pagenum"><a name="page342" id= +"page342"></a>{342}</span> much as they are able, to stand at +anothers discretion. The Venetians took part with France against +the Duke of Milan, and yet could have avoided that partaking, from +which proceeded their ruine. But when it cannot be avoyded, as it +befel the Florentines when the Pope and the King of Spain went both +with their armies to Lombardy, there the Prince ought to side with +them for the reasons aforesaid. Nor let any State think they are +able to make such sure parties, but rather that they are all +doubtfull; for in the order of things we find it alwaies, that +whensoever a man seeks to avoid one inconvenient, he incurs +another. But the principal point of judgement, is in discerning +between the qualities of inconvenients, and not taking the bad for +the good. Moreover a Prince ought to shew himself a lover of +vertue, and that he honors those that excel in every Art. +Afterwards ought he encourage his Citizens, whereby they may be +enabled quickly to exercise their faculties as well in merchandise, +and husbandry, as in any other kind of traffick, to the end that no +man forbear to adorne and cultivate his possessions for fear that +he be despoyled of them; or any other to open the commerce upon the +danger of heavy impositions: but rather to provide rewards for +those that shall set these matters afoot, or for any one else that +shall any way amplifie his City or State. Besides he ought in the +fit times of the year entertain the people with Feasts and Maskes; +and because every City is devided into Companies, and arts, and +Tribes, he ought to take special notice of those bodies, and some +times afford them a meeting, and give them some proof of his +humanity, and magnificence; yet withall holding firme the majestie +of his State; for this must never fail in any case.</p> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page343" id= +"page343"></a>{343}</span> +<h2><a name="prince-22" id="prince-22">CHAP. XXII</a></h2> +<h3>Touching Princes Secretaries.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> t is no +small importance to a Prince, the choyce he makes, of servants +being ordinarily good or bad, as his wisdome is. And the first +conjecture one gives of a great man, and of his understanding, is, +upon the sight of his followers and servants he hath about him, +when they prove able and faithful, and then may he alwaies be +reputed wise because he hath known how to discern those that are +able, and to keep them true to him. But when they are otherwise, +there can be no good conjecture made of him; for the first error he +commits, is in this choyce. There was no man that had any knowledge +of Antonio of Vanafro, the servant of Pandulfus Petrucci Prince of +Sicily, who did not esteem Pandulfus for a very discreet man, +having him for his servant. And because there are three kinds of +understandings; the one that is advised by it self; the other that +understands when it is informed by another; the third that neither +is advised by it self nor by the demonstration of another; the +first is best, the second is good, and the last quite unprofitable. +Therefore it was of necessity, that if Pandulfus attaind not the +first degree, yet he got to the second; for whenever any one hath +the judgement to discerne between the good and the evil, that he +does and sayes, however that he hath not his distinction from +himself, yet still comes he to take notice of the good or evil +actions of that servant; and those he cherishes, and these he +suppresses; insomuch that the servant finding no means to deceive +his master, keeps himself upright and honest. But how a Prince may +throughly understand his servant, here is the way that never fails. +When thou seest the servant study more for his own advantage than +thine, and that in all his actions, he searches most <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page344" id="page344"></a>{344}</span> after his +own profit; this man thus qualified, shall never prove good +servant, nor canst thou ever relie upon him: for he that holds the +Sterne of the State in hand, ought never call home his cares to his +own particular, but give himself wholly over to his Princes +service, nor ever put him in minde of any thing not appertaining to +him. And on the other side the Prince to keep him good to him, +ought to take a care for his servant, honoring him, enriching, and +obliging him to him, giving him part both of dignities and offices, +to the end that the many honors and much wealth bestowed on him, +may restrain his desires from other honors, and other wealth, and +that those many charges cause him to fear changes that may fall, +knowing he is not able to stand without his master. And when both +the Princes and the servants are thus disposed, they may rely the +one upon the other: when otherwise, the end will ever prove +hurtfull for the one as well as for the other.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-23" id="prince-23">CHAP. XXIII</a></h2> +<h3>That Flatterers are to be avoyded.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> will not +omit one principle of great inportance, being an errour from which +Princes with much difficulty defend themselves, unlesse they be +very discreet, and make a very good choice; and this is concerning +flatterers; whereof all writings are full: and that because men +please themselves so much in their own things, and therein cozen +themselves, that very hardly can they escape this pestilence; and +desiring to escape it, there is danger of falling into contempt; +for there is no other way to be secure from flattery, but to let +men know, that they displease thee not in telling thee truth: but +when every one hath this leave, thou losest thy reverence. +Therefore ought <span class="pagenum"><a name="page345" id= +"page345"></a>{345}</span> a wise Prince take a third course, +making choyce of some understanding men in his State, and give only +to them a free liberty of speaking to him the truth; and touching +those things only which he inquires of, and nothing else; but he +ought to be inquisitive of every thing, and hear their opinions, +and then afterwards advise himself after his own manner; and in +these deliberations, and with every one of them so carrie himself, +that they all know, that the more freely they shall speak, the +better they shall be liked of: and besides those, not give eare to +any one; and thus pursue the thing resolved on, and thence continue +obstinate in the resolution taken. He who does otherwise, either +falls upon flatterers, or often changes upon the varying of +opinions, from whence proceeds it that men conceive but slightly of +him. To this purpose I will alledge you a moderne example. Peter +Lucas a servant of Maximilians the present Emperor, speaking of his +Majesty, said that he never advised with any body, nor never did +any thing after his own way: which was because he took a contrary +course to what we have now said: for the Emperor is a close man, +who communicates his secrets to none, nor takes counsel of any one; +but as they come to be put in practise, they begin to be discovered +and known, and so contradicted by those that are near about him; +and he as being an easy man, is quickly wrought from them. Whence +it comes that what he does to day, he undoes on the morrow; and +that he never understands himself what he would, nor what he +purposes, and that there is no grounding upon any of his +resolutions. A Prince therefore ought alwayes to take counsell, but +at his owne pleasure, and not at other mens; or rather should take +away any mans courage to advise him of any thing, but what he +askes: but he ought well to aske at large, and then touching the +things inquird of, be a patient hearer of the truth; and perceiving +that for some respect the truth were conceald from him, be +displeased thereat. And because some men have thought that a Prince +that gaines the opinion to bee wise, may bee held so, not by his +owne naturall indowments, but by the good counsells he hath about +him; without <span class="pagenum"><a name="page346" id= +"page346"></a>{346}</span> question they are deceivd; for this is a +generall rule and never failes, that a Prince who of himselfe is +not wise, can never be well advised, unlesse he should light upon +one alone, wholly to direct and govern him, who himself were a very +wise man. In this case it is possible he may be well governd: but +this would last but little: for that governor in a short time would +deprive him of his State; but a Prince not having any parts of +nature, being advised of more then one, shall never be able to +unite these counsels: of himself shall he never know how to unite +them; and each one of the Counsellers, probably will follow that +which is most properly his owne; and he shall never find the meanes +to amend or discerne these things; nor can they fall out otherwise, +because men alwayes prove mischievous, unlesse upon some necessity +they be forc'd to become good: we conclude therefore, that +counsells from whencesoever they proceed, must needs take their +beginning from the Princes wisdome, and not the wisdome of the +Prince from good counsells.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>In this Chapter our Authour prescribes some rules how to avoyd +flattery, and not to fall into contempt. The extent of these two +extreames is so large on both sides, that there is left but a very +narrow path for the right temper to walke between them both: and +happy were that Prince, who could light on so good a Pilote as to +bring him to Port between those rocks and those quicksands. Where +Majesty becomes familiar, unlesse endued with a super-eminent +vertue, it loses all awfull regards: as the light of the Sunne, +because so ordinary, because so common, we should little value, +were it not that all Creatures feele themselves quickned by the +rayes thereof. On the other side, <i>Omnis insipiens +arrogantiâ et plausibus capitur</i>, Every foole is taken +with his owne pride and others flatteryes: and this foole keeps +company so much with all great wise men, that hardly with a candle +and lantern can they be discernd betwixt. The greatest men are more +subject to grosse and palpable flatteries; and especially the +greatest of men, who are Kings and Princes: for many seek the +Rulers favour. <i>Prov.</i> 28. 26. For there are divers meanes +whereby private men are instructed; Princes have not that good hap: +but they whose instruction is of most importance, so soone as they +have taken the government upon them, no longer suffer any +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page347" id= +"page347"></a>{347}</span> reproovers: for but few have accesse +unto them, and they who familiary converse with them, doe and say +all for favour. Isocrat, to Nicocles, All are afraid to give him +occasion of displeasure, though by telling him truth. To this +purpose therefore sayes one; a Prince excells in learning to ride +the great horse, rather than in any other exercise, because his +horse being no flatterer, will shew him he makes no difference +between him and another man, and unlesse he keepe his seate well, +will lay him on the ground. This is plaine dealing. Men are more +subtile, more double-hearted, they have a heart and a heart neither +is their tongue their hearts true interpreter. Counsell in the +heart of man is like deepe waters; but a man of understanding will +draw it out. <i>Prov.</i> 20. 5. This understanding is most +requisite in a Prince, inasmuch as the whole Globe is in his hand, +and the inferiour Orbes are swayed by the motion of the highest. +And therefore surely it is the honour of a King to search out such +a secret: <i>Prov.</i> 25. 2. His counsellours are his eyes and +eares; as they ought to be dear to him, so they ought to be true to +him, and make him the true report of things without disguise. If +they prove false eyes, let him pluck them out; he may as they use +glasse eyes, take them forth without paine, and see never a whit +the worse for it. The wisdome of a Princes Counsellours is a great +argument of the Princes wisdome. And being the choyce of them +imports the Princes credit and safety, our Authour will make him +amends for his other errours by his good advice in his 22 Chap. +whether I referre him.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2><a name="prince-24" id="prince-24">CHAP. XXIV</a></h2> +<h3>Wherefore the Princes of Italy have lost their States.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-w.png" alt="W" /> hen these +things above said are well observ'd, they make a new Prince seeme +as if he had been of old, and presently render him more secure and +firme in the State, than if he had already grown ancient therein: +for a new Prince is much more observd in his action, than a Prince +by inheritance; and when they are known to bee vertuous, men are +much more gaind and oblig'd to them thereby, than by the antiquity +of their blood: for men <span class="pagenum"><a name="page348" id= +"page348"></a>{348}</span> are much more taken by things present, +than by things past, and when in the present they find good, they +content themselves therein, and seeke no further; or rather they +undertake the defence of him to their utmost, when the Prince is +not wanting in other matters to himself; and so shall he gaine +double glory to have given a beginning to a new Principality, +adornd, and strengthnd it with good lawes, good arms, good friends, +and good examples; as he shall have double shame, that is born a +Prince, and by reason of his small discretion hath lost it. And if +we shall consider those Lords, that in Italy have lost their States +in our dayes, as the King of Naples, the Duke of Milan, and others; +first we shall find in them a common defect, touching their armes, +for the reasons which have been above discoursd at length. +Afterwards we shall see some of them, that either shall have had +the people for their enemies; or be it they had the people to +friend, could never know how to assure themselves of the great +ones: for without such defects as these, States are not lost, which +have so many nerves, that they are able to maintaine an army in the +feld. Philip of Macedon, not the father of Alexander the Great, but +he that was vanquished by Titus Quintius, had not much State in +regard of the greatnesse of the Romanes and of Greece that assail'd +him; neverthelesse in that he was a warlike man and knew how to +entertaine the people, and assure himself of the Nobles, for many +yeares he made the warre good against them: and though at last some +town perhaps were taken from him, yet the Kingdome remaind in his +hands still. Wherefore these our Princes who for many yeares had +continued in their Principalities, for having afterwards lost them, +let them not blame Fortune, but their own sloth; because they never +having thought during the time of quiet, that they could suffer a +change (which is the common fault of men, while faire weather +lasts, not to provide for the tempest) when afterwards mischiefes +came upon them, thought rather upon flying from them, than upon +their defence, and hop'd that the people, weary of the vanquishers +insolence, would recall them: which course when the others faile, +is good: <span class="pagenum"><a name="page349" id= +"page349"></a>{349}</span> but very ill is it to leave the other +remedies for that: for a man wou'd never go to fall, beleeving +another would come to take him up: which may either not come to +passe, or if it does, it is not for thy security, because that +defence of his is vile, and depends not upon thee; but those +defences only are good, certaine, and durable, which depend upon +thy owne selfe, and thy owne vertues.</p> +<h2><a name="prince-25" id="prince-25">CHAP. XXV</a></h2> +<h3>How great power Fortune hath in humane affaires, and what +meanes there is to resist it.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-i.png" alt="I" /> t is not +unknown unto me, how that many have held opinion, and still hold +it, that the affaires of the world are so governd by fortune, and +by God, that men by their wisdome cannot amend or alter them; or +rather that there is no remedy for them: and hereupon they would +think that it were of no availe to take much paines in any thing, +but leave all to be governd by chance. This opinion hath gain'd the +more credit in our dayes, by reason of the great alteration of +things, which we have of late seen, and do every day see, beyond +all humane conjecture: upon which, I sometimes thinking, am in some +parte inclind to their opinion: neverthelesse not to extinguish +quite our owne free will, I think it may be true, that Fortune is +the mistrisse of one halfe of our actions; but yet that she lets us +have rule of the other half, or little lesse. And I liken her to a +precipitous torrent, which when it rages, over-flows the plaines, +overthrowes the trees, and buildings, removes the earth from one +side, and laies it on another, every one flyes before it, every one +yeelds to the fury thereof, as unable to <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page350" id="page350"></a>{350}</span> withstand +it; and yet however it be thus, when the times are calmer, men are +able to make provision against these excesses, with banks and +fences so, that afterwards when it swels again, it shall all passe +smoothly along, within its channell, or else the violence thereof +shall not prove so licentious and hurtfull. In like manner befals +it us with fortune, which there shewes her power where vertue is +not ordeind to resist her, and thither turnes she all her forces, +where she perceives that no provisions nor resistances are made to +uphold her. And if you shall consider Italy, which is the seat of +these changes, and that which hath given them their motions, you +shall see it to be a plaine field, without any trench or bank; +which had it been fenc'd with convenient vertue as was Germany, +Spain or France; this inundation would never have causd these great +alterations it hath, or else would it not have reach'd to us: and +this shall suffice to have said, touching the opposing of fortune +in generall. But restraining my selfe more to particulars, I say +that to day we see a Prince prosper and flourish and to morrow +utterly go to ruine; not seeing that he hath alterd any condition +or quality; which I beleeve arises first from the causes which we +have long since run over, that is because that Prince that relies +wholly upon fortune, runnes as her wheele turnes. I beleeve also, +that he proves the fortunate man, whose manner of proceeding meets +with the quality of the time; and so likewise he unfortunate from +whose course of proceeding the times differ: for we see that men, +in the things that induce them to the end, (which every one +propounds to himselfe, as glory and riches) proceed therein +diversly; some with respects, others more bold, and rashly; one +with violence, and th'other with cunning; the one with patience, +th'other with its contrary; and every one of severall wayes may +attaine thereto; we see also two very respective and wary men, the +one come to his purpose, and th'other not; and in like maner two +equally prosper, taking divers course; the one being wary the other +head-strong; which proceeds from nothing else, but from the quality +of the times, which agree, or not, with their proceedings. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page351" id= +"page351"></a>{351}</span> From hence arises that which I said, +that two working diversly, produce the same effect: and two equaly +working, the one attains his end, the other not. Hereupon depends +the alteration of the good; for if to one that behaves himself with +warinesse and patience, times and affaires turne so favourably, +that the carriage of his businesse prove well, he prospers; but if +the times and affaires chance, he is ruind, because he changes not +his manner of proceeding: nor is there any man so wise, that can +frame himselfe hereunto; as well because he cannot go out of the +way, from that whereunto Nature inclines him: as also, for that one +having alwayes prosperd, walking such a way, cannot be perswaded to +leave it; and therefore the respective and wary man, when it is fit +time for him to use violence and force, knows not how to put it in +practice, whereupon he is ruind: but if he could change his +disposition with the times and the affaires, he should not change +his fortune. Pope Julius the second proceeded in all his actions +with very great violence, and found the times and things so +conformable to that his manner of proceeding that in all of them he +had happy successe. Consider the first exploit he did at Bolonia, +even while John Bentivolio lived: the Venetians were not well +contented therewith; the King of Spaine likewise with the French, +had treated of that enterprise; and notwithstanding al this, he +stirrd up by his own rage and fiercenesse, personally undertook +that expedition: which action of his put in suspence and stopt +Spaine and the Venetians; those for feare, and the others for +desire to recover the Kingdome of Naples; and on the other part +drew after him the King of France; for that King seeing him already +in motion, and desiring to hold him his friend, whereby to humble +the Venetians, thought he could no way deny him his souldiers, +without doing him an open injury. Julius then effected that with +his violent and heady motion, which no other Pope with all humane +wisdome could ever have done; for if he had expected to part from +Rome with his conclusions settled, and all his affaires ordered +before hand, as any other Pope would have done, he had never +brought it to passe: <span class="pagenum"><a name="page352" id= +"page352"></a>{352}</span> For the King of France would have +devised a thousand excuses, and others would have put him in as +many feares. I will let passe his other actions, for all of them +were alike, and all of them prov'd lucky to him; and the brevity of +his life never sufferd him to feele the contrary: for had he litt +upon such times afterwards, that it had been necessary for him to +proceed with respects, there had been his utter ruine; for he would +never have left those wayes, to which he had been naturally +inclind. I conclude then, fortune varying, and men continuing still +obstinate to their own wayes, prove happy, while these accord +together: and as they disagree, prove unhappy: and I think it true, +that it is better to be heady than wary; because Fortune is a +mistresse; and it is necessary, to keep her in obedience to ruffle +and force her: and we see, that she suffers her self rather to be +masterd by those, than by others that proceed coldly. And +therefore, as a mistresse, shee is a friend to young men, because +they are lesse respective, more rough, and command her with more +boldnesse.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>I have considered the 25 Chapter, as representing me a full view +of humane policy and cunning: yet me thinks it cannot satisfie a +Christian in the causes of the good and bad successe of things. The +life of man is like a game at Tables; skill availes much I grant, +but that's not all: play thy game well, but that will not winne: +the chance thou throwest must accord with thy play. Examine this; +play never so surely, play never so probably, unlesse the chance +thou castest, lead thee forward to advantage, all hazards are +losses, and thy sure play leaves thee in the lurch. The sum of this +is set down in Ecclesiastes chap. 9. v. 11. The race is not to the +swift, nor the battell to the strong: neither yet bread to the +wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding, nor yet favour to men +of skill; but time and chance hapeneth to them all. Our cunning +Author for all his exact rules he delivere in his books, could not +fence against the despight of Fortune, as he complaines in his +Epistle to this booke. Nor that great example of policy, Duke +Valentine, whome our Author commends to Princes for his +crafts-master, could so ruffle or force his mistresse Fortune, that +he could keep her in obedience. Man can contribute no more to his +actions than vertue and wisdome: but the successe depends upon a +power above. Surely there is the <span class="pagenum"><a name= +"page353" id="page353"></a>{353}</span> finger of god; or as Prov. +16. v. 33. 'The lot is cast into the lap, but the whole disposing +thereof is of the Lord.' It was not Josephs wisdome made all things +thrive under his hand; but because the Lord was with him; and that +which he did, the Lord made it to prosper, Gen. 39. Surely this is +a blessing proceeding from the divine providence, which beyond +humane capacity so cooperateth with the causes, as that their +effects prove answerable, and sometimes (that we may know there is +something above the ordinary causes) the success returns with such +a supereminency of worth, that it far exceeds the vertue of the +ordinary causes.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2><a name="prince-26" id="prince-26">CHAP. XXVI</a></h2> +<h3>An Exhortation to free Italy from the Barbarians.</h3> +<p><img width="10%" src="images/image-h.png" alt="H" /> aving then +weighed all things above discours'd, and devising with my self, +whether at this present in Italy the time might serve to honor a +new Prince, and whether there were matter that might minister +occasion to a wise and valorous Prince, to introduce such a forme, +that might do honor to him, and good to the whole generality of the +people in the countrey: me thinks so many things concurre in favor +of a new Prince, that I know not whether there were ever any time +more proper for this purpose. And if as I said, it was necessary, +desiring to see Moses his vertue, that the children of Israel +should be inthrald in Ægypt; and to have experience of the +magnanimity of Cyrus his mind, that the Persians should be +oppress'd by the Medes; and to set forth the excellency of Theseus, +that the Athenians should be dispersed; so at this present now we +are desirous to know the valor of an Italian spirit, it were +necessary Italy should be reduc'd to the same termes it is now in, +and were in more slavery than the Hebrews were; more subject than +the Persians, more <span class="pagenum"><a name="page354" id= +"page354"></a>{354}</span> scatterd than the Athenians; without +head, without order, battered, pillaged, rent asunder, overrun, and +had undergone all kind of destruction. And however even in these +later dayes, we have had some kind of shew of hope in some one, +whereby we might have conjectur'd, that he had been ordained for +the deliverance hereof, yet it prov'd afterwards, that in the very +height of all his actions he was curb'd by fortune, insomuch that +this poore countrey remaining as it were without life, attends +still for him that shall heal her wounds, give an end to all those +pillagings and sackings of Lombardy, to those robberies and +taxations of the Kingdome, and of Tuscany, and heal them of their +soars, now this long time gangren'd. We see how she makes her +prayers to God, that he send some one to redeem her from these +Barbarous cruelties and insolencies. We see her also wholly ready +and disposed to follow any colours, provided there be any one take +them up. Nor do we see at this present, that she can look for +other, than your Illustrious Family, to become Cheiftain of this +deliverance, which hath now by its own vertue and Fortune been so +much exalted, and favored by God and the Church, whereof it now +holds the Principality: and this shall not be very hard for you to +do, if you shall call to mind the former actions, and lives of +those that are above named. And though those men were very rare and +admirable, yet were they men, and every one of them began upon less +occasion than this; for neither was their enterprize more just than +this, nor more easie; nor was God more their friend, than yours. +Here is very great justice: for that war is just, that is +necessary; and those armes are religious, when there is no hope +left otherwhere, but in them. Here is an exceeding good disposition +thereto: nor can there be, where there is a good disposition, a +giant difficulty, provided that use be made of those orders, which +I propounded for aim and direction to you. Besides this, here we +see extraordinary things without example effected by God; the sea +was opened, a cloud guided the way, devotion poured forth the +waters, and it rain'd down Manna; all these things have concurred +in your greatness, <span class="pagenum"><a name="page355" id= +"page355"></a>{355}</span> the rest is left for you to do. God will +not do every thing himself, that he may not take from us our free +will, and of that glory that belongs to us. Neither is it a marvel, +if any of the aforenamed Italians have not been able to compass +that, which we may hope your illustrious family shall: though in so +many revolutions of Italy, and so many feats of war, it may seem +that the whole military vertue therein be quite extinguisht; for +this arises from that the ancient orders thereof were not good; and +there hath since been none that hath known how to invent new ones. +Nothing can so much honor a man rising anew, as new laws and new +ordinances devised by him: these things when they have a good +foundation given them, and contain in them their due greatness, +gain him reverence and admiration; and in Italy their wants not the +matter wherein to introduce any forme. Here is great vertue in the +members, were it not wanting in the heads. Consider in the single +fights that have been, and duels, how much the Italians have +excel'd in their strength, activity and address; but when they come +to armies, they appear not, and all proceeds from the weakness of +the Chieftaines; for they that understand the managing of these +matters, are not obeyed; and every one presumes to understand; +hitherto there having not been any one so highly raised either by +fortune or vertue, as that others would submit unto him. From hence +proceeds it, that in so long time, and in so many battels fought +for these last past 20 years, when there hath been an army wholly +Italian, it alwaies hath had evil success; whereof the river Tarus +first was witness, afterwards Alexandria, Capua, Genua, Vayla, +Bolonia, Mestri. Your Illustrious family then being desirous to +tread the footsteps of these Worthyes who redeem'd their countreys, +must above all things as the very foundation of the whole fabrick, +be furnished with soldiers of your own natives: because you cannot +have more faithful, true, nor better soldiers; and though every one +of them be good, all together they will become better when they +shall find themselves entertained, commanded, and honored by their +own Prince. Wherefore it is necessary to provide for <span class= +"pagenum"><a name="page356" id="page356"></a>{356}</span> those +armes, whereby to be able with the Italian valor to make a defence +against forreiners. And however the Swisse infantry and Spanish be +accounted terrible; yet is there defect in both of them, by which a +third order might not only oppose them, but may be confident to +vanquish them: for the Spaniards are not able to indure the Horse, +and the Swisse are to feare the foot, when they incounter with +them, as resolute in the fight as they; whereupon it hath been +seen, and upon experience shall be certain, that the Spaniards are +not able to beare up against the French Cavalery, and the Swisses +have been routed by the Spanish Foot. And though touching this +last, there hath not been any entire experience had, yet was there +some proof thereof given in the battel of Ravenna, when the Spanish +Foot affronted the Dutch battalions, which keep the same rank the +Swisses do, where the Spaniards with their nimbleness of body, and +the help of their targets entred in under their Pikes, and there +stood safe to offend them, the Dutch men having no remedy: and had +it not been for the Cavalery that rusht in upon them, they had +quite defeated them. There may then (the defect of the one and +other of these two infantries being discoverd) another kind of them +be anew ordained, which may be able to make resistance against the +Horse, and not fear the Foot, which shall not be a new sort of +armes, but change of orders. And these are some of those things +which ordained a new, gain reputation and greatness to a new +Prince. Therefore this occasion should not be let pass, to the end +that Italy after so long a time may see some one redeemer of hers +appear. Nor can I express with what dearness of affection he would +be received in all those countreys which have suffered by those +forrein scums, with what thirst of revenge, with what resolution of +fidelity, with what piety, with what tears. Would any gates be shut +again him? Any people deny him obedience? Any envy oppose him? +Would not every Italian fully consent with him? This government of +the Barbarians stinks in every ones nostrils. Let your Illustrious +Family then undertake this worthy exployt with that courage and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page357" id= +"page357"></a>{357}</span> those hopes wherewith such just actions +are to be attempted; to the end that under your colours, this +countrey may be enabled, and under the protection of your fortune +that saying of Petrarch be verifyed.</p> +<div class="poem"> +<div class="stanza"> +<p><i>Virtù contr' al fuore</i></p> +<p><i>Prendera l'arme, e fia il combatter corto:</i></p> +<p><i>Che l'antico valore</i></p> +<p><i>Ne gli Italici cor non è morto.</i></p> +</div> +<div class="stanza"> +<p>Vertue against fury shall advance the fight,</p> +<p>And it i' th' combate soon shall put to flight:</p> +<p>For th' old Roman valor is not dead,</p> +<p>Nor in th' Italians brests extinguished.</p> +</div> +</div> +<p>FINIS</p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MACHIAVELLI, VOLUME I***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 15772-h.txt or 15772-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/5/7/7/15772">https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/7/7/15772</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="https://gutenberg.org/license">https://gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">https://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-a.png b/15772-h/images/image-a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a9ecad --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-a.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-b.png b/15772-h/images/image-b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8903b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-b.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-d.png b/15772-h/images/image-d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..00a728d --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-d.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-h.png b/15772-h/images/image-h.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d5b9a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-h.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-i.png b/15772-h/images/image-i.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7bb485 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-i.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-l.png b/15772-h/images/image-l.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1db932 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-l.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-p.png b/15772-h/images/image-p.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5312e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-p.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-q.png b/15772-h/images/image-q.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1042b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-q.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-s.png b/15772-h/images/image-s.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3983fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-s.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-t.png b/15772-h/images/image-t.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..87349b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-t.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-w.png b/15772-h/images/image-w.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d60dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-w.png diff --git a/15772-h/images/image-y.png b/15772-h/images/image-y.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..21172d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/15772-h/images/image-y.png |
